[Link].

I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. 1st Year Syllabus (w.e.f AY 2018-19)
Common for EEE, CSE & IT

I YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA101BS Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4
2 CH102BS Chemistry 3 1 0 4
3 EE103ES Basic Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3
4 ME105ES Engineering Workshop 1 0 3 2.5
5 EN105HS English 2 0 0 2
6 CH106BS Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1.5
English Language and Communication Skills
7 EN107HS 0 0 2 1
Lab
8 EE108ES Basic Electrical Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1
Induction Programme
Total Credits 12 2 10 19

I YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA201BS Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
2 AP202BS Applied Physics 3 1 0 4
3 CS203ES Programming for Problem Solving 3 1 0 4
4 ME204ES Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3
5 AP205BS Applied Physics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
6 CS206ES Programming for Problem Solving Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 *MC209ES Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 13 3 10 18

*MC – Satisfied/Unsatisfied

1
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

MA101BS: MATHEMATICS - I

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: To learn

 Types of matrices and their properties.
 Concept of a rank of the matrix and applying this concept to know the consistency and
solving the system of linear equations.
 Concept of Eigen values and eigenvectors and to reduce the quadratic form to canonical
form.
 Concept of Sequence.
 Concept of nature of the series.
 Geometrical approach to the mean value theorems and their application to the
mathematical problems
 Evaluation of surface areas and volumes of revolutions of curves.
 Evaluation of improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.
 Partial differentiation, concept of total derivative
 Finding maxima and minima of function of two and three variables.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Write the matrix representation of a set of linear equations and to analyse the solution
of the system of equations
 Find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors
 Reduce the quadratic form to canonical form using orthogonal transformations.
 Analyse the nature of sequence and series.
 Solve the applications on the mean value theorems.
 Evaluate the improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions
 Find the extreme values of functions of two variables with/ without constraints.

UNIT-I: Matrices
Matrices: Types of Matrices, Symmetric; Hermitian; Skew-symmetric; Skew-Hermitian;
orthogonal matrices; Unitary Matrices; rank of a matrix by Echelon form and Normal form,
Inverse of Non-singular matrices by Gauss-Jordan method; System of linear equations;
solving system of Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations. Gauss elimination
method; Gauss Seidel Iteration Method.

UNIT-II: Eigen values and Eigen vectors

Linear Transformation and Orthogonal Transformation: Eigen values and Eigenvectors and
their properties: Diagonalization of a matrix; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof);
finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem; Quadratic forms and

2
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Nature of the Quadratic Forms; Reduction of Quadratic form to canonical forms by

Orthogonal Transformation

UNIT-III: Sequences & Series

Sequence: Definition of a Sequence, limit; Convergent, Divergent and Oscillatory sequences.
Series: Convergent, Divergent and Oscillatory Series; Series of positive terms; Comparison
test, p-test, D-Alembert’s ratio test; Raabe’s test; Cauchy’s Integral test; Cauchy’s root test;
logarithmic test. Alternating series: Leibnitz test; Alternating Convergent series: Absolute
and Conditionally Convergence.

UNIT-IV: Calculus
Mean value theorems: Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s Mean value theorem with their
Geometrical Interpretation and applications, Cauchy’s Mean value Theorem. Taylor’s Series.
Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions of
curves (Only in Cartesian coordinates), Definition of Improper Integral: Beta and Gamma
functions and their applications.

UNIT-V: Multivariable calculus (Partial Differentiation and applications)

Definitions of Limit and continuity.
Partial Differentiation; Euler’s Theorem; Total derivative; Jacobian; Functional dependence
& independence, Maxima and minima of functions of two variables and three variables using
method of Lagrange multipliers.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons,2006.
3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition,Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
2. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
11thReprint, 2010.

3
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CH102BS/CH202BS: CHEMISTRY

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
 To bring adaptability to the concepts of chemistry and to acquire the required skills to
become a perfect engineer.
 To impart the basic knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic modifications
which makes the student to understand the technology based on them.
 To acquire the knowledge of electrochemistry, corrosion and water treatment which are
essential for the Engineers and in industry.
 To acquire the skills pertaining to spectroscopy and to apply them for medical and other
fields.
 To impart the knowledge of stereochemistry and synthetic aspects useful for
understanding reaction pathways

Course Outcomes: The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:
 The knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic changes, band theory related to
conductivity.
 The required principles and concepts of electrochemistry, corrosion and in
understanding the problem of water and its treatments.
 The required skills to get clear concepts on basic spectroscopy and application to
medical and other fields.
 The knowledge of configurational and conformational analysis of molecules and
reaction mechanisms.

Unit - I:
Molecular structure and Theories of Bonding: Atomic and Molecular orbitals. Linear
Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO), molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules,
molecular orbital energy level diagrams of N2, O2 and F2 molecules. π molecular orbitals of
butadiene and benzene.
Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient Features of CFT – Crystal Field Splitting of transition
metal ion d- orbitals in Tetrahedral, Octahedral and square planar geometries. Band structure
of solids and effect of doping on conductance.

Unit - II:
Water and its treatment: Introduction – hardness of water – Causes of hardness - Types of
hardness: temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness – Estimation of
hardness of water by complexometric method. Potable water and its specifications. Steps
involved in treatment of water – Disinfection of water by chlorination and ozonization.
Boiler feed water and its treatment – Calgon conditioning, Phosphate conditioning and
Colloidal conditioning. External treatment of water – Ion exchange process. Desalination of
water – Reverse osmosis. Numerical problems.

4
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Unit - III:
Electrochemistry and corrosion: Electro chemical cells – electrode potential, standard
electrode potential, types of electrodes – calomel, Quinhydrone and glass electrode. Nernst
equation Determination of pH of a solution by using quinhydrone and glass electrode.
Electrochemical series and its applications. Numerical problems. Potentiometric titrations.
Batteries – Primary (Lithium cell) and secondary batteries (Lead – acid storage battery and
Lithium ion battery).
Causes and effects of corrosion – theories of chemical and electrochemical corrosion –
mechanism of electrochemical corrosion, Types of corrosion: Galvanic, water-line and pitting
corrosion. Factors affecting rate of corrosion, Corrosion control methods- Cathodic protection
– Sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods. Surface coatings – metallic
coatings – methods of application. Electroless plating of Nickel.

Unit - IV:
Stereochemistry, Reaction Mechanism and synthesis of drug molecules: Introduction to
representation of 3-dimensional structures, Structural and stereoisomers, configurations,
symmetry and chirality. Enantiomers, diastereomers, optical activity and Absolute
configuration. Conformation alanalysis of n- butane.
Substitution reactions: Nucleophilic substitution reactions: Mechanism of SN1, SN2 reactions.
Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions: Addition of HBr to propene.
Markownikoff and anti Markownikoff’s additions. Grignard additions on carbonyl
compounds. Elimination reactions: Dehydro halogenation of alkylhalides. Saytzeff rule.
Oxidation reactions: Oxidation of alcohols using KMnO4 and chromic acid.
Reduction reactions: reduction of carbonyl compounds using LiAlH4 & NaBH4.
Hydroboration of olefins. Structure, synthesis and pharmaceutical applications of
Paracetamol and Aspirin.

Unit - V:
Spectroscopic techniques and applications: Principles of spectroscopy, selection rules and
applications of electronic spectroscopy. vibrational and rotational spectroscopy. Basic
concepts of Nuclear magnetic resonance Spectroscopy, chemical shift. Introduction to
Magnetic resonance imaging.

Suggested Text Books:

1. Physical Chemistry, by P.W. Atkins
2. Engineering Chemistry by [Link] & [Link]; Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P)
Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C.N. Banwell
4. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K.P.C. Volhardt and [Link], 5th
Edition.
5. University Chemistry, by B.M. Mahan, Pearson IV Edition.
6. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B.L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and M.S.
Krishnan

5
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EE103ES/EE203ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
 To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase & three phase
circuits
 To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
 To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
 To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.

Course Outcomes:
 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits
 To study the working principles of Electrical Machines
 To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations

UNIT-I: D.C. Circuits

Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, KVL&KCL, analysis of
simple circuits with dc excitation. Superposition, Thevenin and Norton Theorems.
Time-domain analysis of first-order RL and RC circuits.

UNIT-II: A.C. Circuits

Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor representation, real
power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase ac circuits
consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations (series and parallel), resonance in series R-
L-C circuit.
Three-phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.

UNIT-III: Transformers
Ideal and practical transformer, equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, regulation and
efficiency. Auto-transformer and three-phase transformer connections.

UNIT-IV: Electrical Machines

Generation of rotating magnetic fields, Construction and working of a three-phase induction
motor, Significance of torque-slip characteristic. Loss components and efficiency, starting
and speed control of induction motor. Single-phase induction motor. Construction, working,
torque-speed characteristic and speed control of separately excited dc motor.
Construction and working of synchronous generators.

6
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

UNIT-V: Electrical Installations

Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of
Wires and Cables, Earthing. Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries.
Elementary calculations for energy consumption, power factor improvement and battery
backup.

Suggested Text-Books/Reference-Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering - D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, 3rd edition 2010, Tata
McGraw Hill.
2. D.C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2009.
3. L.S. Bobrow, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011
4. Electrical and Electronics Technology, E. Hughes, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2010
5. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Vincent Deltoro, Second Edition, Prentice Hall
India, 1989.

7
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

ME105ES/ME205ES: ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

1 0 3 2.5

Pre-requisites: Practical skill

Course Objectives:
 To Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration.
 To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various
engineering products.
 To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,
equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.
 To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work place.
 It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working tools,
equipment and machines.
 To study commonly used carpentry joints.
 To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes.
 Identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to work to
prescribed tolerances.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
 Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including pluming,
fitting, carpentry, foundry, house wiring and welding.
 Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes
including drilling, material removing, measuring, chiseling.
 Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice.

1. TRADES FOR EXERCISES:

At least two exercises from each trade:
I. Carpentry – (T-Lap Joint, Dovetail Joint, Mortise & Tenon Joint)
II. Fitting – (V-Fit, Dovetail Fit & Semi-circular fit)
III. Tin-Smithy – (Square Tin, Rectangular Tray & Conical Funnel)
IV. Foundry – (Preparation of Green Sand Mould using Single Piece and Split Pattern)
V. Welding Practice – ( Arc Welding & Gas Welding)
VI. House-wiring – (Parallel & Series, Two-way Switch and Tube Light)
VII. Black Smithy – ( Round to Square, Fan Hook and S-Hook)

2. TRADES FOR DEMONSTRATION & EXPOSURE:

Plumbing, Machine Shop, Metal Cutting (Water Plasma), Power tools in construction and
Wood Working

8
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Workshop Practice /B. L. Juneja / Cengage
2. Workshop Manual / K. Venugopal / Anuradha.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Work shop Manual - P. Kannaiah/ K. L. Narayana/ SciTech
2. Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BSP

9
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EN105HS/EN205HS: ENGLISH

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

2 0 0 2
INTRODUCTION
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and the
consequent emphasis on training students to acquire language skills, the syllabus of English
has been designed to develop linguistic, communicative and critical thinking competencies of
Engineering students.

In English classes, the focus should be on the skills development in the areas of vocabulary,
grammar, reading and writing. For this, the teachers should use the prescribed text for
detailed study. The students should be encouraged to read the texts leading to reading
comprehension and different passages may be given for practice in the class. The time should
be utilized for working out the exercises given after each excerpt, and also for supplementing
the exercises with authentic materials of a similar kind, for example, newspaper articles,
advertisements, promotional material etc. The focus in this syllabus is on skill development,
fostering ideas and practice of language skills in various contexts and cultures.

Learning Objectives: The course will help to

a. Improve the language proficiency of students in English with an emphasis on
Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading and Writing skills.
b. Equip students to study academic subjects more effectively and critically using the
theoretical and practical components of English syllabus.
c. Develop study skills and communication skills in formal and informal situations.

Course Outcomes: Students should be able to

1. Use English Language effectively in spoken and written forms.
2. Comprehend the given texts and respond appropriately.
3. Communicate confidently in various contexts and different cultures.
4. Acquire basic proficiency in English including reading and listening comprehension,
writing and speaking skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT –I
‘The Raman Effect’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’ published by
Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary Building: The Concept of Word Formation --The Use of Prefixes and Suffixes.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Articles and
Prepositions.
Reading: Reading and Its Importance- Techniques for Effective Reading.

10
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Basic Writing Skills: Sentence Structures -Use of Phrases and Clauses in Sentences-
Importance of Proper Punctuation- Techniques for writing precisely – Paragraph writing –
Types, Structures and Features of a Paragraph - Creating Coherence-Organizing Principles of
Paragraphs in Documents.

UNIT –II
‘Ancient Architecture in India’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’
published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Noun-pronoun
Agreement and Subject-verb Agreement.
Reading: Improving Comprehension Skills – Techniques for Good Comprehension
Writing: Format of a Formal Letter-Writing Formal Letters E.g.., Letter of Complaint,
Letter of Requisition, Job Application with Resume.

UNIT –III
‘Blue Jeans’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’ published by
Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Acquaintance with Prefixes and Suffixes from Foreign Languages in English to
form Derivatives-Words from Foreign Languages and their Use in English.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Misplaced Modifiers
and Tenses.
Reading: Sub-skills of Reading- Skimming and Scanning
Writing: Nature and Style of Sensible Writing- Defining- Describing Objects, Places and
Events – Classifying- Providing Examples or Evidence

UNIT –IV
‘What Should You Be Eating’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’
published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Standard Abbreviations in English
Grammar: Redundancies and Clichés in Oral and Written Communication.
Reading: Comprehension- Intensive Reading and Extensive Reading
Writing: Writing Practices--Writing Introduction and Conclusion - Essay Writing-Précis
Writing.

UNIT –V
‘How a Chinese Billionaire Built Her Fortune’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English
for Engineers’ published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Technical Vocabulary and their usage
Grammar: Common Errors in English
Reading: Reading Comprehension-Exercises for Practice
Writing: Technical Reports- Introduction – Characteristics of a Report – Categories of
Reports

11
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Formats- Structure of Reports (Manuscript Format) -Types of Reports - Writing aReport.

Prescribed Textbook:
1. Sudarshana, N.P. and Savitha, C. (2018). English for Engineers. Cambridge University
Press.

References:
1. Swan, M. (2016). Practical English Usage. Oxford University Press.
2. Kumar, S and Lata, P.(2018). Communication Skills. Oxford University Press.
3. Wood, F.T. (2007).Remedial English Grammar. Macmillan.
4. Zinsser, William. (2001). On Writing Well. Harper Resource Book.
5. Hamp-Lyons, L. (2006).Study Writing. Cambridge University Press.
6. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts I –III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University
Press.

12
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CH106BS/CH206ES: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives: The course consists of experiments related to the principles of
chemistry required for engineering student. The student will learn:
 Estimation of hardness and chloride content in water to check its suitability for drinking
purpose.
 To determine the rate constant of reactions from concentrations as an function of time.
 The measurement of physical properties like adsorption and viscosity.
 To synthesize the drug molecules and check the purity of organic molecules by thin
layer chromatographic (TLC) technique.

Course Outcomes: The experiments will make the student gain skills on:
 Determination of parameters like hardness and chloride content in water.
 Estimation of rate constant of a reaction from concentration – time relationships.
 Determination of physical properties like adsorption and viscosity.
 Calculation of Rf values of some organic molecules by TLC technique.

List of Experiments:
1. Determination of total hardness of water by complexometric method using EDTA
2. Determination of chloride content of water by Argentometry
3. Estimation of an HCl by Conductometric titrations
4. Estimation of Acetic acid by Conductometric titrations
5. Estimation of HCl by Potentiometric titrations
6. Estimation of Fe2+ by Potentiometry using KMnO4
7. Determination of rate constant of acid catalysed hydrolysis of methyl acetate
8. Synthesis of Aspirin and Paracetamol
9. Thin layer chromatography calculation of Rf values. eg ortho and para nitro phenols
10. Determination of acid value of coconut oil
11. Verification of freundlich adsorption isotherm-adsorption of acetic acid on charcoal
12. Determination of viscosity of castor oil and ground nut oil by using Ostwald’s
viscometer.
13. Determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol and water.
14. Determination of surface tension of a give liquid using stalagmometer.

References
1. Senior practical physical chemistry, B.D. Khosla, A. Gulati and V. Garg (R. Chand &
Co., Delhi)
2. An introduction to practical chemistry, K.K. Sharma and D. S. Sharma (Vikas
publishing, N. Delhi)
3. Vogel’s text book of practical organic chemistry 5th edition
4. Text book on Experiments and calculations in Engineering chemistry – S.S. Dara

13
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EN107HS/EN207HS: ENGLISH LANGUAGE

AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

The Language Lab focuses on the production and practice of sounds of language and
familiarizes the students with the use of English in everyday situations both in formal and
informal contexts.

Course Objectives:
 To facilitate computer-assisted multi-media instruction enabling
individualized and independent language learning
 To sensitize students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word accent,
intonation and rhythm
 To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in students’ pronunciation
of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking
 To improve the fluency of students in spoken English and neutralize their
mother tongue influence
 To train students to use language appropriately for public speaking and
interviews
Learning Outcomes: Students will be able to attain
 Better understanding of nuances of English language through audio- visual experience
and group activities
 Neutralization of accent for intelligibility
 Speaking skills with clarity and confidence which in turn enhances their
employability skills

Syllabus
English Language and Communication Skills Lab (ELCS) shall have two parts:
a. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab
b. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab

Listening Skills
Objectives
1. To enable students develop their listening skills so that they may appreciate its role in
the LSRW skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation
2. To equip students with necessary training in listening so that they can comprehend the
speech of people of different backgrounds and regions

Students should be given practice in listening to the sounds of the language, to be able to
recognize them and find the distinction between different sounds, to be able to mark stress
and recognize and use the right intonation in sentences.

14
 [Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

 Listening for general content

 Listening to fill up information
 Intensive listening
 Listening for specific information

Speaking Skills
Objectives
1. To involve students in speaking activities in various contexts
2. To enable students express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and
professional contexts
• Oral practice: Just A Minute (JAM) Sessions
• Describing objects/situations/people
• Role play – Individual/Group activities

 The following course content is prescribed for the English Language and Communication
Skills Lab based on Unit-6 of AICTE Model Curriculum 2018 for [Link] First English.
As the syllabus is very limited, it is required to prepare teaching/learning materials by
the teachers collectively in the form of handouts based on the needs of the students in
their respective colleges for effective teaching/learning and timesaving in the Lab)

Exercise – I
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening Skill- Its importance – Purpose- Process- Types- Barriers of Listening.
Practice: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Communication at Work Place- Spoken vs. Written language.
Practice: Ice-Breaking Activity and JAM Session- Situational Dialogues – Greetings –
Taking Leave – Introducing Oneself and Others.

Exercise – II
CALL Lab:
Understand: Structure of Syllables – Word Stress and Rhythm– Weak Forms and Strong
Forms in Context.
Practice: Basic Rules of Word Accent - Stress Shift - Weak Forms and Strong Forms in
Context.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Features of Good Conversation – Non-verbal Communication.
Practice: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play- Expressions in Various Situations –Making
Requests and Seeking Permissions - Telephone Etiquette.

Exercise - III
CALL Lab:
Understand: Intonation-Errors in Pronunciation-the Influence of Mother Tongue (MTI).

15
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Practice: Common Indian Variants in Pronunciation – Differences in British and American

Pronunciation.
ICS Lab:
Understand: How to make Formal Presentations.
Practice: Formal Presentations.

Exercise – IV
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for General Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Public Speaking – Exposure to Structured Talks.
Practice: Making a Short Speech – Extempore.

Exercise – V
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for Specific Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Interview Skills.
Practice: Mock Interviews.
**************

Minimum Requirement of infrastructural facilities for ELCS Lab:

1. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab:
The Computer Assisted Language Learning Lab has to accommodate 40 students with 40
systems, with one Master Console, LAN facility and English language learning software for
self- study by students.

System Requirement (Hardware component):

Computer network with LAN facility (minimum 40 systems with multimedia) with the
following specifications:
i) Computers with Suitable Configuration
ii) High Fidelity Headphones
2. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab:
The Interactive Communication Skills Lab: A Spacious room with movable chairs and
audio-visual aids with a Public-Address System, a LCD and a projector etc.

16
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EE108ES/EE208ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objectives:
 To analyze a given network by applying various electrical laws and network theorems
 To know the response of electrical circuits for different excitations
 To calculate, measure and know the relation between basic electrical parameters.
 To analyze the performance characteristics of DC and AC electrical machines

Course Outcomes:
 Get an exposure to basic electrical laws.
 Understand the response of different types of electrical circuits to different
excitations.
 Understand the measurement, calculation and relation between the basic electrical
parameters
 Understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical machines.

List of experiments/demonstrations:
1. Verification of Ohms Law
2. Verification of KVL and KCL
3. Transient Response of Series RL and RC circuits using DC excitation
4. Transient Response of RLC Series circuit using DC excitation
5. Resonance in series RLC circuit
6. Calculations and Verification of Impedance and Current of RL, RC and RLC series
circuits
7. Measurement of Voltage, Current and Real Power in primary and Secondary Circuits
of a Single Phase Transformer
8. Load Test on Single Phase Transformer (Calculate Efficiency and Regulation)
9. Three Phase Transformer: Verification of Relationship between Voltages and
Currents (Star-Delta, Delta-Delta, Delta-star, Star-Star)
10. Measurement of Active and Reactive Power in a balanced Three-phase circuit
11. Performance Characteristics of a Separately/Self Excited DC Shunt/Compound Motor
12. Torque-Speed Characteristics of a Separately/Self Excited DC Shunt/Compound
Motor
13. Performance Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor
14. Torque-Speed Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor
15. No-Load Characteristics of a Three-phase Alternator

17
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

MA201BS: MATHEMATICS - II

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: To learn

 Methods of solving the differential equations of first and higher order.
 Evaluation of multiple integrals and their applications
 The physical quantities involved in engineering field related to vector valued functions
 The basic properties of vector valued functions and their applications to line, surface
and volume integrals

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Identify whether the given differential equation of first order is exact or not
 Solve higher differential equation and apply the concept of differential equation to real
world problems
 Evaluate the multiple integrals and apply the concept to find areas, volumes, centre of
mass and Gravity for cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelopiped
 Evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them from one to
another

UNIT-I: First Order ODE

Exact, linear and Bernoulli’s equations; Applications : Newton’s law of cooling, Law of
natural growth and decay; Equations not of first degree: equations solvable for p, equations
solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type.

UNIT-II: Ordinary Differential Equations of Higher Order

Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients: Non-Homogeneous
terms of the type , sin , cos , polynomials in , ( ) and ( ); method of
variation of parameters; Equations reducible to linear ODE with constant coefficients:
Legendre’s equation, Cauchy-Euler equation.

UNIT-III: Multivariable Calculus (Integration)

Evaluation of Double Integrals (Cartesian and polar coordinates); change of order of
integration (only Cartesian form); Evaluation of Triple Integrals: Change of variables
(Cartesian to polar) for double and (Cartesian to Spherical and Cylindrical polar coordinates)
for triple integrals.
Applications: Areas (by double integrals) and volumes (by double integrals and triple
integrals), Centre of mass and Gravity (constant and variable densities) by double and triple
integrals (applications involving cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelopiped).

18
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

UNIT-IV: Vector Differentiation

Vector point functions and scalar point functions. Gradient, Divergence and Curl. Directional
derivatives, Tangent plane and normal line. Vector Identities. Scalar potential functions.
Solenoidal and Irrotational vectors.

UNIT-V: Vector Integration

Line, Surface and Volume Integrals. Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes (without proofs)
and their applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons,2006
3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition, Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Paras Ram, Engineering Mathematics, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishes
2. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., Wiley India, 1984.

19
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

AP102BS/AP202BS: APPLIED PHYSICS

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
 Students will demonstrate skills in scientific inquiry, problem solving and laboratory
techniques.
 Students will be able to demonstrate competency and understanding of the concepts
found in Quantum Mechanics, Fiber optics and lasers, Semiconductor physics and
Electromagnetic theory and a broad base of knowledge in physics.
 The graduates will be able to solve non-traditional problems that potentially draw on
knowledge in multiple areas of physics.
 To study applications in engineering like memory devices, transformer core and
electromagnetic machinery.

Course Outcomes: Upon graduation:

 The student would be able to learn the fundamental concepts on Quantum behaviour of
matter in its micro state.
 The knowledge of fundamentals of Semiconductor physics, Optoelectronics, Lasers and
fibre optics enable the students to apply to various systems like communications, solar
cell, photo cells and so on.
 Design, characterization and study of properties of material help the students to prepare
new materials for various engineering applications.
 The course also helps the students to be exposed to the phenomena of electromagnetism
and also to have exposure on magnetic materials and dielectric materials.

UNIT-I: Quantum Mechanics

Introduction to quantum physics, Black body radiation, Planck’s law, Photoelectric effect,
Compton effect, de-Broglie’s hypothesis, Wave-particle duality, Davisson and Germer
experiment, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty principle, Born’s interpretation of the wave function,
Schrodinger’s time independent wave equation, Particle in one dimensional box.

UNIT-II: Semiconductor Physics

Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors, Dependence of Fermi level on carrier-concentration
and temperature, Carrier generation and recombination, Carrier transport: diffusion and drift,
Hall effect, p-n junction diode, Zener diode and their V-I Characteristics, Bipolar Junction
Transistor (BJT): Construction, Principle of operation.

UNIT-III: Optoelectronics
Radiative and non-radiative recombination mechanisms in semiconductors, LED and
semiconductor lasers: Device structure, Materials, Characteristics and figures of merit,
Semiconductor photodetectors: Solar cell, PIN and Avalanche and their structure, Materials,
working principle and Characteristics.

20
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

UNIT-IV: Lasers and Fibre Optics

Lasers: Introduction to interaction of radiation with matter, Coherence, Principle and working
of Laser, Population inversion, Pumping, Types of Lasers: Ruby laser, Carbon dioxide (CO2)
laser, He-Ne laser, Applications of laser. Fibre Optics: Introduction, Optical fibre as a
dielectric wave guide, Total internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Acceptance cone and
Numerical aperture, Step and Graded index fibres, Losses associated with optical fibres,
Applications of optical fibres.

UNIT-V: Electromagnetism and Magnetic Properties of Materials

Laws of electrostatics, Electric current and the continuity equation, Ampere’s and Faraday’s
laws, Maxwell’s equations, Polarisation, Permittivity and Dielectric constant, Internal fields
in a solid, Clausius-Mossotti equation, Ferroelectrics and Piezoelectrics. Magnetisation,
permeability and susceptibility, Classification of magnetic materials, Ferromagnetism and
ferromagnetic domains, Hysteresis, Applications of magnetic materials.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Physics, B.K. Pandey, S. Chaturvedi - Cengage Learing.
2. Halliday and Resnick, Physics - Wiley.
3. A textbook of Engineering Physics, Dr. M. N. Avadhanulu, Dr. P.G. Kshirsagar - S.
Chand

REFERENCES:
1. Richard Robinett, Quantum Mechanics
2. J. Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics: Physics and Technology, Mc Graw-Hill inc.
(1995).
3. Online Course: “Optoelectronic Materials and Devices” by Monica Katiyar and Deepak
Guptha on NPTEL

21
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CS103ES/CS203ES: PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals of computers.
 To understand the various steps in program development.
 To learn the syntax and semantics of C programming language.
 To learn the usage of structured programming approach in solving problems.

Course Outcomes: The student will learn

 To write algorithms and to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
 To convert the algorithms/flowcharts to C programs.
 To code and test a given logic in C programming language.
 To decompose a problem into functions and to develop modular reusable code.
 To use arrays, pointers, strings and structures to write C programs.
 Searching and sorting problems.

Unit - 1: Introduction to Programming

Introduction to components of a computer system: disks, primary and secondary memory,
processor, operating system, compilers, creating, compiling and executing a program etc.,
Number systems
Introduction to Algorithms: steps to solve logical and numerical problems. Representation of
Algorithm, Flowchart/Pseudo code with examples, Program design and structured
programming
Introduction to C Programming Language: variables (with data types and space
requirements), Syntax and Logical Errors in compilation, object and executable code ,
Operators, expressions and precedence, Expression evaluation, Storage classes (auto, extern,
static and register), type conversion, The main method and command line arguments
Bitwise operations: Bitwise AND, OR, XOR and NOT operators
Conditional Branching and Loops: Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent
branching with if, if-else, switch-case, ternary operator, goto, Iteration with for, while, do-
while loops
I/O: Simple input and output with scanf and printf, formatted I/O, Introduction to stdin,
stdout and stderr.
Command line arguments

Unit - II: Arrays, Strings, Structures and Pointers:

Arrays: one and two dimensional arrays, creating, accessing and manipulating elements of
arrays
Strings: Introduction to strings, handling strings as array of characters, basic string functions
available in C (strlen, strcat, strcpy, strstr etc.), arrays of strings
Structures: Defining structures, initializing structures, unions, Array of structures

22
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Pointers: Idea of pointers, Defining pointers, Pointers to Arrays and Structures, Use of
Pointers in self-referential structures, usage of self referential structures in linked list (no
implementation)
Enumeration data type

Unit - III: Preprocessor and File handling in C:

Preprocessor: Commonly used Preprocessor commands like include, define, undef, if, ifdef,
ifndef
Files: Text and Binary files, Creating and Reading and writing text and binary files,
Appending data to existing files, Writing and reading structures using binary files, Random
access using fseek, ftell and rewind functions.

Unit - IV: Function and Dynamic Memory Allocation:

Functions: Designing structured programs, Declaring a function, Signature of a function,
Parameters and return type of a function, passing parameters to functions, call by value,
Passing arrays to functions, passing pointers to functions, idea of call by reference, Some C
standard functions and libraries
Recursion: Simple programs, such as Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series etc., Limitations of
Recursive functions
Dynamic memory allocation: Allocating and freeing memory, Allocating memory for arrays
of different data types

Unit - V: Introduction to Algorithms:

Algorithms for finding roots of a quadratic equations, finding minimum and maximum
numbers of a given set, finding if a number is prime number, etc.
Basic searching in an array of elements (linear and binary search techniques),
Basic algorithms to sort array of elements (Bubble, Insertion and Selection sort algorithms),
Basic concept of order of complexity through the example programs

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
2. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data Structures, Cengage
Learning, (3rd Edition)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice
2. Hall of India
3. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th Impression)
4. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
5. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition

23
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

ME104ES/ME204ES: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

1 0 4 3

Pre-requisites: Nil
Course objectives:
 To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing.
 To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects.
 To draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Preparing working drawings to communicate the ideas and information.
 Read, understand and interpret engineering drawings.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their
Significance, Conic Sections including the Rectangular Hyperbola – General method only.
Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid, Scales – Plain & Diagonal.

UNIT- II
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions –
Projections of Points and Lines, Projections of Plane regular geometric figures.—Auxiliary
Planes.

UNIT – III
Projections of Regular Solids – Auxiliary Views - Sections or Sectional views of Right
Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views – Sections of Sphere

UNIT – IV
Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid and Cone,
Intersection of Solids: Intersection of – Prism vs Prism- Cylinder Vs Cylinder

UNIT – V
Isometric Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric
Views –Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound
Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Isometric Projection of
Spherical Parts. Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views and Vice-versa –
Conventions

Introduction to CAD: (For Internal Evaluation Weightage only):

Introduction to CAD Software Package Commands.- Free Hand Sketches of 2D- Creation of
2D Sketches by CAD Package

24
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing N.D. Bhatt / Charotar
2. Engineering Drawing / N. S. Parthasarathy and Vela Murali/ Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing / Basant Agrawal and McAgrawal/ McGraw Hill
2. Engineering Drawing/ M. B. Shah, B.C. Rane / Pearson.
3. Computer Aided Engineering Drawing – K Balaveera Reddy et al – CBS Publishers

25
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

AP105BS/AP205BS: APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

List of Experiments:

1. Energy gap of P-N junction diode:

To determine the energy gap of a semiconductor diode.

2. Solar Cell:
To study the V-I Characteristics of solar cell.

3. Light emitting diode:

Plot V-I and P-I characteristics of light emitting diode.

4. Stewart – Gee’s experiment:

Determination of magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil.

5. Hall effect:
To determine Hall co-efficient of a given semiconductor.

6. Photoelectric effect:
To determine work function of a given material.

7. LASER:
To study the characteristics of LASER sources.

8. Optical fibre:
To determine the bending losses of Optical fibres.

9. LCR Circuit:
To determine the Quality factor of LCR Circuit.

10. R-C Circuit:

To determine the time constant of R-C circuit.

Note: Any 8 experiments are to be performed

26
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CS106ES/CS206ES: PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LAB

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

[Note:The programs may be executed using any available Open Source/ Freely available IDE
Some of the Tools available are:
CodeLite: [Link]
Code::Blocks: [Link]
DevCpp : [Link]
Eclipse: [Link]
This list is not exhaustive and is NOT in any order of preference]

Course Objectives: The students will learn the following:

 To work with an IDE to create, edit, compile, run and debug programs
 To analyze the various steps in program development.
 To develop programs to solve basic problems by understanding basic concepts in C
like operators, control statements etc.
 To develop modular, reusable and readable C Programs using the concepts like
functions, arrays etc.
 To Write programs using the Dynamic Memory Allocation concept.
 To create, read from and write to text and binary files

Course Outcomes: The candidate is expected to be able to:

 formulate the algorithms for simple problems
 translate given algorithms to a working and correct program
 correct syntax errors as reported by the compilers
 identify and correct logical errors encountered during execution
 represent and manipulate data with arrays, strings and structures
 use pointers of different types
 create, read and write to and from simple text and binary files
 modularize the code with functions so that they can be reused

Practice sessions:
a. Write a simple program that prints the results of all the operators available in C
(including pre/ post increment , bitwise and/or/not , etc.). Read required operand
values from standard input.
b. Write a simple program that converts one given data type to another using auto
conversion and casting. Take the values form standard input.

Simple numeric problems:

a. Write a program for fiend the max and min from the three numbers.
b. Write the program for the simple, compound interest.
27
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

c. Write program that declares Class awarded for a given percentage of marks, where
mark <40%= Failed, 40% to <60% = Second class, 60% to <70%=First class, >=
70% = Distinction. Read percentage from standard input.
d. Write a program that prints a multiplication table for a given number and the number
of rows in the table. For example, for a number 5 and rows = 3, the output should be:
e. 5 x 1 = 5
f. 5 x 2 = 10
g. 5 x 3 = 15
h. Write a program that shows the binary equivalent of a given positive number between
0 to 255.

Expression Evaluation:
a. A building has 10 floors with a floor height of 3 meters each. A ball is dropped from
the top of the building. Find the time taken by the ball to reach each floor. (Use the
formula s = ut+(1/2)at^2 where u and a are the initial velocity in m/sec (= 0) and
acceleration in m/sec^2 (= 9.8 m/s^2)).
b. Write a C program, which takes two integer operands and one operator from the user,
performs the operation and then prints the result. (Consider the operators +,-,*, /, %
and use Switch Statement)
c. Write a program that finds if a given number is a prime number
d. Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer and test
given number is palindrome.
e. A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence
are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the
sequence. Write a C program to generate the first n terms of the sequence.
f. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a
value supplied by the user.
g. Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic equation.
h. Write a C program to calculate the following, where x is a fractional value.
i. 1-x/2 +x^2/4-x^3/6
j. Write a C program to read in two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of this
geometric progression: 1+x+x^2+x^3+………….+x^n. For example: if n is 3 and x is
5, then the program computes 1+5+25+125.

Arrays and Pointers and Functions:

a. Write a C program to find the minimum, maximum and average in an array of
integers.
b. Write a functions to compute mean, variance, Standard Deviation, sorting of n
elements in single dimension array.
c. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following:
d. Addition of Two Matrices
e. ii. Multiplication of Two Matrices

28
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

f. iii. Transpose of a matrix with memory dynamically allocated for the new matrix as
row and column counts may not be same.
g. Write C programs that use both recursive and non-recursive functions
h. To find the factorial of a given integer.
i. ii. To find the GCD (greatest common divisor) of two given integers.
j. iii. To find x^n
k. Write a program for reading elements using pointer into array and display the values
using array.
l. Write a program for display values reverse order from array using pointer.
m. Write a program through pointer variable to sum of n elements from array.

Files:
a. Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard output device.
b. Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all lowercase characters
with their uppercase equivalents.
c. Write a C program to count the number of times a character occurs in a text file. The
file name and the character are supplied as command line arguments.
d. Write a C program that does the following:
It should first create a binary file and store 10 integers, where the file name and 10
values are given in the command line. (hint: convert the strings using atoi function)
Now the program asks for an index and a value from the user and the value at that
index should be changed to the new value in the file. (hint: use fseek function)
The program should then read all 10 values and print them back.
e. Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i.e., the contents of the firs t file
followed by those of the second are put in the third file).

Strings:
a. Write a C program to convert a Roman numeral ranging from I to L to its decimal
equivalent.
b. Write a C program that converts a number ranging from 1 to 50 to Roman equivalent
c. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
d. To insert a sub-string in to a given main string from a given position.
e. ii. To delete n Characters from a given position in a given string.
f. Write a C program to determine if the given string is a palindrome or not (Spelled
same in both directions with or without a meaning like madam, civic, noon, abcba,
etc.)
g. Write a C program that displays the position of a character ch in the string S or – 1 if
S doesn‘t contain ch.
h. Write a C program to count the lines, words and characters in a given text.

Miscellaneous:
a. Write a menu driven C program that allows a user to enter n numbers and then choose
between finding the smallest, largest, sum, or average. The menu and all the choices

29
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

are to be functions. Use a switch statement to determine what action to take. Display
an error message if an invalid choice is entered.

b. Write a C program to construct a pyramid of numbers as follows:

1 * 1 1 *
12 ** 23 22 **
123 *** 456 333 ***
4444 **
*

Sorting and Searching:

a. Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a
given
b. list of integers using linear search method.
c. Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a
given
d. sorted list of integers using binary search method.
e. Write a C program that implements the Bubble sort method to sort a given list of
f. integers in ascending order.
g. Write a C program that sorts the given array of integers using selection sort in
descending order
h. Write a C program that sorts the given array of integers using insertion sort in
ascending order
i. Write a C program that sorts a given array of names

Suggested Reference Books for solving the problems:

i. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
ii. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data Structures, Cengage
Learning, (3rd Edition)
iii. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice
iv. Hall of India
v. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th Impression)
vi. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
vii. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition

30
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

*MC109ES/*MC209ES: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures.
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
 Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop
technologies on the basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations
which in turn helps in sustainable development

UNIT-I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and
function of an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy,
Biogeochemical cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and
carrying capacity, Field visits.

UNIT-II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy
resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT-III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic
and optional values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit.
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts;
conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT-IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution:
Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and
Industrial pollution, Ambient air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of
pollution, drinking water quality standards. Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of
modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards,
standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management, composition and characteristics
of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies: Wastewater Treatment
methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.

31
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global

Environmental Issues and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human
environment. Ozone depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and
desertification. International conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and
Montréal Protocol. NAPCC-GoI Initiatives.

UNIT-V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects
Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and
handling rules, biomedical waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste
management and handling rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition.
Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-economical aspects. Strategies for
risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Towards
Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development Goals, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle
assessment (LCA), Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1 Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha
for University Grants Commission.
2 Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela.
2008 PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA
edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international
publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications.
6. Introduction to Environmental Science by Y. Anjaneyulu, [Link].

32
 [Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. 1st Year Syllabus (w.e.f AY 2018-19)
Common for Civil, ME, AE, ME (M), MME, Mining & Petroleum Engg.

I YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA101BS Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4
2 PH102BS Engineering Physics 3 1 0 4
3 CS103ES Programming for Problem Solving 3 1 0 4
4 ME104ES Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3
5 PH105BS Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1.5
6 CS106ES Programming for Problem Solving Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 *MC109ES Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Induction Programme
Total Credits 13 3 10 18

I YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA201BS Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
2 CH202BS Chemistry 3 1 0 4
3 ME203ES Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4
4 ME205ES Engineering Workshop 1 0 3 2.5
5 EN205HS English 2 0 0 2
6 CH206BS Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1.5
English Language and Communication Skills
7 EN207HS 0 0 2 1
Lab
Total Credits 12 3 8 19.0

*MC – Satisfied/Unsatisfied

1
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

MA101BS: MATHEMATICS - I
[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C
3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: To learn

• Types of matrices and their properties.
• Concept of a rank of the matrix and applying this concept to know the consistency and
solving the system of linear equations.
• Concept of Eigen values and eigenvectors and to reduce the quadratic form to canonical
form
• Concept of Sequence.
• Concept of nature of the series.
• Geometrical approach to the mean value theorems and their application to the
mathematical problems
• Evaluation of surface areas and volumes of revolutions of curves.
• Evaluation of improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.
• Partial differentiation, concept of total derivative
• Finding maxima and minima of function of two and three variables.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
• Write the matrix representation of a set of linear equations and to analyse the solution
of the system of equations
• Find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors
• Reduce the quadratic form to canonical form using orthogonal transformations.
• Analyse the nature of sequence and series.
• Solve the applications on the mean value theorems.
• Evaluate the improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions
• Find the extreme values of functions of two variables with/ without constraints.

UNIT-I: Matrices
Matrices: Types of Matrices, Symmetric; Hermitian; Skew-symmetric; Skew-Hermitian;
orthogonal matrices; Unitary Matrices; rank of a matrix by Echelon form and Normal form,
Inverse of Non-singular matrices by Gauss-Jordan method; System of linear equations;
solving system of Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations. Gauss elimination
method; Gauss Seidel Iteration Method.

UNIT-II: Eigen values and Eigen vectors

Linear Transformation and Orthogonal Transformation: Eigen values and Eigenvectors and
their properties: Diagonalization of a matrix; Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof);
finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem; Quadratic forms and
Nature of the Quadratic Forms; Reduction of Quadratic form to canonical forms by
Orthogonal Transformation

2
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

UNIT-III: Sequences & Series

Sequence: Definition of a Sequence, limit; Convergent, Divergent and Oscillatory sequences.
Series: Convergent, Divergent and Oscillatory Series; Series of positive terms; Comparison
test, p-test, D-Alembert’s ratio test; Raabe’s test; Cauchy’s Integral test; Cauchy’s root test;
logarithmic test. Alternating series: Leibnitz test; Alternating Convergent series: Absolute
and Conditionally Convergence.

UNIT-IV: Calculus
Mean value theorems: Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s Mean value theorem with their
Geometrical Interpretation and applications, Cauchy’s Mean value Theorem. Taylor’s Series.
Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions of
curves (Only in Cartesian coordinates), Definition of Improper Integral: Beta and Gamma
functions and their applications.

UNIT-V: Multivariable calculus (Partial Differentiation and applications)

Definitions of Limit and continuity.
Partial Differentiation; Euler’s Theorem; Total derivative; Jacobian; Functional dependence
& independence, Maxima and minima of functions of two variables and three variables using
method of Lagrange multipliers.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2006.
3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition,Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
2. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
11thReprint, 2010.

3
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

PH102BS: ENGINEERING PHYSICS

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C
3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
• The course aims at making students to understand the basic concepts of Principles of
Physics in a broader sense with a view to lay foundation for the various engineering
courses.
• Students will be able to demonstrate competency and understanding of the concepts
found in Mechanics, Harmonic Oscillations, Waves in one dimension, wave Optics,
Lasers, Fiber Optics and a broad base of knowledge in physics.
• The main purpose of this course is to equip engineering undergraduates with an
understanding of the scientific method, so that they may use the training beneficially in
their higher pursuits.
• Today the need is to stress principles rather than specific procedures, to select areas of
contemporary interest rather than of past interest, and to condition the student to the
atmosphere of change he will encounter during his carrier.

Course outcomes: Upon graduation, the graduates will have:

• The knowledge of Physics relevant to engineering is critical for converting ideas into
technology.
• An understanding of Physics also helps engineers understand the working and
limitations of existing devices and techniques, which eventually leads to new
innovations and improvements.
• In the present course, the students can gain knowledge on the mechanism of physical
bodies upon the action of forces on them, the generation, transmission and the detection
of the waves, Optical Phenomena like Interference, diffraction, the principles of lasers
and Fibre Optics.
• Various chapters establish a strong foundation on the different kinds of characters of
several materials and pave a way for them to use in at various technical and engineering
applications.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Mechanics

Transformation of scalars and vectors under Rotation transformation, Forces in Nature,
Newton’s laws and its completeness in describing particle motion, Form invariance of
Newton’s second law, Solving Newton’s equations of motion in polar coordinates, Problems
including constraints and friction, Extension to cylindrical and spherical coordinates.

UNIT-II: Harmonic Oscillations

Mechanical and electrical simple harmonic oscillators, Complex number notation and phasor
representation of simple harmonic motion, Damped harmonic oscillator: heavy, critical and
light damping, Energy decay in a damped harmonic oscillator, Quality factor, Mechanical

4
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

and electrical oscillators, Mechanical and electrical impedance, Steady state motion of forced
damped harmonic oscillator, Power observed by oscillator.

UNIT-III: Waves in one dimension

Transverse wave on a string , The wave equation on a string , Harmonic waves, Reflection
and transmission of waves at a boundary, Impedance matching , Standing waves and their
Eigen frequencies , Longitudinal waves and the wave equations for them, Acoustic waves
and speed of sound, Standing sound waves.

UNIT-IV: Wave Optics

Huygen’s principle, Superposition of waves and interference of light by wave front splitting
and amplitude splitting, Young’s double slit experiment, Newton’s rings, Michelson’s
interferometer, Mach-Zehnder interferometer, Frunhofer diffraction from a single slit and
circular aperture, Diffraction grating- resolving power.

UNIT-V: Lasers and Fibre Optics

Lasers: Introduction to interaction of radiation with matter, Coherence, Principle and working
of Laser, Population inversion, Pumping, Types of Lasers: Ruby laser, Carbon dioxide (CO2)
laser, He-Ne laser, Applications of laser. Fibre Optics: Introduction, Optical fibre as a
dielectric wave guide, Total internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Acceptance cone and
Numerical aperture, Step and Graded index fibres, Losses associated with optical fibres,
Applications of optical fibres.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Mechanics, 2nd ed.- MK Harbola, Cengage Learning
2. I. G. Main, “Vibrations and waves in physics’, 3rd Edn, Cambridge University Press,
2018.
3. Ajoy Ghatak, “ Optics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2012

REFERENCES:
1. H. J. Pain, “The physics of vibrations and waves”, Wiley, 2006
2. O. Svelto, “Principles of Lasers”
3. “Introduction to Mechanics”, [Link], Universities Press

5
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CS103ES/CS203ES: PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
• To learn the fundamentals of computers.
• To understand the various steps in program development.
• To learn the syntax and semantics of C programming language.
• To learn the usage of structured programming approach in solving problems.

Course Outcomes: The student will learn

• To write algorithms and to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
• To convert the algorithms/flowcharts to C programs.
• To code and test a given logic in C programming language.
• To decompose a problem into functions and to develop modular reusable code.
• To use arrays, pointers, strings and structures to write C programs.
• Searching and sorting problems.

Unit - 1: Introduction to Programming

Introduction to components of a computer system: disks, primary and secondary memory,
processor, operating system, compilers, creating, compiling and executing a program etc.,
Number systems
Introduction to Algorithms: steps to solve logical and numerical problems. Representation of
Algorithm, Flowchart/Pseudo code with examples, Program design and structured
programming
Introduction to C Programming Language: variables (with data types and space
requirements), Syntax and Logical Errors in compilation, object and executable code ,
Operators, expressions and precedence, Expression evaluation, Storage classes (auto, extern,
static and register), type conversion, The main method and command line arguments
Bitwise operations: Bitwise AND, OR, XOR and NOT operators
Conditional Branching and Loops: Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent
branching with if, if-else, switch-case, ternary operator, goto, Iteration with for, while, do-
while loops
I/O: Simple input and output with scanf and printf, formatted I/O, Introduction to stdin,
stdout and stderr.
Command line arguments

Unit - II: Arrays, Strings, Structures and Pointers:

Arrays: one and two dimensional arrays, creating, accessing and manipulating elements of
arrays
Strings: Introduction to strings, handling strings as array of characters, basic string functions
available in C (strlen, strcat, strcpy, strstr etc.), arrays of strings
Structures: Defining structures, initializing structures, unions, Array of structures

6
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Pointers: Idea of pointers, Defining pointers, Pointers to Arrays and Structures, Use of
Pointers in self-referential structures, usage of self referential structures in linked list (no
implementation)
Enumeration data type

Unit - III: Preprocessor and File handling in C:

Preprocessor: Commonly used Preprocessor commands like include, define, undef, if, ifdef,
ifndef
Files: Text and Binary files, Creating and Reading and writing text and binary files,
Appending data to existing files, Writing and reading structures using binary files, Random
access using fseek, ftell and rewind functions.

Unit - IV: Function and Dynamic Memory Allocation:

Functions: Designing structured programs, Declaring a function, Signature of a function,
Parameters and return type of a function, passing parameters to functions, call by value,
Passing arrays to functions, passing pointers to functions, idea of call by reference, Some C
standard functions and libraries
Recursion: Simple programs, such as Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series etc., Limitations of
Recursive functions
Dynamic memory allocation: Allocating and freeing memory, Allocating memory for arrays
of different data types

Unit - V: Introduction to Algorithms:

Algorithms for finding roots of a quadratic equations, finding minimum and maximum
numbers of a given set, finding if a number is prime number, etc.
Basic searching in an array of elements (linear and binary search techniques),
Basic algorithms to sort array of elements (Bubble, Insertion and Selection sort algorithms),
Basic concept of order of complexity through the example programs

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
2. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data Structures, Cengage
Learning, (3rd Edition)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice
2. Hall of India
3. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th Impression)
4. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
5. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition

7
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

ME104ES/ME204ES: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

1 0 4 3

Pre-requisites: Nil
Course objectives:
• To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing.
• To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects.
• To draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
• Preparing working drawings to communicate the ideas and information.
• Read, understand and interpret engineering drawings.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their
Significance, Conic Sections including the Rectangular Hyperbola – General method only.
Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid, Scales – Plain & Diagonal.

UNIT- II
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions –
Projections of Points and Lines, Projections of Plane regular geometric figures.—Auxiliary
Planes.

UNIT – III
Projections of Regular Solids – Auxiliary Views - Sections or Sectional views of Right
Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views – Sections of Sphere

UNIT – IV
Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid and Cone,
Intersection of Solids: Intersection of – Prism vs Prism- Cylinder Vs Cylinder

UNIT – V
Isometric Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric
Views –Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound
Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Isometric Projection of
Spherical Parts. Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views and Vice-versa –
Conventions

Introduction to CAD: (For Internal Evaluation Weightage only):

Introduction to CAD Software Package Commands.- Free Hand Sketches of 2D- Creation of
2D Sketches by CAD Package

8
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing N.D. Bhatt / Charotar
2. Engineering Drawing / N. S. Parthasarathy and Vela Murali/ Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing / Basant Agrawal and McAgrawal/ McGraw Hill
2. Engineering Drawing/ M. B. Shah, B.C. Rane / Pearson.
3. Computer Aided Engineering Drawing – K Balaveera Reddy et al – CBS Publishers

9
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

PH105BS: ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

List of Experiments:

1. Melde’s experiment:
To determine the frequency of a vibrating bar or turning fork using Melde’s
arrangement.

2. Torsional pendulum:
To determine the rigidity modulus of the material of the given wire using torsional
pendulum.

3. Newton’s rings:
To determine the radius of curvature of the lens by forming Newton’s rings.

4. Diffraction grating:
To determine the number of lines per inch of the grating.

5. Dispersive power:
To determine the dispersive power of prism by using spectrometer.

6. Coupled Oscillator:
To determine the spring constant by single coupled oscillator.

7. LCR Circuit:
To determine quality factor and resonant frequency of LCR circuit.

8. LASER:
To study the characteristics of LASER sources.

9. Optical fibre:
To determine the bending losses of Optical fibres.

10. Optical fibre:

To determine the Numerical aperture of a given fibre.

Note: Any 8 experiments are to be performed

10
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CS106ES/CS206ES: PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

[Note:The programs may be executed using any available Open Source/ Freely available IDE
Some of the Tools available are:
CodeLite: [Link]
Code::Blocks: [Link]
DevCpp : [Link]
Eclipse: [Link]
This list is not exhaustive and is NOT in any order of preference]

Course Objectives: The students will learn the following:

• To work with an IDE to create, edit, compile, run and debug programs
• To analyze the various steps in program development.
• To develop programs to solve basic problems by understanding basic concepts in C
like operators, control statements etc.
• To develop modular, reusable and readable C Programs using the concepts like
functions, arrays etc.
• To Write programs using the Dynamic Memory Allocation concept.
• To create, read from and write to text and binary files

Course Outcomes: The candidate is expected to be able to:

• formulate the algorithms for simple problems
• translate given algorithms to a working and correct program
• correct syntax errors as reported by the compilers
• identify and correct logical errors encountered during execution
• represent and manipulate data with arrays, strings and structures
• use pointers of different types
• create, read and write to and from simple text and binary files
• modularize the code with functions so that they can be reused

Practice sessions:
a. Write a simple program that prints the results of all the operators available in C
(including pre/ post increment , bitwise and/or/not , etc.). Read required operand
values from standard input.
b. Write a simple program that converts one given data type to another using auto
conversion and casting. Take the values form standard input.

Simple numeric problems:

a. Write a program for fiend the max and min from the three numbers.
b. Write the program for the simple, compound interest.
11
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

c. Write program that declares Class awarded for a given percentage of marks, where
mark <40%= Failed, 40% to <60% = Second class, 60% to <70%=First class, >=
70% = Distinction. Read percentage from standard input.
d. Write a program that prints a multiplication table for a given number and the number
of rows in the table. For example, for a number 5 and rows = 3, the output should be:
e. 5 x 1 = 5
f. 5 x 2 = 10
g. 5 x 3 = 15
h. Write a program that shows the binary equivalent of a given positive number between
0 to 255.

Expression Evaluation:
a. A building has 10 floors with a floor height of 3 meters each. A ball is dropped from
the top of the building. Find the time taken by the ball to reach each floor. (Use the
formula s = ut+(1/2)at^2 where u and a are the initial velocity in m/sec (= 0) and
acceleration in m/sec^2 (= 9.8 m/s^2)).
b. Write a C program, which takes two integer operands and one operator from the user,
performs the operation and then prints the result. (Consider the operators +,-,*, /, %
and use Switch Statement)
c. Write a program that finds if a given number is a prime number
d. Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer and test
given number is palindrome.
e. A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence
are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the
sequence. Write a C program to generate the first n terms of the sequence.
f. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a
value supplied by the user.
g. Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic equation.
h. Write a C program to calculate the following, where x is a fractional value.
i. 1-x/2 +x^2/4-x^3/6
j. Write a C program to read in two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of this
geometric progression: 1+x+x^2+x^3+………….+x^n. For example: if n is 3 and x is
5, then the program computes 1+5+25+125.

Arrays and Pointers and Functions:

a. Write a C program to find the minimum, maximum and average in an array of
integers.
b. Write a functions to compute mean, variance, Standard Deviation, sorting of n
elements in single dimension array.
c. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following:
d. Addition of Two Matrices
e. ii. Multiplication of Two Matrices

12
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

f. iii. Transpose of a matrix with memory dynamically allocated for the new matrix as
row and column counts may not be same.
g. Write C programs that use both recursive and non-recursive functions
h. To find the factorial of a given integer.
i. ii. To find the GCD (greatest common divisor) of two given integers.
j. iii. To find x^n
k. Write a program for reading elements using pointer into array and display the values
using array.
l. Write a program for display values reverse order from array using pointer.
m. Write a program through pointer variable to sum of n elements from array.

Files:
a. Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard output device.
b. Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all lowercase characters
with their uppercase equivalents.
c. Write a C program to count the number of times a character occurs in a text file. The
file name and the character are supplied as command line arguments.
d. Write a C program that does the following:
It should first create a binary file and store 10 integers, where the file name and 10
values are given in the command line. (hint: convert the strings using atoi function)
Now the program asks for an index and a value from the user and the value at that
index should be changed to the new value in the file. (hint: use fseek function)
The program should then read all 10 values and print them back.
e. Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i.e., the contents of the firs t file
followed by those of the second are put in the third file).

Strings:
a. Write a C program to convert a Roman numeral ranging from I to L to its decimal
equivalent.
b. Write a C program that converts a number ranging from 1 to 50 to Roman equivalent
c. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
d. To insert a sub-string in to a given main string from a given position.
e. ii. To delete n Characters from a given position in a given string.
f. Write a C program to determine if the given string is a palindrome or not (Spelled
same in both directions with or without a meaning like madam, civic, noon, abcba,
etc.)
g. Write a C program that displays the position of a character ch in the string S or – 1 if
S doesn‘t contain ch.
h. Write a C program to count the lines, words and characters in a given text.

Miscellaneous:
a. Write a menu driven C program that allows a user to enter n numbers and then choose
between finding the smallest, largest, sum, or average. The menu and all the choices

13
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

are to be functions. Use a switch statement to determine what action to take. Display
an error message if an invalid choice is entered.
b. Write a C program to construct a pyramid of numbers as follows:
1 * 1 1 *
12 ** 23 22 **
123 *** 456 333 ***
4444 **
*

Sorting and Searching:

a. Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a
given
b. list of integers using linear search method.
c. Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a
given
d. sorted list of integers using binary search method.
e. Write a C program that implements the Bubble sort method to sort a given list of
f. integers in ascending order.
g. Write a C program that sorts the given array of integers using selection sort in
descending order
h. Write a C program that sorts the given array of integers using insertion sort in
ascending order
i. Write a C program that sorts a given array of names

Suggested Reference Books for solving the problems:

i. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
ii. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data Structures, Cengage
Learning, (3rd Edition)
iii. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice
iv. Hall of India
v. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th Impression)
vi. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
vii. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition

14
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

*MC109ES: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
• Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
• Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures.
• Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
• Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop
technologies on the basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations
which in turn helps in sustainable development

UNIT-I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and
function of an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy,
Biogeochemical cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and
carrying capacity, Field visits.

UNIT-II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy
resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT-III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic
and optional values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit.
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts;
conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT-IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution:
Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and
Industrial pollution, Ambient air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of
pollution, drinking water quality standards. Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of
modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards,
standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management, composition and characteristics

15
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies: Wastewater Treatment

methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global
Environmental Issues and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human
environment. Ozone depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and
desertification. International conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and
Montréal Protocol. NAPCC-GoI Initiatives.

UNIT-V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects
Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and
handling rules, biomedical waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste
management and handling rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition.
Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-economical aspects. Strategies for
risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Towards
Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development Goals, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle
assessment (LCA), Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1 Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha
for University Grants Commission.
2 Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela.
2008 PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA
edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international
publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications.
6. Introduction to Environmental Science by Y. Anjaneyulu, [Link].

16
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

MA201BS: MATHEMATICS - II

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: To learn

• Methods of solving the differential equations of first and higher order.
• Evaluation of multiple integrals and their applications
• The physical quantities involved in engineering field related to vector valued functions
• The basic properties of vector valued functions and their applications to line, surface
and volume integrals

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
• Identify whether the given differential equation of first order is exact or not
• Solve higher differential equation and apply the concept of differential equation to real
world problems
• Evaluate the multiple integrals and apply the concept to find areas, volumes, centre of
mass and Gravity for cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelopiped
• Evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them from one to
another

UNIT-I: First Order ODE

Exact, linear and Bernoulli’s equations; Applications : Newton’s law of cooling, Law of
natural growth and decay; Equations not of first degree: equations solvable for p, equations
solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type.

UNIT-II: Ordinary Differential Equations of Higher Order

Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients: Non-Homogeneous
terms of the type 𝑒𝑒 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 , sin 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 , cos 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎, polynomials in 𝑥𝑥, 𝑒𝑒 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑉𝑉(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑥𝑥 𝑉𝑉(𝑥𝑥); method of
variation of parameters; Equations reducible to linear ODE with constant coefficients:
Legendre’s equation, Cauchy-Euler equation.

UNIT-III: Multivariable Calculus (Integration)

Evaluation of Double Integrals (Cartesian and polar coordinates); change of order of
integration (only Cartesian form); Evaluation of Triple Integrals: Change of variables
(Cartesian to polar) for double and (Cartesian to Spherical and Cylindrical polar coordinates)
for triple integrals.
Applications: Areas (by double integrals) and volumes (by double integrals and triple
integrals), Centre of mass and Gravity (constant and variable densities) by double and triple
integrals (applications involving cubes, sphere and rectangular parallelopiped).

17
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

UNIT-IV: Vector Differentiation

Vector point functions and scalar point functions. Gradient, Divergence and Curl. Directional
derivatives, Tangent plane and normal line. Vector Identities. Scalar potential functions.
Solenoidal and Irrotational vectors.

UNIT-V: Vector Integration

Line, Surface and Volume Integrals. Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes (without proofs)
and their applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons,2006
3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition,Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. Paras Ram, Engineering Mathematics, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishes
2. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., Wiley India, 1984.

18
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CH102BS/CH202BS: CHEMISTRY

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
• To bring adaptability to the concepts of chemistry and to acquire the required skills to
become a perfect engineer.
• To impart the basic knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic modifications
which makes the student to understand the technology based on them.
• To acquire the knowledge of electrochemistry, corrosion and water treatment which are
essential for the Engineers and in industry.
• To acquire the skills pertaining to spectroscopy and to apply them for medical and other
fields.
• To impart the knowledge of stereochemistry and synthetic aspects useful for
understanding reaction pathways

Course Outcomes: The basic concepts included in this course will help the student to gain:
• The knowledge of atomic, molecular and electronic changes, band theory related to
conductivity.
• The required principles and concepts of electrochemistry, corrosion and in
understanding the problem of water and its treatments.
• The required skills to get clear concepts on basic spectroscopy and application to
medical and other fields.
• The knowledge of configurational and conformational analysis of molecules and
reaction mechanisms.

Unit - I:
Molecular structure and Theories of Bonding: Atomic and Molecular orbitals. Linear
Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO), molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules,
molecular orbital energy level diagrams of N2, O2 and F2 molecules. π molecular orbitals of
butadiene and benzene.
Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient Features of CFT – Crystal Field Splitting of transition
metal ion d- orbitals in Tetrahedral, Octahedral and square planar geometries. Band structure
of solids and effect of doping on conductance.

Unit - II:
Water and its treatment: Introduction – hardness of water – Causes of hardness - Types of
hardness: temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness – Estimation of
hardness of water by complexometric method. Potable water and its specifications. Steps
involved in treatment of water – Disinfection of water by chlorination and ozonization.
Boiler feed water and its treatment – Calgon conditioning, Phosphate conditioning and
Colloidal conditioning. External treatment of water – Ion exchange process. Desalination of
water – Reverse osmosis. Numerical problems.

19
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Unit - III:
Electrochemistry and corrosion: Electro chemical cells – electrode potential, standard
electrode potential, types of electrodes – calomel, Quinhydrone and glass electrode. Nernst
equation Determination of pH of a solution by using quinhydrone and glass electrode.
Electrochemical series and its applications. Numerical problems. Potentiometric titrations.
Batteries – Primary (Lithium cell) and secondary batteries (Lead – acid storage battery and
Lithium ion battery).
Causes and effects of corrosion – theories of chemical and electrochemical corrosion –
mechanism of electrochemical corrosion, Types of corrosion: Galvanic, water-line and pitting
corrosion. Factors affecting rate of corrosion, Corrosion control methods- Cathodic protection
– Sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods. Surface coatings – metallic
coatings – methods of application. Electroless plating of Nickel.

Unit - IV:
Stereochemistry, Reaction Mechanism and synthesis of drug molecules: Introduction to
representation of 3-dimensional structures, Structural and stereoisomers, configurations,
symmetry and chirality. Enantiomers, diastereomers, optical activity and Absolute
configuration. Conformation alanalysis of n- butane.
Substitution reactions: Nucleophilic substitution reactions: Mechanism of SN1, SN2 reactions.
Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions: Addition of HBr to propene.
Markownikoff and anti Markownikoff’s additions. Grignard additions on carbonyl
compounds. Elimination reactions: Dehydro halogenation of alkylhalides. Saytzeff rule.
Oxidation reactions: Oxidation of alcohols using KMnO4 and chromic acid.
Reduction reactions: reduction of carbonyl compounds using LiAlH4 & NaBH4.
Hydroboration of olefins. Structure, synthesis and pharmaceutical applications of
Paracetamol and Aspirin.

Unit - V:
Spectroscopic techniques and applications: Principles of spectroscopy, selection rules and
applications of electronic spectroscopy. vibrational and rotational spectroscopy. Basic
concepts of Nuclear magnetic resonance Spectroscopy, chemical shift. Introduction to
Magnetic resonance imaging.

Suggested Text Books:

1. Physical Chemistry, by P.W. Atkins
2. Engineering Chemistry by [Link] & [Link]; Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P)
Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C.N. Banwell
4. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K.P.C. Volhardt and [Link], 5th
Edition.
5. University Chemistry, by B.M. Mahan, Pearson IV Edition.
6. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B.L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and M.S.
Krishnan

20
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

ME203ES: ENGINEERING MECHANICS

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4

Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are to

• Explain the resolution of a system of forces, compute their resultant and solve
problems using equations of equilibrium
• Perform analysis of bodies lying on rough surfaces.
• Locate the centroid of a body and compute the area moment of inertia and mass
moment of inertia of standard and composite sections
• Explain kinetics and kinematics of particles, projectiles, curvilinear motion,
centroidal motion and plane motion of rigid bodies.
• Explain the concepts of work-energy method and its applications to translation,
rotation and plane motion and the concept of vibrations

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to

• Determine resultant of forces acting on a body and analyse equilibrium of a body
subjected to a system of forces.
• Solve problem of bodies subjected to friction.
• Find the location of centroid and calculate moment of inertia of a given section.
• Understand the kinetics and kinematics of a body undergoing rectilinear,
curvilinear, rotatory motion and rigid body motion.
• Solve problems using work energy equations for translation, fixed axis rotation and
plane motion and solve problems of vibration.

UNIT-I:
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics - Force Systems :Basic concepts, Particle equilibrium
in 2-D & 3-D; Rigid Body equilibrium; System of Forces, Coplanar Concurrent Forces,
Components in Space – Resultant- Moment of Forces and its Application; Couples and
Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium of System of Forces, Free body diagrams, Equations
of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems and Spatial Systems; Static Indeterminacy

UNIT-II:
Friction: Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic Friction;
Motion of Bodies, wedge friction, screw jack & differential screw jack;
Centroid and Centre of Gravity -Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes from first principle,
centroid of composite sections; Centre of Gravity and its implications. – Theorem of Pappus

UNIT-III:
Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia of plane sections from first principles,
Theorems of moment of inertia, Moment of inertia of standard sections and composite
sections; Product of Inertia, Parallel Axis Theorem, Perpendicular Axis Theorem
21
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Mass Moment of Inertia : Moment of Inertia of Masses - Transfer Formula for Mass
Moments of Inertia – Mass moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT-IV:
Review of particle dynamics- Rectilinear motion; Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path,
and polar coordinates). 3-D curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained motion; Newton’s
2nd law (rectangular, path, and polar coordinates). Work-kinetic energy, power, potential
energy. Impulse-momentum (linear, angular); Impact (Direct and oblique).

UNIT-V:
Kinetics of Rigid Bodies -Basic terms, general principles in dynamics; Types of motion,
Instantaneous centre of rotation in plane motion and simple problems; D’Alembert’s principle
and its applications in plane motion and connected bodies; Work Energy principle and its
application in plane motion of connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body rotation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shames and Rao (2006) , Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education
2. Reddy Vijay Kumar K. and J. Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer’s Engineering
Mechanics – Statics & Dynamics

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Timoshenko S.P and Young D.H., “Engineering Mechanics”, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1983.
2. Andrew Pytel, Jaan Kiusalaas, “Engineering Mechanics”, Cengage Learning, 2014.
3. Beer F.P & Johnston E.R Jr. Vector, “Mechanics for Engineers”, TMH, 2004.
4. Hibbeler R.C & Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2010.
5. Tayal A.K., “Engineering Mechanics – Statics & Dynamics”, Umesh Publications,
2011.
6. Basudeb Bhattacharyya, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
7. Meriam. J. L., “Engineering Mechanics”, Volume-II Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons,
2008.

22
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

ME105ES/ME205ES: ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

1 0 3 2.5

Pre-requisites: Practical skill

Course Objectives:
• To Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration.
• To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various
engineering products.
• To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,
equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.
• To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work place.
• It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working tools,
equipment and machines.
• To study commonly used carpentry joints.
• To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes.
• Identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to work to
prescribed tolerances.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
• Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
• Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including pluming,
fitting, carpentry, foundry, house wiring and welding.
• Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes
including drilling, material removing, measuring, chiseling.
• Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice.

1. TRADES FOR EXERCISES:

At least two exercises from each trade:
I. Carpentry – (T-Lap Joint, Dovetail Joint, Mortise & Tenon Joint)
II. Fitting – (V-Fit, Dovetail Fit & Semi-circular fit)
III. Tin-Smithy – (Square Tin, Rectangular Tray & Conical Funnel)
IV. Foundry – (Preparation of Green Sand Mould using Single Piece and Split Pattern)
V. Welding Practice – ( Arc Welding & Gas Welding)
VI. House-wiring – (Parallel & Series, Two-way Switch and Tube Light)
VII. Black Smithy – ( Round to Square, Fan Hook and S-Hook)

2. TRADES FOR DEMONSTRATION & EXPOSURE:

Plumbing, Machine Shop, Metal Cutting (Water Plasma), Power tools in construction and
Wood Working

23
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Workshop Practice /B. L. Juneja / Cengage
2. Workshop Manual / K. Venugopal / Anuradha.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Work shop Manual - P. Kannaiah/ K. L. Narayana/ SciTech
2. Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BSP

24
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EN105HS/EN205HS: ENGLISH

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

2 0 0 2

INTRODUCTION
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and the
consequent emphasis on training students to acquire language skills, the syllabus of English
has been designed to develop linguistic, communicative and critical thinking competencies of
Engineering students.

In English classes, the focus should be on the skills development in the areas of vocabulary,
grammar, reading and writing. For this, the teachers should use the prescribed text for
detailed study. The students should be encouraged to read the texts leading to reading
comprehension and different passages may be given for practice in the class. The time should
be utilized for working out the exercises given after each excerpt, and also for supplementing
the exercises with authentic materials of a similar kind, for example, newspaper articles,
advertisements, promotional material etc. The focus in this syllabus is on skill development,
fostering ideas and practice of language skills in various contexts and cultures.

Learning Objectives: The course will help to

a. Improve the language proficiency of students in English with an emphasis on
Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading and Writing skills.
b. Equip students to study academic subjects more effectively and critically using the
theoretical and practical components of English syllabus.
c. Develop study skills and communication skills in formal and informal situations.

Course Outcomes: Students should be able to

1. Use English Language effectively in spoken and written forms.
2. Comprehend the given texts and respond appropriately.
3. Communicate confidently in various contexts and different cultures.
4. Acquire basic proficiency in English including reading and listening comprehension,
writing and speaking skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT –I
‘The Raman Effect’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’ published by
Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary Building: The Concept of Word Formation --The Use of Prefixes and Suffixes.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Articles and
Prepositions.
Reading: Reading and Its Importance- Techniques for Effective Reading.

25
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Basic Writing Skills: Sentence Structures -Use of Phrases and Clauses in Sentences-
Importance of Proper Punctuation- Techniques for writing precisely – Paragraph writing –
Types, Structures and Features of a Paragraph - Creating Coherence-Organizing Principles of
Paragraphs in Documents.

UNIT –II
‘Ancient Architecture in India’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’
published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Noun-pronoun
Agreement and Subject-verb Agreement.
Reading: Improving Comprehension Skills – Techniques for Good Comprehension
Writing: Format of a Formal Letter-Writing Formal Letters E.g.., Letter of Complaint,
Letter of Requisition, Job Application with Resume.

UNIT –III
‘Blue Jeans’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’ published by
Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Acquaintance with Prefixes and Suffixes from Foreign Languages in English to
form Derivatives-Words from Foreign Languages and their Use in English.
Grammar: Identifying Common Errors in Writing with Reference to Misplaced Modifiers
and Tenses.
Reading: Sub-skills of Reading- Skimming and Scanning
Writing: Nature and Style of Sensible Writing- Defining- Describing Objects, Places and
Events – Classifying- Providing Examples or Evidence

UNIT –IV
‘What Should You Be Eating’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English for Engineers’
published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Standard Abbreviations in English
Grammar: Redundancies and Clichés in Oral and Written Communication.
Reading: Comprehension- Intensive Reading and Extensive Reading
Writing: Writing Practices--Writing Introduction and Conclusion - Essay Writing-Précis
Writing.

UNIT –V
‘How a Chinese Billionaire Built Her Fortune’ from the prescribed textbook ‘English
for Engineers’ published by Cambridge University Press.
Vocabulary: Technical Vocabulary and their usage
Grammar: Common Errors in English
Reading: Reading Comprehension-Exercises for Practice
Writing: Technical Reports- Introduction – Characteristics of a Report – Categories of
Reports

26
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Formats- Structure of Reports (Manuscript Format) -Types of Reports - Writing aReport.

Prescribed Textbook:
1. Sudarshana, N.P. and Savitha, C. (2018). English for Engineers. Cambridge University
Press.

References:
1. Swan, M. (2016). Practical English Usage. Oxford University Press.
2. Kumar, S and Lata, P.(2018). Communication Skills. Oxford University Press.
3. Wood, F.T. (2007).Remedial English Grammar. Macmillan.
4. Zinsser, William. (2001). On Writing Well. Harper Resource Book.
5. Hamp-Lyons, L. (2006).Study Writing. Cambridge University Press.
6. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts I –III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University
Press.

27
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

CH106BS/CH206BS: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives: The course consists of experiments related to the principles of
chemistry required for engineering student. The student will learn:
• Estimation of hardness and chloride content in water to check its suitability for drinking
purpose.
• To determine the rate constant of reactions from concentrations as an function of time.
• The measurement of physical properties like adsorption and viscosity.
• To synthesize the drug molecules and check the purity of organic molecules by thin
layer chromatographic (TLC) technique.

Course Outcomes: The experiments will make the student gain skills on:
• Determination of parameters like hardness and chloride content in water.
• Estimation of rate constant of a reaction from concentration – time relationships.
• Determination of physical properties like adsorption and viscosity.
• Calculation of Rf values of some organic molecules by TLC technique.

List of Experiments:
1. Determination of total hardness of water by complexometric method using EDTA
2. Determination of chloride content of water by Argentometry
3. Estimation of an HCl by Conductometric titrations
4. Estimation of Acetic acid by Conductometric titrations
5. Estimation of HCl by Potentiometric titrations
6. Estimation of Fe2+ by Potentiometry using KMnO4
7. Determination of rate constant of acid catalysed hydrolysis of methyl acetate
8. Synthesis of Aspirin and Paracetamol
9. Thin layer chromatography calculation of Rf values. eg ortho and para nitro phenols
10. Determination of acid value of coconut oil
11. Verification of freundlich adsorption isotherm-adsorption of acetic acid on charcoal
12. Determination of viscosity of castor oil and ground nut oil by using Ostwald’s
viscometer.
13. Determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol and water.
14. Determination of surface tension of a give liquid using stalagmometer.

References
1. Senior practical physical chemistry, B.D. Khosla, A. Gulati and V. Garg (R. Chand &
Co., Delhi)
2. An introduction to practical chemistry, K.K. Sharma and D. S. Sharma (Vikas
publishing, N. Delhi)
3. Vogel’s text book of practical organic chemistry 5th edition
4. Text book on Experiments and calculations in Engineering chemistry – S.S. Dara

28
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

EN107HS/EN207HS: ENGLISH LANGUAGE

AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

[Link]. I Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

The Language Lab focuses on the production and practice of sounds of language and
familiarizes the students with the use of English in everyday situations both in formal and
informal contexts.

Course Objectives:
 To facilitate computer-assisted multi-media instruction enabling
individualized and independent language learning
 To sensitize students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word accent,
intonation and rhythm
 To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in students’ pronunciation
of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking
 To improve the fluency of students in spoken English and neutralize their
mother tongue influence
 To train students to use language appropriately for public speaking and
interviews
Learning Outcomes: Students will be able to attain
 Better understanding of nuances of English language through audio- visual experience
and group activities
 Neutralization of accent for intelligibility
 Speaking skills with clarity and confidence which in turn enhances their
employability skills

Syllabus
English Language and Communication Skills Lab (ELCS) shall have two parts:
a. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab
b. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab

Listening Skills
Objectives
1. To enable students develop their listening skills so that they may appreciate its role in
the LSRW skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation
2. To equip students with necessary training in listening so that they can comprehend the
speech of people of different backgrounds and regions

Students should be given practice in listening to the sounds of the language, to be able to
recognize them and find the distinction between different sounds, to be able to mark stress
and recognize and use the right intonation in sentences.

29
 [Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

• Listening for general content

• Listening to fill up information
• Intensive listening
• Listening for specific information

Speaking Skills
Objectives
1. To involve students in speaking activities in various contexts
2. To enable students express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and
professional contexts
• Oral practice: Just A Minute (JAM) Sessions
• Describing objects/situations/people
• Role play – Individual/Group activities

 The following course content is prescribed for the English Language and Communication
Skills Lab based on Unit-6 of AICTE Model Curriculum 2018 for [Link] First English.
As the syllabus is very limited, it is required to prepare teaching/learning materials by
the teachers collectively in the form of handouts based on the needs of the students in
their respective colleges for effective teaching/learning and timesaving in the Lab)

Exercise – I
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening Skill- Its importance – Purpose- Process- Types- Barriers of Listening.
Practice: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Communication at Work Place- Spoken vs. Written language.
Practice: Ice-Breaking Activity and JAM Session- Situational Dialogues – Greetings –
Taking Leave – Introducing Oneself and Others.

Exercise – II
CALL Lab:
Understand: Structure of Syllables – Word Stress and Rhythm– Weak Forms and Strong
Forms in Context.
Practice: Basic Rules of Word Accent - Stress Shift - Weak Forms and Strong Forms in
Context.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Features of Good Conversation – Non-verbal Communication.
Practice: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play- Expressions in Various Situations –Making
Requests and Seeking Permissions - Telephone Etiquette.

Exercise - III
CALL Lab:
Understand: Intonation-Errors in Pronunciation-the Influence of Mother Tongue (MTI).

30
[Link]. I Year Syllabus JNTU HYDERABAD

Practice: Common Indian Variants in Pronunciation – Differences in British and American

Pronunciation.
ICS Lab:
Understand: How to make Formal Presentations.
Practice: Formal Presentations.

Exercise – IV
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for General Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Public Speaking – Exposure to Structured Talks.
Practice: Making a Short Speech – Extempore.

Exercise – V
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for Specific Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
ICS Lab:
Understand: Interview Skills.
Practice: Mock Interviews.
**************

Minimum Requirement of infrastructural facilities for ELCS Lab:

1. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab:
The Computer Assisted Language Learning Lab has to accommodate 40
students with 40 systems, with one Master Console, LAN facility and English
language learning software for self- study by students.

System Requirement (Hardware component):

Computer network with LAN facility (minimum 40 systems with multimedia) with the
following specifications:
i) Computers with Suitable Configuration
ii) High Fidelity Headphones
2. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab:
The Interactive Communication Skills Lab: A Spacious room with movable chairs and
audio-visual aids with a Public-Address System, a LCD and a projector etc.

31
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in CIVIL ENGINEERING

COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R18)

Admitted From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CE301PC Surveying and Geomatics 3 0 0 3
2 CE302PC Engineering Geology 2 0 0 2
3 CE303PC Strength of Materials - I 3 1 0 4
4 MA304BS Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4
5 CE305PC Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4
6 CE306PC Surveying Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 CE307PC Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 CE308PC Engineering Geology Lab 0 0 2 1.0
9 *MC309 Constitution of India 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 17 3 8 21

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EE401ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3
2 CE402ES Basic Mechanical Engineering for Civil Engineers 2 0 0 2
3 CE403PC Building Materials, Construction and Planning 3 0 0 3
4 CE404PC Strength of Materials - II 3 0 0 3
5 CE405PC Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery 3 0 0 3
6 CE406PC Structural Analysis - I 3 0 0 3
7 CE407PC Computer aided Civil Engineering Drawing 0 0 3 1.5
8 EE409ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1.0
9 CE409PC Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery Lab 0 0 3 1.5
10 *MC409 Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0
Total Credits 17 0 10 21

*MC – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE301PC: SURVEYING AND GEOMATICS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The object of the course student should have the capability to:
 Know the principle and methods of surveying.
 Measure horizontal and vertical- distances and angles
 Recording of observation accurately
 Perform calculations based on the observation
 Identification of source of errors and rectification methods
 Apply surveying principles to determine areas and volumes and setting out curves
 Use modern surveying equipment’s for accurate results

Course Outcomes: Course will enable the student to:

 Apply the knowledge to calculate angles, distances and levels
 Identify data collection methods and prepare field notes
 Understand the working principles of survey instruments, measurement errors and corrective
measures
 Interpret survey data and compute areas and volumes, levels by different type of equipment
and relate the knowledge to the modern equipment and methodologies

UNIT - I
Introduction and Basic Concepts: Introduction, Objectives, classification and principles of
surveying, Scales, Shrinkage of Map, Conventional symbols and Code of Signals, Surveying
accessories, phases of surveying.
Measurement of Distances and Directions
Linear distances- Approximate methods, Direct Methods- Chains- Tapes, ranging, Tape corrections.
Prismatic Compass- Bearings, included angles, Local Attraction, Magnetic Declination and dip.

UNIT - II
Leveling- Types of levels and levelling staves, temporary adjustments, methods of levelling, booking
and Determination of levels, Effect of Curvature of Earth and Refraction.
Contouring- Characteristics and uses of Contours, methods of contour surveying.
Areas - Determination of areas consisting of irregular boundary and regular boundary.
Volumes - Determination of volume of earth work in cutting and embankments for level section,
volume of borrow pits, capacity of reservoirs.

UNIT - III
Theodolite Surveying: Types of Theodolites, Fundamental Lines, temporary adjustments,
measurement of horizontal angle by repetition method and reiteration method, measurement of
vertical Angle, Trigonometrical levelling when base is accessible and inaccessible.
Traversing: Methods of traversing, traverse computations and adjustments, Omitted measurements.

UNIT - IV
Curves: Types of curves and their necessity, elements of simple, compound, reverse, transition and
vertical curves.
Tacheometric Surveying: Principles of Tacheometry, stadia and tangential methods of
Tacheometry,
Modern Surveying Methods: Principle and types of E.D.M. Instruments, Total station- advantages
and Applications. Field Procedure for total station survey, Errors in Total Station Survey, Global
Positioning System- Principle and Applications.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Photogrammetry Surveying:
Introduction, Basic concepts, perspective geometry of aerial photograph, relief and tilt displacements,
terrestrial photogrammetry, flight planning; Stereoscopy, ground control extension for photographic
mapping- aerial triangulation, radial triangulation, methods; photographic mapping- mapping using
paper prints, mapping using stereoplotting instruments, mosaics, map substitutes.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chandra A M, “Plane Surveying and Higher Surveying”, New age International Pvt. Ltd.,
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Duggal S K, “Surveying (Vol – 1 & 2), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur R Benton and Philip J Taety, Elements of Plane Surveying, McGraw Hill.
2. Surveying and levelling by R. Subramanian, Oxford university press, New Delhi
3. Arora K R “Surveying Vol 1, 2 & 3), Standard Book House, Delhi.
4. Surveying (Vol – 1, 2 & 3), by B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain - Laxmi
Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE302PC: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

2 0/0/0 2
Course Objectives: The objective of this Course is
 To give the basics knowledge of Geology that is required for constructing various Civil
Engineering Structures, basic Geology, Geological Hazardous and Environmental Geology
 To focus on the core activities of engineering geologists – site characterization and geologic
hazard identification and mitigation. Planning and construction of major Civil Engineering projects

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Site characterization and how to collect, analyze, and report geologic data using standards in
engineering practice
 The fundamentals of the engineering properties of Earth materials and fluids.
 Rock mass characterization and the mechanics of planar rock slides and topples

UNIT - I
Introduction: Importance of geology from Civil Engineering point of view. Brief study of case histories
of failure of some Civil Engineering constructions due to geological draw backs. Importance of
Physical geology, Petrology and Structural geology.
Weathering of Rocks: Its effect over the properties of rocks importance of weathering with reference
to dams, reservoirs and tunnels weathering of common rock like “Granite”

UNIT - II
Mineralogy: Definition of mineral, Importance of study of minerals, Different methods of study of
minerals. Advantages of study of minerals by physical properties. Role of study of physical properties
of minerals in the identification of minerals. Study of physical properties of following common rock
forming minerals: Feldsper, Quartiz, Flint, Jasper, Olivine, Augite, Hornblende, Muscovite, Biotite,
Asbestos, Chlorite, Kyanite, Garnet, Talc, Calcite. Study of other common economics minerals such
as Pyrite, Hematite, Magnetite, Chrorite , Galena , Pyrolusite, Graphite, Magnesite, and Bauxite.
Petrology: Definition of rock: Geological classification of rocks into igneous, Sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks. Dykes and sills, common structures and textures of igneous. Sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks. Their distinguishing features, Megascopic and microscopic and microscopic study
of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Pegmatite, Laerite, Conglomerate, Sand Stone, Shale, Limestone,
Gneiss, Schist, Quartzite, Marble and Slate.

UNIT - III
Structural Geology: Out crop, strike and dip study of common geological structures associating with
the rocks such as folds, faults uncomfornities, and joints - their important types and case studies.
Their importance Insitu and drift soils, common types of soils, their origin and occurrence in India,
Stabilisation of soils. Ground water, Water table, common types of ground water, springs, cone of
depression, geological controls of ground water movement, ground water exploration.

UNIT - IV
Earth Quakes: Causes and effects, shield areas and seismic belts. Seismic waves, Richter scale,
precautions to be taken for building construction in seismic areas. Landslides, their causes and effect;
measures to be taken to prevent their occurrence.
Importance of Geophysical Studies: Principles of geophysical study by Gravity methods. Magnetic
methods, Electrical methods. Seismic methods, Radio metric methods and geothermal method.
Special importance of Electrical resistivity methods, and seismic refraction methods. Improvement of
competence of sites by grouting etc. Fundamental aspects of Rock mechanics and Environmental
Geology.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Geology of Dams, Reservoirs, and Tunnels: Types of dams and bearing of Geology of site in their
selection, Geological Considerations in the selection of a dam site. Analysis of dam failures of the
past. Factors contributing to the success of a reservoir. Geological factors influencing water Lightness
and life of reservoirs - Purposes of tunneling, Effects of Tunneling on the ground Role of Geological
Considerations (i.e. Tithological, structural and ground water) in tunneling over break and lining in
tunnels.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Geology by N. Chennakesavulu, McMillan, India Ltd. 2005
2. Engineering Methods by D. Venkat Reddy; Vikas Publishers 2015.
3. Engineering Geology by S K Duggal, H K Pandey Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd 2014
4. Principles of Engineering Geology by K.V.G.K. Gokhale – B.S publications

REFERENCES:
1. F.G. Bell, Fundamental of Engineering B.S. Publications, 2005.
2. Krynine & Judd, Principles of Engineering Geology & Geotechnics, CBS Publishers &
Distribution
3. Engineering Geology by Subinoy Gangopadhyay, Oxford university press.
4. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers – P.C. Varghese PHI
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE303PC: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – I

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Pre-Requisites: Engineer Mechanics

Course Objectives: The objective of this Course is

 To understand the nature of stresses developed in simple geometries such as bars,
cantilevers and beams for various types of simple loads
 To calculate the elastic deformation occurring in simple members for different
types of loading.
 To show the plane stress transformation with a particular coordinate system for different
orientation of the plane.
 To know different failure theories adopted in designing of structural members

Course Outcome: On completion of the course, the student will be able to:
 Describe the concepts and principles, understand the theory of elasticity including
strain/displacement and Hooke’s law relationships; and perform calculations, related to the
strength of structured and mechanical components.
 Recognize various types loads applied on structural components of simple framing
geometries and understand the nature of internal stresses that will develop within the
components.
 To evaluate the strains and deformation that will result due to the elastic stresses developed
within the materials for simple types of loading
 Analyze various situations involving structural members subjected to plane stresses by
application of Mohr’s circle of stress;
 Frame an idea to design a system, component, or process

UNIT – I
SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS:
Concept of stress and strain- St. Venant’s Principle-Stress and Strain Diagram - Elasticity and
plasticity – Types of stresses and strains- Hooke’s law – stress – strain diagram for mild steel –
Working stress – Factor of safety – Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio and volumetric strain – Pure shear
and Complementary shear - Elastic modulii, Elastic constants and the relationship between them –
Bars of varying section – composite bars – Temperature stresses .
STRAIN ENERGY – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, and impact loadings – simple applications.

UNIT – II
SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT:
Types of beams – Concept of shear force and bending moment – S.F and B.M diagrams for
cantilever, simply supported including overhanging beams subjected to point loads, uniformly
distributed load, uniformly varying load, couple and combination of these loads – Point of
contraflexure – Relation between S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam.

UNIT – III
FLEXURAL STRESSES:
Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending equation- Section Modulus
Determination of flexural/bending stresses of rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I,T,
Angle and Channel sections – Design of simple beam sections.
SHEAR STRESSES:
Derivation of formula for shear stress distribution – Shear stress distribution across various beam
sections like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T angle and channel sections.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
DEFLECTION OF BEAMS:
Slope, deflection and radius of curvature – Differential equation for the elastic line of a beam – Double
integration and Macaulay’s methods – Determination of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply
supported beams subjected to point loads, U.D.L, Uniformly varying load and couple -Mohr’s
theorems – Moment area method – Application to simple cases.
CONJUGATE BEAM METHOD: Introduction – Concept of conjugate beam method - Difference
between a real beam and a conjugate beam - Deflections of determinate beams with constant and
different moments of inertia.

UNIT – V
PRINCIPAL STRESSES:
Introduction – Stresses on an oblique plane of a bar under axial loading – compound stresses –
Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses – Two perpendicular normal
stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear –Principal stresses – Mohr’s circle of stresses –
ellipse of stress - Analytical and graphical solutions.
THEORIES OF FAILURE: Introduction – Various theories of failure - Maximum Principal Stress
Theory, Maximum Principal Strain Theory, Maximum shear stress theory- Strain Energy and Shear
Strain Energy Theory (Von Mises Theory).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Strength of Materials by R. K Rajput, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
2. Mechanics of Materials by Dr. B.C Punmia, Dr. Ashok Kumar Jain and Dr. Arun Kumar Jain
3. Strength of Materials by R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press

REFERENCES:
1. Mechanics of material by R.C. Hibbeler, Prentice Hall publications
2. Engineering Mechanics of Solids by Egor P. Popov, Prentice Hall publications
3. Strength of Materials by [Link] Rao and [Link], Cambridge Publishers
4. Strength of Materials by R.K. Bansal, Lakshmi Publications House Pvt. Ltd.
5. Strength of Materials by [Link] and P. Mahadevappa, 3rd Edition, Universities
Presss
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MA304BS: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Pre-requisites: Mathematical Knowledge at pre-university level

Course Objectives: To learn

 The ideas of probability and random variables and various discrete and continuous
probability distributions and their properties.
 The basic ideas of statistics including measures of central tendency, correlation and
regression.
 The statistical methods of studying data samples.

Course outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical methods for
analysing experimental data.

UNIT - I: Basic Probability 8L

Probability spaces, conditional probability, independent events, and Bayes’ theorem.
Random variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, Expectation of Random Variables,
Moments, Variance of random variables, Chebyshev's Inequality

UNIT - II: Discrete Probability distributions 10L

Binomial, Poisson, evaluation of statistical parameters for these distributions, Poisson approximation
to the binomial distribution

UNIT - III: Continuous Random variable & Distributions 10L

Continuous random variables and their properties, distribution functions and densities,
Normal, exponential and gamma distributions, evaluation of statistical parameters for these
distributions

UNIT - IV: Applied Statistics 10L

Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree parabolas and
more general curves; Correlation and regression – Rank correlation.

UNIT - V: Testing of Hypothesis 10L

Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions, single mean,
difference of means; Test for single mean, difference of means for small samples, test for ratio of
variances for small samples.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers, keying Ye, Probability and statistics for
engineers and scientists, 9th Edition, Pearson Publications.
2. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Khanna Publications, S C Guptha and V.K. Kapoor.

REFERENCES:
1. Miller and Freund’s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 8th Edition, Pearson Educations
2. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE305PC: FLUID MECHANICS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Introduce the concepts of fluid mechanics useful in Civil Engineering applications
 Provide a first level exposure to the students to fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics.
 Learn about the application of mass, energy and momentum conservation laws for fluid flows
 Train and analyse engineering problems involving fluids with a mechanistic perspective is
essential for the civil engineering students
 To obtain the velocity and pressure variations in various types of simple flows
 To prepare a student to build a good fundamental background useful in the application-
intensive courses covering hydraulics, hydraulic machinery and hydrology

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
 Understand the broad principles of fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics
 Understand definitions of the basic terms used in fluid mechanics and characteristics of fluids
and its flow
 Understand classifications of fluid flow
 Be able to apply the continuity, momentum and energy principles

UNIT – I
Properties of Fluid
Distinction between a fluid and a solid; Density, Specific weight, Specific gravity, Kinematic and
dynamic viscosity; variation of viscosity with temperature, Newton law of viscosity; vapour pressure,
boiling point, cavitation; surface tension, capillarity, Bulk modulus of elasticity, compressibility.
Fluid Statics
Fluid Pressure: Pressure at a point, Pascals law, pressure variation with temperature, density and
altitude. Piezometer, U-Tube Manometer, Single Column Manometer, U-Tube Differential Manometer,
Micromanometers. pressure gauges. Hydrostatic pressure and force: horizontal, vertical and inclined
surfaces. Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies.

UNIT - II
Fluid Kinematics
Classification of fluid flow: steady and unsteady flow; uniform and non-uniform flow; laminar and
turbulent flow; rotational and irrotational flow; compressible and incompressible flow; ideal and real
fluid flow; one, two- and three-dimensional flows; Stream line, path line, streak line and stream
tube; stream function, velocity potential function. One, two- and three-dimensional continuity
equations in Cartesian coordinates.
Fluid Dynamics
Surface and Body forces -Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equation; Energy correction factor; Momentum
equation. Vortex flow – Free and Forced. Bernolli’s equation to real fluid flows.

UNIT - III
Flow Measurement in Pipes
Practical applications of Bernoulli’s equation: venturimeter, orifice meter and pitot tube; Momentum
principle; Forces exerted by fluid flow on pipe bend.
Flow Over Notches & Weirs
Flow through rectangular; triangular and trapezoidal notches and weirs; End contractions; Velocity of
approach. Broad crested weir.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Flow through Pipes
Reynolds experiment, Reynolds number, Loss of head through pipes, Darcy-Wiesbatch equation,
minor losses, total energy line, hydraulic grade line, Pipes in series, equivalent pipes, pipes in
parallel, siphon, branching of pipes, three reservoir problem, power transmission through pipes.
Analysis of pipe networks: Hardy Cross method, water hammer in pipes and control measures.

UNIT - V
Laminar & Turbulent Flow
Laminar flow through: circular pipes, annulus and parallel plates.
Boundary Layer Concepts
Boundary Layer Analysis-Assumption and concept of boundary layer theory. Boundary-layer
thickness, displacement, momentum & energy thickness, laminar and Turbulent boundary layers on a
flat plate; Laminar sub-layer, smooth and rough boundaries. Local and average friction coefficients.
Separation and Control. Definition of Drag and Lift and types drag, magnus effect.
.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi and Seth, Standard Book House.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic machines by Manish Kumar Goyal, PHI learning Private
Limited, 2015.
3. Fluid Mechanics by R.C. Hibbeler, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics, K. Subramanya, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by SK Som, Gautam Biswas, Suman
Chakraborthy, Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
3. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.S.P. Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P. N. Chadramouli,
Oxford University Press, 2010
4. Fluid mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, Domkundwar & Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai &Co
5. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R. K. Bansal, Laxmi Publication Pvt Ltd.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE306PC: SURVEYING LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5
Pre-Requisites: Surveying Theory

Course Objectives:
 To impart the practical knowledge in the field- measuring distances, directions, angles,
 To determining R.L.’s areas and volumes
 To set out Curves
 To stake out points
 To traverse the area
 To draw Plans and Maps

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Apply the principle of surveying for civil Engineering Applications
 Calculation of areas, Drawing plans and contour maps using different measuring equipment
at field level
 Write a technical laboratory report

List of Experiments
1. Surveying of an area by chain, and compass survey (closed traverse) & plotting.
2. Determine of distance between two inaccessible points with compass
3. Radiation method, intersection methods by plane table survey.
4. Levelling – Longitudinal and cross-section and plotting
5. Measurement of Horizontal and vertical angle by theodolite
6. Trigonometric leveling using theodolite
7. Height and distances using principles of tachometric surveying
8. Determination of height, remote elevation, distance between inaccessible points using total
station
9. Determination of Area using total station and drawing map
10. Traversing using total station for drawing contour map
11. Stake out using total station
12. Setting out Curve using total station
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE307PC: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5

Course Objectives:
 Make measurements of different strains, stress and elastic properties of materials used in
Civil Engineering.
 Provide physical observations to complement concepts learnt
 Introduce experimental procedures and common measurement instruments, equipment,
devices.
 Exposure to a variety of established material testing procedures and techniques
 Different methods of evaluation and inferences drawn from observations

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Configure & Operate a data acquisition system using various testing machines of solid
materials
 Compute and Analyze engineering values (e.g. stress or strain) from laboratory
measurements.
 Write a technical laboratory report
.
List of Experiments:
1. Tension test
2. Bending test on (Steel / Wood) Cantilever beam.
3. Bending test on simple support beam.
4. Torsion test
5. Hardness test
6. Spring test
7. Compression test on wood or concrete
8. Impact test
9. Shear test
10. Verification of Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem on beams.
11. Use of electrical resistance strain gauges
12. Continuous beam – deflection test.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE308PC: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Pre-Requisites: Engineering Geology Theory

Course Objectives: The objective of this lab is that to provide practical knowledge about physical
properties of minerals, rocks, drawing of geological maps, showing faults, uniformities etc.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understands the method and ways of investigations required for Civil Engg projects
 Identify the various rocks, minerals depending on geological classifications
 Will able to learn to couple geologic expertise with the engineering properties of rock and
unconsolidated materials in the characterization of geologic sites for civil work projects and
the quantification of processes such as rock slides and settlement.
 Write a technical laboratory report

List of Experiments
1. Study of physical properties of minerals.
2. Study of different group of minerals.
3. Study of Crystal and Crystal system.
4. Identification of minerals: Silica group: Quartz, Amethyst, Opal; Feldspar group:
Orthoclase, Plagioclase; Cryptocrystalline group: Jasper; Carbonate group: Calcite;
Element group: Graphite; Pyroxene group: Talc; Mica group: Muscovite; Amphibole
group: Asbestos, Olivine, Hornblende, Magnetite, Hematite, Corundum, Kyanite, Garnet, Galena,
Gypsum.
5. Identification of rocks (Igneous Petrology): Acidic Igneous rock: Granite and its varieties,
Syenite, Rhyolite, Pumice, Obsidian, Scoria, Pegmatite, Volcanic Tuff. Basic rock: Gabbro,
Dolerite, Basalt and its varieties, Trachyte.
6. Identification of rocks (Sedimentary Petrology): Conglomerate, Breccia, Sandstone and its
varieties, Laterite, Limestone and its varieties, Shales and its varieties.
7. Identification of rocks (Metamorphic Petrolody): Marble, slate, Gneiss and its varieties, Schist
and its varieties. Quartzite, Phyllite.
8. Study of topographical features from Geological maps. Identification of symbols in maps.
9. Simple structural Geology Problems (Folds, Faults & Unconformities)

LAB EXAMINATION PATTERN:

1. Description and identification of SIX minerals
2. Description and identification of Six (including igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks)
3. Interpretation of a Geological map along with a geological section.
4. Simple strike and Dip problems.
5. Microscopic identification of rocks.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

*MC309/*MC409: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0

The Constitution of India is the supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any
law which violates the Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The
Parliament of India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it
cannot use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India reflects
the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically developed by the
thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of the most popular political
ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of sovereign power by state. The
historic revolutions in France, England, America and particularly European Renaissance and
Reformation movement have resulted into progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism”
in many countries. The Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many
countries including United Kingdom and America.

The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has been said
that Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few critics have argued that
it does not truly incorporate our own ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static”
and therefore the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The Indian
judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the guardian of
people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also strengthened the same
through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution. The judicial activism of the Supreme
Court of India and its historic contributions has been recognized throughout the world and it gradually
made it “as one of the strongest court in the world”.

Course content
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and
the States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of the
President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

EE401ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
 To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase & three phase circuits
 To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
 To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
 To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes:
 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits
 To study the working principles of Electrical Machines
 To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

UNIT - I:
D.C. CIRCUITS
Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, KVL&KCL, analysis of simple
circuits with dc excitation.
A.C. CIRCUITS
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor representation, real power,
reactive power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase ac circuits , Three-phase
balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.

UNIT - II:
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of Wires and
Cables, Earthing. Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries. Elementary calculations
for energy consumption, power factor improvement and battery backup.

UNIT - III:
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Working principle of Single-phase transformer, equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, efficiency,
Three-phase transformer connections. Construction and working principle of DC generators, EMF
equation, working principle of DC motors, Torque equations and Speed control of DC motors,
Construction and working principle of Three-phase Induction motor, Torques equations and Speed
control of Three-phase induction motor. Construction and working principle of synchronous
generators.

UNIT - IV:
P-N JUNCTION AND ZENER DIODE: Principle of Operation Diode equation, Volt-Ampere
characteristics, Temperature dependence, Ideal versus practical, Static and dynamic resistances,
Equivalent circuit, Zener diode characteristics and applications.
RECTIFIERS AND FILTERS: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Ripple Factor - Full
Wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic components in Rectifier Circuits, Filters – Inductor Filters,
Capacitor Filters, L- section Filters, π- section Filters.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V:
BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR (BJT): Construction, Principle of Operation, Amplifying Action,
Common Emitter, Common Base and Common Collector configurations, Comparison of CE, CB and
CC configurations.
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (FET): Construction, Principle of Operation, Comparison of BJT and
FET, Biasing FET.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J Nagarath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed, 2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata Jit, TMH,
2/e, 1998.
3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Company, 6th
edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches) - 2nd edition by
Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.
7. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
8. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.
9. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE402ES: BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

2 0/0/0 2

Course Objectives: To familiarize civil engineering students with the

 Basic machine elements,
 Sources of Energy and Power Generation,
 Various manufacturing processes,
 Power transmission elements, material handling equipment.

Course Outcome: At the end of the course Student will able

 To understand the mechanical equipment for the usage at civil engineering systems,
 To familiarize with the general principles and requirement for refrigeration, manufacturing,
 To realize the techniques employed to construct civil engineering systems.

UNIT - I:
Machine Elements: Cams: Types of cams and followers
Introduction to engineering materials-Metals, ceramics, composites-Heat treatment of metals
Riveted joints- methods of failure of riveted joints-strength equations-efficiency of riveted joints -
eccentrically loaded riveted joints.

UNIT - II:
Power Transmission Elements: Gears terminology of spur, helical and bevel gears, gear trains. Belt
drives (types). Chain drives.
Material Handling equipment: Introduction to Belt conveyors, cranes, industrial trucks, bull dozers

UNIT - III:
Energy: Power Generation: External and internal combustion engines (layouts, element/component
description, advantages, disadvantages, applications).
Refrigeration: Mechanical Refrigeration and types – units of refrigeration – Air Refrigeration system,
details and principle of operation –calculation of COP
Modes and mechanisms of heat transfer – Basic laws of heat transfer –General discussion about
applications of heat transfer.

UNIT - IV:
Manufacturing Processes: Sheet Metal Work: Introduction – Equipments – Tools and accessories –
Various processes (applications, advantages / disadvantages).
Welding: Types – Equipments –Techniques employed –welding positions-defects-applications,
advantages / disadvantages – Gas cutting – Brazing and soldering.
Casting: Types, equipments, applications

UNIT - V:
Machine Tools: Introduction to lathe, drilling machine, milling machine, grinding machine-Operations
performed

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kumar, T., Leenus Jesu Martin and Murali, G., Basic Mechanical Engineering, Suma
Publications, Chennai, 2007
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Prabhu, T. J., Jai Ganesh, V. and Jebaraj, S., Basic Mechanical Engineering,
SciTech Publications, Chennai, 2000.
2. Hajra Choudhary, S.K. and Hajra Choudhary, A. K., Elements of Workshop Technology
Vols. I & II, Indian Book Distributing Company Calcutta, 2007.
3. Nag, P.K., Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Rattan, S.S., Theory of Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE403PC: BUILDING MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND PLANNING

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course is to
 List the construction material.
 Explain different construction techniques
 Understand the building bye-laws
 Highlight the smart building materials

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Define the Basic terminology that is used in the industry
 Categorize different building materials, properties and their uses
 Understand the Prevention of damage measures and good workmanship
 Explain different building services

UNIT - I
Stones and Bricks, Tiles: Building stones – classifications and quarrying – properties – structural
requirements – dressing.
Bricks – Composition of Brick earth – manufacture and structural requirements, Fly ash, Ceramics.
Timber, Aluminum, Glass, Paints and Plastics: Wood - structure – types and properties –
seasoning – defects; alternate materials for Timber – GI / fibre – reinforced glass bricks, steel &
aluminum, Plastics.

UNIT - II
Cement & Admixtures: Ingredients of cement – manufacture – Chemical composition – Hydration -
field & lab tests.
Admixtures – mineral & chemical admixtures – uses.

UNIT - III
Building Components: Lintels, Arches, walls, vaults – stair cases – types of floors, types of roofs –
flat, curved, trussed; foundations – types; Damp Proof Course; Joinery – doors – windows – materials
– types.
Building Services: Plumbing Services: Water Distribution, Sanitary – Lines & Fittings; Ventilations:
Functional requirements systems of ventilations. Air-conditioning - Essentials and Types; Acoustics –
characteristic – absorption – Acoustic design; Fire protection – Fire Hazards – Classification of fire-
resistant materials and constructions

UNIT - IV
Mortars, Masonry and Finishing’s Mortars: Lime and Cement Mortars Brick masonry – types –
bonds; Stone masonry – types; Composite masonry – Brick-stone composite; Concrete, Reinforced
brick.
Finishers: Plastering, Pointing, Painting, Claddings – Types – Tiles – ACP.
Form work: Types: Requirements – Standards – Scaffolding – Design; Shoring, Underpinning.

UNIT – V
Building Planning: Principles of Building Planning, Classification of buildings and Building by laws.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Building Materials and Construction – Arora & Bindra, Dhanpat Roy Publications.
2. Building Materials and Construction by G C Sahu, Joygopal Jena McGraw hill Pvt Ltd 2015.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

3. Building Construction by B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain - Laxmi
Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Building Materials by Duggal, New Age International.
2. Building Materials by P. C. Varghese, PHI.
3. Building Construction by PC Varghese PHI.
4. Construction Technology – Vol – I & II by R. Chubby, Longman UK.
5. Alternate Building Materials and Technology, Jagadish, Venkatarama Reddy and others; New
Age Publications.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE404PC: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Pre-Requisites: Strength of Materials - I

Course Objectives: The objective of this Course is

 To understand the nature of stresses developed in simple geometries shafts, springs,
columns &cylindrical and spherical shells for various types of simple loads
 To calculate the stability and elastic deformation occurring in various simple geometries for
different types of loading.
 To understand the unsymmetrical bending and shear center importance for equilibrium
conditions in a structural member of having different axis of symmetry.

Course Outcome: On completion of the course, the student will be able to:
 Describe the concepts and principles, understand the theory of elasticity, and perform
calculations, relative to the strength of structures and mechanical components in particular to
torsion and direct compression;
 To evaluate the strains and deformation that will result due to the elastic stresses developed
within the materials for simple types of loading
 Analyze strength and stability of structural members subjected to Direct, and Direct and
Bending stresses;
 Understand and evaluate the shear center and unsymmetrical bending.
 Frame an idea to design a system, component, or process

UNIT – I
TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFTS: Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equation -
Assumptions made in the theory of pure torsion – Polar section modulus – Power transmitted by
shafts – Combined bending and torsion – Design of shafts according to theories of failure.
SPRINGS: Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled helical springs under
axial pull and axial couple – springs in series and parallel.

UNIT – II
COLUMNS AND STRUTS: Introduction – Types of columns – Short, medium and long columns –
Axially loaded compression members – Crushing load – Euler’s theorem for long columns-
assumptions- derivation of Euler’s critical load formulae for various end conditions – Equivalent length
of a column – slenderness ratio – Euler’s critical stress – Limitations of Euler’s theory– Long columns
subjected to eccentric loading – Secant formula – Empirical formulae –– Rankine – Gordon formula-
Straight line formula – Prof. Perry’s formula.
BEAM COLUMNS: Laterally loaded struts – subjected to uniformly distributed and concentrated
loads.

UNIT - III
DIRECT AND BENDING STRESSES: Stresses under the combined action of direct loading and
bending moment, core of a section – determination of stresses in the case of retaining walls,
chimneys and dams – conditions for stability-Overturning and sliding – stresses due to direct loading
and bending moment about both axis.

UNIT – IV
THIN CYLINDERS: Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal and
circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and Volumetric strains – changes in dia, and volume of
thin cylinders – Thin spherical shells.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

THICK CYLINDERS: Introduction - Lame’s theory for thick cylinders – Derivation of Lame’s formulae
– distribution of hoop and radial stresses across thickness – design of thick cylinders – compound
cylinders – Necessary difference of radii for shrinkage.

UNIT – V
UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING:
Introduction – Centroidal principal axes of section –Moments of inertia referred to any set of
rectangular axes – Stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending – Principal axes –
Resolution of bending moment into two rectangular axes through the centroid – Location of neutral
axis.
SHEAR CENTRE: Introduction - Shear centre for symmetrical and unsymmetrical (channel, I, T and
L) sections

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Strength of Materials by R.K Rajput, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
2. Mechanics of Materials by Dr. B. C Punmia, Dr. Ashok Kumar Jain and Dr. Arun Kumar Jain
3. Strength of Materials by R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Mechanics of Materials by R.C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education

2) Engineering Mechanics of Solids by Popov E.P. Prentice-Hall Ltd
3) Strength of Materials by [Link] Rao and [Link], Cambridge Publishers
4) Strength of Materials by R. K. Bansal, Lakshmi Publications House Pvt. Ltd.
5) Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics by M. L. Gambhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE405PC: HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is

 To Define the fundamental principles of water conveyance in open channels.
 To Discuss and analyze the open channels in uniform and Non-uniform flow conditions.
 To Study the characteristics of hydroelectric power plant and its components.
 To analyze and design of hydraulic machinery and its modeling

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will able to
 Apply their knowledge of fluid mechanics in addressing problems in open channels and
hydraulic machinery.
 Understand and solve problems in uniform, gradually and rapidly varied flows in open
channel in steady state conditions.
 Apply dimensional analysis and to differentiate the model, prototype and similitude conditions
for practical problems.
 Get the knowledge on different hydraulic machinery devices and its principles that will be
utilized in hydropower development and for other practical usages

UNIT - I
Open Channel Flow – I: Introduction to Open channel flow-Comparison between open channel flow
and pipe flow, Classification of open channels, Classification of open channel flows, Velocity
distribution. Uniform flow – Characteristics of uniform flow, Chezy’s, Manning’s and Bazin formulae for
uniform flow – Factors affecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficient “n”. Most economical sections.
Computation of Uniform flow, Normal depth.
Critical Flow: Specific energy – critical depth - computation of critical depth – critical, sub critical and
super critical flows-Channel transitions.

UNIT - II
Open Channel Flow – II: Non-uniform flow – Gradually Varied Flow - Dynamic equation for G.V.F;
Classification of channel bottom slopes – Classification and characteristics of Surface profiles –
Computation of water surface profiles by Numerical and Analytical approaches. Direct step method.
Rapidly varied flow: Elements and characteristics (Length and Height) of Hydraulic jump in
rectangular channel– Types, applications and location of hydraulic jump, Energy dissipation and other
uses – Positive and Negative Surges (Theory only).

UNIT - III
Dimensional Analysis and Hydraulic Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity – Rayleigh’s method
and Buckingham’s pi methods – Dimensionless groups. Similitude, Model studies, Types of models.
Application of dimensional analysis and model studies to fluid flow problems. Distorted models.
Basics of Turbo Machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined and
curved vanes, Jet striking centrally and at tip, Velocity triangles at inlet and outlet, expressions for
work done and efficiency – Angular

UNIT - IV
Hydraulic Turbines – I: Elements of a typical Hydropower installation – Heads and efficiencies –
Classification of turbines – Pelton wheel – Francis turbine – Kaplan turbine – working, working
proportions, velocity diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design. Draft tube – Classification,
functions and efficiency.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Hydraulic Turbines – II: Governing of turbines – Surge tanks – Unit and specific turbines – Unit
speed – Unit quantity – Unit power – Specific speed – Performance characteristics – Geometric
similarity – Cavitation. Selection of turbines.

UNIT - V
Centrifugal Pumps: Pump installation details – classification – work done – Manometric head –
minimum starting speed – losses and efficiencies – specific speed. Multistage pumps – pumps in
parallel – performance of pumps – characteristic curves – NPSH – Cavitation.
Hydropower Engineering: Classification of Hydropower plants – Definition of terms – load factor,
utilization factor, capacity factor, estimation of hydropower potential.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi and Seth, Standard Book House.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic machines by Manish Kumar Goyal, PHI learning Private
Limited, 2015
3. Fluid mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, Domkundwar & Domkundwar Dhanpat Rai &Co

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics by R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd
2. Fluid Mechanic & Fluid Power Engineering by D. S. Kumar (Kataria & Sons
Publications Pvt. Ltd.).
3. Open channel flow by V.T. Chow (McGraw Hill Book Company).
4. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by SK Som, Gautam Biswas, Suman
Chakraborthy, Mc Graw Hill Education (India) Private Limited
5. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma (Khanna Publishers).
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE406PC: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – I

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Pre-Requisites: Strength of Materials – I

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to

 Differentiate the statically determinate and indeterminate structures.
 To understand the nature of stresses developed in perfect frames and three hinged arches for
various types of simple loads
 Analyse the statically indeterminate members such as fixed bars, continuous beams and for
various types of loading.
 Understand the energy methods used to derive the equations to solve engineering
problems
 Evaluate the Influence on a beam for different static & moving loading positions

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will able to
 An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
 Analyse the statically indeterminate bars and continuous beams
 Draw strength behaviour of members for static and dynamic loading.
 Calculate the stiffness parameters in beams and pin jointed trusses.
 Understand the indeterminacy aspects to consider for a total structural system.
 Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems with real time loading

UNIT – I
ANALYSIS OF PERFECT FRAMES: Types of frames - Perfect, Imperfect and Redundant pin jointed
plane frames - Analysis of determinate pin jointed plane frames using method of joints, method of
sections and tension coefficient method for vertical loads, horizontal loads and inclined loads.

UNIT – II
ENERGY THEOREMS: Introduction-Strain energy in linear elastic system, expression of strain
energy due to axial load, bending moment and shear forces - Castigliano’s theorem-Unit Load Method
- Deflections of simple beams and pin- jointed plane frames - Deflections of statically determinate
bent frames.
THREE HINGED ARCHES – Introduction – Types of Arches – Comparison between Three hinged
and Two hinged Arches - Linear Arch - Eddy’s theorem - Analysis of Three hinged arches - Normal
Thrust and radial shear and bending moment - Geometrical properties of parabolic and circular
arches - Three hinged parabolic circular arches having supports at different levels.

UNIT - III
PROPPED CANTILEVER and FIXED BEAMS: Determination of static and kinematic indeterminacies
for beams- Analysis of Propped cantilever and fixed beams, including the beams with different
moments of inertia - subjected to uniformly distributed load - point loads - uniformly varying load,
couple and combination of loads - Shear force, Bending moment diagrams and elastic curve for
Propped Cantilever and Fixed Beams - Deflection of Propped cantilever and fixed beams - effect of
sinking of support, effect of rotation of a support.

UNIT – IV
CONTINUOUS BEAMS: Introduction-Continuous beams - Clapeyron’s theorem of three moments-
Analysis of continuous beams with constant and variable moments of inertia with one or both ends
fixed-continuous beams with overhang - effect of sinking of supports.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

SLOPE DEFLECTION METHOD: Derivation of slope-deflection equation, application to continuous

beams with and without sinking of supports - Determination of static and kinematic indeterminacies for
frames - Analysis of Single Bay, Single storey Portal Frames by Slope Deflection Method including
Side Sway - Shear force and bending moment diagrams and Elastic curve.

UNIT – V
MOVING LOADS and INFLUENCE LINES: Introduction maximum SF and BM at a given section and
absolute maximum shear force and bending moment due to single concentrated load ,uniformly
distributed load longer than the span, uniformly distributed load shorter than the span, two point
loads with fixed distance between them and several point loads-Equivalent uniformly distributed load-
Focal length - Definition of influence line for shear force and bending moment - load position for
maximum shear force and maximum bending Moment at a section - Point loads, uniformly distributed
load longer than the span, uniformly distributed load shorter than the span- Influence lines for forces
in members of Pratt and Warren trusses - Equivalent uniformly distributed load -Focal length.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Structural Analysis Vol –I & II by V.N. Vazirani and M.M. Ratwani, Khanna Publishers.
2. Structural Analysis Vol I & II by [Link] and S.P. Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd.
3. Structural analysis T. S Thandavamoorthy, Oxford university Press

REFERENCES:
1. Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education
2. Basic Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
3. Mechanics of Structures Vol – I and II by H.J. Shah and S.B. Junnarkar, Charotar Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.
4. Basic Structural Analysis by C. S. Reddy., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
5. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis by M.L. Gamhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE407PC: COMPUTER AIDED CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Use the Autocad commands for drawing 2D & 3D building drawings required for different
civil engg applications.
 Plan and draw Civil Engineering Buildings as per aspect and orientation.
 Presenting drawings as per user requirements and preparation of technical report

Course Objectives: The objective of this lab is to teach the student usage of Auto cad and basic
drawing fundamentals in various civil engineering applications, specially in building drawing.

List of Experiments:
1. Introduction to computer aided drafting and different coordinate system
2. Drawing of Regular shapes using Editor mode
3. Introduction GUI and drawing of regular shapes using GUI
4. Exercise on Draw tools
5. Exercise on Modify tools
6. Exercise on other tools (Layers, dimensions, texting etc.)
7. Drawing of building components like walls, lintels, Doors, and Windows. using CAD software
8. Drawing a plan of Building and dimensioning
9. Drawing a plan of a residential building using layers
10. Developing a 3-D plan from a given 2-D plan
11. Developing sections and elevations for given
a) Single storied buildings b) multi storied buildings
12. Auto CAD applications in surveying, mechanics etc.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Aided Design Laboratory by M. N. Sesha Praksh & Dr. G. S. Servesh –Laxmi
Publications.
2. Engineering Graphics by P. J. Sha – S. Chand & Co.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE409PC: HYDRAULICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5

Course Objectives
 To identify the behavior of analytical models introduced in lecture to the actual behavior of
real fluid flows.
 To explain the standard measurement techniques of fluid mechanics and their applications.
 To illustrate the students with the components and working principles of the Hydraulic
machines- different types of Turbines, Pumps, and other miscellaneous hydraulics machines.
 To analyze the laboratory measurements and to document the results in an appropriate
format.

Course Outcomes: Students who successfully complete this course will have demonstrated ability
to:
 Describe the basic measurement techniques of fluid mechanics and its appropriate
application.
 Interpret the results obtained in the laboratory for various experiments.
 Discover the practical working of Hydraulic machines- different types of Turbines, Pumps,
and other miscellaneous hydraulics machines.
 Compare the results of analytical models introduced in lecture to the actual behavior of real
fluid flows and draw correct and sustainable conclusions.
 Write a technical laboratory report

List of Experiments
1. Verification of Bernoulli’s equation
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a constant head method
3. Calibration of Venturimeter / Orifice Meter
4. Calibration of Triangular / Rectangular/Trapezoidal Notch
5. Determination of Minor losses in pipe flow
6. Determination of Friction factor of a pipe line
7. Determination of Energy loss in Hydraulic jump
8. Determination of Manning’s and Chezy’s constants for Open channel flow.
9. Impact of jet on vanes
10. Performance Characteristics of Pelton wheel turbine
11. Performance Characteristics of Francis turbine
12. Performance characteristics of Keplan Turbine
13. Performance Characteristics of a single stage / multi stage Centrifugal Pump
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

EE409ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
 To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase & three phase circuits
 To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
 To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
 To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes:
 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits
 To study the working principles of Electrical Machines
 To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

List of experiments/demonstrations:

PART A: ELECTRICAL
1. Verification of KVL and KCL
2. (i) Measurement of Voltage, Current and Real Power in primary and Secondary Circuits of a
Single-Phase Transformer
(ii) Verification of Relationship between Voltages and Currents (Star-Delta, Delta-Delta, Delta-
star, Star-Star) in a Three Phase Transformer
3. Measurement of Active and Reactive Power in a balanced Three-phase circuit
4. Performance Characteristics of a Separately Excited DC Shunt Motor
5. Performance Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor
6. No-Load Characteristics of a Three-phase Alternator

PART B: ELECTRONICS
1. Study and operation of
(i) Multi-meters (ii) Function Generator (iii) Regulated Power Supplies (iv) CRO.
2. PN Junction diode characteristics
3. Zener diode characteristics and Zener as voltage Regulator
4. Input & Output characteristics of Transistor in CB / CE configuration
5. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters
6. Input and Output characteristics of FET in CS configuration

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J Nagarath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestead and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed, 2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata Jit, TMH,
2/e, 1998.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Company, 6th
edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches) - 2nd edition by
Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.
7. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
8. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.
9. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

*MC409/*MC309: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

(An Activity-based Course)

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 0

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that asks critical
questions about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary goal of this course is to
familiarize students with key issues, questions and debates in Gender Studies, both historical and
contemporary. It draws on multiple disciplines – such as literature, history, economics, psychology,
sociology, philosophy, political science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural
assumptions about sex, gender, and sexuality.

This course integrates analysis of current events through student presentations, aiming to increase
awareness of contemporary and historical experiences of women, and of the multiple ways that sex
and gender interact with race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course also
seeks to build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating gender-based
violence and discrimination. The course also features several exercises and reflective activities
designed to examine the concepts of gender, gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will
further explore the impact of gender-based violence on education, health and development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in
contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological, psychological and
legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from
research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to
counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and
economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as
equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide
protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to
gender violence.

UNIT - I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes
towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men - Preparing for
Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – II: GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT – III: GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share
the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work.
-Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and
Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

UNIT – IV: GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with
Everyday Harassment- Further Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding
Lives. Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life”

UNIT – V: GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and
Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks-
The Brave Heart.

Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of
English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

 Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures,

discussions, collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments.
Apart from the above prescribed book, Teachers can make use of any authentic
materials related to the topics given in the syllabus on “Gender”.

 ESSENTIAL READING: The Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender” written by [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu
published by Telugu Akademi, Telangana Government in 2015.

ASSESSMENT AND GRADING:

 Discussion & Classroom Participation: 20%
 Project/Assignment: 30%
 End Term Exam: 50%
 R18 [Link] EEE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EE301ES Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4
2 EE302PC Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 0 4
3 EE303PC Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3
4 EE304PC Electrical Machines - I 3 1 0 4
5 EE305PC Electromagnetic Fields 3 0 0 3
6 EE306PC Electrical Machines Lab - I 0 0 2 1
7 EE307PC Analog Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1
8 EE308PC Electrical Circuits Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC309 Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0
Total Credits 15 3 8 21

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
Laplace Transforms, Numerical Methods &
1 MA401BS 3 1 0 4
Complex variables
2 EE402PC Electrical Machines – II 3 1 0 4
3 EE403PC Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3
4 EE404PC Control Systems 3 1 0 4
5 EE405PC Power System - I 3 0 0 3
6 EE406PC Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1
7 EE407PC Electrical Machines Lab - II 0 0 2 1
8 EE408PC Control Systems Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC409 Constitution of India 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 6 21

*MC – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE301ES: ENGINEERING MECHANICS

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites: Nil

Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are to

 Explain the resolution of a system of forces, compute their resultant and solve problems
using equations of equilibrium
 Perform analysis of bodies lying on rough surfaces.
 Locate the centroid of a body and compute the area moment of inertia and mass moment
of inertia of standard and composite sections
 Explain kinetics and kinematics of particles, projectiles, curvilinear motion, centroidal
motion and plane motion of rigid bodies.
 Explain the concepts of work-energy method and its applications to translation, rotation
and plane motion and the concept of vibrations

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to

 Determine resultant of forces acting on a body and analyse equilibrium of a body subjected
to a system of forces.
 Solve problem of bodies subjected to friction.
 Find the location of centroid and calculate moment of inertia of a given section.
 Understand the kinetics and kinematics of a body undergoing rectilinear, curvilinear,
rotatory motion and rigid body motion.
 Solve problems using work energy equations for translation, fixed axis rotation and plane
motion and solve problems of vibration.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics - Force Systems: Basic concepts, Particle equilibrium in 2-D &
3-D; Rigid Body equilibrium; System of Forces, Coplanar Concurrent Forces, Components in Space –
Resultant- Moment of Forces and its Application; Couples and Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium
of System of Forces, Free body diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems and Spatial
Systems; Static Indeterminacy

UNIT - II
Friction: Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic Friction; Motion of
Bodies, wedge friction, screw jack & differential screw jack;
Centroid and Centre of Gravity -Centroid of Lines, Areas and Volumes from first principle, centroid of
composite sections; Centre of Gravity and its implications. – Theorem of Pappus

UNIT - III
Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia of plane sections from first principles, Theorems
of moment of inertia, Moment of inertia of standard sections and composite sections; Product of
Inertia, Parallel Axis Theorem, Perpendicular Axis Theorem
Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of Masses - Transfer Formula for Mass Moments of Inertia
– Mass moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT - IV
Review of particle dynamics- Rectilinear motion; Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path, and polar
coordinates). 3-D curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained motion; Newton’s 2nd law (rectangular,
path, and polar coordinates). Work-kinetic energy, power, potential energy. Impulse-momentum
(linear, angular); Impact (Direct and oblique).
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT - V
Kinetics of Rigid Bodies -Basic terms, general principles in dynamics; Types of motion, Instantaneous
centre of rotation in plane motion and simple problems; D’Alembert’s principle and its applications in
plane motion and connected bodies; Work Energy principle and its application in plane motion of
connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body rotation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shames and Rao (2006) , Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education
2. Reddy Vijay Kumar K. and J. Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer’s Engineering Mechanics –
Statics & Dynamics

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Timoshenko S.P and Young D.H., “Engineering Mechanics”, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 1983.
2. Andrew Pytel, Jaan Kiusalaas, “Engineering Mechanics”, Cengage Learning, 2014.
3. Beer F.P & Johnston E.R Jr. Vector, “Mechanics for Engineers”, TMH, 2004.
4. Hibbeler R.C & Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2010.
5. Tayal A.K., “Engineering Mechanics – Statics & Dynamics”, Umesh Publications, 2011.
6. Basudeb Bhattacharyya, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
7. Meriam. J. L., “Engineering Mechanics”, Volume-II Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE302PC: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4

Prerequisite: Mathematics - II (Ordinary Differential Equations and Multivariable Calculus) & Basic
Electrical Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To understand Magnetic Circuits, Network Topology and Three phase circuits.
 To analyze transients in Electrical systems.
 To evaluate Network parameters of given Electrical network
 To design basic filter configurations

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Apply network theorems for the analysis of electrical circuits.
 Obtain the transient and steady-state response of electrical circuits.
 Analyze circuits in the sinusoidal steady-state (single-phase and three-phase).
 Analyze two port circuit behavior.

UNIT - I
Network Theorems: Superposition theorem, Thevenin theorem, Norton theorem, Maximum power
transfer theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Compensation theorem. Analysis with dependent current and
voltage sources. Node and Mesh Analysis. Concept of duality and dual networks.

UNIT - II
Solution of First and Second order Networks: Solution of first and second order differential
equations for Series and parallel R-L, R-C, RL-C circuits, initial and final conditions in network
elements, forced and free response, time constants, steady state and transient state response for DC
and AC Excitations.

UNIT - III
Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis: Representation of sine function as rotating phasor, phasor
diagrams, impedances and admittances, AC circuit analysis, effective or RMS values, average power
and complex power. Three-phase circuits. Mutual coupled circuits, Dot Convention in coupled circuits,
Ideal Transformer.

UNIT - IV
Electrical Circuit Analysis Using Laplace Transforms: Review of Laplace Transform, Analysis of
electrical circuits using Laplace Transform for standard inputs, convolution integral, inverse Laplace
transform, transformed network with initial conditions. Transfer function representation. Poles and
Zeros. Frequency response (magnitude and phase plots), series and parallel resonances

UNIT - V
Two Port Network and Network Functions: Two Port Networks, terminal pairs, relationship of two
port variables, impedance parameters, admittance parameters, transmission parameters and hybrid
parameters, interconnections of two port networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. E. Van Valkenburg, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 2006.
2. D. Roy Choudhury, “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publications, 1998.
 R18 [Link] EEE

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. W. H. Hayt and J. E. Kemmerly, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
2. C. K. Alexander and M. N. O. Sadiku, “Electric Circuits”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
3. K. V. V. Murthy and M. S. Kamath, “Basic Circuit Analysis”, Jaico Publishers, 1999.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE303PC: ANALOG ELECTRONICS

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: -

Course Objectives:
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs their switching characteristics,
applications
 Learn the concepts of high frequency analysis of transistors.
 To give understanding of various types of basic and feedback amplifier circuits such as small
signal, cascaded, large signal and tuned amplifiers.
 To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits.
 To introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special function ICs.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Know the characteristics, utilization of various components.
 Understand the biasing techniques
 Design and analyze various rectifiers, small signal amplifier circuits.
 Design sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal oscillators.
 A thorough understanding, functioning of OP-AMP, design OP-AMP based circuits with linear
integrated circuits.

UNIT - I
Diode Circuits: P-N junction diode, I-V characteristics of a diode; review of half-wave and full-wave
rectifiers, clamping and clipping circuits. Input output characteristics of BJT in CB, CE, CC
configurations, biasing circuits, Load line analysis, common-emitter, common-base and common
collector amplifiers; Small signal equivalent circuits,

UNIT - II
MOSFET Circuits: MOSFET structure and I-V characteristics. MOSFET as a switch. small signal
equivalent circuits - gain, input and output impedances, small-signal model and common-source,
common-gate and common-drain amplifiers, trans conductance, high frequency equivalent circuit.

UNIT - III
Multi-Stage and Power Amplifiers: Direct coupled and RC Coupled multi-stage amplifiers;
Differential Amplifiers, Power amplifiers - Class A, Class B, Class C

UNIT - IV
Feedback Amplifiers: Concepts of feedback – Classification of feedback amplifiers – General
characteristics of Negative feedback amplifiers – Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics –
Voltage series, Voltage shunt, Current series and Current shunt Feedback configurations – Simple
problems.
Oscillators: Condition for Oscillations, RC type Oscillators-RC phase shift and Wien-bridge
Oscillators, LC type Oscillators –Generalized analysis of LC Oscillators, Hartley and Colpitts
Oscillators.

UNIT - V
Operational Amplifiers: Ideal op-amp, Output offset voltage, input bias current, input offset current,
slew rate, gain bandwidth product, Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, Differentiator, integrator,
Square-wave and triangular-wave generators.
 R18 [Link] EEE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd edition
2010
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs – Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices Conventional and current version -Thomas L. Floyd 2015, pearson.
2. J. Millman and A. Grabel, “Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill Education, 1988.
3. P. Horowitz and W. Hill, “The Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press, 1989.
4. P. R. Gray, R. G. Meyer and S. Lewis, “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE304PC: ELECTRICAL MACHINES - I

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Basic Electrical Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To study and understand different types of DC generators, Motors and Transformers, their
construction, operation and applications.
 To analyze performance aspects of various testing methods.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Identify different parts of a DC machine & understand its operation
 Carry out different testing methods to predetermine the efficiency of DC machines
 Understand different excitation and starting methods of DC machines
 Control the voltage and speed of a DC machines
 Analyze single phase and three phase transformers circuits.

UNIT - I
D.C. Generators: Principle of operation – Action of commutator – constructional features – armature
windings – lap and wave windings – simplex and multiplex windings – use of laminated armature – E.
M.F Equation. Armature reaction – Cross magnetizing and de-magnetizing AT/pole – compensating
winding – commutation – reactance voltage – methods of improving commutation. Methods of
Excitation – separately excited and self-excited generators – build-up of E.M.F - critical field
resistance and critical speed - causes for failure to self-excite and remedial measures. Load
characteristics of shunt, series and compound generators

UNIT – II
D.C Motors: Principle of operation – Back E.M.F. - Torque equation – characteristics and application
of shunt, series and compound motors – Armature reaction and commutation. Speed control of D.C.
Motors - Armature voltage and field flux control methods. Motor starters (3-point and 4-point starters)
Testing of D.C. machines - Losses – Constant & Variable losses – calculation of efficiency – condition
for maximum efficiency.

UNIT - III
Testing of DC Machines: Methods of Testing – direct, indirect, and regenerative testing – Brake test
– Swinburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test - separation of stray losses in a d.c. motor test.

UNIT - IV
Single Phase Transformers: Types - constructional details-minimization of hysteresis and eddy
current losses- EMF equation - operation on no load and on load - phasor diagrams
Equivalent circuit - losses and efficiency – regulation - All day efficiency - effect of variations of
frequency & supply voltage on iron losses.

UNIT - V
Testing of Transformers and Poly-Phase Transformers: OC and SC tests - Sumpner’s test -
predetermination of efficiency and regulation-separation of losses test-parallel operation with equal
and unequal voltage ratios - auto transformers-equivalent circuit - comparison with two winding
transformers. Poly-phase transformers – Poly-phase connections - Y/Y, Y/, /Y, / and open
 R18 [Link] EEE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, "Electric Machinery”, New York, McGraw Hill Education,
2013.
2. A. E. Clayton and N. N. Hancock, “Performance and design of DC machines”, CBS
Publishers, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. G. Say, “Performance and design of AC machines”, CBS Publishers, 2002.
2. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers, 2011.
3. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, “Electric Machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE305PC: ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics-II (Ordinary Differential Equations and Multivariable Calculus) & Applied
Physics

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electric field and magnetic field.
 Applications of electric and magnetic fields in the development of the theory for power
transmission lines and electrical machines.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will demonstrate the ability
 To understand the basic laws of electromagnetism.
 To obtain the electric and magnetic fields for simple configurations under static conditions.
 To analyze time varying electric and magnetic fields.
 To understand Maxwell’s equation in different forms and different media.
 To understand the propagation of EM waves.

UNIT - I
Static Electric Field: Review of conversion of a vector from one coordinate system to another
coordinate system, Coulomb’s law, Electric field intensity, Electrical field due to point charges. Line,
Surface and Volume charge distributions. Gauss law and its applications. Absolute Electric potential,
potential difference, Calculation of potential differences for different configurations. Electric dipole,
Electrostatic Energy and Energy density.

UNIT - II
Conductors, Dielectrics and Capacitance: Current and current density, Ohms Law in Point form,
Continuity equation, Boundary conditions of conductors and dielectric materials. Capacitance,
Capacitance of a two-wire line, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’s equation, Solution of Laplace and
Poisson’s equation.

UNIT - III
Static Magnetic Fields and Magnetic Forces: Biot-Savart Law, Ampere Law, Magnetic flux and
magnetic flux density, Scalar and Vector Magnetic potentials. Steady magnetic fields produced by
current carrying conductors. Force on a moving charge, Force on a differential current element, Force
between differential current elements, Magnetic boundary conditions, Magnetic circuits, Self-
inductances and mutual inductances.

UNIT - IV
Time Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equations: Faraday’s law for Electromagnetic induction,
Displacement current, Point form of Maxwell’s equation, Integral form of Maxwell’s equations,
Motional Electromotive forces.

UNIT - V
Electromagnetic Waves: Derivation of Wave Equation, Uniform Plane Waves, Maxwell’s equation in
Phasor form, Wave equation in Phasor form, Plane wave in free space and in a homogenous
material. Wave equation for a conducting medium, Plane waves in lossy dielectrics, Propagation in
good conductors. Poynting theorem.
 R18 [Link] EEE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. N. O. Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Publication, 2014.
2. W. Hayt, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A. Pramanik, “Electromagnetism-Problems with solution”, Prentice Hall India, 2012.
2. G. W. Carter, “The electromagnetic field in its engineering aspects”, Longmans, 1954.
3. W. J. Duffin, “Electricity and Magnetism”, McGraw Hill Publication, 1980.
4. W. J. Duffin, “Advanced Electricity and Magnetism”, McGraw Hill, 1968.
5. E. G. Cullwick, “The Fundamentals of Electromagnetism”, Cambridge University Press, 1966.
6. B. D. Popovic, “Introductory Engineering Electromagnetics”, Addison-Wesley Educational
Publishers, International Edition, 1971.
7. A. Pramanik, “Electromagnetism - Theory and applications”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,
2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE306PC: ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – I

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisite: Electrical Machines-I

Course Objectives:
 To expose the students to the operation of DC Generator
 To expose the students to the operation of DC Motor.
 To examine the self-excitation in DC generators.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab the student is able to

 Start and control the Different DC Machines.
 Assess the performance of different machines using different testing methods
 Identify different conditions required to be satisfied for self - excitation of DC Generators.
 Separate iron losses of DC machines into different components

The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:

1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator
(Determination of critical field resistance and critical speed)
2. Load test on DC shunt generator (Determination of characteristics)
3. Load test on DC series generator (Determination of characteristics)
4. Load test on DC compound generator (Determination of characteristics.
5. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt machines (Predetermination of efficiency)
6. Fields test on DC series machines (Determination of efficiency)
7. Swinburne’s test and speed control of DC shunt motor (Predetermination of efficiencies)
8. Brake test on DC compound motor (Determination of performance curves)

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted:

9. Brake test on DC shunt motor (Determination of performance curves)

10. Retardation test on DC shunt motor (Determination of losses at rated speed)
11. Separation of losses in DC shunt motor.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, "Electric Machinery”, New York, McGraw Hill Education,
2013.
2. A. E. Clayton and N. N. Hancock, “Performance and design of DC machines”, CBS
Publishers, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. M. G. Say, “Performance and design of AC machines”, CBS Publishers, 2002.
2. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers, 2011.
3. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, “Electric Machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE307PC: ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisite: Analog Electronics

Course Objectives:
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs their switching characteristics,
applications
 Learn the concepts of high frequency analysis of transistors.
 To give understanding of various types of basic and feedback amplifier circuits such as small
signal, cascaded, large signal and tuned amplifiers.
 To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits.
 To introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special function ICs.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Know the characteristics, utilization of various components.
 Understand the biasing techniques
 Design and analyze various rectifiers, small signal amplifier circuits.
 Design sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal oscillators.
 A thorough understanding, functioning of OP-AMP, design OP-AMP based circuits with linear
integrated circuits.

List of Experiments
1. PN Junction diode characteristics A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias.
2. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters
3. Common Emitter Amplifier Characteristics
4. Common Base Amplifier Characteristics
5. Common Source amplifier Characteristics
6. Measurement of h-parameters of transistor in CB, CE, CC configurations
7. Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifiers using Op Amps.
8. Adder and Subtractor using Op Amp.
9. Integrator Circuit using IC 741.
10. Differentiator circuit using Op Amp.
11. Current Shunt Feedback amplifier
12. RC Phase shift Oscillator
13. Hartley and Colpitt’s Oscillators
14. Class A power amplifier
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE308PC: ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS LAB

II Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Electrical Circuit Analysis

Course Objectives:
 To design electrical systems
 To analyze a given network by applying various Network Theorems
 To measure three phase Active and Reactive power.
 To understand the locus diagrams

Course Outcomes: After Completion of this lab the student is able to

 Analyze complex DC and AC linear circuits
 Apply concepts of electrical circuits across engineering
 Evaluate response in a given network by using theorems

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments

1. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems

2. Verification of Superposition ,Reciprocity and Maximum Power Transfer theorems
3. Locus Diagrams of RL and RC Series Circuits
4. Series and Parallel Resonance
5. Time response of first order RC / RL network for periodic non – sinusoidal inputs – Time
constant and Steady state error determination.
6. Two port network parameters – Z – Y parameters, Analytical verification.
7. Two port network parameters – A, B, C, D & Hybrid parameters, Analytical verification
8. Separation of Self and Mutual inductance in a Coupled Circuit. Determination of Co-efficient
of Coupling.

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted

9. Verification of compensation & Milliman’s theorems

10. Harmonic Analysis of non-sinusoidal waveform signals using Harmonic Analyzer and plotting
frequency spectrum.
11. Determination of form factor for non-sinusoidal waveform
12. Measurement of Active Power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads
13. Measurement of Reactive Power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. E. Van Valkenburg, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 2006.
2. D. Roy Choudhury, “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publications, 1998.

REFERENCES:
1. W. H. Hayt and J. E. Kemmerly, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
2. C. K. Alexander and M. N. O. Sadiku, “Electric Circuits”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
3. K. V. V. Murthy and M. S. Kamath, “Basic Circuit Analysis”, Jaico Publishers, 1999.
 R18 [Link] EEE

*MC309: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

(An Activity-based Course)

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 0

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that asks critical
questions about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary goal of this course is to
familiarize students with key issues, questions and debates in Gender Studies, both historical and
contemporary. It draws on multiple disciplines – such as literature, history, economics, psychology,
sociology, philosophy, political science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural
assumptions about sex, gender, and sexuality.
This course integrates analysis of current events through student presentations, aiming to increase
awareness of contemporary and historical experiences of women, and of the multiple ways that sex
and gender interact with race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course also
seeks to build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating gender-based
violence and discrimination. The course also features several exercises and reflective activities
designed to examine the concepts of gender, gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will
further explore the impact of gender-based violence on education, health and development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in
contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological, psychological and
legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from
research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to
counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and
economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as
equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide
protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to
gender violence.

UNIT - I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes
towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men
- Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT – II: GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT – III: GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share
the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work.
-Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and
Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

UNIT – IV: GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with
Everyday Harassment- Further Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding
Lives. Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….”

UNIT – V: GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and
Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks-
The Brave Heart.

Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of
English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

 Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures,

discussions, collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments.
Apart from the above prescribed book, Teachers can make use of any authentic
materials related to the topics given in the syllabus on “Gender”.

 ESSENTIAL READING: The Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender” written by [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu
published by Telugu Akademi, Telangana Government in 2015.

ASSESSMENT AND GRADING:

 Discussion & Classroom Participation: 20%
 Project/Assignment: 30%
 End Term Exam: 50%
 R18 [Link] EEE

MA401BS: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS, NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPLEX VARIABLES

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4

Pre-requisites: Mathematics courses of first year of study.

Course Objectives:
 Concept, properties of Laplace transforms
 Solving ordinary differential equations using Laplace transforms techniques.
 Various methods to the find roots of an equation.
 Concept of finite differences and to estimate the value for the given data using interpolation.
 Evaluation of integrals using numerical techniques
 Solving ordinary differential equations using numerical techniques.
 Differentiation and integration of complex valued functions.
 Evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s integral formula and Cauchy’s residue theorem.
 Expansion of complex functions using Taylor’s and Laurent’s series.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Use the Laplace transforms techniques for solving ODE’s
 Find the root of a given equation.
 Estimate the value for the given data using interpolation
 Find the numerical solutions for a given ODE’s
 Analyze the complex function with reference to their analyticity, integration using Cauchy’s
integral and residue theorems
 Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansions of complex function

UNIT - I
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms; Laplace Transform of standard functions; first shifting
theorem; Laplace transforms of functions when they are multiplied and divided by‘t’. Laplace
transforms of derivatives and integrals of function; Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms;
Laplace transforms of Special functions; Laplace transform of periodic functions.
Inverse Laplace transform by different methods, convolution theorem (without Proof), solving ODEs
by Laplace Transform method.

UNIT - II
Numerical Methods - I: Solution of polynomial and transcendental equations – Bisection method,
Iteration Method, Newton-Raphson method and Regula-Falsi method. Finite differences- forward
differences- backward differences-central differences-symbolic relations and separation of symbols;
Interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae. Central difference
interpolation: Gauss’s forward and backward formulae; Lagrange’s method of interpolation

UNIT - III
Numerical Methods - II: Numerical integration: Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8 rules.
Ordinary differential equations: Taylor’s series; Picard’s method; Euler and modified Euler’s methods;
Runge-Kutta method of fourth order.

UNIT - IV
Complex Variables (Differentiation): Limit, Continuity and Differentiation of Complex functions.
Cauchy-Riemann equations (without proof), Milne- Thomson methods, analytic functions, harmonic
functions, finding harmonic conjugate; elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric,
logarithm) and their properties.
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT - V
Complex Variables (Integration): Line integrals, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s Integral formula,
Liouville’s theorem, Maximum-Modulus theorem (All theorems without proof); zeros of analytic
functions, singularities, Taylor’s series, Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without
proof).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010.
2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory methods of numerical analysis, PHI, 4th Edition, 2005.
3. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 7th Ed., Mc-Graw Hill,
2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. K. Jain, SRK Iyengar, R.K. Jain, Numerical methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computations , New Age International publishers.
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2006.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE402PC: ELECTRICAL MACHINES – II

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Electrical Machines-I

Course Objectives:
 To deal with the detailed analysis of poly-phase induction motors & Alternators
 To understand operation, construction and types of single phase motors and their applications
in house hold appliances and control systems.
 To introduce the concept of parallel operation of alternators
 To introduce the concept of regulation and its calculations.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the concepts of rotating magnetic fields.
 Understand the operation of ac machines.
 Analyze performance characteristics of ac machines.

UNIT - I
Poly-Phase Induction Machines: Constructional details of cage and wound rotor machines-
production of a rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor EMF and rotor frequency - rotor
reactance, rotor current and Power factor at standstill and during operation.

UNIT - II
Characteristics of Induction Machines: Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power
developed and their inter relation-torque equation-deduction from torque equation - expressions for
maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic - equivalent circuit - phasor diagram -
crawling and cogging -.No-load Test and Blocked rotor test –Predetermination of performance-
Methods of starting and starting current and Torque calculations.
Speed Control Methods: Change of voltage, change of frequency, voltage/frequency, injection of an
EMF into rotor circuit (qualitative treatment only)-induction generator-principle of operation.

UNIT - III
Synchronous Machines: Constructional Features of round rotor and salient pole machines –
Armature windings – Integral slot and fractional slot windings; Distributed and concentrated windings
– distribution, pitch and winding factors – E.M.F Equation. Harmonics in generated e.m.f. –
suppression of harmonics – armature reaction - leakage reactance – synchronous reactance and
impedance – experimental determination - phasor diagram – load characteristics. Regulation by
synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods – salient pole
alternators – two reaction analysis – experimental determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test) Phasor
diagrams – Regulation of salient pole alternators.

UNIT - IV
Parallel Operation of Synchronous Machines: Synchronizing alternators with infinite bus bars –
synchronizing power torque – parallel operation and load sharing - Effect of change of excitation and
mechanical power input. Analysis of short circuit current wave form – determination of sub-transient,
transient and steady state reactance’s.
Synchronous Motors: Theory of operation – phasor diagram – Variation of current and power factor
with excitation – synchronous condenser – Mathematical analysis for power developed .- hunting and
its suppression – Methods of starting – synchronous induction motor.
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT – V:
Single Phase & Special Machines: Single phase induction motor – Constructional features-Double
revolving field theory – split-phase motors – shaded pole motor.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, "Electric Machinery”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
2. M. G. Say, “Performance and design of AC machines”, CBS Publishers, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers, 2011.
2. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, “Electric Machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
3. A. S. Langsdorf, “Alternating current machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 1984.
4. P. C. Sen, “Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE403PC: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Analog Electronics

Course Objectives:
 To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems.
 To understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits and to be
able to convert between different representations.
 To implement simple logical operations using combinational logic circuits
 To design combinational logic circuits, sequential logic circuits.
 To impart to student the concepts of sequential circuits, enabling them to analyze sequential
systems in terms of state machines.
 To implement synchronous state machines using flip-flops.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand working of logic families and logic gates.
 Design and implement Combinational and Sequential logic circuits.
 Understand the process of Analog to Digital conversion and Digital to Analog conversion.
 Be able to use PLDs to implement the given logical problem.

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Digital Systems and Logic Families: Digital signals, digital circuits, AND, OR,
NOT, NAND, NOR and Exclusive-OR operations, Boolean algebra, examples of IC gates, number
systems-binary, signed binary, octal hexadecimal number, binary arithmetic, one’s and two’s
complements arithmetic, codes, error detecting and correcting codes, characteristics of digital lCs,
digital logic families, TTL, Schottky TTL and CMOS logic, interfacing CMOS and TTL, Tri-state logic.

UNIT - II
Combinational Digital Circuits: Standard representation for logic functions, K-map representation,
and simplification of logic functions using K-map, minimization of logical functions. Don’t care
conditions, Multiplexer, De-Multiplexer/Decoders, Adders, Subtractors, BCD arithmetic, carry look
ahead adder, serial ladder, ALU, elementary ALU design, popular MSI chips, digital comparator, parity
checker/generator, code converters, priority encoders, decoders/drivers for display devices, Q-M
method of function realization.

UNIT - III
Sequential Circuits and Systems: A 1-bit memory, the circuit properties of Bi-stable latch, the
clocked SR flip flop, J, K, T and D types flip-flops, applications of flip-flops, shift registers, applications
of shift registers, serial to parallel converter, parallel to serial converter, ring counter, sequence
generator, ripple (Asynchronous) counters, synchronous counters, counters design using flip flops,
special counter IC’s, asynchronous sequential counters, applications of counters.

UNIT - IV
A/D and D/A Converters: Digital to analog converters: weighted resistor/converter, R-2R Ladder D/A
converter, specifications for D/A converters, examples of D/A converter lCs, sample and hold circuit,
analog to digital converters: quantization and encoding, parallel comparator A/D converter,
successive approximation A/D converter, counting A/D converter, dual slope A/D converter, A/D
converter using voltage to frequency and voltage to time conversion, specifications of A/D converters,
example of A/D converter ICs
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT - V
Semiconductor Memories and Programmable Logic Devices: Memory organization and
operation, expanding memory size, classification and characteristics of memories, sequential
memory, read only memory (ROM), read and write memory(RAM), content addressable memory
(CAM), charge de coupled device memory (CCD), commonly used memory chips, ROM as a PLD,
Programmable logic array, Programmable array logic, complex Programmable logic devices (CPLDS),
Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. P. Jain, "Modern Digital Electronics", McGraw Hill Education, 2009.
2. M. M. Mano, "Digital logic and Computer design", Pearson Education India, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A. Kumar, "Fundamentals of Digital Circuits", Prentice Hall India, 2016.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE404PC: CONTROL SYSTEMS

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4

Prerequisite: Linear Algebra and Calculus, Ordinary Differential Equations and Multivariable Calculus
Laplace Transforms , Numerical Methods and Complex variables

Course objectives:
 To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer function
representation and state space representations and to assess the system dynamic response
 To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it
 To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
 To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the modeling of linear-time-invariant systems using transfer function and state-
space representations.
 Understand the concept of stability and its assessment for linear-time invariant systems.
 Design simple feedback controllers.

UNT - I
Introduction to Control Problem: Industrial Control examples. Mathematical models of physical
systems. Control hardware and their models. Transfer function models of linear time-invariant
systems. Feedback Control: Open-Loop and Closed-loop systems. Benefits of Feedback. Block
diagram algebra.

UNT - II
Time Response Analysis of Standard Test Signals: Time response of first and second order
systems for standard test inputs. Application of initial and final value theorem. Design specifications
for second-order systems based on the time-response. Concept of Stability. Routh-Hurwitz Criteria.
Relative Stability analysis. Root-Locus technique. Construction of Root-loci.

UNT - III
Frequency-Response Analysis: Relationship between time and frequency response, Polar plots,
Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion. Relative stability using Nyquist criterion – gain and phase
margin. Closed-loop frequency response.

UNT - IV
Introduction to Controller Design: Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient accuracy, disturbance
rejection, insensitivity and robustness of control systems. Root-loci method of feedback controller
design. Design specifications in frequency-domain. Frequency-domain methods of design.
Application of Proportional, Integral and Derivative Controllers, Lead and Lag compensation in
designs. Analog and Digital implementation of controllers.

UNT - V
State Variable Analysis and Concepts of State Variables: State space model. Diagonalization of
State Matrix. Solution of state equations. Eigen values and Stability Analysis. Concept of
controllability and observability. Pole-placement by state feedback. Discrete-time systems. Difference
Equations. State-space models of linear discrete-time systems. Stability of linear discrete-time
systems.
 R18 [Link] EEE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE405PC: POWER SYSTEM - I

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Electrical Machines-I, Electrical Machines-II

Course Objectives:
 To understand the different types of power generating stations.
 To examine A.C. and D.C. distribution systems.
 To understand and compare overhead line insulators and Insulated cables.
 To illustrate the economic aspects of power generation and tariff methods.
 To evaluate the transmission line parameters calculations
 To understand the concept of corona

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the concepts of power systems.
 Understand the operation of conventional generating stations and renewable sources of
electrical power.
 Evaluate the power tariff methods.
 Determine the electrical circuit parameters of transmission lines
 Understand the layout of substation and underground cables and corona.

UNIT - I
Generation of Electric Power
Conventional Sources (Qualitative): Hydro station, Steam Power Plant, Nuclear Power Plant and
Gas Turbine Plant. Non-Conventional Sources (Qualitative): Ocean Energy, Tidal Energy, Wave
Energy, wind Energy, Fuel Cells, and Solar Energy, Cogeneration and energy conservation and
storage.

UNIT - II
Economics of Generation: Introduction, definitions of connected load, maximum demand, demand
factor, load factor, diversity factor, Load duration curve, number and size of generator units. Base
load and peak load plants. Cost of electrical energy-fixed cost, running cost, Tariff on charge to
customer.

UNIT - III
Overhead Line Insulators & Insulated Cables: Introduction, types of insulators, Potential
distribution over a string of suspension insulators, Methods of equalizing the potential, testing of
insulators. Introduction, insulation, insulating materials, Extra high voltage cables, grading of cables,
insulation resistance of a cable, Capacitance of a single core and three core cables, Overhead lines
versus underground cables, types of cables.

UNIT - IV
Inductance & Capacitance Calculations of Transmission Lines: Line conductors, inductance and
capacitance of single phase and three phase lines with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing,
Composite conductors-transposition, bundled conductors, and effect of earth on capacitance.
Corona: Introduction, disruptive critical voltage, corona loss, Factors affecting corona loss and
methods of reducing corona loss, Disadvantages of corona, interference between power and
Communication lines.
 R18 [Link] EEE

UNIT-V
A.C. Distribution: Introduction, AC distribution, Single phase, 3-phase, 3 phase 4 wire system, bus
bar arrangement, Selection of site for substation. Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in
A.C. Distributors for the following cases: Power Factors referred to receiving end voltage and with
respect to respective load voltages.
DC Distribution: Classification of Distribution Systems.- Comparison of DC vs. AC and Under-
Ground vs. Over- Head Distribution Systems.- Requirements and Design features of Distribution
Systems.-Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in D.C Distributors for the following cases:
Radial D.C Distributor fed one end and at the both the ends (equal/unequal Voltages) and Ring Main
Distributor.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. [Link] –Elements of Power System Analysis, Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill, 1984.
2. 2. C.L. Wadhwa –Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy, Second Edition,
New Age International, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C.L. Wadhwa –Electrical Power Systems, Fifth Edition, New Age International, 2009
2. M.V. Deshpande –Elements of Electrical Power Station Design, Third Edition, Wheeler Pub.
1998
3. [Link]& H. Barber-The Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy, Third “V.K Mehta
and Rohit Mehta”, “Principles of Power Systems”, S. Chand& Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE406PC: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisite: Digital Electronics, Analog Electronics

Course Objectives:
 To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems.
 To understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits and to be
able to convert between different representations.
 To implement simple logical operations using combinational logic circuits
 To design combinational logic circuits, sequential logic circuits.
 To impart to student the concepts of sequential circuits, enabling them to analyze sequential
systems in terms of state machines.
 To implement synchronous state machines using flip-flops.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand working of logic families and logic gates.
 Design and implement Combinational and Sequential logic circuits.
 Understand the process of Analog to Digital conversion and Digital to Analog conversion.
 Be able to use PLDs to implement the given logical problem.

List of Experiments:
1. Realization of Boolean Expressions using Gates
2. Design and realization logic gates using universal gates
3. generation of clock using NAND / NOR gates
4. Design a 4 – bit Adder / Subtractor
5. Design and realization a 4 – bit gray to Binary and Binary to Gray Converter
6. Design and realization of a 4 bit pseudo random sequence generator using logic gates.
7. Design and realization of an 8 bit parallel load and serial out shift register using flip-flops.
8. Design and realization a Synchronous and Asynchronous counters using flip-flops
9. Design and realization of Asynchronous counters using flip-flops
10. Design and realization 8x1 using 2x1 mux
11. Design and realization 2 bit comparator
12. Verification of truth tables and excitation tables
13. Realization of logic gates using DTL, TTL, ECL, etc.,
14. State machines

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. P. Jain, "Modern Digital Electronics", McGraw Hill Education, 2009.
2. M. M. Mano, "Digital logic and Computer design", Pearson Education India, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. A. Kumar, "Fundamentals of Digital Circuits", Prentice Hall India, 2016.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE407PC: ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – II

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisite: Electrical Machines – I & Electrical Machines – II

Course Objectives:
 To understand the operation of synchronous machines
 To understand the analysis of power angle curve of a synchronous machine
 To understand the equivalent circuit of a single phase transformer and single phase induction
motor
 To understand the circle diagram of an induction motor by conducting a blocked rotor test.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of this laboratory course, the student will be able
 Assess the performance of different machines using different testing methods
 To convert the Phase from three phase to two phase and vice versa
 Compensate the changes in terminal voltages of synchronous generator after estimating the
change by different methods
 Control the active and reactive power flows in synchronous machines
 Start different machines and control the speed and power factor

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments

1. O.C. & S.C. Tests on Single phase Transformer
2. Sumpner’s test on a pair of single phase transformers
3. No-load & Blocked rotor tests on three phase Induction motor
4. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by synchronous impedance &m.m.f. methods
5. V and Inverted V curves of a three—phase synchronous motor.
6. Equivalent Circuit of a single phase induction motor
7. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine
8. Load test on three phase Induction Motor

In addition to the above experiments, at least any two of the following experiments are
required to be conducted from the following list
1. Separation of core losses of a single phase transformer
2. Efficiency of a three-phase alternator
3. Parallel operation of Single phase Transformers
4. Regulation of three-phase alternator by Z.P.F. and A.S.A methods
5. Heat run test on a bank of 3 Nos. of single phase Delta connected transformers
6. Measurement of sequence impedance of a three-phase alternator.
7. Vector grouping of Three Transformer
8. Scott Connection of transformer

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, "Electric Machinery”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
2. M. G. Say, “Performance and design of AC machines”, CBS Publishers, 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, Khanna Publishers, 2011.
2. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, “Electric Machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
3. A. S. Langsdorf, “Alternating current machines”, McGraw Hill Education, 1984.
4. P. C. Sen, “Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
 R18 [Link] EEE

EE408PC: CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

II Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisite: Control Systems

Course Objectives:
 To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer function
representation and state space representations and to assess the system dynamic response
 To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it
 To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
 To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance

Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab the student is able to

 How to improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a
compensator for a specific application
 Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the system
performance
 Apply various control strategies to different applications(example: Power systems, electrical
drives etc)
 Test system controllability and observability using state space representation and applications
of state space representation to various systems

The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:

1. Time response of Second order system
2. Characteristics of Synchros
3. Programmable logic controller – Study and verification of truth tables of logic gates, simple
Boolean expressions, and application of speed control of motor.
4. Effect of feedback on DC servo motor
5. Transfer function of DC motor
6. Transfer function of DC generator
7. Temperature controller using PID
8. Characteristics of AC servo motor

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted
1. Effect of P, PD, PI, PID Controller on a second order systems
2. Lag and lead compensation – Magnitude and phase plot
3. (a) Simulation of P, PI, PID Controller.
4. (b) Linear system analysis (Time domain analysis, Error analysis) using suitable software
5. Stability analysis (Bode, Root Locus, Nyquist) of Linear Time Invariant system using suitable
software
6. State space model for classical transfer function using suitable software -Verification.
7. Design of Lead-Lag compensator for the given system and with specification using suitable
software

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
 R18 [Link] EEE

REFERENCES:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE

*MC409: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0

The Constitution of India is the supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any
law which violates the Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The
Parliament of India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it
cannot use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India reflects
the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically developed by the
thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of the most popular political
ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of sovereign power by state. The
historic revolutions in France, England, America and particularly European Renaissance and
Reformation movement have resulted into progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism”
in many countries. The Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many
countries including United Kingdom and America.

The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has been said
that Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few critics have argued that
it does not truly incorporate our own ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static”
and therefore the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The Indian
judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the guardian of
people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also strengthened the same
through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution. The judicial activism of the Supreme
Court of India and its historic contributions has been recognized throughout the world and it gradually
made it “as one of the strongest court in the world”.

Course content
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and
the States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of the
President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R18)

Admitted From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA301BS Probability and Statistics & Complex Variables 3 1 0 4
2 ME302PC Mechanics of Solids 3 1 0 4
3 ME303PC Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3
4 ME304PC Production Technology 3 0 0 3
5 ME305PC Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4
6 ME306PC Production Technology Lab 0 0 2 1
7 ME307PC Machine Drawing Practice 0 0 2 1
8 ME308PC Material Science and Mechanics of Solids Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC309 Constitution of India 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 6 21

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EE401ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3
2 ME402PC Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 0 4
3 ME403PC Thermal Engineering - I 3 1 0 4
4 ME404PC Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines 3 1 0 4
5 ME405PC Instrumentation and Control Systems 3 0 0 3
6 EE409ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1
7 ME407PC Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Lab 0 0 2 1
8 ME408PC Instrumentation and Control Systems Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC409 Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0
Total Credits 15 3 8 21

*MC – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

MA301BS: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS & COMPLEX VARIABLES

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4

Pre-requisites: Mathematical Knowledge at pre-university level

Course Objectives: To learn

 The ideas of probability and random variables and various discrete and continuous probability
distributions and their properties.
 The basic ideas of statistics including measures of central tendency, correlation and regression.
 The statistical methods of studying data samples.
 Differentiation and integration of complex valued functions.
 Evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s integral formula and Cauchy’s residue theorem.
 Expansion of complex functions using Taylor’s and Laurent’s series.

Course outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Formulate and solve problems involving random variables and apply statistical methods for
analysing experimental data.
 Analyse the complex function with reference to their analyticity, integration using Cauchy’s integral
and residue theorems.

 Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansions of complex function.

UNIT - I: Basic Probability 8L

Probability spaces, conditional probability, independent events, and Bayes’ theorem.
Random variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, Expectation of Random Variables,
Moments, Variance of random variables

UNIT - II: Probability distributions 10 L

Binomial, Poisson, evaluation of statistical parameters for these distributions, Poisson approximation to
the binomial distribution
Continuous random variables and their properties, distribution functions and density functions,
Normal and exponential, evaluation of statistical parameters for these distributions

UNIT - III: Testing of Hypothesis 10 L

Test of significance: Basic of testing of Hypothesis. Null and alternate Hypothesis, types of errors, level
of significance, critical region.
Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions, single mean, difference of means;
small sample tests: Test for single mean, difference of means and test for ratio of variances

UNIT - IV: Complex Variables (Differentiation) 10 L

Limit, Continuity and Differentiation of Complex functions, Analyticity, Cauchy-Riemann equations
(without proof), finding harmonic conjugate; elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric,
logarithm) and their properties.

UNIT - V: Complex Variables (Integration) 10 L

Line integral, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s Integral formula, Zeros of analytic functions, Singularities,
Taylor’s series, Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem, Conformal mappings, Mobius
transformations and their properties.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 35th Edition, 2010.
2. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers, keying Ye, Probability and statistics
for engineers and scientists, 9th Edition, Pearson Publications.
3. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 7th Ed., Mc-Graw Hill,
2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Khanna Publications, S. C. Gupta and V. K. Kapoor.
2. Miller and Freund’s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 8th Edition, Pearson Educations
3. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002.
4. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
5. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications,
Reprint, 2010.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME302PC: MECHANICS OF SOLIDS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4

Course Objectives: The objective is to learn the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, and
deformation of solids with applications to bars, beams, and columns. Detailed study of engineering
properties of materials is also of interest. Fundamentals of applying equilibrium, compatibility, and force-
deformation relationships to structural elements are emphasized. The students are introduced to
advanced concepts of flexibility and stiffness method of structural analysis. The course builds on the
fundamental concepts of engineering mechanics course.

This course will advance the students’ development of the following broad capabilities:
 Students will be able to understand basic concepts of stress, strain and their relations based
on linear elasticity. Material behaviors due to different types of loading will be discussed.
 Students will be able to understand and know how to calculate stresses and deformation of a
bar due to an axial loading under uniform and non-uniform conditions.
 Students will understand how to develop shear-moment diagrams of a beam and find the
maximum moment/shear and their locations
 Students will understand how to calculate normal and shear stresses

Course Outcomes:
 Analyze the behavior of the solid bodies subjected to various types of loading;
 Apply knowledge of materials and structural elements to the analysis of simple structures;
 Undertake problem identification, formulation and solution using a range of analytical methods;
 Analyze and interpret laboratory data relating to behavior of structures and the materials they
are made of, and undertake associated laboratory work individually and in teams.
 Expectation and capacity to undertake lifelong learning

UNIT – I
Simple Stresses & Strains: Elasticity and plasticity – Types of stresses & strains–Hooke’s law– stress
– strain diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety – Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio &
volumetric strain – Elastic moduli & the relationship between them – Bars of varying section – composite
bars – Temperature stresses. Strain energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and shock
loadings.

UNIT – II
Shear Force and Bending Moment: Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of shear force
and bending moment – S.F and B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams
subjected to point loads, u.d.l., uniformly varying loads and combination of these loads – Point of contra
flexure – Relation between S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam.

UNIT – III
Flexural Stresses: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending equation: M/I =
f/y = E/R Neutral axis – Determination bending stresses – section modulus of rectangular and circular
sections (Solid and Hollow), I,T, Angle and Channel sections – Design of simple beam sections.
Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beams sections like
rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T angle sections.

UNIT - IV
Principal Stresses and Strains: Introduction – Stresses on an inclined section of a bar under axial
loading – compound stresses – Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

– Two perpendicular normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear – Mohr’s circle of stresses
– Principal stresses and strains – Analytical and graphical solutions.
Theories of Failure: Introduction – Various theories of failure - Maximum Principal Stress Theory,
Maximum Principal Strain Theory, Strain Energy and Shear Strain Energy Theory (Von Mises Theory).

UNIT - V
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equations: T/J = q/r = Nθ/L
– Assumptions made in the theory of pure torsion – Torsional moment of resistance – Polar section
modulus – Power transmitted by shafts – Combined bending and torsion and end thrust – Design of
shafts according to theories of failure.
Thin Cylinders: Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal and
circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and Volumetric strains – changes in dia, and volume of
thin cylinders– Thin spherical shells.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Strength of materials – R.S. Kurmi and Gupta.
2. Solid Mechanics, by Popov
3. Strength of Materials – Ryder. G.H.; Macmillan Long Man Pub.
4. Strength of Materials – W.A. Nash, TMH

REFERENCES:
1. Strength of Materials -By Jindal, Umesh Publications.
2. Analysis of structures by Vazirani and Ratwani.
3. Mechanics of Structures Vol –I by H. J. Shah and S. B. Junnarkar, Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.
4. Strength of Materials by D.S Prakash Rao, Universities Press Pvt. Ltd.
5. Strength of Materials by S. S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
6. Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics by M. L. Gambhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
7. Strength of Materials by R.K Rajput, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME303PC: MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

UNIT – I
Crystal Structure: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Ceramics. Imperfection in solids: Point, line,
interfacial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and slip systems, critically
resolved shear stress.

UNIT – II
Alloys, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions- Phase diagrams: Interpretation of binary phase
diagrams and microstructure development; eutectic, peritectic, peritectoid and monotectic reactions.
Iron Iron-carbide phase diagram and microstrctural aspects of ledeburite, austenite, ferrite and
cementite, cast iron

UNIT –III
Heat treatment of Steel: Annealing, Normalising, Hardening, Tempering and Spheroidising, Isothermal
transformation diagrams for Fe-C alloys and microstructures development.

UNIT – IV
Continuous cooling curves and interpretation of final microstructures and properties- austempering,
martempering, case hardening, carburizing, nitriding, cyaniding, carbo-nitriding, flame and induction
hardening, vacuum and plasma hardening

UNIT – V
Alloying of steel, properties of stainless steel and tool steels, maraging steels- cast irons; grey, white,
malleable and spheroidal cast irons- copper and copper alloys (Brass, bronze and cupro-nickel)-
Aluminium and Al-Cu – Mg alloys- Titanium alloys

TEXT BOOKS:
1. V. Raghavan, “Material Science and Engineering’, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
1999.
2. W. D. Callister, 2006, “Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction”, 6th Edition,
Wiley India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, “Engineering Materials”, Prentice Hall of
India Private Limited, 4th Indian Reprint, 2002.
2. U. C. Jindal, “Engineering Materials and Metallurgy”, Pearson, 2011.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME304PC: PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives:
 To teach the process-level dependence of manufacturing systems through tolerances
 To expose the students to a variety of manufacturing processes including their suitability and
capabilities.
 To teach the important effects that manufacturing processes may have on the material
properties of the processed part with a focus on the most common processes.
 To teach the thermal and mechanical aspects, such as force, stress, strain and temperature of
the most common processes.
 To provide a technical understanding of common processes to aid in appropriate process
selection for the material and required tolerances
 To provide a technical understanding of common processes to aid in appropriate material
selection for a predetermined process.

Course Outcomes: Student will be able to :

 Understand the idea for selecting materials for patterns.
 Know Types and allowances of patterns used in casting and analyze the components of
moulds.
 Design core, core print and gating system in metal casting processes
 Understand the arc, gas, solid state and resistance welding processes.
 Develop process-maps for metal forming processes using plasticity principles.
 Identify the effect of process variables to manufacture defect free products.

UNIT – I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications; Patterns -
Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances; Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings; Principles of Gating
– Requirements – Types of gates, Design of gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and
Riser design. Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment
casting, shell moulding; Solidification of casting – Solidification of pure metal, Directional Solidification.

UNIT – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Welding Positions - Gas welding - Types,
oxy-fuel gas cutting – standard time and cost calculations. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc
welding, Resistance welding, Thermit welding.

UNIT – III
Inert Gas Welding _ TIG Welding, MIG welding, Friction welding, Friction Stir Welding, induction
welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding; Soldering and Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding.
Welding defects – causes and remedies; destructive and non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – IV
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation and grain growth. Sheet metal
Operations: Stamping, Blanking and piercing, Coining, Strip layout, Hot and cold spinning – Bending
and deep drawing. Rolling fundamentals – theory of rolling, types of Rolling mills and products. Forces
in rolling and power requirements. Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing –. Types of
presses and press tools. Forces and power requirement in the above operations.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and cold extrusion
- Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding equipment – Tube
extrusion, Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion
Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith forging,
Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers: Rotary forging – forging defects – cold forging,
swaging, Forces in forging operations.
High Energy Rate Forming Processes: Limitations, Principles of Explosive Forming, Electro-hydraulic
Forming, Electro-magnetic forming and rubber pad Forming.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao Vol.1 & 2 / Mc Graw Hill
2. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology / Serope Kalpakjian / Steven R. Schmid / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Metal Casting / T.V Ramana Rao / New Age
2. Production Technology / G. Thirupathi Reddy / Scitech
3. Manufacturing Processes/ J.P. Kaushish / PHI Publications
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME305PC: THERMODYNAMICS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Pre-requisite: Engineering Chemistry and Physics

Course Objective: To understand the treatment of classical Thermodynamics and to apply the First
and Second laws of Thermodynamics to engineering applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to Understand and differentiate
between different thermodynamic systems and processes. Understand and apply the laws of
Thermodynamics to different types of systems undergoing various processes and to perform
thermodynamic analysis. Understand and analyze the Thermodynamic cycles and evaluate
performance parameters.

Tables/Codes: Steam Tables and Mollier Chart, Refrigeration Tables

UNIT – I
Introduction: Basic Concepts: System, Control Volume, Surrounding, Boundaries, Universe, Types
of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints, Concept of Continuum, Thermodynamic
Equilibrium, State, Property, Process, Exact & Inexact Differentials, Cycle – Reversibility – Quasi –
static Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of Irreversibility – Energy in State and in Transition, Types,
Displacement & Other forms of Work, Heat, Point and Path functions, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics
– Concept of Temperature – Principles of Thermometry – Reference Points – Const. Volume gas
Thermometer – Scales of Temperature, Ideal Gas Scale

UNIT - II
PMM I - Joule’s Experiments – First law of Thermodynamics – Corollaries – First law applied to a
Process – applied to a flow system – Steady Flow Energy Equation.
Limitations of the First Law – Thermal Reservoir, Heat Engine, Heat pump , Parameters of performance,
Second Law of Thermodynamics, Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence /
Corollaries, PMM of Second kind, Carnot’s principle, Carnot cycle and its specialties, Thermodynamic
scale of Temperature, Clausius Inequality, Entropy, Principle of Entropy Increase – Energy Equation,
Availability and Irreversibility – Thermodynamic Potentials, Gibbs and Helmholtz Functions, Maxwell
Relations – Elementary Treatment of the Third Law of Thermodynamics

UNIT – III
Pure Substances, p-V-T- surfaces, T-S and h-s diagrams, Mollier Charts, Phase Transformations –
Triple point at critical state properties during change of phase, Dryness Fraction – Clausius – Clapeyron
Equation Property tables. Mollier charts – Various Thermodynamic processes and energy Transfer –
Steam Calorimetry.
Perfect Gas Laws – Equation of State, specific and Universal Gas constants – various Non-flow
processes, properties, end states, Heat and Work Transfer, changes in Internal Energy – Throttling and
Free Expansion Processes – Flow processes

UNIT - IV
Deviations from perfect Gas Model – Vader Waals Equation of State – Compressibility charts – variable
specific Heats – Gas Tables
Mixtures of perfect Gases – Mole Fraction, Mass friction Gravimetric and volumetric Analysis – Dalton’s
Law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s Laws of additive volumes – Mole fraction, Volume fraction and
partial pressure, Equivalent Gas const. And Molecular Internal Energy, Enthalpy, sp. Heats and Entropy
of Mixture of perfect Gases and Vapour, Atmospheric air - Psychrometric Properties – Dry bulb
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

Temperature, Wet Bulb Temperature, Dew point Temperature, Thermodynamic Wet Bulb Temperature,
Specific Humidity, Relative Humidity, saturated Air, Vapour pressure, Degree of saturation – Adiabatic
Saturation, Carrier’s Equation – Psychrometric chart.

UNIT - V
Power Cycles: Otto, Diesel, Dual Combustion cycles, Sterling Cycle, Atkinson Cycle, Ericsson Cycle,
Lenoir Cycle – Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram, Thermal Efficiency, Mean
Effective Pressures on Air standard basis – comparison of Cycles.
Refrigeration Cycles:
Brayton and Rankine cycles – Performance Evaluation – combined cycles, Bell-Coleman cycle, Vapour
compression cycle-performance Evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag / Mc Graw Hill
2. Thermodynamics for Engineers / Kenneth A. Kroos ; Merle C. Potter/ Cengage

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics / Chattopadhyay/ Oxford
2. Engineering Thermodynamics / Rogers / Pearson
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME306PC: PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Pre-requisites: Production Technology
Course Objectives:
 Know about the basic Physical, Chemical Properties of materials
 Explain why some material(s) are better to be used in a product for given design requirements
 Learn the basic operation of various manufacturing processes
 Learn how various products are made using traditional, non-traditional, or Electronics
manufacturing processes
 Design simple process plans for parts and products
 Understand how process conditions are set for optimization of production
 Learn how CNC machines work
 Write and execute CNC machining programs to cut parts on a milling machine
 Measure a given manufactured part to evaluate its size, tolerances and surface finish
 Design and fabricate a simple product

Course Outcomes: Understanding the properties of moulding sands and pattern making. Fabricate
joints using gas welding and arc welding. Evaluate the quality of welded joints. Basic idea of press
working tools and performs moulding studies on plastics.

Minimum of 12 Exercises need to be performed

I. Metal Casting Lab:
1. Pattern Design and making - for one casting drawing.
2. Sand properties testing - Exercise -for strengths, and permeability – 1
3. Moulding Melting and Casting - 1 Exercise

II. Welding Lab:

1. ARC Welding Lap & Butt Joint - 2 Exercises
2. Spot Welding - 1 Exercise
3. TIG Welding - 1 Exercise
4. Plasma welding and Brazing - 2 Exercises
(Water Plasma Device)

III. Mechanical Press Working:

1. Blanking & Piercing operation and study of simple, compound and progressive press tool.
2. Hydraulic Press: Deep drawing and extrusion operation.
3. Bending and other operations
IV. Processing Of Plastics
1. Injection Moulding
2. Blow Moulding

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Dictionary of Mechanical Engineering – G.H.F. Nayler, Jaico Publishing House.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME307PC: MACHINE DRAWING PRACTICE

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

Pre-requisites: Engineering graphics

Course objectives: To familiarize with the standard conventions for different materials and machine
parts in working drawings. To make part drawings including sectional views for various machine
elements. To prepare assembly drawings given the details of part drawings.

Course Outcomes:
 Preparation of engineering and working drawings with dimensions and bill of material during
design and development. Developing assembly drawings using part drawings of machine
components.
 Conventional representation of materials, common machine elements and parts such as
screws, nuts, bolts, keys, gears, webs, ribs.
 Types of sections – selection of section planes and drawing of sections and auxiliary sectional
views. Parts not usually sectioned.
 Methods of dimensioning, general rules for sizes and placement of dimensions for holes,
centers, curved and tapered features.
 Title boxes, their size, location and details - common abbreviations and their liberal usage
 Types of Drawings – working drawings for machine parts.

Drawing of Machine Elements and simple parts

Selection of Views, additional views for the following machine elements and parts with every drawing
proportion.
1. Popular forms of Screw threads, bolts, nuts, stud bolts, tap bolts, set screws.
2. Keys, cottered joints and knuckle joint.
3. Rivetted joints for plates
4. Shaft coupling, spigot and socket pipe joint.
5. Journal, pivot and collar and foot step bearings.

Assembly Drawings:
Drawings of assembled views for the part drawings of the following using conventions and easy
drawing proportions.
1. Steam engine parts – stuffing boxes, cross heads, Eccentrics.
2. Machine tool parts: Tail stock, Tool Post, Machine Vices.
3. Other machine parts - Screws jacks, Petrol engine connecting rod, Plummer block, Fuel Injector
4. Valves - Steam stop valve, spring loaded safety valve, feed check valve and air cock.

NOTE: First angle projection to be adopted. The student should be able to provide working drawings of
actual parts.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Machine Drawing / N.D. Bhatt / Charotar
2. Machine Drawing with Auto CAD / Goutham Pohit, Goutam Ghosh / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Machine Drawing by / Bhattacharyya / Oxford
2. Machine Drawing / Ajeet Singh / Mc Graw Hill
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME308PC: MATERIAL SCIENCE & MECHANICS OF SOLIDS LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

MATERIAL SCIENCE:
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to make the students learn the concepts of Metallurgy
and Material Science role in all manufacturing processes which convert raw materials into useful
products adapted to human needs.

Course Outcomes: The Primary focus of the Metallurgy and Material science program is to provide
undergraduates with a fundamental knowledge based associated materials properties, and their
selection and application. Upon graduation, students would have acquired and developed the
necessary background and skills for successful careers in the materials-related industries. Furthermore,
after completing the program, the student should be well prepared for management positions in industry
or continued education toward a graduate degree.

List of Experiments:
1. Preparation and study of crystal models for simple cubic, body centred cubic, face centred cubic
and hexagonal close packed structures.
2. Preparation and study of the Microstructure of pure metals like Iron, Cu and Al.
3. Preparation and study of the Microstructure of Mild steels, low carbon steels, high – C steels.
4. Study of the Microstructures of Cast Irons.
5. Study of the Microstructures of Non-Ferrous alloys.
6. Hardenability of steels by Jominy End Quench Test.

MECHANICS OF SOLIDS:
Course Objectives: The objective is to learn the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, and
deformation of solids with applications to bars, beams, and columns. Detailed study of engineering
properties of materials is also of interest. Fundamentals of applying equilibrium, compatibility, and force-
deformation relationships to structural elements are emphasized. The students are introduced to
advanced concepts of flexibility and stiffness method of structural analysis. The course builds on the
fundamental concepts of engineering mechanics course.
The students will advance the students’ development of the following broad capabilities:
 Students will be able to understand basic concepts of stress, strain and their relations based
on linear elasticity. Material behaviors due to different types of loading will be discussed.
 Students will be able to understand and know how to calculate stresses and deformation of a
bar due to an axial loading under uniform and non-uniform conditions.
 Students will understand how to develop shear-moment diagrams of a beam and find the
maximum moment/shear and their locations
 Students will understand how to calculate normal and shear stresses on any cross-section of a
beam. Different cross-sections (including I-beam) will be discussed and applied Continuous
Assessment Test 10 marks Mid Semester Test 15 marks End

Course Outcomes
 Analyze the behavior of the solid bodies subjected to various types of loading.
 Apply knowledge of materials and structural elements to the analysis of simple structures.
 Undertake problem identification, formulation and solution using a range of analytical methods
 Analyze and interpret laboratory data relating to behavior of structures and the materials they
are made of, and undertake associated laboratory work individually and in teams.
 Expectation and capacity to undertake lifelong learning.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

List of Experiments:
1. Direct tension test
2. Bending test on Simple supported beam
3. Bending test on Cantilever beam
4. Torsion test
5. Brinell hardness test/ Rockwell hardness test
6. Test on springs
7. Izod Impact test/ Charpy Impact test
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

*MC309/*MC409: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0

The Constitution of India is the supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any law
which violates the Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The
Parliament of India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it
cannot use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India reflects
the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically developed by the
thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of the most popular political
ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of sovereign power by state. The historic
revolutions in France, England, America and particularly European Renaissance and Reformation
movement have resulted into progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism” in many
countries. The Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many countries
including United Kingdom and America.

The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has been said that
Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few critics have argued that it
does not truly incorporate our own ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static” and
therefore the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The Indian
judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the guardian of
people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also strengthened the same
through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution. The judicial activism of the Supreme
Court of India and its historic contributions has been recognized throughout the world and it gradually
made it “as one of the strongest court in the world”.

Course content
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and the
States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of the
President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

EE401ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
 To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase & three phase circuits
 To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
 To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
 To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes:
 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits
 To study the working principles of Electrical Machines
 To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

UNIT - I:
D.C. CIRCUITS
Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, KVL&KCL, analysis of simple
circuits with dc excitation.
A.C. CIRCUITS
Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor representation, real power,
reactive power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase ac circuits , Three-phase
balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.

UNIT - II:
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of Wires and
Cables, Earthing. Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics for Batteries. Elementary calculations
for energy consumption, power factor improvement and battery backup.

UNIT - III:
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Working principle of Single-phase transformer, equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, efficiency,
Three-phase transformer connections. Construction and working principle of DC generators, EMF
equation, working principle of DC motors, Torque equations and Speed control of DC motors,
Construction and working principle of Three-phase Induction motor, Torques equations and Speed
control of Three-phase induction motor. Construction and working principle of synchronous generators.

UNIT - IV:
P-N JUNCTION AND ZENER DIODE: Principle of Operation Diode equation, Volt-Ampere characteristics,
Temperature dependence, Ideal versus practical, Static and dynamic resistances, Equivalent circuit, Zener
diode characteristics and applications.
RECTIFIERS AND FILTERS: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Ripple Factor - Full Wave
Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic components in Rectifier Circuits, Filters – Inductor Filters, Capacitor
Filters, L- section Filters, π- section Filters.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

UNIT - V:
BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR (BJT): Construction, Principle of Operation, Amplifying Action,
Common Emitter, Common Base and Common Collector configurations, Comparison of CE, CB and CC
configurations.
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (FET): Construction, Principle of Operation, Comparison of BJT and FET,
Biasing FET.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J Nagarath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed, 2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata Jit, TMH,
2/e, 1998.
3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Company, 6th
edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches) - 2nd edition by
Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.
7. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
8. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.
9. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME402PC: KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Prerequisites: Basic principles of Mechanics

Course Objectives: The objective is to study the relative motion, velocity, and accelerations of the
various elements in a mechanism. In mechanical Engineering we come across number of mechanisms
such as four bar/slider crank/double slider crank/straight line motion mechanism etc. Mechanism deals
with only relative motions. Once we make a study considering for us also there it is called kinetics. The
first course deals with mechanisms, their inversions straight line motion mechanisms steering
mechanisms etc. Also study of cams/gears & gear trains & belts are also introduced.

Course Outcomes: The main purpose is to give an idea about the relative motions obtained in all the
above type of components used in mechanical Engineering.

UNIT – I
Mechanisms: Elements or Links – Classification – Rigid Link, flexible and fluid link – Types of
kinematics pairs – sliding, turning, rolling, screw and spherical pairs – lower and higher pairs – closed
and open pairs – constrained motion – completely, partially or successfully and incompletely
constrained.
Mechanism and Machines – Mobility of Mechanisms: Grubler’s criterion, classification of machines –
kinematics chain – inversions of mechanism – inversions of quadric cycle chain, single and double
slider crank chains, Mechanical Advantage.

UNIT – II
Kinematics: Velocity and acceleration – Motion of link in machine – Determination of Velocity and
acceleration – Graphical method – Application of relative velocity method.
Plane motion of body: Instantaneous center of rotation- centrodes and axodes – Three centers in line
theorem – Graphical determination of instantaneous center, determination of angular velocity of points
and links by instantaneous center method.
Kliens construction - Coriolis acceleration - determination of Coriolis component of acceleration
Analysis of Mechanisms: Analysis of slider crank chain for displacement- velocity and acceleration
of slider – Acceleration diagram for a given mechanism.

UNIT – III
Straight-line motion mechanisms: Exact and approximate copied and generated types – Peaucellier
- Hart - Scott Russel – Grasshopper – Watt -Tchebicheff’s and Robert Mechanism - Pantographs
Steering gears: Conditions for correct steering – Davis Steering gear, Ackerman’s steering gear.
Hooke’s Joint: Single and double Hooke’s joint –velocity ratio – application – problems.

UNIT – IV
Cams: Definitions of cam and followers – their uses – Types of followers and cams – Terminology –
Types of follower motion - Uniform velocity, Simple harmonic motion and uniform acceleration and
retardation. Maximum velocity and maximum acceleration during outward and return strokes in the
above 3 cases.
Analysis of motion of followers: Tangent cam with Roller follower – circular arc cam with straight,
concave and convex flanks.

UNIT – V
Higher pair: Friction wheels and toothed gears – types – law of gearing, condition for constant velocity
ratio for transmission of motion – velocity of sliding
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

Forms of teeth, cycloidal and involutes profiles – phenomena of interferences – Methods of interference.
Condition for minimum number of teeth to avoid interference – expressions for arc of contact and path
of contact of Pinion & Gear and Pinion & Rack Arrangements– Introduction to Helical – Bevel and worm
gearing
Gear Trains: Introduction – Types – Simple – compound and reverted gear trains – Epicyclic gear
train. Methods of finding train value or velocity ratio of Epicyclic gear trains. Selection of gear box -
Differential gear for an automobile.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms/JOSEPH E. SHIGLEY/ Oxford
2. Theory of Machines / S. S. Rattan / Mc Graw Hill Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines / Sadhu Singh / Pearson.
2. Theory of Machines / Thomas Bevan/CBS.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME403PC: THERMAL ENGINEERING – I

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4

Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objective: To apply the laws of Thermodynamics to analyze air standard cycles and to
understand and evaluate the perform analysis of the major components and systems of IC engines,
refrigeration cycles and their applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to evaluate the performance
of IC engines and compressors under the given operating conditions. Apply the laws of
Thermodynamics to evaluate the performance of Refrigeration and air-conditioning cycles. Understand
the functionality of the major components of the IC Engines and effects of operating conditions on their
performance

UNIT – I
I.C. Engines: Classification - Working principles of Four & Two stroke engine, SI & CI engines, Valve
and Port Timing Diagrams, Air – Standard, air-fuel and actual cycles - Engine systems – Carburetor
and Fuel Injection Systems for SI engines, Fuel injection systems for CI engines, Ignition, Cooling and
Lubrication system, Fuel properties and Combustion Stoichiometry.

UNIT – II
Normal Combustion and abnormal combustion in SI engines – Importance of flame speed and effect of
engine variables – Abnormal combustion, pre-ignition and knocking in SI Engines – Fuel requirements
and fuel rating, anti-knock additives – combustion chamber – requirements, types of SI engines.
Four stages of combustion in CI engines – Delay period and its importance – Effect of engine variables
– Diesel Knock– Need for air movement, suction, compression and combustion induced turbulence in
Diesel engine – open and divided combustion chambers and fuel injection– Diesel fuel requirements
and fuel rating

UNIT - III
Testing and Performance: Parameters of performance - measurement of cylinder pressure, fuel
consumption, air intake, exhaust gas composition, Brake power – Determination of frictional losses and
indicated power – Performance test – Heat balance sheet and chart
Classification of compressors – Fans, blowers and compressors – positive displacement and dynamic
types – reciprocating and rotary types.
Reciprocating Compressors: Principle of operation, work required, Isothermal efficiency volumetric
efficiency and effect of clearance volume, staged compression, under cooling, saving of work, minimum
work condition for staged compression

UNIT – IV
Rotary Compressor (Positive displacement type): Roots Blower, vane sealed compressor, Lysholm
compressor – mechanical details and principle of working – efficiency considerations.
Dynamic Compressors: Centrifugal compressors: Mechanical details and principle of operation –
velocity and pressure variation. Energy transfer-impeller blade shape-losses, slip factor, power input
factor, pressure coefficient and adiabatic coefficient – velocity diagrams – power.
Axial Flow Compressors: Mechanical details and principle of operation – velocity triangles and energy
transfer per stage degree of reaction, work done factor - isentropic efficiency- pressure rise calculations
– Polytropic efficiency.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Gas Turbines: Simple Gas Turbine Plant – Ideal Cycle – Closed Cycle and Open Cycle for Gast
Turbines, Constant Pressure Cycle, Constant Volume Cycle, Efficiency – Work Ratio and Optimum
Pressure Ration for Simple Gas Turbine Cycle. Parameters of Performance, Actual Cycle,
Regeneration , Intercooling and Reheating – Closed and Semi-Closed Cycle

TEXT BOOKS:
1. I.C. Engines / V. Ganesan / Mc Graw Hill
2. Thermal Engineering / Mahesh M Rathore / Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering Technologists / Eastop / Pearson
2. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics / Vanwylen G.J., Sonntag R.E. / Wiley Eastern
3. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals – John B. Heywood – McGraw Hill Ed.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME404PC: FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to enable the student;
 To understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics
 To identify various types of flows
 To understand boundary layer concepts and flow through pipes
 To evaluate the performance of hydraulic turbines
 To understand the functioning and characteristic curves of pumps

Course Outcomes:
 Able to explain the effect of fluid properties on a flow system.
 Able to identify type of fluid flow patterns and describe continuity equation.
 To analyze a variety of practical fluid flow and measuring devices and utilize Fluid
Mechanics principles in design.
 To select and analyze an appropriate turbine with reference to given situation in power plants.
 To estimate performance parameters of a given Centrifugal and Reciprocating pump.
 Able to demonstrate boundary layer concepts.

UNIT - I
Fluid statics: Dimensions and units: physical properties of fluids- specific gravity, viscosity, and surface
tension - vapour pressure and their influence on fluid motion- atmospheric, gauge and vacuum
pressures – measurement of pressure- Piezometer, U-tube and differential manometers.

UNIT - II
Fluid kinematics: Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube, classification of flows-steady
& unsteady, uniform & non-uniform, laminar & turbulent, rotational & irrotational flows-equation of
continuity for one dimensional flow and three-dimensional flows.
Fluid dynamics: Surface and body forces –Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream
line, momentum equation and its application on force on pipe bend.

UNIT - III
Boundary Layer Concepts: Definition, thicknesses, characteristics along thin plate, laminar and
turbulent boundary layers (No derivation) boundary layer in transition, separation of boundary layer,
submerged objects – drag and lift.
Closed conduit flow: Reynold’s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes- pipes
in series and pipes in parallel- total energy line-hydraulic gradient line. Measurement of flow: Pitot tube,
venturi meter, and orifice meter, Flow nozzle

UNIT - IV
Basics of turbo machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined, and
curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity diagrams, work done and efficiency, flow over
radial vanes.
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines, Heads and efficiencies, impulse and reaction turbines,
Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine-working proportions, work done, efficiencies, hydraulic
design –draft tube theory- functions and efficiency.
Performance of hydraulic turbines: Geometric similarity, Unit and specific quantities, characteristic
curves, governing of turbines, selection of type of turbine, cavitation, surge tank, water hammer.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Centrifugal pumps: Classification, working, work done – barometric head- losses and efficiencies
specific speed- performance characteristic curves, NPSH.
Reciprocating pumps: Working, Discharge, slip, indicator diagrams.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hydraulics, Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery - MODI and SETH.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by Rajput.

REFERENCES:
1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by D.S. Kumar, Kotaria & Sons.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery by D. Rama Durgaiah, New Age International.
3. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma, Khanna Publishers.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME405PC: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics-I, Thermodynamics, Basic of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

Course Objectives:
 Understanding the basic characteristic of a typical instrument.
 Identifying errors and their types that would occur in an instrument.
 Identifying properties used for evaluating the thermal systems.
 The concept of transducer and Various types and their characters.

Course Outcome:
 To identify various elements and their purpose in typical instruments, to identify various errors
that would occur in instruments.
 Analysis of errors so as to determine correction factors for each instrument.
 To understand static and dynamic characteristics of instrument and should be able to determine
loading response time.
 For given range of displacement should be able to specify transducer, it accurate and loading
time of that transducer.

UNIT – I
Definition – Basic principles of measurement – Measurement systems, generalized configuration and
functional description of measuring instruments – examples. Static and Dynamic performance
characteristics– sources of errors, Classification and elimination of errors. Measurement of
Displacement: Theory and construction of various transducers to measure displacement – Using
Piezo electric, Inductive, capacitance, resistance, ionization and Photo electric transducers; Calibration
procedures.

UNIT – II
Measurement of Temperature: Various Principles of measurement-Classification: Expansion Type:
Bimetallic Strip- Liquid in glass Thermometer; Electrical Resistance Type: Thermistor, Thermocouple,
RTD; Radiation Pyrometry: Optical Pyrometer; Changes in Chemical Phase: Fusible Indicators and
Liquid crystals. Measurement of Pressure: Different principles used- Classification: Manometers, Dead
weight pressure gauge Tester (Piston gauge), Bourdon pressure gauges, Bulk modulus pressure
gauges, Bellows, Diaphragm gauges. Low pressure measurement – Thermal conductivity gauges,
ionization pressure gauges, McLeod pressure gauge.

UNIT – III
Measurement of Level: Direct methods – Indirect methods – Capacitive, Radioactive, Ultrasonic,
Magnetic, Cryogenic Fuel level indicators –Bubbler level indicators.
Flow measurement: Rotameter, magnetic, Ultrasonic, Turbine flowmeter, Hot – wire anemometer,
Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA).
Measurement of Speed: Mechanical Tachometers, Electrical tachometers, Non- contact type
Stroboscope; Measurement of Acceleration and Vibration: Different simple instruments – Principles of
Seismic instruments – Vibrometer and accelerometer using this principle- Piezo electric accelerometer.

UNIT – IV
Stress-Strain measurements: Various types of stress and strain measurements –Selection and
installation of metallic strain gauges; electrical strain gauge – gauge factor – method of usage of
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

resistance strain gauge for bending, compressive and tensile strains – Temperature compensation
techniques, Use of strain gauges for measuring torque, Strain gauge Rosettes.
Measurement of Humidity: Moisture content of gases, Sling Psychrometer, Absorption Psychrometer,
Dew point meter. Measurement of Force, Torque and Power- Elastic force meters, load cells, Torsion
meters, Dynamometers.

UNIT – V
Elements of Control Systems: Introduction, Importance – Classification – Open and closed systems-
Servomechanisms – Examples with block diagrams – Temperature, speed and position control
systems- Transfer functions- First and Second order mechanical systems

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation & Control Systems, - Alavala, - Cengage Learning
2. Basic Principles – Measurements (Instrumentation) & Control Systems – S. Bhaskar –
Anuradha Publications.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Measurement Systems: Applications & design, E. O. Doebelin, TMH
2. Instrumentation, Measurement & Analysis, B.C. Nakra & K.K. Choudhary, TMH
3. Experimental Methods for Engineers / Holman
4. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements / R. K. Jain/ Khanna Publishers.
5. Mechanical Measurements / Sirohi and Radhakrishna / New Age International.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

EE409ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
 To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase & three phase circuits
 To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
 To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
 To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes:
 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits
 To study the working principles of Electrical Machines
 To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

List of experiments/demonstrations:

PART A: ELECTRICAL
1. Verification of KVL and KCL
2. (i) Measurement of Voltage, Current and Real Power in primary and Secondary Circuits of a
Single-Phase Transformer
(ii) Verification of Relationship between Voltages and Currents (Star-Delta, Delta-Delta, Delta-
star, Star-Star) in a Three Phase Transformer
3. Measurement of Active and Reactive Power in a balanced Three-phase circuit
4. Performance Characteristics of a Separately Excited DC Shunt Motor
5. Performance Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor
6. No-Load Characteristics of a Three-phase Alternator

PART B: ELECTRONICS
1. Study and operation of
(i) Multi-meters (ii) Function Generator (iii) Regulated Power Supplies (iv) CRO.
2. PN Junction diode characteristics
3. Zener diode characteristics and Zener as voltage Regulator
4. Input & Output characteristics of Transistor in CB / CE configuration
5. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters
6. Input and Output characteristics of FET in CS configuration

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J Nagarath, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestead and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed, 2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata Jit, TMH,
2/e, 1998.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Company, 6th
edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches) - 2nd edition by
Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.
7. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
8. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.
9. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME407PC: FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics.
 To identify various types of flows.
 To understand boundary layer concepts and flow through pipes.
 To evaluate the performance of hydraulic turbines.
 To understand the functioning and characteristic curves of pumps.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to explain the effect of fluid properties on a flow system.
 Able to identify type of fluid flow patterns and describe continuity equation.
 To analyze a variety of practical fluid flow and measuring devices and utilize fluid mechanics
principles in design.
 To select and analyze an appropriate turbine with reference to given situation in power plants.
 To estimate performance parameters of a given Centrifugal and Reciprocating pump.
 Able to demonstrate boundary layer concepts

List of Experiments:
1. Impact of jets on Vanes.
2. Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.
3. Performance Test on Francis Turbine.
4. Performance Test on Kaplan Turbine.
5. Performance Test on Single Stage Centrifugal Pump.
6. Performance Test on Multi Stage Centrifugal Pump.
7. Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.
8. Calibration of Venturimeter.
9. Calibration of Orifice meter.
10. Determination of friction factor for a given pipe line.
11. Determination of loss of head due to sudden contraction in a pipeline.
12. Verification of Bernoulli’s Theorems.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

ME408PC: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

Pre-requisites: Basic principles of Instrumentation and control systems

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Characterize and calibrate
measuring devices. Identify and analyze errors in measurement. Analyze measured data using
regression analysis. Calibration of Pressure Gauges, temperature, LVDT, capacitive transducer,
rotameter.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Calibration of Pressure Gauges.
2. Calibration of transducer for temperature measurement.
3. Study and calibration of LVDT transducer for displacement measurement.
4. Calibration of strain gauge for temperature measurement.
5. Calibration of thermocouple for temperature measurement.
6. Calibration of capacitive transducer for angular displacement.
7. Study and calibration of photo and magnetic speed pickups for the measurement of speed.
8. Calibration of resistance temperature detector for temperature measurement.
9. Study and calibration of a rotameter for flow measurement.
10. Study and use of a Seismic pickup for the measurement of vibration amplitude of an engine bed at
various loads.
11. Study and calibration of McLeod gauge for low pressure.
12. Measurement and control of Pressure of a process using SCADA system.
13. Measurement and control of level in a tank using capacitive transducer with SCADA.
14. Measurement and control of temperature of a process using resistance temperature detector with
SCADA.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

*MC409/*MC309: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

(An Activity-based Course)

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 0

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that asks critical questions
about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary goal of this course is to familiarize
students with key issues, questions and debates in Gender Studies, both historical and contemporary.
It draws on multiple disciplines – such as literature, history, economics, psychology, sociology,
philosophy, political science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural assumptions about
sex, gender, and sexuality.
This course integrates analysis of current events through student presentations, aiming to increase
awareness of contemporary and historical experiences of women, and of the multiple ways that sex and
gender interact with race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course also seeks to
build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating gender-based violence and
discrimination. The course also features several exercises and reflective activities designed to examine
the concepts of gender, gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will further explore the impact
of gender-based violence on education, health and development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in
contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological, psychological and
legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from
research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to
counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and
economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as
equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide
protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to
gender violence.

UNIT - I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes towards
Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men
- Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG.

UNIT – II: GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT – III: GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share
the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. -
Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and Human
Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

UNIT – IV: GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with
Everyday Harassment- Further Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding Lives.
Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….”

UNIT – V: GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and
Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks-
The Brave Heart.

Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of
English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

 Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures, discussions,

collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments. Apart from the
above prescribed book, Teachers can make use of any authentic materials related to the
topics given in the syllabus on “Gender”.

 ESSENTIAL READING: The Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender” written by [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu
published by Telugu Akademi, Telangana Government in 2015.

ASSESSMENT AND GRADING:

 Discussion & Classroom Participation: 20%
 Project/Assignment: 30%
 End Term Exam: 50%
 R18 [Link] ECE

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EC301PC Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 1 0 4
2 EC302PC Network Analysis and Transmission 3 0 0 3
Lines
3 EC303PC Digital System Design 3 1 0 4
4 EC304PC Signals and Systems 3 1 0 4
5 EC305ES Probability Theory and Stochastic 3 0 0 3
Processes
6 EC306PC Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab 0 0 2 1
7 EC307PC Digital System Design Lab 0 0 2 1
8 EC308ES Basic Simulation Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC309 Constitution of India 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 6 21

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA401BS Laplace Transforms, Numerical Methods & 3 1 0 4
Complex Variables
2 EC402PC Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3 0 0 3
3 EC403PC Analog and Digital Communications 3 1 0 4
4 EC404PC Linear IC Applications 3 0 0 3
5 EC405PC Electronic Circuit Analysis 3 0 0 3
6 EC406PC Analog and Digital Communications Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 EC407PC IC Applications Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 EC408PC Electronic Circuit Analysis Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC409 Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0
Total Credits 15 2 10 21

*MC – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC301PC: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs.
 To know the applications of components.
 To know the switching characteristics of components
 To give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the Course, the students will be able to:
 Know the characteristics of various components.
 Understand the utilization of components.
 Understand the biasing techniques
 Design and analyze small signal amplifier circuits.

UNIT - I
Diode and Applications: Diode - Static and Dynamic resistances, Equivalent circuit, Load line
analysis, Diffusion and Transition Capacitances, Diode Applications: Switch-Switching times.
Rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Full Wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Rectifiers with Capacitive and
Inductive Filters, Clippers-Clipping at two independent levels, Clamper-Clamping Circuit Theorem,
Clamping Operation, Types of Clampers.

UNIT - II
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Principle of Operation, Common Emitter, Common Base and
Common Collector Configurations, Transistor as a switch, switching times, Transistor Biasing and
Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines, Biasing - Fixed Bias, Self Bias, Bias Stability, Bias
Compensation using Diodes.

UNIT - III
Junction Field Effect Transistor (FET): Construction, Principle of Operation, Pinch-Off Voltage, Volt-
Ampere Characteristic, Comparison of BJT and FET, Biasing of FET, FET as Voltage Variable Resistor.
Special Purpose Devices: Zener Diode - Characteristics, Voltage Regulator. Principle of Operation -
SCR, Tunnel diode, UJT, Varactor Diode.

UNIT – IV
Analysis and Design of Small Signal Low Frequency BJT Amplifiers: Transistor Hybrid model,
Determination of h-parameters from transistor characteristics, Typical values of h- parameters in CE, CB
and CC configurations, Transistor amplifying action, Analysis of CE, CC, CB Amplifiers and CE Amplifier
with emitter resistance, low frequency response of BJT Amplifiers, effect of coupling and bypass
capacitors on CE Amplifier.

UNIT – V
FET Amplifiers: Small Signal Model, Analysis of JFET Amplifiers, Analysis of CS, CD, CG JFET
Amplifiers. MOSFET Characteristics in Enhancement and Depletion mode, Basic Concepts of MOS
Amplifiers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Jacob Millman, McGraw Hill Education
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits theory– Robert L. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky, 11th Edition,
2009, Pearson.
 R18 [Link] ECE

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Art of Electronics, Horowitz, 3rd Edition Cambridge University Press
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell – 5th Edition, Oxford.
3. Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms –J. Millman, H. Taub and Mothiki S. Prakash Rao, 2Ed.,
2008, Mc Graw Hill.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC302PC: NETWORK ANALYSIS AND TRANSMISSION LINES

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-Requisites: Nil

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts on RLC circuits.
 To know the behavior of the steady states and transients states in RLC circuits.
 To understand the two port network parameters.
 To study the propagation, reflection and transmission of plane waves in bounded and
unbounded media.

Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Gain the knowledge on basic RLC circuits behavior.
 Analyze the Steady state and transient analysis of RLC Circuits.
 Know the characteristics of two port network parameters.
 Analyze the transmission line parameters and configurations.

UNIT - I
Network Topology, Basic cutset and tie set matrices for planar networks, Magnetic Circuits, Self and
Mutual inductances, dot convention, impedance, reactance concept, Impedance transformation and
coupled circuits, co-efficient of coupling, equivalent T for Magnetically coupled circuits, Ideal
Transformer.

UNIT - II
Transient and Steady state analysis of RC, RL and RLC Circuits, Sinusoidal, Step and Square
responses. RC Circuits as integrator and differentiators. 2nd order series and parallel RLC Circuits,
Root locus, damping factor, over damped, under damped, critically damped cases, quality factor and
bandwidth for series and parallel resonance, resonance curves.

UNIT - III
Two port network parameters, Z, Y, ABCD, h and g parameters, Characteristic impedance, Image
transfer constant, image and iterative impedance, network function, driving point and transfer
functions – using transformed (S) variables, Poles and Zeros. Standard T,, L Sections,
Characteristic impedance, image transfer constants, Design of Attenuators, impedance matching
network.

UNIT – IV
Transmission Lines - I: Types, Parameters, Transmission Line Equations, Primary & Secondary
Constants, Equivalent Circuit, Characteristic Impedance, Propagation Constant, Phase and Group
Velocities, Infinite Line Concepts, Lossless / Low Loss Characterization, Types of Distortion,
Condition for Distortion less line, Minimum Attenuation, Loading - Types of Loading.

UNIT – V
Transmission Lines – II: Input Impedance Relations, SC and OC Lines, Reflection Coefficient, VSWR.
λ/4, λ/2, λ/8 Lines – Impedance Transformations, Smith Chart – Configuration and Applications,
Single Stub Matching.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Network Analysis – Van Valkenburg, 3rd Ed., Pearson, 2016.
2. Networks, Lines and Fields - JD Ryder, PHI, 2nd Edition, 1999.
 R18 [Link] ECE

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electric Circuits – J. Edminister and M. Nahvi – Schaum’s Outlines, Mc Graw Hills Education,
1999.
2. Engineering Circuit Analysis – William Hayt and Jack E Kemmerly, MGH, 8th Edition, 1993.
3. Electromagnetics with Applications – JD. Kraus, 5th Ed., TMH
4. Transmission Lines and Networks – Umesh Sinha, Satya Prakashan, 2001, (Tech. India
Publications), New Delhi.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC303PC: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-Requisites: Nil

Course Objectives:
 To understand common forms of number representation in logic circuits
 To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems.
 To understand the concepts of combinational logic circuits and sequential circuits.
 To understand the Realization of Logic Gates Using Diodes & Transistors.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Understand the numerical information in different forms and Boolean Algebra theorems
 Postulates of Boolean algebra and to minimize combinational functions
 Design and analyze combinational and sequential circuits
 Known about the logic families and realization of logic gates.

UNIT - I:
Number Systems: Number systems, Complements of Numbers, Codes- Weighted and Non-weighted
codes and its Properties, Parity check code and Hamming code.
Boolean Algebra: Basic Theorems and Properties, Switching Functions- Canonical and Standard
Form, Algebraic Simplification, Digital Logic Gates, EX-OR gates, Universal Gates, Multilevel
NAND/NOR realizations.

UNIT - II:
Minimization of Boolean functions: Karnaugh Map Method - Up to five Variables, Don’t Care Map
Entries, Tabular Method,
Combinational Logic Circuits: Adders, Subtractors, Comparators, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers,
Encoders, Decoders and Code converters, Hazards and Hazard Free Relations.

UNIT - III
Sequential Circuits Fundamentals: Basic Architectural Distinctions between Combinational and
Sequential circuits, SR Latch, Flip Flops: SR, JK, JK Master Slave, D and T Type Flip Flops,
Excitation Table of all Flip Flops, Timing and Triggering Consideration, Conversion from one type of
Flip-Flop to another.
Registers and Counters: Shift Registers – Left, Right and Bidirectional Shift Registers, Applications
of Shift Registers - Design and Operation of Ring and Twisted Ring Counter, Operation of
Asynchronous and Synchronous Counters.

UNIT - IV
Sequential Machines: Finite State Machines, Synthesis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits- Serial
Binary Adder, Sequence Detector, Parity-bit Generator, Synchronous Modulo N –Counters. Finite
state machine-capabilities and limitations, Mealy and Moore models.

UNIT - V
Realization of Logic Gates Using Diodes & Transistors: AND, OR and NOT Gates using Diodes
and Transistors, DCTL, RTL, DTL, TTL, CML and CMOS Logic Families and its Comparison,
Classification of Integrated circuits, comparison of various logic families, standard TTL NAND Gate-
Analysis & characteristics, TTL open collector O/Ps, Tristate TTL, MOS & CMOS open drain and tri-
state outputs, CMOS transmission gate, IC interfacing- TTL driving CMOS & CMOS driving TTL.
 R18 [Link] ECE

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Switching and Finite Automata Theory - Zvi Kohavi & Niraj K. Jha, 3rd Edition, Cambridge,
2010.
2. Modern Digital Electronics – R. P. Jain, 3rd Edition, 2007- Tata McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Digital Design- Morris Mano, PHI, 4th Edition,2006
2. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design – Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R. Peterson, 3rd
Ed, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
3. Fundamentals of Logic Design- Charles H. Roth, Cengage Learning, 5th, Edition, 2004.
4. Switching Theory and Logic Design – A Anand Kumar, PHI, 2013
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC304PC: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
 This gives the basics of Signals and Systems required for all Electrical Engineering related
courses.
 To understand the behavior of signal in time and frequency domain
 To understand the characteristics of LTI systems
 This gives concepts of Signals and Systems and its analysis using different transform
techniques.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Differentiate various signal functions.
 Represent any arbitrary signal in time and frequency domain.
 Understand the characteristics of linear time invariant systems.
 Analyze the signals with different transform technique

UNIT - I
Signal Analysis: Analogy between Vectors and Signals, Orthogonal Signal Space, Signal
approximation using Orthogonal functions, Mean Square Error, Closed or complete set of Orthogonal
functions, Orthogonality in Complex functions, Classification of Signals and systems, Exponential and
Sinusoidal signals, Concepts of Impulse function, Unit Step function, Signum function.

UNIT – II
Fourier series: Representation of Fourier series, Continuous time periodic signals, Properties of
Fourier Series, Dirichlet’s conditions, Trigonometric Fourier Series and Exponential Fourier Series,
Complex Fourier spectrum.
Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier series, Fourier Transform of arbitrary
signal, Fourier Transform of standard signals, Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals, Properties of
Fourier Transform, Fourier Transforms involving Impulse function and Signum function, Introduction to
Hilbert Transform.

UNIT - III
Signal Transmission through Linear Systems: Linear System, Impulse response, Response of a
Linear System, Linear Time Invariant(LTI) System, Linear Time Variant (LTV) System, Transfer
function of a LTI System, Filter characteristic of Linear System, Distortion less transmission through a
system, Signal bandwidth, System Bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF, and BPF characteristics, Causality
and Paley-Wiener criterion for physical realization, Relationship between Bandwidth and rise time,
Convolution and Correlation of Signals, Concept of convolution in Time domain and Frequency
domain, Graphical representation of Convolution.

UNIT – IV
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms (L.T), Inverse Laplace Transform, Concept of Region of
Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms, Properties of L.T, Relation between L.T and F.T of a
signal, Laplace Transform of certain signals using waveform synthesis.
Z–Transforms: Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence, Distinction between Laplace,
Fourier and Z Transforms, Region of Convergence in Z-Transform, Constraints on ROC for various
classes of signals, Inverse Z-transform, Properties of Z-transforms.
 R18 [Link] ECE

UNIT - V
Sampling theorem: Graphical and analytical proof for Band Limited Signals, Impulse Sampling,
Natural and Flat top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal from its samples, Effect of under sampling –
Aliasing, Introduction to Band Pass Sampling.
Correlation: Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions, Properties of Correlation
Functions, Energy Density Spectrum, Parsevals Theorem, Power Density Spectrum, Relation
between Autocorrelation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function, Relation between
Convolution and Correlation, Detection of Periodic Signals in the presence of Noise by Correlation,
Extraction of Signal from Noise by Filtering.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, 2013, BSP.
2. Signals and Systems - A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawabi, 2 Ed.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Signals and Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley 2 Ed.,
2. Signals and Systems – A. Rama Krishna Rao, 2008, TMH
3. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems - Michel J. Robert, 2008, MGH International Edition.
4. Signals, Systems and Transforms - C. L. Philips, [Link] and Eve [Link], 3 Ed., 2004, PE.
5. Signals and Systems – K. Deergha Rao, Birkhauser, 2018.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC305ES: PROBABILITY THEORY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
 This gives basic understanding of random signals and processes sing
 Utilization of Random signals and systems in Communications and Signal Processing areas.
 To known the Spectral and temporal characteristics of Random Process.
 To Learn the Basic concepts of Noise sources

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Understand the concepts of Random Process and its Characteristics.
 Understand the response of linear time Invariant system for a Random Processes.
 Determine the Spectral and temporal characteristics of Random Signals.
 Understand the concepts of Noise in Communication systems.

UNIT - I
Probability & Random Variable: Probability introduced through Sets and Relative Frequency:
Experiments and Sample Spaces, Discrete and Continuous Sample Spaces, Events, Probability
Definitions and Axioms, Joint Probability, Conditional Probability, Total Probability, Bay’s Theorem,
Independent Events, Random Variable- Definition, Conditions for a Function to be a Random
Variable, Discrete, Continuous and Mixed Random Variable, Distribution and Density functions,
Properties, Binomial, Poisson, Uniform, Gaussian, Exponential, Rayleigh, Methods of defining
Conditioning Event, Conditional Distribution, Conditional Density and their Properties.

UNIT - II
Operations On Single & Multiple Random Variables – Expectations: Expected Value of a
Random Variable, Function of a Random Variable, Moments about the Origin, Central Moments,
Variance and Skew, Chebychev’s Inequality, Characteristic Function, Moment Generating Function,
Transformations of a Random Variable: Monotonic and Non-monotonic Transformations of
Continuous Random Variable, Transformation of a Discrete Random Variable.
Vector Random Variables, Joint Distribution Function and its Properties, Marginal Distribution
Functions, Conditional Distribution and Density – Point Conditioning, Conditional Distribution and
Density – Interval conditioning, Statistical Independence.
Sum of Two Random Variables, Sum of Several Random Variables, Central Limit Theorem, (Proof
not expected). Unequal Distribution, Equal Distributions. Expected Value of a Function of Random
Variables: Joint Moments about the Origin, Joint Central Moments, Joint Characteristic Functions,
Jointly Gaussian Random Variables: Two Random Variables case, N Random Variable case,
Properties, Transformations of Multiple Random Variables, Linear Transformations of Gaussian
Random Variables.

UNIT - III
Random Processes – Temporal Characteristics: The Random Process Concept, Classification of
Processes, Deterministic and Nondeterministic Processes, Distribution and Density Functions,
concept of Stationarity and Statistical Independence. First-Order Stationary Processes, Second-
Order and Wide-Sense Stationarity, (N-Order) and Strict-Sense Stationarity, Time Averages and
Ergodicity, Mean-Ergodic Processes, Correlation-Ergodic Processes, Autocorrelation Function and Its
Properties, Cross-Correlation Function and Its Properties, Covariance Functions, Gaussian Random
Processes, Poisson Random Process. Random Signal Response of Linear Systems: System
 R18 [Link] ECE

Response – Convolution, Mean and Mean-squared Value of System Response, autocorrelation

Function of Response, Cross-Correlation Functions of Input and Output.

UNIT - IV
Random Processes – Spectral Characteristics: The Power Spectrum: Properties, Relationship
between Power Spectrum and Autocorrelation Function, The Cross-Power Density Spectrum,
Properties, Relationship between Cross-Power Spectrum and Cross-Correlation Function. Spectral
Characteristics of System Response: Power Density Spectrum of Response, Cross-Power Density
Spectrums of Input and Output.

UNIT - V
Noise Sources & Information Theory: Resistive/Thermal Noise Source, Arbitrary Noise Sources,
Effective Noise Temperature, Noise equivalent bandwidth, Average Noise Figures, Average Noise
Figure of cascaded networks, Narrow Band noise, Quadrature representation of narrow band noise
& its properties. Entropy, Information rate, Source coding: Huffman coding, Shannon Fano coding,
Mutual information, Channel capacity of discrete channel, Shannon-Hartley law; Trade -off between
bandwidth and SNR.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Probability, Random Variables & Random Signal Principles - Peyton Z. Peebles, TMH, 4th
Edition, 2001.
2. Principles of Communication systems by Taub and Schilling (TMH),2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Random Processes for Engineers-Bruce Hajck, Cambridge unipress,2015
2. Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes – Athanasios Papoulis and S.
Unnikrishna Pillai, PHI, 4th Edition, 2002.
3. Probability, Statistics & Random Processes-K. Murugesan, P. Guruswamy, Anuradha Agencies,
3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, B.S. Publications, 2003.
5. Statistical Theory of Communication – S.P Eugene Xavier, New Age Publications, 2003
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC306PC: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

List of Experiments (Twelve experiments to be done):

Verify any twelve experiments in H/W Laboratory
1. PN Junction diode characteristics A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias.
2. Zener diode characteristics and Zener as voltage Regulator
3. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters
4. Input and output characteristics of BJT in CE Configuration
5. Input and output characteristics of FE in CS Configuration
6. Common Emitter Amplifier Characteristics
7. Common Base Amplifier Characteristics
8. Common Source amplifier Characteristics
9. Measurement of h-parameters of transistor in CB, CE, CC configurations
10. Switching characteristics of a transistor
11. SCR Characteristics.
12. Types of Clippers at different reference voltages
13. Types of Clampers at different reference voltages
14. The steady state output waveform of clampers for a square wave input

Major Equipment required for Laboratories:

1. Regulated Power Suppliers, 0-30V
2. 20 MHz, Dual Channel Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes.
3. Functions Generators-Sine and Square wave signals
4. Multimeters
5. Electronic Components
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC307PC: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Note: Implement using digital ICs, all experiments to be carried out.

List of Experiments -
1. Realization of Boolean Expressions using Gates
2. Design and realization logic gates using universal gates
3. Generation of clock using NAND / NOR gates
4. Design a 4 – bit Adder / Subtractor
5. Design and realization of a 4 – bit gray to Binary and Binary to Gray Converter
6. Design and realization of an 8 bit parallel load and serial out shift register using flip-flops.
7. Design and realization of a Synchronous and Asynchronous counter using flip-flops
8. Design and realization of Asynchronous counters using flip-flops
9. Design and realization of 8x1 MUX using 2x1 MUX
10. Design and realization of 4 bit comparator
11. Design and Realization of a sequence detector-a finite state machine

Major Equipments required for Laboratories:

1. 5 V Fixed Regulated Power Supply/ 0-5V or more Regulated Power Supply.
2. 20 MHz Oscilloscope with Dual Channel.
3. Bread board and components/ Trainer Kit.
4. Multimeter.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC308ES: BASIC SIMULATION LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Note:
 All the experiments are to be simulated using MATLAB or equivalent software
 Minimum of 15 experiment are to be completed

List of Experiments:
1. Basic Operations on Matrices.
2. Generation of Various Signals and Sequences (Periodic and Aperiodic), such as Unit
Impulse, Unit Step, Square, Saw tooth, Triangular, Sinusoidal, Ramp, Sinc.
3. Operations on Signals and Sequences such as Addition, Multiplication, Scaling, Shifting,
Folding, Computation of Energy and Average Power.
4. Finding the Even and Odd parts of Signal/Sequence and Real and Imaginary parts of Signal.
5. Convolution for Signals and sequences.
6. Auto Correlation and Cross Correlation for Signals and Sequences.
7. Verification of Linearity and Time Invariance Properties of a given Continuous/Discrete
System.
8. Computation of Unit sample, Unit step and Sinusoidal responses of the given LTI system and
verifying its physical realiazability and stability properties.
9. Gibbs Phenomenon Simulation.
10. Finding the Fourier Transform of a given signal and plotting its magnitude and phase
spectrum.
11. Waveform Synthesis using Laplace Transform.
12. Locating the Zeros and Poles and plotting the Pole-Zero maps in S-plane and Z-Plane for the
given transfer function.
13. Generation of Gaussian noise ( Real and Complex), Computation of its mean, M.S. Value and
its Skew, Kurtosis, and PSD, Probability Distribution Function.
14. Verification of Sampling Theorem.
15. Removal of noise by Autocorrelation / Cross correlation.
16. Extraction of Periodic Signal masked by noise using Correlation.
17. Verification of Weiner-Khinchine Relations.
18. Checking a Random Process for Stationarity in Wide sense.

Major Equipments required for Laboratories:

1. Computer System with latest specifications connected
2. Window Xp or equivalent
3. Simulation software-MAT Lab or any equivalent simulation software
 R18 [Link] ECE

*MC309/*MC409: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0

The Constitution of India is the supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any
law which violates the Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The
Parliament of India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it
cannot use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India reflects
the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically developed by the
thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of the most popular political
ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of sovereign power by state. The
historic revolutions in France, England, America and particularly European Renaissance and
Reformation movement have resulted into progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism”
in many countries. The Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many
countries including United Kingdom and America.

The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has been said
that Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few critics have argued that
it does not truly incorporate our own ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static”
and therefore the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The Indian
judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the guardian of
people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also strengthened the same
through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution. The judicial activism of the Supreme
Court of India and its historic contributions has been recognized throughout the world and it gradually
made it “as one of the strongest court in the world”.

Course content
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and
the States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of the
President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
 R18 [Link] ECE

MA401BS: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS, NUMERICAL METHODS AND COMPLEX VARIABLES

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites: Mathematical Knowledge at pre-university level

Course Objectives: To learn

 Concept, properties of Laplace transforms
 Solving ordinary differential equations using Laplace transforms techniques.
 Various methods to the find roots of an equation.
 Concept of finite differences and to estimate the value for the given data using interpolation.
 Evaluation of integrals using numerical techniques
 Solving ordinary differential equations using numerical techniques.
 Differentiation and integration of complex valued functions.
 Evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s integral formula and Cauchy’s residue theorem.
 Expansion of complex functions using Taylor’s and Laurent’s series.

Course outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Use the Laplace transforms techniques for solving ODE’s
 Find the root of a given equation.
 Estimate the value for the given data using interpolation
 Find the numerical solutions for a given ODE’s
 Analyze the complex function with reference to their analyticity, integration using Cauchy’s
integral and residue theorems.
 Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansions of complex Function

UNIT - I
Laplace Transforms 10 L
Laplace Transforms; Laplace Transform of standard functions; first shifting theorem; Laplace
transforms of functions when they are multiplied and divided by‘t’. Laplace transforms of derivatives
and integrals of function; Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms; Laplace transforms of Special
functions; Laplace transform of periodic functions.
Inverse Laplace transform by different methods, convolution theorem (without Proof), solving ODEs
by Laplace Transform method.

UNIT - II
Numerical Methods – I 10 L
Solution of polynomial and transcendental equations – Bisection method, Iteration Method, Newton-
Raphson method and Regula-Falsi method.
Finite differences- forward differences- backward differences-central differences-symbolic relations
and separation of symbols; Interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae.
Central difference interpolation: Gauss’s forward and backward formulae; Lagrange’s method of
interpolation

UNIT - III
Numerical Methods – II 08 L
Numerical integration: Trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8 rules.
Ordinary differential equations: Taylor’s series; Picard’s method; Euler and modified Euler’s methods;
Runge-Kutta method of fourth order.
 R18 [Link] ECE

UNIT - IV
Complex Variables (Differentiation) 10 L
Limit, Continuity and Differentiation of Complex functions. Cauchy-Riemann equations (without proof),
Milne- Thomson methods, analytic functions, harmonic functions, finding harmonic conjugate;
elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties.

UNIT - V
Complex Variables (Integration) 10 L
Line integrals, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s Integral formula, Liouville’s theorem, Maximum-Modulus
theorem (All theorems without proof); zeros of analytic functions, singularities, Taylor’s series,
Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010.
2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory methods of numerical analysis, PHI, 4th Edition, 2005.
3. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 7th Ed., Mc-Graw Hill,
2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. K. Jain, SRK Iyengar, R.K. Jain, Numerical methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computations , New Age International publishers.
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2006.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC402PC: ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND WAVES

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite: Applied Physics

Course Objectives:
 To learn the Basic Laws, Concepts and proofs related to Electrostatic Fields and
Magnetostatic Fields, and apply them to solve physics and engineering problems.
 To distinguish between static and time-varying fields, and understand the significance
and utility of Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions, and gain ability to provide
solutions to communication engineering problems.
 To analyze the characteristics of Uniform Plane Waves (UPW), determine their
propagation parameters and estimate the same for dielectric and dissipative media.
 To conceptually understand the waveguides and to determine the characteristics of
rectangular waveguides, microstrip lines .

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Get the knowledge of Basic Laws, Concepts and proofs related to Electrostatic Fields and
Magnetostatic Fields.
 Distinguish between the static and time-varying fields, establish the corresponding sets of
Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary Conditions.
 Analyze the Wave Equations for good conductors, good dielectrics and evaluate the
UPW Characteristics for several practical media of interest.
 To analyze completely the rectangular waveguides, their mode characteristics, and
design waveguides for solving practical problems.

UNIT – I
Electrostatics: Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions,
Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law and Applications, Electric Potential, Relations Between E and V,
Maxwell’s Two Equations for Electrostatic Fields, Energy Density. Convection and Conduction
Currents, Dielectric Constant, Isotropic and Homogeneous Dielectrics, Continuity Equation,
Relaxation Time, Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations, Capacitance – Parallel Plate, Coaxial, Spherical
Capacitors.

UNIT – II
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and Applications, Magnetic Flux Density,
Maxwell’s Two Equations for Magnetostatic Fields, Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces
due to Magnetic Fields, Ampere’s Force Law.

UNIT – III
Maxwell’s Equations (Time Varying Fields): Faraday’s Law and Transformer EMF, Inconsistency of
Ampere’s Law and Displacement Current Density, Maxwell’s Equations in Different Forms, Conditions
at a Boundary Surface - Dielectric-Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces.

UNIT – IV
EM Wave Characteristics: Wave Equations for Conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform
Plane Waves – Definitions, Relation between E & H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in
Lossless and Conducting Media, Conductors & Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave Propagation in
Good Conductors and Good Dielectrics, Polarization.
 R18 [Link] ECE

Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and Oblique Incidences for both Perfect
Conductor and Perfect Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection,
Surface Impedance, Poynting Vector and Poynting Theorem.

UNIT – V
Waveguides: Electromagnetic Spectrum and Bands. Rectangular Waveguides – Solution of Wave
Equations in Rectangular Coordinates, TE/TM mode analysis, Expressions for Fields, Characteristic
Equation and Cut-off Frequencies, Dominant and Degenerate Modes, Sketches of TE and TM mode
fields in the cross-section, Phase and Group Velocities, Wavelengths and Impedance Relations,
Equation of Power Transmission, Impossibility of TEM Mode. Microstrip Lines – Zo Relations,
Effective Dielectric Constant.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Electromagnetics – William H. Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, 8th Ed.,
McGrawHill,2014
2. Principles of Electromagnetics – Matthew N.O. sadiku and S.V. Kulkarni, 6th Ed., Oxford
University Press, Aisan Edition, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems – E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, 2ndEd.,
2000, PHI.
2. Engineering Electromagnetics – Nathan Ida, 2nd Ed., 2005, Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC403PC: ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS

[Link]. II Year II Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Probability theory and Stochastic Processes

Course Objectives:
 To develop ability to analyze system requirements of analog and digital communication
systems.
 To understand the generation, detection of various analog and digital modulation techniques.
 To acquire theoretical knowledge of each block in AM, FM transmitters and receivers.
 To understand the concepts of baseband transmissions.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Analyze and design of various continuous wave and angle modulation and demodulation
techniques
 Understand the effect of noise present in continuous wave and angle modulation techniques.
 Attain the knowledge about AM , FM Transmitters and Receivers
 Analyze and design the various Pulse Modulation Techniques.
 Understand the concepts of Digital Modulation Techniques and Baseband transmission.

UNIT - I
Amplitude Modulation: Need for modulation, Amplitude Modulation - Time and frequency domain
description, single tone modulation, power relations in AM waves, Generation of AM waves -
Switching modulator, Detection of AM Waves - Envelope detector, DSBSC modulation - time and
frequency domain description, Generation of DSBSC Waves - Balanced Modulators, Coherent
detection of DSB-SC Modulated waves, COSTAS Loop, SSB modulation - time and frequency
domain description, frequency discrimination and Phase discrimination methods for generating SSB,
Demodulation of SSB Waves, principle of Vestigial side band modulation.

UNIT - II
Angle Modulation: Basic concepts of Phase Modulation, Frequency Modulation: Single tone
frequency modulation, Spectrum Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave using Bessel functions, Narrow
band FM, Wide band FM, Constant Average Power, Transmission bandwidth of FM Wave -
Generation of FM Signal- Armstrong Method, Detection of FM Signal: Balanced slope detector,
Phase locked loop, Comparison of FM and AM., Concept of Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis.

UNIT - III
Transmitters: Classification of Transmitters, AM Transmitters, FM Transmitters
Receivers: Radio Receiver - Receiver Types - Tuned radio frequency receiver, Superhetrodyne
receiver, RF section and Characteristics - Frequency changing and tracking, Intermediate frequency,
Image frequency, AGC, Amplitude limiting, FM Receiver, Comparison of AM and FM Receivers.

UNIT - IV
Pulse Modulation: Types of Pulse modulation- PAM, PWM and PPM. Comparison of FDM and TDM.
Pulse Code Modulation: PCM Generation and Reconstruction, Quantization Noise, Non-Uniform
Quantization and Companding, DPCM, Adaptive DPCM, DM and Adaptive DM, Noise in PCM and
DM.
 R18 [Link] ECE

UNIT - V
Digital Modulation Techniques: ASK- Modulator, Coherent ASK Detector, FSK- Modulator, Non-
Coherent FSK Detector, BPSK- Modulator, Coherent BPSK Detection. Principles of QPSK,
Differential PSK and QAM.
Baseband Transmission and Optimal Reception of Digital Signal: A Baseband Signal Receiver,
Probability of Error, Optimum Receiver, Coherent Reception, ISI, Eye Diagrams.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Analog and Digital Communications – Simon Haykin, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Electronics Communication Systems-Fundamentals through Advanced-Wayne Tomasi, 5th
Edition, 2009, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Communication Systems - Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling, Goutam Saha, 3rd
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Electronic Communications – Dennis Roddy and John Coolean , 4th Edition , PEA, 2004
3. Electronics & Communication System – George Kennedy and Bernard Davis, TMH 2004
4. Analog and Digital Communication – K. Sam Shanmugam, Willey ,2005
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC405PC: ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite: Electronic Devices and Circuits

Course Objectives:
 Learn the concepts of high frequency analysis of transistors.
 To give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits such as small signal, cascaded,
large signal and tuned amplifiers.
 To familiarize the Concept of feedback in amplifiers so as to differentiate between negative
and positive feedback
 To construct various multivibrators using transistors and sweep circuits.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Design the multistage amplifiers and understand the concepts of High Frequency Analysis of
Transistors.
 Utilize the Concepts of negative feedback to improve the stability of amplifiers and positive
feedback to generate sustained oscillations
 Design and realize different classes of Power Amplifiers and tuned amplifiers useable for
audio and Radio applications.
 Design Multivibrators and sweep circuits for various applications.

UNIT – I
Multistage Amplifiers: Classification of Amplifiers, Distortion in amplifiers, Different coupling
schemes used in amplifiers, Frequency response and Analysis of multistage amplifiers, Casca RC
Coupled amplifiers, Cascode amplifier, Darlington pair.
Transistor at High Frequency: Hybrid - model of Common Emitter transistor model, fα, f β and unity
gain bandwidth, Gain-bandwidth product.

UNIT II
Feedback Amplifiers: Concepts of feedback – Classification of feedback amplifiers – General
characteristics of Negative feedback amplifiers – Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics –
Voltage series, Voltage shunt, Current series and Current shunt Feedback configurations – Simple
problems.

UNIT -III
Oscillators: Condition for Oscillations, RC type Oscillators-RC phase shift and Wien-bridge
Oscillators, LC type Oscillators –Generalized analysis of LC Oscillators, Hartley and Colpitts
Oscillators, Frequency and amplitude stability of Oscillators, Crystal Oscillator.

UNIT -IV
Large Signal Amplifiers: Class A Power Amplifier- Series fed and Transformer coupled , Conversion
Efficiency, Class B Power Amplifier- Push Pull and Complimentary Symmetry configurations,
Conversion Efficiency, Principle of operation of Class AB and Class –C Amplifiers.
Tuned Amplifiers: Introduction, single Tuned Amplifiers – Q-factor, frequency response of tuned
amplifiers, Concept of stagger tuning and synchronous tuning.

UNIT –V
Multivibrators: Analysis and Design of Bistable, Monostable, Astable Multivibrators and Schmitt
trigger using Transistors.
 R18 [Link] ECE

Time Base Generators: General features of a Time base Signal, Methods of Generating Time Base
Waveform, concepts of Transistor Miller and Bootstrap Time Base Generator, Methods of Linearity
improvement.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Electronic Devices Conventional and current version -Thomas L. Floyd 2015, Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits, David A. Bell – 5th Edition, Oxford.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits theory– Robert L. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky, 11th Edition,
2009, Pearson
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC404PC: LINEAR IC APPLICATIONS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite: Electronic Devices & Circuits

Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are:

 To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits.
 To introduce the theory and applications of analog multipliers and PLL.
 To introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special function ICs.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 A thorough understanding of operational amplifiers with linear integrated circuits.
 Attain the knowledge of functional diagrams and applications of IC 555 and IC 565
 Acquire the knowledge about the Data converters.

UNIT - I
Integrated Circuits: Classification, chip size and circuit complexity, basic information of Op-amp,
ideal and practical Op-amp, internal circuits, Op-amp characteristics, DC and AC Characteristics, 741
op-amp and its features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting, differential.

UNIT - II
Op-amp and Applications: Basic information of Op-amp, instrumentation amplifier, ac amplifier, V to
I and I to V converters, Sample & hold circuits, multipliers and dividers, differentiators and integrators,
comparators, Schmitt trigger, Multivibrators, introduction to voltage regulators, features of 723

UNIT - III
Active Filters & Oscillators: Introduction, 1st order LPF, HPF filters, Band pass, Band reject and all
pass filters. Oscillator types and principle of operation - RC, Wien and quadrature type, waveform
generators - triangular, sawtooth, square wave and VCO.

UNIT - IV
Timers & Phase Locked Loops: Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, monostable and
astable operations and applications, Schmitt Trigger. PLL - introduction, block schematic, principles
and description of individual blocks of 565.

UNIT - V
D-A and A-D Converters: Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder
DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs - parallel comparator type ADC,
counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC dual slope integration type ADC, DAC and ADC
specifications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Linear Integrated Circuits, D. Roy Chowdhury, New Age International(p) Ltd.
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs, Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, R.F. Coughlin & Fredrick F. Driscoll, PHI.
2. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits: Theory & Applications, Denton J. Daibey,
TMH.
3. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits, Sergio Franco, McGraw Hill.
4. Digital Fundamentals - Floyd and Jain, Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC406PC: ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Note:
 Minimum 12 experiments should be conducted:
 All these experiments are to be simulated first either using MATLAB, COMSIM or any other
simulation package and then to be realized in hardware

List of Experiments:
1. (i) Amplitude modulation and demodulation (ii) Spectrum analysis of AM
2. (i) Frequency modulation and demodulation (ii) Spectrum analysis of FM
3. DSB-SC Modulator & Detector
4. SSB-SC Modulator & Detector (Phase Shift Method)
5. Frequency Division Multiplexing & De multiplexing
6. Pulse Amplitude Modulation & Demodulation
7. Pulse Width Modulation & Demodulation
8. Pulse Position Modulation & Demodulation
9. PCM Generation and Detection
10. Delta Modulation
11. Frequency Shift Keying: Generation and Detection
12. Binary Phase Shift Keying: Generation and Detection
13. Generation and Detection (i) DPSK (ii) QPSK

Major Equipments required for Laboratories:

1. CROs: 20MHz
2. Function Generators: 2MHz
3. Spectrum Analyzer
4. Regulated Power Supplies: 0-30V
5. MAT Lab/Equivalent Simulation Package with Communication tool box
6. Analog and Digital Modulation and Demodulation Trainer Kits.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC407PC: IC APPLICATIONS LAB

[Link]. II Year II Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Note: Verify the functionality of the IC in the given application

Design and Implementation of:

1. Inverting and Non-Inverting Amplifiers using Op Amps
2. Adder and Subtractor using Op Amp.
3. Comparators using Op Amp.
4. Integrator Circuit using IC 741.
5. Differentiator Circuit using Op Amp.
6. Active filter Applications-LPF, HPF (First Order)
7. IC 741 waveform Generators-Sine, Square wave and Triangular Waves.
8. Mono-Stable Multivibrator using IC 555.
9. Astable multivibrator using IC 555.
10. Schmitt Trigger Circuits using IC 741.
11. IC 565-PLL Applications.
12. Voltage Regulator using IC 723
13. Three terminal voltage regulators-7805, 7809, 7912

Major Equipments required for Laboratories:

1. 5 V Fixed Regulated Power Supply/ 0-5V or more Regulated Power Supply.
2. 20 MHz Oscilloscope with Dual Channel.
3. Bread board and components/ Trainer Kit.
4. Multimeter.
 R18 [Link] ECE

EC408PC: ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Note:
 Experiments marked with * has to be designed, simulated and verified in hardware.
 Minimum of 9 experiments to be done in hardware.

Hardware Testing in Laboratory:

1. Common Emitter Amplifier (*)
2. Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier
3. Cascode amplifier Circuit (*)
4. Darlington Pair Circuit
5. Current Shunt Feedback amplifier Circuit
6. Voltage Series Feedback amplifier Circuit (*)
7. RC Phase shift Oscillator Circuit (*)
8. Hartley and Colpitt’s Oscillators Circuit
9. Class A power amplifier
10. Class B Complementary symmetry amplifier (*)
11. Design a Monostable Multivibrator
12. The output voltage waveform of Miller Sweep Circuit

Major Equipments required for Laboratories:

1. Computer System with latest specifications connected
2. Window XP or equivalent
3. Simulation software-Multisim or any equivalent simulation software
4. Regulated Power Suppliers, 0-30V
5. 20 MHz, Dual Channel Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes.
6. Functions Generators-Sine and Square wave signals
7. Multimeters
8. Electronic Components
 R18 [Link] ECE

*MC409/*MC309: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

(An Activity-based Course)

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 0

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that asks critical
questions about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary goal of this course is to
familiarize students with key issues, questions and debates in Gender Studies, both historical and
contemporary. It draws on multiple disciplines – such as literature, history, economics, psychology,
sociology, philosophy, political science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural
assumptions about sex, gender, and sexuality.

This course integrates analysis of current events through student presentations, aiming to
increase awareness of contemporary and historical experiences of women, and of the multiple ways
that sex and gender interact with race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course
also seeks to build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating gender-
based violence and discrimination. The course also features several exercises and reflective activities
designed to examine the concepts of gender, gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will
further explore the impact of gender-based violence on education, health and development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in
contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological, psychological and
legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from
research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to
counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and
economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as
equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide
protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to
gender violence.

UNIT - I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes
towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men
- Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
 R18 [Link] ECE

UNIT – II: GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT – III: GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share
the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work.
-Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and
Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

UNIT – IV: GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with
Everyday Harassment- Further Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding
Lives. Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….”

UNIT – V: GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and
Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks-
The Brave Heart.

Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of
English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

 Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures,

discussions, collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments.
Apart from the above prescribed book, Teachers can make use of any authentic
materials related to the topics given in the syllabus on “Gender”.

 ESSENTIAL READING: The Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender” written by [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu
published by Telugu Akademi, Telangana Government in 2015.

ASSESSMENT AND GRADING:

 Discussion & Classroom Participation: 20%
 Project/Assignment: 30%
 End Term Exam: 50%
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS301ES Analog and Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3
2 CS302PC Data Structures 3 1 0 4
3 MA303BS Computer Oriented Statistical Methods 3 1 0 4
4 CS304PC Computer Organization and Architecture 3 0 0 3
5 CS305PC Object Oriented Programming using C++ 2 0 0 2
6 CS306ES Analog and Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1
7 CS307PC Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 CS308PC IT Workshop Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 CS309PC C++ Programming Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC309 Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0
Total Credits 15 1 12 21

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS401PC Discrete Mathematics 3 0 0 3
2 SM402MS Business Economics & Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
3 CS403PC Operating Systems 3 0 0 3
4 CS404PC Database Management Systems 3 1 0 4
5 CS405PC Java Programming 3 1 0 4
6 CS406PC Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 CS407PC Database Management Systems Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 CS408PC Java Programming Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC409 Constitution of India 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 2 8 21

*MC – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS301ES: ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

[Link] II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs.
 To know the applications of components.
 To give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits
 To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems.
 To understand the concepts of combinational logic circuits and sequential circuits.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the Course, the students will be able to:
 Know the characteristics of various components.
 Understand the utilization of components.
 Design and analyze small signal amplifier circuits.
 Learn Postulates of Boolean algebra and to minimize combinational functions
 Design and analyze combinational and sequential circuits
 Know about the logic families and realization of logic gates.

UNIT - I
Diodes and Applications: Junction diode characteristics: Open circuited p-n junction, p-n junction as
a rectifier, V-I characteristics, effect of temperature, diode resistance, diffusion capacitance, diode
switching times, breakdown diodes, Tunnel diodes, photo diode, LED.
Diode Applications - clipping circuits, comparators, Half wave rectifier, Full wave rectifier, rectifier with
capacitor filter.

UNIT - II
BJTs: Transistor characteristics: The junction transistor, transistor as an amplifier, CB, CE, CC
configurations, comparison of transistor configurations, the operating point, self-bias or Emitter bias,
bias compensation, thermal runaway and stability, transistor at low frequencies, CE amplifier
response, gain bandwidth product, Emitter follower, RC coupled amplifier, two cascaded CE and multi
stage CE amplifiers.

UNIT - III
FETs and Digital Circuits: FETs: JFET, V-I characteristics, MOSFET, low frequency CS and CD
amplifiers, CS and CD amplifiers.
Digital Circuits: Digital (binary) operations of a system, OR gate, AND gate, NOT, EXCLUSIVE OR
gate, De Morgan Laws, NAND and NOR DTL gates, modified DTL gates, HTL and TTL gates, output
stages, RTL and DCTL, CMOS, Comparison of logic families.

UNIT - IV
Combinational Logic Circuits: Basic Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra, Canonical and
Standard Forms, Digital Logic Gates, The Map Method, Product-of-Sums Simplification, Don’t-Care
Conditions, NAND and NOR Implementation, Exclusive-OR Function, Binary Adder-Subtractor,
Decimal Adder, Binary Multiplier, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers.

UNIT - V
Sequential Logic Circuits: Sequential Circuits, Storage Elements: Latches and flip flops, Analysis of
Clocked Sequential Circuits, State Reduction and Assignment, Shift Registers, Ripple Counters,
Synchronous Counters, Random-Access Memory, Read-Only Memory.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems, 2/e, Jaccob Millman,
Christos Halkias and Chethan D. Parikh, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, India, 2010.
2. Digital Design, 5/e, Morris Mano and Michael D. Cilette, Pearson, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits, Jimmy J Cathey, Schaum’s outline series, 1988.
2. Digital Principles, 3/e, Roger L. Tokheim, Schaum’s outline series, 1994.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS302ES: DATA STRUCTURES

[Link] II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites: A course on “Programming for Problem Solving”.

Course Objectives:
 Exploring basic data structures such as stacks and queues.
 Introduces a variety of data structures such as hash tables, search trees, tries, heaps, graphs.
 Introduces sorting and pattern matching algorithms

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to select the data structures that efficiently model the information in a problem.
 Ability to assess efficiency trade-offs among different data structure implementations or
combinations.
 Implement and know the application of algorithms for sorting and pattern matching.
 Design programs using a variety of data structures, including hash tables, binary and general
tree structures, search trees, tries, heaps, graphs, and AVL-trees.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Data Structures, abstract data types, Linear list – singly linked list implementation,
insertion, deletion and searching operations on linear list, Stacks-Operations, array and linked
representations of stacks, stack applications, Queues-operations, array and linked representations.

UNIT - II
Dictionaries: linear list representation, skip list representation, operations - insertion, deletion and
searching.
Hash Table Representation: hash functions, collision resolution-separate chaining, open
addressing-linear probing, quadratic probing, double hashing, rehashing, extendible hashing.

UNIT - III
Search Trees: Binary Search Trees, Definition, Implementation, Operations- Searching, Insertion and
Deletion, AVL Trees, Definition, Height of an AVL Tree, Operations – Insertion, Deletion and
Searching, Red –Black, Splay Trees.

UNIT - IV
Graphs: Graph Implementation Methods. Graph Traversal Methods.
Sorting: Heap Sort, External Sorting- Model for external sorting, Merge Sort.

UNIT - V
Pattern Matching and Tries: Pattern matching algorithms-Brute force, the Boyer –Moore algorithm,
the Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm, Standard Tries, Compressed Tries, Suffix tries.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Edition, E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and Susan Anderson
Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data Structures using C – A. S. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M.J. Augenstein, PHI/Pearson
Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, 2nd Edition, R. F. Gilberg and B.A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

MA303BS: COMPUTER ORIENTED STATISTICAL METHODS

[Link] II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites: Mathematics courses of first year of study.

Course Objectives: To learn

 The theory of Probability, and probability distributions of single and multiple random variables
 The sampling theory and testing of hypothesis and making inferences
 Stochastic process and Markov chains.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 Apply the concepts of probability and distributions to some case studies
 Correlate the material of one unit to the material in other units
 Resolve the potential misconceptions and hazards in each topic of study.

UNIT - I
Probability: Sample Space, Events, Counting Sample Points, Probability of an Event, Additive Rules,
Conditional Probability, Independence, and the Product Rule, Bayes’ Rule.
Random Variables and Probability Distributions: Concept of a Random Variable, Discrete
Probability Distributions, Continuous Probability Distributions, Statistical Independence.

UNIT - II
Mathematical Expectation: Mean of a Random Variable, Variance and Covariance of Random
Variables, Means and Variances of Linear Combinations of Random Variables, Chebyshev’s
Theorem.
Discrete Probability Distributions: Introduction and Motivation, Binomial, Distribution, Geometric
Distributions and Poisson distribution.

UNIT - III
Continuous Probability Distributions : Continuous Uniform Distribution, Normal Distribution, Areas
under the Normal Curve, Applications of the Normal Distribution, Normal Approximation to the
Binomial, Gamma and Exponential Distributions.
Fundamental Sampling Distributions: Random Sampling, Some Important Statistics, Sampling
Distributions, Sampling Distribution of Means and the Central Limit Theorem, Sampling Distribution of
S2, t –Distribution, F-Distribution.

UNIT - IV
Estimation & Tests of Hypotheses: Introduction, Statistical Inference, Classical Methods of
Estimation.: Estimating the Mean, Standard Error of a Point Estimate, Prediction Intervals, Tolerance
Limits, Estimating the Variance, Estimating a Proportion for single mean , Difference between Two
Means, between Two Proportions for Two Samples and Maximum Likelihood Estimation.
Statistical Hypotheses: General Concepts, Testing a Statistical Hypothesis, Tests Concerning a
Single Mean, Tests on Two Means, Test on a Single Proportion, Two Samples: Tests on Two
Proportions.

UNIT - V
Stochastic Processes and Markov Chains: Introduction to Stochastic processes- Markov process.
Transition Probability, Transition Probability Matrix, First order and Higher order Markov process, n-
step transition probabilities, Markov chain, Steady state condition, Markov analysis.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers, Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics
for Engineers & Scientists, 9th Ed. Pearson Publishers.
2. S C Gupta and V K Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical statistics, Khanna publications.
3. S. D. Sharma, Operations Research, Kedarnath and Ramnath Publishers, Meerut, Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. T.T. Soong, Fundamentals of Probability And Statistics For Engineers, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd, 2004.
2. Sheldon M Ross, Probability and statistics for Engineers and scientists, Academic Press.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS304PC: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE

[Link] II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Co-requisite: A Course on “Digital Logic Design and Microprocessors”.

Course Objectives:
 The purpose of the course is to introduce principles of computer organization and the basic
architectural concepts.
 It begins with basic organization, design, and programming of a simple digital computer and
introduces simple register transfer language to specify various computer operations.
 Topics include computer arithmetic, instruction set design, microprogrammed control unit,
pipelining and vector processing, memory organization and I/O systems, and multiprocessors

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basics of instructions sets and their impact on processor design.
 Demonstrate an understanding of the design of the functional units of a digital computer
system.
 Evaluate cost performance and design trade-offs in designing and constructing a computer
processor including memory.
 Design a pipeline for consistent execution of instructions with minimum hazards.
 Recognize and manipulate representations of numbers stored in digital computers

UNIT - I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of Computer
Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Register Transfer Language and Micro operations: Register Transfer language, Register Transfer,
Bus and memory transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, logic micro operations, shift micro operations,
Arithmetic logic shift unit.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers Computer
instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input – Output and
Interrupt.

UNIT - II
Microprogrammed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program example, design
of control unit.
Central Processing Unit: General Register Organization, Instruction Formats, Addressing modes,
Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control.

UNIT - III
Data Representation: Data types, Complements, Fixed Point Representation, Floating Point
Representation.
Computer Arithmetic: Addition and subtraction, multiplication Algorithms, Division Algorithms,
Floating – point Arithmetic operations. Decimal Arithmetic unit, Decimal Arithmetic operations.

UNIT - IV
Input-Output Organization: Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, Modes of Transfer,
Priority Interrupt Direct memory Access.
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate Memory,
Cache Memory.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

UNIT - V
Reduced Instruction Set Computer: CISC Characteristics, RISC Characteristics.
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline, Instruction
Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processor.
Multi Processors: Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Interprocessor
arbitration, Interprocessor communication and synchronization, Cache Coherence.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Computer System Architecture – M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson/PHI.

REFERENCES:
1. Computer Organization – Car Hamacher, Zvonks Vranesic, Safea Zaky, Vth Edition, McGraw
Hill.
2. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Sixth Edition, Pearson/PHI.
3. Structured Computer Organization – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, PHI/Pearson.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS305PC: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++

[Link] II Year I Sem. L T P C

2 0 0 2
Prerequisites: A course on “Programming for Problem Solving using C”.

Course Objectives:
 Introduces Object Oriented Programming concepts using the C++ language.
 Introduces the principles of data abstraction, inheritance and polymorphism;
 Introduces the principles of virtual functions and polymorphism
 Introduces handling formatted I/O and unformatted I/O
 Introduces exception handling

Course Outcomes:
 Able to develop programs with reusability
 Develop programs for file handling
 Handle exceptions in programming
 Develop applications for a range of problems using object-oriented programming techniques

UNIT - I
Object-Oriented Thinking: Different paradigms for problem solving, need for OOP paradigm,
differences between OOP and Procedure oriented programming, Overview of OOP concepts-
Abstraction, Encapsulation, Inheritance and Polymorphism.
C++ Basics: Structure of a C++ program, Data types, Declaration of variables, Expressions,
Operators, Operator Precedence, Evaluation of expressions, Type conversions, Pointers, Arrays,
Pointers and Arrays, Strings, Structures, References. Flow control statement- if, switch, while, for, do,
break, continue, goto statements. Functions - Scope of variables, Parameter passing, Default
arguments, inline functions, Recursive functions, Pointers to functions. Dynamic memory allocation
and de-allocation operators-new and delete, Preprocessor directives.

UNIT - II
C++ Classes and Data Abstraction: Class definition, Class structure, Class objects, Class scope,
this pointer, Friends to a class, Static class members, Constant member functions, Constructors and
Destructors, Dynamic creation and destruction of objects, Data abstraction, ADT and information
hiding.

UNIT - III
Inheritance: Defining a class hierarchy, Different forms of inheritance, Defining the Base and Derived
classes, Access to the base class members, Base and Derived class construction, Destructors, Virtual
base class.
Virtual Functions and Polymorphism: Static and Dynamic binding, virtual functions, Dynamic
binding through virtual functions, Virtual function call mechanism, Pure virtual functions, Abstract
classes, Implications of polymorphic use of classes, Virtual destructors.

UNIT - IV
C++ I/O: I/O using C functions, Stream classes hierarchy, Stream I/O, File streams and String
streams, Overloading operators, Error handling during file operations, Formatted I/O.

UNIT - V
Exception Handling: Benefits of exception handling, Throwing an exception, The try block, Catching
an exception, Exception objects, Exception specifications, Stack unwinding, Rethrowing an exception,
Catching all exceptions.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Complete Reference C++, 4th Edition, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Problem solving with C++: The Object of Programming, 4th Edition, Walter Savitch, Pearson
Education.

REFERENCES:
1. The C++ Programming Language, 3rd Edition, B. Stroutstrup, Pearson Education.
2. OOP in C++, 3rd Edition, T. Gaddis, J. Walters and G. Muganda, Wiley Dream Tech Press.
3. Object Oriented Programming in C++, 3rd Edition, R. Lafore, Galigotia Publications Pvt Ltd.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS306ES: ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Course Objectives
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs.
 To know the applications of components.
 To give understanding of various types of amplifier circuits
 To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental concepts used in
the design of digital systems.
 To understand the concepts of combinational logic circuits and sequential circuits.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the Course, the students will be able to:
 Know the characteristics of various components.
 Understand the utilization of components.
 Design and analyze small signal amplifier circuits.
 Postulates of Boolean algebra and to minimize combinational functions
 Design and analyze combinational and sequential circuits
 Known about the logic families and realization of logic gates.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Full Wave Rectifier with & without filters
2. Common Emitter Amplifier Characteristics
3. Common Base Amplifier Characteristics
4. Common Source amplifier Characteristics
5. Measurement of h-parameters of transistor in CB, CE, CC configurations
6. Input and Output characteristics of FET in CS configuration
7. Realization of Boolean Expressions using Gates
8. Design and realization logic gates using universal gates
9. generation of clock using NAND / NOR gates
10. Design a 4 – bit Adder / Subtractor
11. Design and realization a Synchronous and Asynchronous counter using flip-flops
12. Realization of logic gates using DTL, TTL, ECL, etc.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS307PC: DATA STRUCTURES LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5
Prerequisites: A Course on “Programming for problem solving”.

Course Objectives:
 It covers various concepts of C programming language
 It introduces searching and sorting algorithms
 It provides an understanding of data structures such as stacks and queues.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to develop C programs for computing and real-life applications using basic elements
like control statements, arrays, functions, pointers and strings, and data structures like stacks,
queues and linked lists.
 Ability to Implement searching and sorting algorithms

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Write a program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked
list.:
i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal
2. Write a program that uses functions to perform the following operations on doubly linked
list.:
i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal
3. Write a program that uses functions to perform the following operations on circular linked
list.:
i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal
4. Write a program that implement stack (its operations) using
i) Arrays ii) Pointers
5. Write a program that implement Queue (its operations) using
i) Arrays ii) Pointers
6. Write a program that implements the following sorting methods to sort a given list of
integers in ascending order
i) Bubble sort ii) Selection sort iii) Insertion sort
7. Write a program that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform the
following searching operations for a Key value in a given list of integers:
i) Linear search ii) Binary search
8. Write a program to implement the tree traversal methods.

9. Write a program to implement the graph traversal methods.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd Edition, E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and Susan Anderson
Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data Structures using C – A. S. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, and M. J. Augenstein,
PHI/Pearson Education.

REFERENCE:
1. Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, 2nd Edition, R. F. Gilberg and B. A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS308PC: IT WORKSHOP LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5
Course Objectives:
The IT Workshop for engineers is a training lab course spread over 60 hours. The modules include
training on PC Hardware, Internet & World Wide Web and Productivity tools including Word, Excel,
Power Point and Publisher.

PC Hardware introduces the students to a personal computer and its basic peripherals, the process
of assembling a personal computer, installation of system software like MS Windows, Linux and the
required device drivers. In addition hardware and software level troubleshooting process, tips and
tricks would be covered. The students should work on working PC to disassemble and assemble
to working condition and install Windows and Linux on the same PC. Students are suggested
to work similar tasks in the Laptop scenario wherever possible. Internet & World Wide Web
module introduces the different ways of hooking the PC on to the internet from home and workplace
and effectively usage of the internet. Usage of web browsers, email, newsgroups and discussion
forums would be covered. In addition, awareness of cyber hygiene, i.e., protecting the personal
computer from getting infected with the viruses, worms and other cyber attacks would be introduced.
Productivity tools module would enable the students in crafting professional word documents, excel
spread sheets, power point presentations and personal web sites using the Microsoft suite of office
tools and LaTeX.

PC Hardware
Task 1: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components in a CPU and its functions. Draw the
block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of each peripheral and submit to your
instructor.

Task 2: Every student should disassemble and assemble the PC back to working condition. Lab
instructors should verify the work and follow it up with a Viva. Also students need to go through the
video which shows the process of assembling a PC. A video would be given as part of the course
content.

Task 3: Every student should individually install MS windows on the personal computer. Lab
instructor should verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva.

Task 4: Every student should install Linux on the computer. This computer should have windows
installed. The system should be configured as dual boot with both windows and Linux. Lab instructors
should verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva

Task 5: Hardware Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a PC which does not boot due to
improper assembly or defective peripherals. They should identify the problem and fix it to get the
computer back to working condition. The work done should be verified by the instructor and followed
up with a Viva.

Task 6: Software Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a malfunctioning CPU due to system
software problems. They should identify the problem and fix it to get the computer back to working
condition. The work done should be verified by the instructor and followed up with a Viva.

Internet & World Wide Web

Task1: Orientation & Connectivity Boot Camp: Students should get connected to their Local Area
Network and access the Internet. In the process they configure the TCP/IP setting. Finally students
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

should demonstrate, to the instructor, how to access the websites and email. If there is no internet
connectivity preparations need to be made by the instructors to simulate the WWW on the LAN.

Task 2: Web Browsers, Surfing the Web: Students customize their web browsers with the LAN
proxy settings, bookmarks, search toolbars and pop up blockers. Also, plug-ins like Macromedia Flash
and JRE for applets should be configured.

Task 3: Search Engines & Netiquette: Students should know what search engines are and how to
use the search engines. A few topics would be given to the students for which they need to search on
Google. This should be demonstrated to the instructors by the student.

Task 4: Cyber Hygiene: Students would be exposed to the various threats on the internet and would
be asked to configure their computer to be safe on the internet. They need to first install an antivirus
software, configure their personal firewall and windows update on their computer. Then they need to
customize their browsers to block pop ups, block active x downloads to avoid viruses and/or worms.

LaTeX and WORD

Task 1 – Word Orientation: The mentor needs to give an overview of LaTeX and Microsoft (MS)
office 2007/ equivalent (FOSS) tool word: Importance of LaTeX and MS office 2007/ equivalent
(FOSS) tool Word as word Processors, Details of the four tasks and features that would be covered in
each, Using LaTeX and word – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving files, Using help and
resources, rulers, format painter in word.

Task 2: Using LaTeX and Word to create project certificate. Features to be covered:- Formatting
Fonts in word, Drop Cap in word, Applying Text effects, Using Character Spacing, Borders and
Colors, Inserting Header and Footer, Using Date and Time option in both LaTeX and Word.

Task 3: Creating project abstract Features to be covered:-Formatting Styles, Inserting table, Bullets
and Numbering, Changing Text Direction, Cell alignment, Footnote, Hyperlink, Symbols, Spell Check,
Track Changes.

Task 4 : Creating a Newsletter : Features to be covered:- Table of Content, Newspaper columns,

Images from files and clipart, Drawing toolbar and Word Art, Formatting Images, Textboxes,
Paragraphs and Mail Merge in word.

Excel
Excel Orientation: The mentor needs to tell the importance of MS office 2007/ equivalent (FOSS)
tool Excel as a Spreadsheet tool, give the details of the four tasks and features that would be covered
in each. Using Excel – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving excel files, Using help and resources.

Task 1: Creating a Scheduler - Features to be covered: Gridlines, Format Cells, Summation, auto
fill, Formatting Text

Task 2 : Calculating GPA - .Features to be covered:- Cell Referencing, Formulae in excel – average,
[Link], Charts, Renaming and Inserting worksheets, Hyper linking, Count function,
LOOKUP/VLOOKUP

Task 3: Performance Analysis - Features to be covered:- Split cells, freeze panes, group and
outline, Sorting, Boolean and logical operators, Conditional formatting
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

LaTeX and MS/equivalent (FOSS) tool Power Point

Task 1: Students will be working on basic power point utilities and tools which help them create basic
power point presentation. Topic covered during this week includes: - PPT Orientation, Slide Layouts,
Inserting Text, Word Art, Formatting Text, Bullets and Numbering, Auto Shapes, Lines and Arrows in
both LaTeX and PowerPoint. Students will be given model power point presentation which needs to
be replicated (exactly how it’s asked).

Task 2: Second week helps students in making their presentations interactive. Topic covered during
this week includes: Hyperlinks, Inserting –Images, Clip Art, Audio, Video, Objects, Tables and Charts.

Task 3: Concentrating on the in and out of Microsoft power point and presentations in LaTeX. Helps
them learn best practices in designing and preparing power point presentation. Topic covered during
this week includes: - Master Layouts (slide, template, and notes), Types of views (basic, presentation,
slide slotter, notes etc), and Inserting – Background, textures, Design Templates, Hidden slides.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dreamtech
2. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3rd edition Cheryl A Schmidt, WILEY
Dreamtech
3. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson Education.
4. PC Hardware - A Handbook – Kate J. Chase PHI (Microsoft)
5. LaTeX Companion – Leslie Lamport, PHI/Pearson.
6. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Companion Guide Third Edition by David Anfinson
and Ken Quamme. – CISCO Press, Pearson Education.
7. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Labs and Study Guide Third Edition by Patrick
Regan – CISCO Press, Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS309PC: C++ PROGRAMMING LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Prerequisites: A course on “Programming for Problem Solving”.

Course Objectives
 Introduces object-oriented programming concepts using the C++ language.
 Introduces the principles of data abstraction, inheritance and polymorphism;
 Introduces the principles of virtual functions and polymorphism
 Introduces handling formatted I/O and unformatted I/O
 Introduces exception handling

Course Outcomes
 Ability to develop applications for a range of problems using object-oriented programming
techniques

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Write a C++ Program to display Names, Roll No., and grades of 3 students who have
appeared in the examination. Declare the class of name, Roll No. and grade. Create an array
of class objects. Read and display the contents of the array.

2. Write a C++ program to declare Struct. Initialize and display contents of member variables.

3. Write a C++ program to declare a class. Declare pointer to class. Initialize and display the
contents of the class member.

4. Given that an EMPLOYEE class contains following members: data members: Employee
number, Employee name, Basic, DA, IT, Net Salary and print data members.
5. Write a C++ program to read the data of N employee and compute Net salary of each
employee (DA=52% of Basic and Income Tax (IT) =30% of the gross salary).

6. Write a C++ to illustrate the concepts of console I/O operations.

7. Write a C++ program to use scope resolution operator. Display the various values of the
same variables declared at different scope levels.

8. Write a C++ program to allocate memory using new operator.

9. Write a C++ program to create multilevel inheritance. (Hint: Classes A1, A2, A3)

10. Write a C++ program to create an array of pointers. Invoke functions using array objects.

11. Write a C++ program to use pointer for both base and derived classes and call the member
function. Use Virtual keyword.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

*MC309/*MC409: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

(An Activity-based Course)

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 0

COURSE DESCRIPTION
This course offers an introduction to Gender Studies, an interdisciplinary field that asks critical
questions about the meanings of sex and gender in society. The primary goal of this course is to
familiarize students with key issues, questions and debates in Gender Studies, both historical and
contemporary. It draws on multiple disciplines – such as literature, history, economics, psychology,
sociology, philosophy, political science, anthropology and media studies – to examine cultural
assumptions about sex, gender, and sexuality.

This course integrates analysis of current events through student presentations, aiming to
increase awareness of contemporary and historical experiences of women, and of the multiple ways
that sex and gender interact with race, class, caste, nationality and other social identities. This course
also seeks to build an understanding and initiate and strengthen programmes combating gender-
based violence and discrimination. The course also features several exercises and reflective activities
designed to examine the concepts of gender, gender-based violence, sexuality, and rights. It will
further explore the impact of gender-based violence on education, health and development.

Objectives of the Course:

 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Learning Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to gender in
contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological, psychological and
legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of materials derived from
research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society and how to
counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and
economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live together as
equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that provide
protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to understand and respond to
gender violence.

UNIT - I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes
towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men
- Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

UNIT – II: GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT – III: GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share
the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work.
-Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and
Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

UNIT – IV: GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with
Everyday Harassment- Further Reading: “Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding
Lives. Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….”

UNIT – V: GENDER AND CULTURE

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and
Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks-
The Brave Heart.

Note: Since it is Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields of
English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

 Classes will consist of a combination of activities: dialogue-based lectures,

discussions, collaborative learning activities, group work and in-class assignments.
Apart from the above prescribed book, Teachers can make use of any authentic
materials related to the topics given in the syllabus on “Gender”.

 ESSENTIAL READING: The Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender” written by [Link], Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu
published by Telugu Akademi, Telangana Government in 2015.

ASSESSMENT AND GRADING:

 Discussion & Classroom Participation: 20%
 Project/Assignment: 30%
 End Term Exam: 50%
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS401PC: DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: An understanding of Mathematics in general is sufficient.

Course Objectives
 Introduces the elementary discrete mathematics for computer science and engineering.
 Topics include formal logic notation, methods of proof, induction, sets, relations, graph theory,
permutations and combinations, counting principles; recurrence relations and generating
functions.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand and construct precise mathematical proofs
 Ability to use logic and set theory to formulate precise statements
 Ability to analyze and solve counting problems on finite and discrete structures
 Ability to describe and manipulate sequences
 Ability to apply graph theory in solving computing problems

UNIT - I
The Foundations: Logic and Proofs: Propositional Logic, Applications of Propositional Logic,
Propositional Equivalence, Predicates and Quantifiers, Nested Quantifiers, Rules of Inference,
Introduction to Proofs, Proof Methods and Strategy.

UNIT - II
Basic Structures, Sets, Functions, Sequences, Sums, Matrices and Relations Sets, Functions,
Sequences & Summations, Cardinality of Sets and Matrices Relations, Relations and Their
Properties, n-ary Relations and Their Applications, Representing Relations, Closures of Relations,
Equivalence Relations, Partial Orderings.

UNIT - III
Algorithms, Induction and Recursion: Algorithms, The Growth of Functions, Complexity of
Algorithms
Induction and Recursion: Mathematical Induction, Strong Induction and Well-Ordering, Recursive
Definitions and Structural Induction, Recursive Algorithms, Program Correctness

UNIT - IV
Discrete Probability and Advanced Counting Techniques: An Introduction to Discrete Probability,
Probability Theory, Bayes’ Theorem, Expected Value and Variance
Advanced Counting Techniques: Recurrence Relations, Solving Linear Recurrence Relations,
Divide-and-Conquer Algorithms and Recurrence Relations, Generating Functions, Inclusion-
Exclusion, Applications of Inclusion-Exclusion

UNIT - V
Graphs: Graphs and Graph Models, Graph Terminology and Special Types of Graphs, Representing
Graphs and Graph Isomorphism, Connectivity, Euler and Hamilton Paths, Shortest-Path Problems,
Planar Graphs, Graph Coloring.
Trees: Introduction to Trees, Applications of Trees, Tree Traversal, Spanning Trees, Minimum
Spanning Trees
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics and Graph Theory- Kenneth H
Rosen, 7th Edition, TMH.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science-J.P. Tremblay and
R. Manohar, TMH,
2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians: Joe L. Mott, Abraham
Kandel, Teodore P. Baker, 2nd ed, Pearson Education.
3. Discrete Mathematics- Richard Johnsonbaugh, 7Th Edn., Pearson Education.
4. Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory- Edgar G. Goodaire, Michael M. Parmenter.
5. Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics - an applied introduction: Ralph.P. Grimald, 5th
edition, Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

SM402MS/SM305MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: None

Course Objective: To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business and Firms
specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the impact of
economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost, Market Structure,
Pricing aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial position by analysing the
Financial Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Business and Economics:
Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited Liability
Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts and
Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply in Inflation, Business Cycle, Features and
Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of Business Economist,
Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT - II
Demand and Supply Analysis:
Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and Significance
of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of Demand in decision
making, Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand Forecasting, Steps in Demand
Forecasting, Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function & Law of Supply.

UNIT - III
Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing:
Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with one
variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,
Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, Cost Volume Profit
Analysis.

UNIT - IV
Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation, Double-Entry
system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to Ledger,
Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT - V
Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover Ratios,
Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios (simple problems).
Introduction to Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis (simple problems).
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.D. Chaturvedi, S.L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S.N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial Accounting, 5e,
Vikas Publications, 2013.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS403PC: OPERATING SYSTEMS

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
 A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”.
 A course on “Computer Organization and Architecture”.

Course Objectives:
 Provide an introduction to operating system concepts (i.e., processes, threads, scheduling,
synchronization, deadlocks, memory management, file and I/O subsystems and protection)
 Introduce the issues to be considered in the design and development of operating system
 Introduce basic Unix commands, system call interface for process management, interprocess
communication and I/O in Unix

Course Outcomes:
 Will be able to control access to a computer and the files that may be shared
 Demonstrate the knowledge of the components of computer and their respective roles in
computing.
 Ability to recognize and resolve user problems with standard operating environments.
 Gain practical knowledge of how programming languages, operating systems, and
architectures interact and how to use each effectively.

UNIT - I
Operating System - Introduction, Structures - Simple Batch, Multiprogrammed, Time-shared,
Personal Computer, Parallel, Distributed Systems, Real-Time Systems, System components,
Operating System services, System Calls

UNIT - II
Process and CPU Scheduling - Process concepts and scheduling, Operations on processes,
Cooperating Processes, Threads, and Interposes Communication, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling
Algorithms, Multiple -Processor Scheduling.
System call interface for process management-fork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec

UNIT - III
Deadlocks - System Model, Deadlocks Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock
Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, and Recovery from Deadlock
Process Management and Synchronization - The Critical Section Problem, Synchronization
Hardware, Semaphores, and Classical Problems of Synchronization, Critical Regions, Monitors
Interprocess Communication Mechanisms: IPC between processes on a single computer system,
IPC between processes on different systems, using pipes, FIFOs, message queues, shared memory.

UNIT - IV
Memory Management and Virtual Memory - Logical versus Physical Address Space, Swapping,
Contiguous Allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Segmentation with Paging, Demand Paging, Page
Replacement, Page Replacement Algorithms.

UNIT - V
File System Interface and Operations -Access methods, Directory Structure, Protection, File
System Structure, Allocation methods, Free-space Management. Usage of open, create, read, write,
close, lseek, stat, ioctl system calls.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Principles- Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne 7th Edition,
John Wiley
2. Advanced programming in the UNIX environment, W.R. Stevens, Pearson education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles Stallings, Fifth Edition–2005, Pearson
Education/PHI
2. Operating System A Design Approach- Crowley, TMH.
3. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbaum 2nd edition, Pearson/PHI
4. UNIX programming environment, Kernighan and Pike, PHI/ Pearson Education
5. UNIX Internals -The New Frontiers, U. Vahalia, Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS404PC: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites: A course on “Data Structures”.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems.
 To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
 Topics include data models, database design, relational model, relational algebra, transaction
control, concurrency control, storage structures and access techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Gain knowledge of fundamentals of DBMS, database design and normal forms
 Master the basics of SQL for retrieval and management of data.
 Be acquainted with the basics of transaction processing and concurrency control.
 Familiarity with database storage structures and access techniques

UNIT - I
Database System Applications: A Historical Perspective, File Systems versus a DBMS, the Data
Model, Levels of Abstraction in a DBMS, Data Independence, Structure of a DBMS
Introduction to Database Design: Database Design and ER Diagrams, Entities, Attributes, and
Entity Sets, Relationships and Relationship Sets, Additional Features of the ER Model, Conceptual
Design With the ER Model

UNIT - II
Introduction to the Relational Model: Integrity constraint over relations, enforcing integrity
constraints, querying relational data, logical data base design, introduction to views,
destroying/altering tables and views.
Relational Algebra, Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus.

UNIT - III
SQL: QUERIES, CONSTRAINTS, TRIGGERS: form of basic SQL query, UNION, INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, aggregation operators, NULL values, complex integrity constraints in SQL,
triggers and active data bases.
Schema Refinement: Problems caused by redundancy, decompositions, problems related to
decomposition, reasoning about functional dependencies, FIRST, SECOND, THIRD normal forms,
BCNF, lossless join decomposition, multi-valued dependencies, FOURTH normal form, FIFTH normal
form.

UNIT - IV
Transaction Concept, Transaction State, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability, Concurrent
Executions, Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Testing for serializability, Lock
Based Protocols, Timestamp Based Protocols, Validation- Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity,
Recovery and Atomicity, Log–Based Recovery, Recovery with Concurrent Transactions.

UNIT - V
Data on External Storage, File Organization and Indexing, Cluster Indexes, Primary and Secondary
Indexes, Index data Structures, Hash Based Indexing, Tree base Indexing, Comparison of File
Organizations, Indexes and Performance Tuning, Intuitions for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential
Access Methods (ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Tata Mc Graw Hill
3rd Edition
2. Database System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, Mc Graw hill, V edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Database Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel
7th Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Elmasri Navrate, Pearson Education
3. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education
4. Oracle for Professionals, The X Team, [Link] and V. Shah, SPD.
5. Database Systems Using Oracle: A Simplified guide to SQL and PL/SQL,Shah, PHI.
6. Fundamentals of Database Management Systems, M. L. Gillenson, Wiley Student Edition.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS405PC: JAVA PROGRAMMING

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the object oriented programming concepts.
 To understand object oriented programming concepts, and apply them in solving
problems.
 To introduce the principles of inheritance and polymorphism; and demonstrate how they
relate to the design of abstract classes
 To introduce the implementation of packages and interfaces
 To introduce the concepts of exception handling and multithreading.
 To introduce the design of Graphical User Interface using applets and swing controls.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to solve real world problems using OOP techniques.
 Able to understand the use of abstract classes.
 Able to solve problems using java collection framework and I/o classes.
 Able to develop multithreaded applications with synchronization.
 Able to develop applets for web applications.
 Able to design GUI based applications

UNIT - I
Object-Oriented Thinking- A way of viewing world – Agents and Communities, messages and
methods, Responsibilities, Classes and Instances, Class Hierarchies- Inheritance, Method binding,
Overriding and Exceptions, Summary of Object-Oriented concepts. Java buzzwords, An Overview of
Java, Data types, Variables and Arrays, operators, expressions, control statements, Introducing
classes, Methods and Classes, String handling.
Inheritance– Inheritance concept, Inheritance basics, Member access, Constructors, Creating
Multilevel hierarchy, super uses, using final with inheritance, Polymorphism-ad hoc polymorphism,
pure polymorphism, method overriding, abstract classes, Object class, forms of inheritance-
specialization, specification, construction, extension, limitation, combination, benefits of inheritance,
costs of inheritance.

UNIT - II
Packages- Defining a Package, CLASSPATH, Access protection, importing packages.
Interfaces- defining an interface, implementing interfaces, Nested interfaces, applying interfaces,
variables in interfaces and extending interfaces.
Stream based I/O ([Link]) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams, Reading
console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and writing Files, Random access file
operations, The Console class, Serialization, Enumerations, auto boxing, generics.

UNIT - III
Exception handling - Fundamentals of exception handling, Exception types, Termination or
resumptive models, Uncaught exceptions, using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, nested try
statements, throw, throws and finally, built- in exceptions, creating own exception sub classes.
Multithreading- Differences between thread-based multitasking and process-based multitasking,
Java thread model, creating threads, thread priorities, synchronizing threads, inter thread
communication.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

UNIT - IV
The Collections Framework ([Link])- Collections overview, Collection Interfaces, The Collection
classes- Array List, Linked List, Hash Set, Tree Set, Priority Queue, Array Deque. Accessing a
Collection via an Iterator, Using an Iterator, The For-Each alternative, Map Interfaces and Classes,
Comparators, Collection algorithms, Arrays, The Legacy Classes and Interfaces- Dictionary,
Hashtable ,Properties, Stack, Vector
More Utility classes, String Tokenizer, Bit Set, Date, Calendar, Random, Formatter, Scanner

UNIT - V
GUI Programming with Swing – Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC architecture, components,
containers. Understanding Layout Managers, Flow Layout, Border Layout, Grid Layout, Card Layout,
Grid Bag Layout.
Event Handling- The Delegation event model- Events, Event sources, Event Listeners, Event
classes, Handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, Inner classes, Anonymous Inner
classes.
A Simple Swing Application, Applets – Applets and HTML, Security Issues, Applets and
Applications, passing parameters to applets. Creating a Swing Applet, Painting in Swing, A Paint
example, Exploring Swing Controls- JLabel and Image Icon, JText Field, The Swing Buttons-
JButton, JToggle Button, JCheck Box, JRadio Button, JTabbed Pane, JScroll Pane, JList, JCombo
Box, Swing Menus, Dialogs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Java The complete reference, 9th edition, Herbert Schildt, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt.
Ltd.
2. Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java, updated edition, T. Budd, Pearson
Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to programming and OO design using Java, J. Nino and F.A. Hosch,
John Wiley & sons
2. Introduction to Java programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education.
3. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P. Radha Krishna, University Press.
4. Programming in Java, S. Malhotra, S. Chudhary, 2nd edition, Oxford Univ. Press.
5. Java Programming and Object-oriented Application Development, R. A. Johnson, Cengage
Learning.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS406PC: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB

(Using UNIX/LINUX)

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Prerequisites:
 A course on “Programming for Problem Solving”.
 A course on “Computer Organization and Architecture”.

Co-requisite:
 A course on “Operating Systems”.

Course Objectives:
 To provide an understanding of the design aspects of operating system concepts through
simulation
 Introduce basic Unix commands, system call interface for process management, interprocess
communication and I/O in Unix

Course Outcomes:
 Simulate and implement operating system concepts such as scheduling, deadlock
management, file management and memory management.
 Able to implement C programs using Unix system calls

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Write C programs to simulate the following CPU Scheduling algorithms
a) FCFS b) SJF c) Round Robin d) priority
2. Write programs using the I/O system calls of UNIX/LINUX operating system
(open, read, write, close, fcntl, seek, stat, opendir, readdir)
3. Write a C program to simulate Bankers Algorithm for Deadlock Avoidance and Prevention.
4. Write a C program to implement the Producer – Consumer problem using semaphores using
UNIX/LINUX system calls.
5. Write C programs to illustrate the following IPC mechanisms
a) Pipes b) FIFOs c) Message Queues d) Shared Memory
6. Write C programs to simulate the following memory management techniques
a) Paging b) Segmentation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Principles- Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne 7th
Edition, John Wiley
2. Advanced programming in the Unix environment, [Link], Pearson education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles, William Stallings, Fifth Edition–2005,
Pearson Education/PHI
2. Operating System - A Design Approach-Crowley, TMH.
3. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 2nd edition, Pearson/PHI
4. UNIX Programming Environment, Kernighan and Pike, PHI/Pearson Education
5. UNIX Internals: The New Frontiers, U. Vahalia, Pearson Education
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS407PC: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Co-requisites:
 Co-requisite of course “Database Management Systems”

Course Objectives:
 Introduce ER data model, database design and normalization
 Learn SQL basics for data definition and data manipulation

Course Outcomes:
 Design database schema for a given application and apply normalization
 Acquire skills in using SQL commands for data definition and data manipulation.
 Develop solutions for database applications using procedures, cursors and triggers

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Concept design with E-R Model
2. Relational Model
3. Normalization
4. Practicing DDL commands
5. Practicing DML commands
6. Querying (using ANY, ALL, IN, Exists, NOT EXISTS, UNION, INTERSECT, Constraints etc.)
7. Queries using Aggregate functions, GROUP BY, HAVING and Creation and dropping of
Views.
8. Triggers (Creation of insert trigger, delete trigger, update trigger)
9. Procedures
10. Usage of Cursors

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, 3rd Edition
2. Database System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, McGraw Hill, V edition.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Database Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel
7th Edition.
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Elmasri Navrate, Pearson Education
3. Introduction to Database Systems, C.J. Date, Pearson Education
4. Oracle for Professionals, The X Team, S. Shah and V. Shah, SPD.
5. Database Systems Using Oracle: A Simplified guide to SQL and PL/SQL, Shah, PHI.
6. Fundamentals of Database Management Systems, M. L. Gillenson, Wiley Student Edition.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

CS408PC: JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
 To write programs using abstract classes.
 To write programs for solving real world problems using java collection frame work.
 To write multithreaded programs.
 To write GUI programs using swing controls in Java.
 To introduce java compiler and eclipse platform.
 To impart hands on experience with java programming.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to write programs for solving real world problems using java collection frame work.
 Able to write programs using abstract classes.
 Able to write multithreaded programs.
 Able to write GUI programs using swing controls in Java.

Note:
1. Use LINUX and MySQL for the Lab Experiments. Though not mandatory, encourage the use
of Eclipse platform.
2. The list suggests the minimum program set. Hence, the concerned staff is requested to add
more problems to the list as needed.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Use Eclipse or Net bean platform and acquaint with the various menus. Create a test project, add
a test class, and run it. See how you can use auto suggestions, auto fill. Try code formatter and
code refactoring like renaming variables, methods, and classes. Try debug step by step with a
small program of about 10 to 15 lines which contains at least one if else condition and a for loop.

2. Write a Java program that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to arrange buttons for
the digits and for the +, -,*, % operations. Add a text field to display the result. Handle any
possible exceptions like divided by zero.

3. a) Develop an applet in Java that displays a simple message.

b) Develop an applet in Java that receives an integer in one text field, and computes its factorial
Value and returns it in another text field, when the button named “Compute” is clicked.

4. Write a Java program that creates a user interface to perform integer divisions. The user enters
two numbers in the text fields, Num1 and Num2. The division of Num1 and Num 2 is displayed in
the Result field when the Divide button is clicked. If Num1 or Num2 were not an integer, the
program would throw a Number Format Exception. If Num2 were Zero, the program would throw
an Arithmetic Exception. Display the exception in a message dialog box.

5. Write a Java program that implements a multi-thread application that has three threads. First
thread generates random integer every 1 second and if the value is even, second thread
computes the square of the number and prints. If the value is odd, the third thread will print the
value of cube of the number.

6. Write a Java program for the following:

Create a doubly linked list of elements.
Delete a given element from the above list.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

Display the contents of the list after deletion.

7. Write a Java program that simulates a traffic light. The program lets the user select one of three
lights: red, yellow, or green with radio buttons. On selecting a button, an appropriate message
with “Stop” or “Ready” or “Go” should appear above the buttons in selected color. Initially, there is
no message shown.

8. Write a Java program to create an abstract class named Shape that contains two integers and an
empty method named print Area (). Provide three classes named Rectangle, Triangle, and Circle
such that each one of the classes extends the class Shape. Each one of the classes contains only
the method print Area () that prints the area of the given shape.

9. Suppose that a table named [Link] is stored in a text file. The first line in the file is the header,
and the remaining lines correspond to rows in the table. The elements are separated by commas.
Write a java program to display the table using Labels in Grid Layout.

10. Write a Java program that handles all mouse events and shows the event name at the center of
the window when a mouse event is fired (Use Adapter classes).

11. Write a Java program that loads names and phone numbers from a text file where the data is
organized as one line per record and each field in a record are separated by a tab (\t). It takes a
name or phone number as input and prints the corresponding other value from the hash table
(hint: use hash tables).

12. Write a Java program that correctly implements the producer – consumer problem using the
concept of interthread communication.

13. Write a Java program to list all the files in a directory including the files present in all its
subdirectories.

14. Write a Java program that implements Quick sort algorithm for sorting a list of names in
ascending order

15. Write a Java program that implements Bubble sort algorithm for sorting in descending order and
also shows the number of interchanges occurred for the given set of integers.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Java for Programmers, P. J. Deitel and H. M. Deitel, 10th Edition Pearson education.
2. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel, Pearson Education.
3. Java Programming, D. S. Malik and P. S. Nair, Cengage Learning.
4. Core Java, Volume 1, 9th edition, Cay S. Horstmann and G Cornell, Pearson.
 R18 [Link]. COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGG.

*MC409/*MC309: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

[Link] II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 0

The Constitution of India is the supreme law of India. Parliament of India cannot make any
law which violates the Fundamental Rights enumerated under the Part III of the Constitution. The
Parliament of India has been empowered to amend the Constitution under Article 368, however, it
cannot use this power to change the “basic structure” of the constitution, which has been ruled and
explained by the Supreme Court of India in its historical judgments. The Constitution of India reflects
the idea of “Constitutionalism” – a modern and progressive concept historically developed by the
thinkers of “liberalism” – an ideology which has been recognized as one of the most popular political
ideology and result of historical struggles against arbitrary use of sovereign power by state. The
historic revolutions in France, England, America and particularly European Renaissance and
Reformation movement have resulted into progressive legal reforms in the form of “constitutionalism”
in many countries. The Constitution of India was made by borrowing models and principles from many
countries including United Kingdom and America.

The Constitution of India is not only a legal document but it also reflects social, political and
economic perspectives of the Indian Society. It reflects India’s legacy of “diversity”. It has been said
that Indian constitution reflects ideals of its freedom movement; however, few critics have argued that
it does not truly incorporate our own ancient legal heritage and cultural values. No law can be “static”
and therefore the Constitution of India has also been amended more than one hundred times. These
amendments reflect political, social and economic developments since the year 1950. The Indian
judiciary and particularly the Supreme Court of India has played an historic role as the guardian of
people. It has been protecting not only basic ideals of the Constitution but also strengthened the same
through progressive interpretations of the text of the Constitution. The judicial activism of the Supreme
Court of India and its historic contributions has been recognized throughout the world and it gradually
made it “as one of the strongest court in the world”.

Course content
1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism
2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India
3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India
4. Scheme of the fundamental rights
5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status
6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation
7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between the Union and
the States
8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and status of the
President of India
9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure
10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India
11. Emergency Provisions: National Emergency, President Rule, Financial Emergency
12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India
13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality
14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19
15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in CIVIL ENGINEERING
III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)
Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P/D Credits
Code
4 CE501 Structural Analysis-II 3 0 0 3
2 CE502PC Geotechnical Engineering 3 0 0 3
3 CE503PC Structural Engineering –I (RCC) 3 1 0 4
4 CE504PC Transportation Engineering 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 SM505MS Engineering Economics and Accountancy 2 0 0 2
Highway Engineering and Concrete Technology
7 CE506PC 0 0 3 1.5
Lab
8 CE507PC Geotechnical Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 EN508HS Advanced Communication Skills Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC509 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 20 1 8 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

S. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 CE601PC Hydrology & Water Resources Engineering 3 1 0 4
1 CE602PC Environmental Engineering 3 0 0 3
2 CE603PC Foundation Engineering 3 0 0 3
3 CE604PC Structural Engineering –II (Steel) 3 1 0 4
5 Professional Elective –II 3 0 0 3
6 Open Elective –I 3 0 0 3
7 CE605PC Environmental Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1
8 CE606PC Computer Aided Design Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 2 4 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

Note: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective – I
CE511PE Concrete Technology
CE512PE Theory of Elasticity
CE513PE Rock Mechanics

Professional Elective – II
CE611PE Prestressed Concrete
CE612PE Elements of Earth Quake Engineering
CE613PE Advanced Structural Analysis
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE501PC: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – II

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to
 Identify the various actions in arches.
 Understand classical methods of analysis for statically indeterminate structures.
 Differentiate the approximate and numerical methods of analysis for indeterminate
structures.
 Find the degree of static and kinematic indeterminacies of the structures.
 Plot the variation of S.F and B.M when a moving load passes on indeterminate structure

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Analyze the two hinged arches.
 Solve statically indeterminate beams and portal frames using classical methods
 Sketch the shear force and bending moment diagrams for indeterminate structures.
 Formulate the stiffness matrix and analyze the beams by matrix methods

UNIT – I
Two Hinged Arches: Introduction – Classification of Two hinged Arches – Analysis of two hinged
parabolic arches – Secondary stresses in two hinged arches due to temperature and elastic shortening
of rib.
Moment Distribution Method - Analysis of continuous beams with and without settlement of supports
using - Analysis of Single Bay Single Storey Portal Frames including side Sway - Analysis of inclined
frames - Shear force and Bending moment diagrams, Elastic curve.

UNIT – II
Kani’s Method: Analysis of continuous beams including settlement of supports - Analysis of single bay
single storey and single bay two Storey Frames including Side Sway using Kani’s Method - Shear force
and bending moment diagrams - Elastic curve.
cables and suspension bridges:
Equilibrium of a Suspension Cable subjected to concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads -
Length of a cable - Cable with different support levels - Suspension cable supports - Suspension
Bridges - Analysis of Three Hinged Stiffening Girder Suspension Bridges.

UNIT – III
Approximate Methods Of Analysis: Introduction – Analysis of multi-storey frames for lateral loads:
Portal Method, Cantilever method and Factor method - Analysis of multi-storey frames for gravity loads
- Substitute Frame method - Analysis of Mill bents.

UNIT – IV
Matrix Methods Of Analysis: Introduction to Flexibility and Stiffness matrix methods of analyses using
‘system approach’ upto three degree of indeterminacy– Analysis of continuous beams including
settlement of supports using flexibility and stiffness methods -Analysis of pin-jointed determinate plane
frames using flexibility and stiffness methods- Analysis of single bay single storey portal frames using
stiffness method - Shear force and bending moment diagrams - Elastic curve.

UNIT- V
Influence Lines For Indeterminate Beams: Introduction – influence line diagram for shear force and
bending moment for two span continuous beam with constant and different moments of inertia -
influence line diagram for shear force and bending moment for propped cantilever beams.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Structural Analysis Vol –I &II by Vazarani and Ratwani, Khanna Publishers.
2. Structural Analysis Vol I & II by G.S. Pandit S.P. Gupta Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
3. Indeterminate Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd

REFERENCES:
1. Structural analysis T. S Thandavamoorthy, Oxford university Press
2. Mechanics of Structures Vol –II by H.J. Shah and S.B. Junnarkar, Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.
3. Basic Structural Analysis by [Link]., Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
4. Examples in Structural Analysis by William M.C. McKenzie, Taylor & Francis.
5. Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education
6. Structural Analysis by Devdas Menon, Narosa Publishing House.
7. Advanced Structural Analysis by A.K. Jain, Nem Chand & Bros.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE505PC: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: the objectives of the course are to

 understand the formation of soil and classification of the soils
 determine the Index & Engineering Properties of Soils
 determine the flow characteristics & stresses due to externally applied loads
 estimate the consolidation properties of soils
 estimate the shear strength and seepage loss

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will able to
 Characterize and classify the soils
 Able to estimate seepage, stresses under various loading conditions and compaction
characteristics
 Able to analyse the compressibility of the soils
 Able to understand the strength of soils under various drainage conditions

UNIT – I
Introduction: Soil formation and structure – moisture content – Mass, volume relationships – Specific
Gravity-Field density by core cutter and sand replacement methods-Relative density.
Index Properties of Soils: Grain size analysis – consistency limits and indices – I.S. Classification of
soils.

UNIT –II
Permeability: Soil water – capillary rise – flow of water through soils – Darcy’s law- permeability –
Factors affecting permeability – laboratory determination of coefficient of permeability –Permeability of
layered soils.
Effective Stress & Seepage Through Soils: Total, neutral and effective stress – principle of effective
stress - quick sand condition – Seepage through soils – Flownets: Characteristics and Uses.

UNIT –III
Stress Distribution in Soils: Boussinesq’s and Westergaard’s theories for point load, uniformly loaded
circular and rectangular areas, pressure bulb, variation of vertical stress under point load along the
vertical and horizontal plane, and Newmark’s influence chart for irregular areas.
COMPACTION: Mechanism of compaction – factors affecting compaction – effects of compaction on
soil properties – Field compaction Equipment – compaction quality control.

UNIT – IV
Consolidation: Types of compressibility – Immediate Settlement, primary consolidation and secondary
consolidation - stress history of clay; e-p and e-log(p) curves – normally consolidated soil, over
consolidated soil and under consolidated soil - preconsolidation pressure and its determination -
Terzaghi’s 1-D consolidation theory – coefficient of consolidation: square root time and logarithm of
time fitting methods - computation of total settlement and time rate of settlement.

UNIT - V
Shear Strength of Soils: Importance of shear strength – Mohr’s– Coulomb Failure theories – Types of
laboratory tests for strength parameters – strength tests based on drainage conditions – strength
envelops – Shear strength of sands - dilatancy – critical void ratio, Introduction to stress path method.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New age International Pvt Ltd,
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by VNS Murthy, CBS Publishers and Distributors.
3. Foundation Engineering by P.C. Varghese, PHI

REFERENCES:
1. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg. By K.R. Arora, Standard Publishers and Distributors,
Delhi.
2. Principals of Geotechnical Engineering by Braja M. Das, Cengage Learning Publishers.
3. Geotechnical Engineering by C. Venkataramiah, New age International Pvt. Ltd, (2002).
4. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Cuduto, PHI International.
5. Geotechnical Engineering by Manoj Dutta & Gulati S.K – Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers New
Delhi.
6. Soil Mechanics and Foundation by by B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain,
Laxmi, publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE503PC: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING – I (RCC)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Identify the basic components of any structural system and the standard loading for the RC
structure
 Identify and tell the various codal provisions given in IS. 456
 Describe the salient feature of limit state method, compare with other methods and the
concepts of limit state of collapse and limit state of serviceability
 Evaluate the behaviour of RC member under flexure, shear and compression, torsion and
bond.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Compare and Design the singly reinforced, doubly reinforced and flanged sections.
 Design the axially loaded, uniaxial and biaxial bending columns.
 Classify the footings and Design the isolated square, rectangular and circular footings
 Distinguish and Design the one-way and two-way slabs.

UNIT - I
Introduction- Structure - Components of structure - Different types of structures - Equilibrium and
compatibility– Safety and Stability - Loads – Different types of Loads – Dead Load, Live Load,
Earthquake Load and Wind Load– Forces – What is meant by Design? – Different types of materials –
RCC, PSC and Steel – Planning of structural elements- Concepts of RCC Design – Different methods
of Design- Working Stress Method and Limit State Method – Load combinations as per Limit state
method - Materials - Characteristic Values – Partial safety factors – Behaviour and Properties of
Concrete and Steel- Stress Block Parameters as per IS 456 -2000.
Limit state Analysis and design of sections in Flexure – Behaviour of RC section under flexure -
Rectangular, T and L-sections, singly reinforced and doubly reinforced Beams – Detailing of
reinforcement

UNIT – II
Design for Shear, Bond and Torsion - Mechanism of shear and bond failure - Design of shear using
limit state concept – Design for Bond –Anchorage and Development length of bars - Design of sections
for torsion - Detailing of reinforcement

UNIT - III
Design of Two-way slabs with different end conditions, one-way slab, and continuous slab Using I S
Coefficients - Design of dog-legged staircase – Limit state design for serviceability for deflection,
cracking and codal provisions.

UNIT – IV
Design of compression members - Short Column - Columns with axial loads, uni-axial and bi-axial
bending – Use of design charts- Long column – Design of long columns - I S Code provisions.

UNIT – V
Design of foundation - Different types of footings – Design of wall footing – Design of flat isolated square,
rectangular, circular footings and combined footings for two columns.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Limit state designed of reinforced concrete – P.C. Varghese, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
2. Reinforced concrete design by S. Unnikrishna Pillai & Devdas Menon, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Reinforced concrete design by N. Krishna Raju and R.N. Pranesh, New age International
Publishers.

REFERENCES:
1. Reinforced concrete structures, Vol. 1, by B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar
Jain, Laxmi, publications Pvt. Ltd.
2. Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete design by M. L. Gambhir, Prentice Hall of India
[Link].,
3. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures by [Link], Oxford University Press
4. Design of concrete structures by J.N. Bandhyopadhyay PHI Learning Private Limited.
5. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures by I. C. Syal and A. K. Goel, S. Chand & company.
6. Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations – P.C. Varghese Prentice Hall of India.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE504PC: TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives:
This course aims at providing a comprehensive insight of various elements of Highway transportation
engineering. Topics related to the highway development, characterisation of different materials needed
for highway construction, structural and geometric design of highway pavements along with the
challenges and possible solutions to the traffic related issues will be covered as a part of this course.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, the students will develop:
 An ability to apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering in the areas of traffic
engineering, highway development and maintenance
 An ability to design, conduct experiments to assess the suitability of the highway materials like
soil, bitumen, aggregates and a variety of bituminous mixtures. Also the students will develop the
ability to interpret the results and assess the suitability of these materials for construction of
highways.
 An ability to design flexible and rigid highway pavements for varying traffic compositions as well
as soil subgrade and environmental conditions using the standards stipulated by Indian Roads
Congress.
 An ability to evaluate the structural and functional conditions of in-service highway pavements
and provide solution in the form of routine maintenance measures or designed overlays using
Indian Roads congress guidelines.
 An ability to assess the issues related to road traffic and provide engineering solutions supported
with an understanding of road user psychological and behavioural patterns.

UNIT -I
Introduction, History and Importance of Highways, Characteristics of road transport, Current road
development plans in India, Highway development in India, Highway planning, Highway alignment,
Engineering surveys for Highway alignment, Highway projects, Highway drawings and reports, Detailed
Project Report preparation, PPP schemes of Highway Development in India, Government of India
initiatives in developing the highways and expressways in improving the mobility and village road
development in improving the accessibility.

UNIT – II
Introduction to Highway Geometric Design; Width of Pavement, Formation and Land, Cross Slopes etc;
Concept of Friction: Skid and Slip; Elements of geometric design of highways; Sight Distances: Stopping
Sight Distance, Overtaking Sight Distance and Intermediate Sight Distance; Horizontal alignment:
Design of horizontal curves, super elevation, extra widening of pavement at curves; Vertical Alignment:
Gradients, Compensation in Gradient, Design of summit curves and valley curves using different
criteria; Integration of Horizontal and Vertical Curves

UNIT - III
Basic traffic characteristics: Speed, volume and concentration, relationship between flow, speed and
concentration; Highway capacity and Level of service (LOS) concepts: Factors affecting capacity and
LOS, relationship between V/C ratio and LOS; Traffic volume and spot speed studies: Methods; Road
Safety; Traffic Signals: Types, warrants for signalization, design of isolated traffic signal by IRC method;
Parking and road accidents: Types of parking facilities – on-street and off street, introduction to parking
studies; Accident studies, road safety auditing; Introduction to street lighting; Road Intersections:
Design considerations of at-grade intersections, introduction to interchanges
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT - IV
Tests on soils: CBR, Field CBR, modulus of sub-grade reaction, Tests on Aggregates: specific gravity,
shape (flakiness and elongation indices), angularity number, water absorption, impact, abrasion,
attrition, crushing resistance, durability (weathering resistance), stone polishing value of aggregates;
Tests on bitumen: spot, penetration, softening point, viscosity, ductility, elastic recovery, flash and fire
points, Introduction to modified bituminous binders like crumb rubber modified, natural rubber modified
and polymer modified bitumen binders; Bituminous Concrete: Critical parameters controlling bituminous
concrete mixture design, aggregate blending concepts viz. Rothfuch’s method, trial and error
procedure. Introduction to advanced concretes for road applications.

UNIT -V
Introduction to Pavement Design: Types of pavements and their typical cross sections: flexible, rigid
and composite; Flexible Pavement analysis and design: Introduction to multi layered analysis, IRC 37-
2012 method of flexible pavement design; Rigid pavement analysis and design: Factors controlling rigid
pavement design, types of stresses in rigid pavements, critical load positions, load stresses and
temperature stresses in interior, corner and edge locations of jointed plain cement concrete pavement
slabs, IRC 58-2015 method of rigid pavement design; Overlay Designs: Types of overlays on flexible
and rigid pavements.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Khanna, S.K, Justo, A and Veeraragavan, A, ‘Highway Engineering’, Nem Chand & Bros.
Revised Tenth Edition, 2014
2. Kadiyali L.R. and Lal N B, Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering; Seventh Edition,
First Reprint; Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2018

Code of Provisions:
Design Codes: IRC 37-2012, IRC 58-2015, IRC 81-1997

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Papacoastas, C. S. and Prevedouros, Transportation Engineering and Planning, Third Edition,
Third Impression; Pearson Education, 2018.
2. Khisty C J and Lall B Kent; Transportation Engineering: An Introduction, Third Edition, 1st Indian
Adaptation; Pearson India Education Service Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 2017.
3. Subhash C Saxena, Text Book of Highway and Traffic Engineering; First Edition; CBS
Publishers and Distributors. New Delhi, 2014
4. C Venkatramaih, Transportation Engineering Volume 1 – Highway Engineering, 1st Edition,
Universities Press, 2016
5. Garber, N.J. and Hoel, L.A. Traffic and Highway Engineering, Fourth Edition; Cengage
Learning, Stamford, CT, USA, 2010
6. Partha chakroborty and Animesh Das, Principles of Transportation Engineering, PHI, 2013
7. Nicholas J Garber and Lester A Hoel, Traffic and Highway Engineering, 5th Edition, Cengage
Learning India Private Limited, New Delhi, 5th Indian Reprint, 201
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE511PE: CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: Building Materials

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Know different types of cement as per their properties for different field applications.
 Understand Design economic concrete mix proportion for different exposure conditions and
intended purposes.
 Know field and laboratory tests on concrete in plastic and hardened stage.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Determine the properties of concrete ingredients i.e. cement, sand, coarse aggregate by
conducting different tests. Recognize the effects of the rheology and early age properties of
concrete on its long-term behavior.
 Apply the use of various chemical admixtures and mineral additives to design cement-based
materials with tailor-made properties
 Use advanced laboratory techniques to characterize cement-based materials.
 Perform mix design and engineering properties of special concretes such as high-performance
concrete, self-compacting concrete, and fibre reinforced concrete.

UNIT I
Cement: Portland cement – chemical composition – Hydration, Setting of cement – Structure of
hydrated cement – Tests on physical properties – Different grades of cement. Admixtures: Types of
admixtures – mineral and chemical admixtures.

UNIT - II
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other mechanical
properties of aggregate – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity, adsorption & moisture content of
aggregate – Bulking of sand – Deleterious substance in aggregate – Soundness of aggregate – Alkali
aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis – Fineness modulus – Grading curves –
Grading of fine, Manufactured sand and coarse Aggregates – Gap graded aggregate – Maximum
aggregate size- Properties Recycled aggregate.

UNIT – III
Fresh Concrete: Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability by different
tests – Setting times of concrete – Effect of time and temperature on workability – Segregation &
bleeding – Mixing, vibration and revibration of concrete – Steps in manufacture of concrete – Quality of
mixing water.

UNIT - IV
Hardened Concrete: Water / Cement ratio – Abram’s Law – Gel/space ratio – Gain of strength of
concrete – Maturity concept – Strength in tension and compression – Factors affecting strength –
Relation between compression and tensile strength - Curing.
Testing of Hardened Concrete: Compression tests – Tension tests – Factors affecting strength –
Flexure tests – Splitting tests – Pull-out test, Non-destructive testing methods – codal provisions for
NDT.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

ELASTICITY, CREEP & SHRINKAGE – Modulus of elasticity – Dynamic modulus of elasticity –

Posisson’s ratio – Creep of concrete – Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep & time –
Nature of creep – Effects of creep – Shrinkage – types of shrinkage.

UNIT – V
Mix Design: Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete – Quality Control of
concrete – Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria – Proportioning of concrete mixes by various
methods – BIS method of mix design.
Special Concretes: Introduction to Light weight concrete – Cellular concrete – No-fines concrete –
High density concrete – Fibre reinforced concrete – Polymer concrete – High performance concrete –
Self compacting concrete.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Concrete Technology by M.S. Shetty. – S. Chand & Co.; 2004
2. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santhakumar, 2nd Edition, Oxford university Press, New Delhi
3. Concrete Technology by M. L. Gambhir. – Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi

REFERENCES:
1. Properties of Concrete by A. M. Neville – Low priced Edition – 4th edition
2. Concrete: Micro structure, Properties and Materials – P.K. Mehta and J.M. Monteiro, Mc-
Graw Hill Publishers

IS Codes:
IS 383
IS 516
IS 10262 - 2009
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE512PE: THEORY OF ELASTICITY (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Prerequisites: Strength of Materials I & II

Course Objectives:
 To Introduce fundamental elasticity model of deformation in rectangular and polar coordinate.
 To Give foundation for 2D and 3D study in solid mechanics problems.
 To Introduce to torsion and warping of prismatic structure

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will able to
 The more fundamental elasticity model of deformation should replace elementary strength of
material analysis.
 Able to understand theory, formulate and to present solutions to a wide class of problems in 2D
and 3D
 Acquire the foundation for advanced study in areas of solid mechanics

UNIT I
Introduction: Elasticity - notation for forces and stress - components of stresses - components of
strain - Hooks law. Plane stress and plane strain analysis - differential equations of equilibrium -
boundary conditions – Strain Displacement Relations - compatibility equations - stress function

UNIT II
Two dimensional problems in rectangular coordinates - solution by polynomials - Saint-Venants
principle - determination of displacements - bending of simple beams – Simple Supported and
Cantilever Beam.

UNIT III
Two dimensional problems in polar coordinates - stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - pure
bending of curved bars - strain components in polar coordinates - displacements for symmetrical stress
distributions Edge Dislocation - general solution of two-dimensional problem in polar coordinates -
application to Plates with Circular Holes – Rotating Disk. Bending of Prismatic Bars: Stress function -
bending of cantilever - circular cross section - elliptical cross section - rectangular cross section.

UNIT IV
Analysis of stress and strain in three dimensions - principal stress - stress ellipsoid - director surface -
determination of principal stresses Stress Invariants - max shear stresses Stress Tensor – Strain
Tensor- Homogeneous deformation - principal axes of strain-rotation. General Theorems: Differential
equations of equilibrium - conditions of compatibility - determination of displacement - equations of
equilibrium in terms of displacements - principle of super position - uniqueness of solution - the
reciprocal theorem Strain Energy.

UNIT V
Torsion of Circular Shafts - Torsion of Straight Prismatic Bars – Saint Venants Method - torsion of
prismatic bars - bars with elliptical cross sections - membrane analogy - torsion of a bar of narrow
rectangular bars - solution of torsional problems by energy method - torsion of shafts, tubes, bars etc.
Torsion of Rolled Profile Sections.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theory of Elasticity by Timoshenko, McGraw-Hill Publications.
2. Theory of Plasticity by J. Chakarbarthy, McGraw-Hill Publications.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Theory of Elasticity by [Link].
2. Theory of Elasticity by Gurucharan Singh.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE513PE: ROCK MECHANICS (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives: the objective of the course is to
 Identify the classification of Rocks as per engineering aspects
 Explain the basic laboratory in-situ tests, strengths and its responses
 Understand Rock slopes and its failures, underground and open excavations and its
requirements

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course

 Able to determine the required rock properties and classify rock mass
 Determination of bearing capacity of rocks,
 Checking the stability of slopes, and design underground and open excavation.
 The students will be able to predict strength of rock mass with respect to various Civil
Engineering applications

UNIT- I
Engineering Classification of Rocks: Classification of intact rocks, Rock mass classifications, Rock
Quality Designation (RQD), Rock Structure Rating (RSR), Rock Mass Rating (RMR), Norwegian
Geotechnical Classification (Q-system), Strength and modulus from classifications, Classification based
on strength & modulus and strength and fracture strain, Geoengineering classification.

UNIT- II
Laboratory and In-Situ Testing of Rocks: Physical properties, Compressive strength, Tensile
strength, Direct shear test, Triaxial shear test, Slake durability test, Schmidt rebound hardness test,
Sound velocity test, In-Situ Tests: Seismic methods, Electrical resistivity method, In situ stresses, Plate
loading test, Goodman jack test, Plate jacking test, In-situ shear test, Field permeability test.

UNIT- III
Strength, Modulus and Stresses-Strain Responses of Rocks: Factors influencing rock response,
Strength criteria for isotropic intact rocks, Modulus of intact rocks, effect of confining pressure, Uniaxial
Compressive strength, Strength criteria for intact rocks, Strength due to induced anisotropy in rocks,.
Stress Strain Models: Constitutive relationships, Elastic, Elasto-plastic, Visco-elastic, Elasto-
viscoplastic stress-strain models.

UNIT- IV
Introduction to Rock Slopes: Introduction to Rock slopes, Modes of failure, Rotational failure, Plane
failure, Design charts, Wedge method of analysis, Buckling failure, Toppling failure, Improvement of
slope stability and protection.

UNIT- V
Underground and Open Excavations: Blasting operational planning, Explosive products, Blast
Design, Underground blast design, Controlled blasting techniques, blasting damage and control, Safe
practice with explosives and shots.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Goodman – Introduction to Rock mechanics, Willey International
2. Ramamurthy, T. - Engineering in Rocks for slopes, foundations and tunnels, Prentice Hall of
India (2007)
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Jaeger, J. C. and Cook, N. G. W. – Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics, Chapman and Hall,
London. (1979)
2. Hoek, E. and Brown, E. T. - Underground Excavation in Rock, Institution of Mining and
Metallurgy, 1982.
3. Brady, B. H. G. and Brown, E. T. - Rock Mechanics for Underground Mining, Chapman & Hall,
1993.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

SM505MS: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

2 0/0/0 2

Course Objective: To prepare engineering students to analyze cost/ revenue/ financial data and to
make economic and financial analysis in decision making process and to examine the performance of
companies engaged in engineering.

Course Outcome: To perform and evaluate present and future worth of the alternate projects and to
appraise projects by using traditional and DCF Methods. To carry out cost benefit analysis of projects
and to calculate BEP of different alternative projects.

UNIT- I:
Introduction to Engineering Economics- Basic Principles and Methodology of Engineering Economics–
Fundamental Concepts- Demand – Demand Determinants - Law of Demand- Demand Forecasting and
Methods- Elasticity of Demand- Theory of Firm – Supply- Elasticity of Supply.

UNIT- II:
Macroeconomic Concepts: National Income Accounting - Methods of Estimation- Various Concepts of
National Income - Inflation – Definition – Causes of Inflation and Measures to Control Inflation - New
Economic Policy 1991 (Industrial policy, Trade policy, and Fiscal policy) Impact on Industry.

UNIT- III:
Cash Flows and Capital Budgeting: Significance of Capital Budgeting - Time Value of Money- Choosing
between alternative investment proposals- Methods of Appraisal Techniques- Pay Back Period -
Average Rate of Return – Net Present Value- Internal Rate of Return – Profitability Index.

UNIT- IV:
Borrowings on Investment: Equity Vs Debt Financing- Leverages- Concept of Leverage- Types of
Leverages: Operating Leverage- Financial Leverage and Composite Leverage. (Simple Problems)

UNIT- V:
Introduction to Accounting: Accounting Principles- procedure- Double entry system - Journal- ledger-
Trial balance- Trading and Profit and Loss account- Balance Sheet. Cost Accounting, Introduction-
Classification of costs- Breakeven Analysis, Meaning and its application, Limitations. (Simple
Problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Henry Malcom Steinar-Engineering Economics, Principles, McGraw Hill Pub.
2. D.D. Chaturvedi, S.L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
3. Jain and Narang” Accounting, Kalyani Publishers.
4. Arora, M.N.” Cost Accounting, Vikas Publication.
5. S. N. Maheshwari, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House.
6. Zahid A Khan, Arshad N Siddique, [Link], Principles of Engineering Economics with Applications,
2e, Cambridge University Press.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE506PC: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING & CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5

Pre-Requisites: Building Materials, Concrete Technology, Highway Materials

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 To learn laboratory tests and their procedures cement, fine aggregate, course aggregates and
bitumen
 To Evaluate fresh concrete properties
 To Understand the test procedures for characterization of Concrete and bituminous mixes

Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to

 Categorize the test on materials used Civil Engineering Building & Pavement constructions
 To perform the tests on concrete for it characterization.
 To Design Concrete Mix Proportioning by Using Indian Standard Method.
 Examine the tests performed for Bitumen mixes.
 To prepare a laboratory report

I. Test on Cement
1. Normal Consistency and fineness of cement.
2. Initial setting time and final setting time of cement.
3. Specific gravity of cement
4. Soundness of cement
5. Compressive strength of cement
6. Workability test on concrete by compaction factor, slump and Vee-bee.

II. Test on Aggregates (Coarse and Fine)

1. Specific gravity (Pycnometer and wire basket), water absorption
2. Shape (Flakiness and elongation indices)
3. Impact and abrasion value tests
4. Crushing resistance and durability tests
5. Sieve Analysis and gradation charts (Job mix formula using Rothfuch’s charts)
6. Bulking of sand, Bulk and compact densities of fine and coarse aggregates

III. Test on Fresh Concrete

1. Slump test
2. CF (compact factor stress)
3. Vee-bee Test
4. Flow Table Test

IV. Test on hardened concrete

1. Compression test on cubes & Cylinders
2. Flexure test
3. Split Tension Test
4. Modulus of Elasticity

V. Tests on Bitumen and Bituminous concrete

1. Penetration, softening point and spot test
2. Ductility, Elastic recovery and viscosity
3. Flash and fire points and specific gravity
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

4. Marshall’s Stability (sample preparation and testing for stability and flow values)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Concrete Manual by M.L. Gambhir, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
2. Highway Material Testing manual, Khanna, Justo and Veeraraghavan, Nemchand Brothers

IS CODES:
1. IS 10262 :2009 “Concrete Mix Proportioning – Guidelines”
2. 1S 516:2006 “Methods of Tests on Strength of Concrete”
3. IS 383 :1993 “Specification For Coarse And Fine Aggregates From Natural Sources For
Concrete”
4. 1S 1201 -1220 (1978) “Methods for testing tars and bituminous materials”
5. IRC SP 53 -2010 “Guidelines on use of modified bitumen”
6. MS-2 Manual for Marshalls Mix design 2002
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE507PC: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 1.5

Pre-Requisites: Soil Mechanics (Co-requisite)

Course Objectives: To obtain index and engineering properties of locally available soils, and to
understand the behavior of these soil under various loads.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Classify and evaluate the
behavior of the soils subjected to various loads.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Atterberg Limits (Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and shrinkage limit)
2. a) Field density by core cutter method and
b) Field density by sand replacement method
3. Determination of Specific gravity of soil Grain size distribution by sieve analysis
4. Permeability of soil by constant and variable head test methods
5. Standard Proctor’s Compaction Test
6. Determination of Coefficient of consolidation (square root time fitting method)
7. Unconfined compression test
8. Direct shear test
9. Vane shear test
10. Differential free swell index (DFSI) test

REFERENCE:
1. Measurement of Engineering Properties of Soils by. E. Saibaba Reddy & K. Rama Sastri, New Age
International
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

EN508HS: ADVANCE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
 To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
 Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
 To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC509: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE601PC: HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4

Course Objectives: This course provides the description of hydrological cycle and derive various
formulas used in estimation of different basic components of surface and Ground water cycle. and its
components. Further it will explain the water requirement for irrigation and connectivity of hydrology to
the field requirement.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to
 Understand the different concepts and terms used in engineering hydrology
 To identify and explain various formulae used in estimation of surface and Ground water
hydrology components
 Demonstrate their knowledge to connect hydrology to the field requirement

UNIT - I
Introduction: Concepts of Hydrologic cycle, Global Water Budget, Applications in Engineering.
Sources of data.
Precipitation
Forms of precipitation, characteristics of precipitation in India, measurement of precipitation:
Recording and non-recording types, rain gauge network: mean precipitation over an area: Arithmetic,
Theissen’s and Isohyetal methods, Missing Rainfall Data – Estimation, Consistency of Rainfall
records, depth area-duration relationships, maximum intensity/depth-duration-frequency relationship,
Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP), rainfall data in India.

UNIT - II
Abstractions from precipitation
evaporation process, evaporimeters, analytical methods of evaporation estimation, reservoir
evaporation and methods for its reduction, evapotranspiration, measurement of
evapotranspiration, evapotranspiration equations: Penman and Blaney & Criddle Methods, potential
evapotranspiration over India, actual evapotranspiration, , interception, depression storage, infiltration,
infiltration capacity, measurement of infiltration, modelling infiltration capacity, classification of
infiltration capacities, infiltration indices.
Runoff
Components of Runoff, Factors affecting runoff, Basin yield, SCS-CN method of estimating runoff, Flow
duration curves, Mass curve of runoff – Analysis.

UNIT - III
Hydrographs
Hydrograph –Distribution of Runoff – Hydrograph Analysis Flood Hydrograph – Effective Rainfall – Base
Flow- Base Flow Separation - Direct Runoff Hydrograph Unit pulse and Unit step function - Unit
Hydrograph, definition, limitations and applications of Unit hydrograph, derivation of Unit Hydrograph
from Direct Runoff Hydrograph and vice versa - S-hydrograph, Synthetic Unit Hydrograph.

UNIT - IV
Groundwater Hydrology
Occurrence, movement and distribution of groundwater, aquifers – types, Specific Yield, Permeability,
Storage coefficient, Transmissibility, Darcy’s Law. Well Hydraulics - Steady radial flow into well for
confined and unconfined aquifers, Recuperation tests. Well constants.
Crop Water Requirements – Water requirement of crops-Crops and crop seasons in India, cropping
pattern, duty and delta; Quality of irrigation water; Soil-water relationships, root zone soil water,
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

infiltration, consumptive use, irrigation requirement, frequency of irrigation; Methods of applying water
to the fields: surface, sub-surface, sprinkler and trickle / drip irrigation.

UNIT - V
Canal Systems: Canal systems, alignment of canals, canal losses, estimation of design discharge.
Design of channels- rigid boundary channels, alluvial channels, Regime channels, Kennedy’s and
Lacey’s theory of regime channels. Canal outlets: non-modular, semi-modular and modular outlets.
Water logging: causes, effects and remedial measures. Lining of canals-Types of lining-Advantages
and disadvantages. Drainage of irrigated lands- necessity, methods.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Hydrology by K. Subramanya (Tata McGraw-Hill)
2. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures by Santhosh kumar Garg Khanna publishers
3. G L Asawa, Irrigation Engineering, Wiley Eastern

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Elements of Engineering Hydrology by V.P. Singh (Tata McGraw-Hill)
2. Engineering Hydrology by Jaya Rami Reddy (Laxmi Publications
3. Ground water Hydrology by David Keith Todd, John Wiley & Son, New York.
4. Elements of Water Resources Engineering by [Link] and [Link] (New Age
5. International)
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE602PC: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: This subject provides the knowledge of water sources, water treatment, design of
distribution system waste water treatment, and safe disposal methods. The topics of characteristics of
waste water, sludge digestion are also included.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Assess characteristics of water and wastewater and their impacts
 Estimate quantities of water and waste water and plan conveyance components
 Design components of water and waste water treatment plants
 Be conversant with issues of air pollution and control

UNIT – I
Introduction: Waterborne diseases – protected water supply – Population forecasts, design period –
types of water demand – factors affecting – fluctuations – fire demand – water quality and testing –
drinking water standards: sources of water - Comparison from quality and quantity and other
considerations – intakes – infiltration galleries.

UNIT – II
Layout and general outline of water treatment units – sedimentation – principles – design factors –
coagulation-flocculation clarifier design – coagulants - feeding arrangements. Filtration – theory –
working of slow and rapid gravity filters – multimedia filters – design of filters – troubles in operation -
comparison of filters – disinfection – theory of chlorination, chlorine demand - other disinfection
practices–Design of distribution systems–pipe appurtenances.

UNIT - III
characteristics of sewage –waste water collection–Estimation of waste water and storm water –
decomposition of sewage, examination of sewage – B.O.D. Equation – C.O.D. Design of sewers –
shapes and materials – sewer appurtenances, manholes – inverted siphon – catch basins – flushing
tanks – ejectors, pumps and pump houses – house drainage – plumbing requirements – sanitary
fittings-traps – one pipe and two pipe systems of plumbing – ultimate disposal of sewage – sewage
farming –self-purification of rivers.

UNIT – IV
Waste water treatment plant – Flow diagram - primary treatment Design of screens – grit chambers –
skimming tanks – sedimentation tanks – principles of design – Biological treatment – trickling filters –
ASP– Construction and design of oxidation ponds. Sludge digestion – factors effecting – design of
Digestion tank – Sludge disposal by drying – septic tanks working principles and design – soak pits.

UNIT – V
Air pollution– classification of air pollution– Effects air pollution–Global effects–Meteorological
parameters affecting air pollution–Atmospheric stability–Plume behavior –Control of particulates –
Gravity settlers, cyclone filters, ESPs–Control of gaseous pollutants–automobile pollution and control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Engineering by H. S Peavy, D. R. Rowe, G. Tchobanoglous, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014
2. Environmental Engineering by D. P. Sincero and G.A Sincero, Pearson 2015.
3. Environmental Engineering, I and II by BC Punmia, Std. Publications.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

4. Environmental Engineering, I and II by SK Garg, Khanna Publications.

5. Environmental Pollution and Control Engineering CS Rao,Wiley Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Water and Waste Water Technology by Steel, Wiley
2. Waste water engineering by Metcalf and Eddy, McGraw Hill, 2015.
3. Water and Waste Water Engineering by Fair Geyer and Okun, Wiley, 2011
4. Water and Waste Water Technology by Mark J Hammar and Mark J. Hammar [Link], 2007.
5. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert Masters, Prentice
Hall, New Jersey.
6. Introduction to Environmental Engineering by P. Aarne Vesilind, Susan M. Morgan,
Thompson /Brooks/Cole; Second Edition 2008.
7. Integrated Solid Waste Management, Tchobanoglous, Theissen & Vigil. McGraw Hill
Publication
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE603PC: FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C
3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives:
 To Plan Soil exploration programme for civil Engineering Projects
 To check the stability of slopes
 To determine the lateral earth pressures and design retaining walls
 To determine the Bearing capacity of Soil
 To design pile group foundation

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will able to
 understand the principles and methods of Geotechnical Exploration
 decide the suitability of soils and check the stability of slopes
 calculate lateral earth pressures and check the stability of retaining walls
 analyse and design the shallow and deep foundations

UNIT – I
SOIL EXPLORATION: Need – methods of soil exploration – boring and sampling methods –
penetration tests – plate load test– planning of soil exploration programme, Bore logs and preparation
of soil investigation report.

UNIT – II
SLOPE STABILITY: Infinite and finite earth slopes – types of failures – factor of safety of infinite slopes
– stability analysis by Swedish slip circle method, method of slices, Bishop’s Simplified method of slices
– Taylor’s Stability Number- stability of slopes of earth dams under different conditions.

UNIT – III
EARTH PRESSURE THEORIES: Active, Passive and at rest soil pressures Rankine’s theory of earth
pressure – earth pressures in layered soils – Coulomb’s earth pressure theory.

RETAINING WALLS: Types of retaining walls – stability of gravity and cantilever retaining walls against
overturning, sliding and, bearing capacity, filter material for drainage.

UNIT – IV
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS - Types - choice of foundation – location and depth - safe bearing capacity
– shear criteria – Terzaghi’s, and IS code methods - settlement criteria – allowable bearing pressure
based on SPT N value and plate load test – allowable settlements of structures.

UNIT - V
PILE FOUNDATION: Types of piles – load carrying capacity of piles based on static pile formulae –
dynamic pile formulae – Pile Capacity through SPT results - pile load tests - load carrying capacity of
pile groups in sands and clays – Settlement of pile groups – negative skin friction

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New age International Pvt .
Ltd, New Delhi
2. Principals of Geotechnical Engineering by Braja M. Das, Cengage Learning Publishers.

REFERENCES:
1. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by VNS Murthy, CBS Publishers and Distributors.
2. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Cuduto, PHI International.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

3. Analysis and Design of Substructures – Swami Saran, Oxford and IBH Publishing company Pvt
Ltd
4. (1998).
5. Geotechnical Engineering by S. [Link] & Manoj Datta – Tata [Link] Hill Publishing
company New Delhi. 2005.
6. Bowles, J.E., (1988) Foundation Analysis and Design – 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishing
company, Newyork.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE604PC: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING – II (STEEL)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 1/0/0 4
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course is to
 Explain the mechanical properties of structural steel, plasticity, yield.
 Describe the salient features of Limit State Method of design of Steel structures.
 Identify and explain the codal provisions given in IS. 800.
 Analyze the behaviour of steel structures under tension, compression and flexure.
 Design the tension, compression, flexural members and plate girder
 Design the connection in steel structure, build - up member and (bolted and welded).

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Analyze the tension members, compression members.
 Design the tension members, compression members and column bases and joints and
connections
 Analyze and Design the beams including built-up sections and beam and connections.
 Identify and Design the various components of welded plate girder including stiffeners

UNIT – I
Materials – Types of structural steel – Mechanical properties of steel – Concepts of plasticity – yield
strength - Loads and Stresses – Local buckling behavior of steel. Concepts of limit State Design –
Different Limit States – Load combinations for different Limit states - Design Strengths - deflection limits
– serviceability – stability check.
Design of Connections– Different types of connections – Bolted connections – Design strength –
efficiency of joint– prying action - Welded connections – Types of welded joints – Design requirements
- Design of Beam-column connections - Eccentric connections - Type I and Type II connection – Framed
connection– stiffened / seated connection.

UNIT – II
Design of tension members –Simple and built up members - Design strength – Design procedure for
splicing - lug angle.
Design of compression members – Buckling class – slenderness ratio – Design of simple compression
members - laced – battened columns – splice – column base – slab base.

UNIT – III
Plastic Analysis;Plastic moment – Plastic section modulus - Plastic analysis of continuous beams
Design of Flexural Members – Laterally supported and unsupported Beams – Design of laterally
supported beams - Bending and shear strength/buckling – Built-up sections - Beam splice

UNIT – IV
Design of welded plate girders – elements – economical depth – design of main section – connections
between web and flange – design of stiffeners - bearing stiffener– intermediate stiffeners – Design of
web splice and flange splice.

UNIT – V
Design of Industrial Structures; Types of roof trusses - loads on trusses – wind loads - Purlin design –
truss design – Design of welded Gantry girder

Note: Design of structural members include detailed sketches.

 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of steel structures by [Link],Tata Macgrawhill publishers,2000,2nd Edition.
2. Design of steel structures by [Link],Oxford University press,2008.
3. Design of steel structures by [Link],Pearson Educational India, 2nd Edition, 2013.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of steel structures by Edwin [Link] and Charles Gayrold,Tata Mac-grawhill
publishers,1972
2. Design of steel structures by [Link],[Link],Vikas Publishing House.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE611PE: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (Professional Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: Reinforced Concrete Design

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Understand the principles & necessity of prestressed concrete structures.
 Know different techniques of prestressing.
 Get the knowledge on various losses of prestress.
 Understand Analysis and design of prestressed concrete members.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Acquire the knowledge of evolution of process of prestressing.
 Acquire the knowledge of various prestressing techniques.
 Develop skills in analysis design of prestressed structural elements as per the IS codal
provisions

UNIT I:
Introduction: Historic development- General principles of prestressing pretensioning and post
tensioning- Advantages and limitations of Prestressed concrete- General principles of PSC-
Classification and types of prestressing- Materials- high strength concrete and high tensile steel their
characteristics.

UNIT II:
Methods and Systems of prestressing: Pretensioning and Posttensioning methods and systems of
prestressing like Hoyer system, Magnel Blaton system, Freyssinet system and Gifford- Udall System-
Lee McCall [Link] of Prestress: Loss of prestress in pretensioned and posttesnioned
members due to various causes like elastic shortage of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of
concrete, relaxation of stress in steel, slip in anchorage, frictional losses.

UNIT III:
Flexure: Analysis of sections for flexure- beams prestressed with straight, concentric, eccentric, bent
and parabolic tendons- stress diagrams- Elastic design of PSC slabs and beams of rectangular and I
sections- Kern line – Cable profile and cable layout.
Shear: General Considerations- Principal tension and compression- Improving shear resistance of
concrete by horizontal and vertical prestressing and by using inclined or parabolic cables- Analysis of
rectangular and I beams for shear – Design of shear reinforcements- IS Code provisions.

UNIT IV:
Transfer of Prestress in Pretensioned Members: Transmission of prestressing force by bond –
Transmission length – Flexural bond stresses – IS code provisions – Anchorage zone stresses in post
tensioned members – stress distribution in End block – Analysis by Guyon, Magnel, Zienlinski
and Rowe’s methods – Anchorage zone reinforcement- IS Provisions

UNIT V:
Composite Beams: Different Types- Propped and Unpropped- stress distribution- Differential
shrinkage- Analysis of composite beams- General design considerations.
Deflections: Importance of control of deflections- Factors influencing deflections – Short term
deflections of uncracked beams- prediction of long time deflections- IS code requirements.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Prestressed concrete by Krishna Raju, Tata Mc Graw Hill Book – Co. New Delhi.
2. Design of prestress concrete structures by T.Y. Lin and Burn, John Wiley, New York.
3. Prestressed concrete by S. Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.
4. Prestressed Concrete by N. Rajagopalan Narosa Publishing House
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE612PE: ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING (Professional Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Pre-Requisites: Structual Engineering –II & RC Design

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Understand Engineering Seismology
 Explain and discuss single degree of freedom systems subjected to free and forced vibrations
 Acquire the knowledge of the conceptual design and principles of earthquake resistant
designs as per IS codes
 understand importance of ductile detailing of RC structures

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Explain and derive fundamental equations in structural dynamics
 Discuss and explain causes and Theories on earthquake, seismic waves, measurement of
earthquakes
 Evaluate base shear using IS methods
 Design and Detail the reinforcement for earthquake forces

UNIT I
Engineering Seismology: Earthquake phenomenon - cause of earthquakes-Faults- Plate tectonics-
Seismic waves- Terms associated with earthquakes-Magnitude/Intensity of an earthquake-scales-
Energy Released-Earthquake measuring instruments seismogram - Seismoscope, Seismograph, -
strong ground motions- Seismic zones of India.
Theory of Vibrations: Elements of a v ibratory system- Degrees of Freedom-Continuous system-
Lumped mass idealization-Oscillatory motion-Simple Harmonic Motion-Free vibration of single degree
of freedom (SDOF) system- undamped and damped-critical damping-Logarithmic decrement-Forced
vibrations-Harmonic excitation-Dynamic magnification factor-Excitation by rigid based translation for
SDOF system-Earthquake ground motion.

UNIT II
Conceptual design: Introduction-Functional Planning-Continuous load path-Overall form-simplicity
and symmetry-elongated shapes-stiffness and strength-Horizontal and Vertical Members-Twisting of
buildings-Ductility-definition-ductility relationships-flexible buildings-framing systems-choice of
construction materials-unconfined concrete-confined concrete-masonry-reinforcing steel.
Introduction to earthquake resistant design: Seismic design requirements-regular and irregular
configurations-basic assumptions-design earthquake loads-basic load combinations-permissible
stresses-seismic methods of analysis-factors in seismic analysis-equivalent lateral force method.

UNIT III
Reinforced Concrete Buildings: Principles of earthquake resistant deign of RC members- Structural
models for frame buildings - Seismic methods of analysis- IS code based methods for seismic design
- Vertical irregularities - Plan configuration problems- Lateral load resisting systems- Determination of
design lateral forces as per IS 1893 (Part-1):2016- Equivalent lateral force procedure- Lateral
distribution of base shear.

UNIT IV
Masonry Buildings: Introduction- Elastic properties of masonry assemblage- Categories of masonry
buildings- Behaviour of unreinforced and reinforced masonry walls- Behaviour of walls- Box action and
bands- Behaviour of infill walls- Improving seismic behaviour of masonry buildings- Load combinations
and permissible stresses- Seismic design requirements- Lateral load analysis of masonry buildings.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT V
Structural Walls and Non-Structural Elements: Strategies in the location of structural walls- sectional
shapes- variations in elevation- cantilever walls without openings – Failure mechanism of non-
structures- Effects of non-structural elements on structural system- Analysis of non-structural elements-
Prevention of non-structural damage
Ductility Considerations in Earthquake Resistant Design of RC Buildings: Introduction- Impact of
Ductility- Requirements for Ductility- Assessment of Ductility- Factors affecting Ductility- Ductile
detailing considerations as per IS 13920-2016 - Behaviour of beams, columns and joints in RC buildings
during earthquakes

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Earthquake Resistant Design of structures – S. K. Duggal, Oxford University Press
2. Earthquake Resistant Design of structures – Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCES:
1. Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Building – T. Paulay and M.J.N. Priestly,
John Wiley & Sons.
2. Eartquake Resistant Design of Buidling structures by Vinod Hosur, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Elements of Mechanical Vibration by [Link], [Link] Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
4. Masory and Timber structures including earthquake Resistant Design –Anand [Link], Nem
chand & Bros
5. Earthquake Tips – Learning Earthquake Design and Construction, C.V.R. Murthy

BIS Codes: 1. IS 1893(Part-1):2016. 2. IS 13920:2016. 3. IS 4326. 4. IS 456:200

 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE613PE: ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS (Professional Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Understand the matrix method of analysis statically indeterminate frames and trusses.
 Know the transformation of coordinates and assembly of stiffness matrices
 Differentiate between flexibility and stiffness methods of analysis of beams, frames and plane
trusses
 Understand the structural behavior of large frames with or without shear walls

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Analyze the multistory building frames by various approximate methods.
 Solve the continuous beams, portal frames by matrix methods of analysis.
 Analyze and design of large frames with or without shear walls

UNIT- I
Introduction to matrix methods of analysis statically indeterminacy and kinematics indeterminacy-
degree of freedom-coordinate system-structure idealization stiffness and flexibility matrices-suitability
element stiffness equations-elements flexibility equations-mixed force-displacement equations-for truss
element, beam element and tensional element
Transformation of coordinates-element stiffness matrix-and load vector-local and global coordinates.

UNIT- II
Assembly of stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix-direct stiffness method-general procedure-
bank matrix-semi bandwidth-computer algorithm for assembly by direct stiffness matrix method.

UNIT- III
Analysis of plane truss-continuous beam-plane frame and grids by Flexible methods.

UNIT- IV
Analysis of plane truss-continuous beam-plane frame and grids by stiffness methods.

UNIT- V
Special analysis procedures-static condensation and sub structuring-initial and thermal stresses.
Shear Walls Necessity-structural behavior of large frames with and without shear walls-approximate
methods of analysis of shear walls.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Matrix methods of structural analysis by Willam Weaver and gere, CBS Publishers.
2. Advanced Structural Analysis by A.K. Jain Nemchand Publishers

REFERENCES:
1. Advanced Structural Analysis by Devdas Menon, Narosa publishing house.
2. Matrix methods of structural analysis by Pandit and gupta
3. Matrix methods of structural analysis by J Meek
4. Structural Analysis by Ghali and Neyveli
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE605PC: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1
Course Objectives: the objectives of the course are to
 Perform the experiments to determine water and waste water quality
 Understand the water & waste water sampling, their quality standards
 Estimate quality of water, waste water, Industrial water

Course outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Understand about the equipment used to conduct the test procedures
 Perform the experiments in the lab
 Examine and Estimate water, waste water, air and soil Quality
 Compare the water, air quality standards with prescribed standards set by the local
governments
 Develop a report on the quality aspect of the environment

Practical Work: List of Experiments

1. Determination of pH
2. Determination of Electrical Conductivity
3. Determination of Total Solids (Organic and inorganic)
4. Determination of Acidity
5. Determination of Alkalinity
6. Determination of Hardness (Total, Calcium and Magnesium Hardness)
7. Determination of Chlorides
8. Determination of optimum coagulant Dosage
9. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen (Winkler Method)
10. Determination of COD
11. Determination of BOD/DO
12. Determination of Residual Chlorine
13. Total count No.
14. Noise level measurement

TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert Masters, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey.
2. Introduction to Environmental Engineering by P. Aarne Vesilind, Susan M. Morgan,
Thompson / Brooks/ Cole; Second Edition 2008.
3. Peavy, H.s, Rowe, D.R, Tchobanoglous, G. Environmental Engineering, Mc-Graw - Hill
International Editions, New York 1985.
4. MetCalf and Eddy. Wastewater Engineering, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse, Tata McGraw-
Hill, New Delhi.
5. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment. Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi.
6. Plumbing Engineering. Theory, Design and Practice, S.M. Patil, 1999
7. Integrated Solid Waste Management, Tchobanoglous, Theissen & Vigil. McGraw Hill
Publication
8. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, Part A, B and C. Central Public
Health and Environmental Engineering Organization, Ministry of Urban Development.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

CE606PC: COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/2/0 1

Pre-Requisites: Computer Aided Civil Engineering Drawing or AUTO CAD Principles –Excel-
Structural Engineering -1 & 2

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to

 Learn the usage of any fundamental software for design
 Create geometries using pre-processor
 Analyse and Interpret the results using post processor
 Design the structural elements

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course student should be able to
 Model the geometry of real-world structure Represent the physical model of structural
element/structure
 Perform analysis
 Interpret from the Post processing results
 Design the structural elements and a system as per IS Codes

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Analysis & Design determinate structures using a software
2. Analysis & Design of fixed & continuous beams using a software
3. Analysis & Design of Plane Frames
4. Analysis & Design of space frames subjected to DL & LL
5. Analysis & Design of residential building subjected to all loads (DL,LL,WL,EQL)
6. Analysis & Design of Roof Trusses
7. Design and detailing of built up steel beam
8. Developing a design programme for foundation using EXCEL Spread Sheet
9. Detailing of RCC beam and RCC slab
10. Detailing of Steel built up compression member

Note: Drafting of all the exercises is to be carried out using commercially available designing
software’s.
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the
basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable
development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
 R18 [Link] CIVIL ENGG. III YEAR

economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)
Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EE501PE Power Electronics 3 1 0 4
2 EE502PE Power System-II 3 1 0 4
3 EE503PE Measurements and Instrumentation 3 1 0 4
4 Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
5 SM504MS Business Economics and Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
6 EE505PC Power System Simulation Lab 0 0 2 1
7 EE506PC Power Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1
8 EE507PC Measurements and Instrumentation Lab 0 0 2 1
9 EN508HS Advanced Communication Skills Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC510 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 8 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

S. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 Open Elective-I 3 0 0 3
2 Professional Elective-II 3 0 0 3
3 EE601PC Signals and Systems 2 1 0 3
4 EE602PC Microprocessors & Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3
5 EE603PC Power System Protection 3 1 0 4
6 EE604PC Power System Operation and Control 3 0 0 3
7 EE605PC Power System Lab 0 0 2 1
8 EE606PC Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 2 1
9 EE607PC Signals and Systems Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 20 2 6 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

NOTE: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective - I
EE511PE Computer Architecture
EE512PE High Voltage Engineering
EE513PE Electrical Machine Design

Professional Elective - II
EE611PE Optimization Techniques
EE612PE Power Semiconductor Drives
EE613PE Wind and Solar Energy systems
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE501PE: POWER ELECTRONICS

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Analog Electronics, Digital Electronics
Course Objectives:
 To Design/develop suitable power converter for efficient control or conversion of power in drive
applications
 To Design / develop suitable power converter for efficient transmission and utilization of power
in power system applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the differences between signal level and power level devices.
 Analyze controlled rectifier circuits.
 Analyze the operation of DC-DC choppers.
 Analyze the operation of voltage source inverters.

UNIT-I:
POWER SWITCHING DEVICES
Concept of power electronics, scope and applications, types of power converters; Power semiconductor
switches and their V-I characteristics - Power Diodes, Power BJT, SCR, Power MOSFET, Power IGBT;
Thyristor ratings and protection, methods of SCR commutation, UJT as a trigger source, gate drive
circuits for BJT and MOSFETs

UNIT-II:
AC-DC CONVERTERS (PHASE CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS)
Principles of single-phase fully-controlled converter with R, RL, and RLE load, Principles of single-phase
half-controlled converter with RL and RLE load, Principles of three-phase fully-controlled converter
operation with RLE load, Effect of load and source inductances, General idea of gating circuits, Single
phase and Three phase dual converters

UNIT-III:
DC-DC CONVERTERS (CHOPPER/SMPS)
Introduction, elementary chopper with an active switch and diode, concepts of duty ratio, average
inductor voltage, average capacitor current. Buck converter - Power circuit, analysis and waveforms at
steady state, duty ratio control of output voltage. Boost converter - Power circuit, analysis and
waveforms at steady state, relation between duty ratio and average output voltage. Buck-Boost
converter - Power circuit, analysis and waveforms at steady state, relation between duty ratio and
average output voltage.

UNIT-IV:
AC-DC CONVERTERS (INVERTERS)
Introduction, principle of operation, performance parameters, single phase bridge inverters with R, RL
loads, 3-phase bridge inverters - 120 and 180 degrees mode of operation, Voltage control of single
phase inverters –single pulse width modulation, multiple pulse width modulation, sinusoidal pulse width
modulation.

UNIT-V:
AC-AC CONVERTERS
Phase Controller (AC Voltage Regulator)-Introduction, principle of operation of single phase voltage
controllers for R, R-L loads and its applications. Cyclo-converter-Principle of operation of single phase
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

cyclo-converters, relevant waveforms, circulating current mode of operation, Advantages and

disadvantages.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. H. Rashid, “Power electronics: circuits, devices, and applications”, Pearson Education India,
2009.
2. N. Mohan and T. M. Undeland, “Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and Design”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, “Fundamentals of Power Electronics”, Springer Science &
Business Media, 2007.
2. L. Umanand, “Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications”, Wiley India, 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE502PE: POWER SYSTEM – II

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Power System –I and Electro Magnetic Fields

Course Objectives:
 To analyze the performance of transmission lines.
 To understand the voltage control and compensation methods.
 To understand the per unit representation of power systems.
 To examine the performance of travelling waves.
 To know the methods of overvoltage protection and Insulation coordination of transmission lines
 To know the symmetrical components and fault calculation analysis

Course Outcomes:
 Analyze transmission line performance.
 Apply load compensation techniques to control reactive power
 Understand the application of per unit quantities.
 Design over voltage protection and insulation coordination
 Determine the fault currents for symmetrical and unbalanced faults

UNIT- I:
Performance of Lines
Representation of lines, short transmission lines, medium length lines, nominal T and PI-
representations, long transmission lines. The equivalent circuit representation of a long Line, A,
B, C, D constants, Ferranti Effect, Power flow through a transmission line, receiving end power circle
diagram.

UNIT- II:
Voltage Control
Introduction – methods of voltage control, shunt and series capacitors / Inductors, tap changing
transformers, synchronous phase modifiers.
Compensation In Power Systems
Introduction - Concepts of Load compensation – Load ability characteristics of overhead lines –
Uncompensated transmission line – Symmetrical line – Radial line with asynchronous load –
Compensation of lines.

UNIT- III:
Per Unit Representation of Power Systems
The one-line diagram, impedance and reactance diagrams, per unit quantities, changing the base of
per unit quantities, advantages of per unit system.
Travelling Waves on Transmission Lines
Production of travelling waves, open circuited line, short circuited line, line terminated through a
resistance, line connected to a cable, reflection and refraction at T-junction line terminated through a
capacitance, capacitor connection at a T-junction, Attenuation of travelling waves.

UNIT- IV:
Overvoltage Protection and Insulation Coordination
Over voltage due to arcing ground and Peterson coil, lightning, horn gaps, surge diverters, rod gaps,
expulsion type lightning arrester, valve type lightning arrester, ground wires, ground rods, counter poise,
surge absorbers, insulation coordination, volt-time curves.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT - V:
SYMMETRICAL COMPONENTS AND FAULT CALCULATIONS
Significance of positive, negative and zero sequence components, Average 3-phase power in terms of
symmetrical components, sequence impedances and sequence networks, fault calculations, sequence
network equations, single line to ground fault, line to line fault, double line to ground fault, three phase
fault, faults on power systems, faults with fault impedance, reactors and their location, short circuit
capacity of a bus.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. John J. Grainger & W.D. Stevenson: Power System Analysis – Mc Graw Hill International 1994.
2. C.L. Wadhwa: Electrical Power Systems – New Age International Pub. Co. Third Edition, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Hadi Scadat: Power System Analysis – Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2002
2. W.D. Stevenson: Elements of Power system Analysis – McGraw Hill International Student
Edition.
3. D.P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis - Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co.,
New Delhi, Fourth edition, 2011
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE503PE: MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4

Pre-requisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Analog Electronics, Electrical Circuit Analysis & Electro
Magnetic fields.

Course objectives:
 To introduce the basic principles of all measuring instruments
 To deal with the measurement of voltage, current, Power factor, power, energy and magnetic
measurements.
 To understand the basic concepts of smart and digital metering.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student able to

 Understand different types of measuring instruments, their construction, operation and
characteristics
 Identify the instruments suitable for typical measurements
 Apply the knowledge about transducers and instrument transformers to use them effectively.
 Apply the knowledge of smart and digital metering for industrial applications

UNIT- I:
Introduction to Measuring Instruments
Classification – deflecting, control and damping torques – Ammeters and Voltmeters – PMMC, moving
iron type instruments – expression for the deflecting torque and control torque – Errors and
compensations, extension of range using shunts and series resistance. Electrostatic Voltmeters-
electrometer type and attracted disc type – extension of range of E.S. Voltmeters.

UNIT- II:
Potentiometers & Instrument Transformers
Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer – standardization – Measurement of unknown
resistance, current, voltage. A.C. Potentiometers: polar and coordinate type’s standardization –
applications. CT and PT – Ratio and phase angle errors

UNIT- III:
Measurement of Power & Energy
Single phase dynamometer wattmeter, LPF and UPF, Double element and three element dynamometer
wattmeter, expression for deflecting and control torques – Extension of range of wattmeter using
instrument transformers – Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced
systems. Single phase induction type energy meter – driving and braking torques – errors and
compensations – testing by phantom loading using R.S.S. meter. Three phase energy meter – tri-vector
meter, maximum demand meters.

UNIT- IV:
DC & AC Bridges
Method of measuring low, medium and high resistance – sensitivity of Wheat-stone’s bridge – Carey
Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance, measurement of high resistance
– loss of charge method.
Measurement of inductance- Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge - Owen’s bridge.
Measurement of capacitance and loss angle –Desaunty’s Bridge - Wien’s bridge – Schering Bridge.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT-V:
Transducers
Definition of transducers, Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers,
Characteristics and choice of transducers; Principle operation of LVDT and capacitor transducers;
LVDT Applications, Strain gauge and its principle of operation, gauge factor, Thermistors,
Thermocouples, Piezo electric transducers, photovoltaic, photo conductive cells, and photo diodes.
Introduction to Smart and Digital Metering: Digital Multi-meter, True RMS meters, Clamp-on meters,
Digital Storage Oscilloscope

TEXT BOOKS:
1. G. K. Banerjee, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition,
2016
2. S. C. Bhargava, “Electrical Measuring Instruments and Measurements”, BS Publications, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. A. K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Publications, 2005.
2. R. K. Rajput, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation”, S. Chand and Company
Ltd., 2007.
3. Buckingham and Price, “Electrical Measurements”, Prentice – Hall, 1988.
4. Reissland, M. U, “Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications”, New Age
International (P) Limited Publishers, 1st Edition 2010.
5. E.W. Golding and F. C. Widdis, “Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments”, fifth
Edition, Wheeler Publishing, 2011.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE511PE: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Digital Electronics

Course Objectives:
 To understand basic components of computers.
 To understand the architecture of 8086 processor.
 To understand the instruction sets, instruction formats and various addressing modes of 8086.
 To understand the representation of data at the machine level and how computations are
performed at machine level.
 To understand the memory organization and I/O organization.
 To understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple processors.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the concepts of microprocessors, their principles and practices.
 Write efficient programs in assembly language of the 8086 family of microprocessors.
 Organize a modern computer system and be able to relate it to real examples.
 Develop the programs in assembly language for 80286, 80386 and MIPS processors in real
and protected modes.
 Implement embedded applications using ATOM processor.

UNIT- I
Introduction to Computer Organization
Architecture and function of general computer system, CISC Vs RISC, Data types, Integer Arithmetic -
Multiplication, Division, Fixed and Floating-point representation and arithmetic, Control unit operation,
Hardware implementation of CPU with Micro instruction, microprogramming, System buses, Multi-bus
organization.

UNIT- II
Memory Organization
System memory, Cache memory - types and organization, Virtual memory and its implementation,
Memory management unit, Magnetic Hard disks, Optical Disks.
Input – Output Organization
Accessing I/O devices, Direct Memory Access and DMA controller, Interrupts and Interrupt Controllers,
Arbitration, Multilevel Bus Architecture, Interface circuits - Parallel and serial port. Features of PCI and
PCI Express bus.

UNIT- III
16 AND 32 Microprocessors
80x86 Architecture, IA – 32 and IA – 64, Programming model, Concurrent operation of EU and BIU,
Real mode addressing, Segmentation, addressing modes of 80x86, Instruction set of 80x86, I/O
addressing in 80x86

UNIT- IV
Pipelining
Introduction to pipelining, Instruction level pipelining (ILP), compiler techniques for ILP,Data hazards,
Dynamic scheduling, Dependability, Branch cost, Branch Prediction, Influence on instruction set.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT-V:
Different Architectures
VLIW Architecture, DSP Architecture, SoC architecture, MIPS Processor and programming

TEXT BOOKS:
1. V. Carl, G. Zvonko and S. G. Zaky, “Computer organization”, McGraw Hill, 1978.
2. B. Brey and C. R. Sarma, “The Intel microprocessors”, Pearson Education, 2000.

REFERENCES:
1. J. L. Hennessy and D. A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture A Quantitative
Approach”, Morgan Kauffman, 2011.
2. W. Stallings, “Computer organization”, PHI, 1987.
3. P. Barry and P. Crowley, “Modern Embedded Computing”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.
4. N. Mathivanan, “Microprocessors, PC Hardware and Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 2004.
5. Y. C. Lieu and G. A. Gibson, “Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/8088 Family”,
Prentice Hall India, 1986.
6. J. Uffenbeck, “The 8086/8088 Design, Programming, Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 1987.
7. B. Govindarajalu, “IBM PC and Clones”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
8. P. Able, “8086 Assembly Language Programming”, Prentice Hall India.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE512PE: HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING (Professional Elective-I)

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Power Systems – I, Electro Magnetic Fields

Course Objectives:
 To deal with the detailed analysis of Breakdown occurring in gaseous, liquids and solid
dielectrics
 To inform about generation and measurement of High voltage and current
 To introduce High voltage testing methods

Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will demonstrate
 Understand the basic physics related to various breakdown processes in solid, liquid and
gaseous insulating materials.
 Knowledge of generation and measurement of D. C., A.C., & Impulse voltages.
 Knowledge of tests on H. V. equipment and on insulating materials, as per the standards.
 Knowledge of how over-voltages arise in a power system, and protection against these over-
voltages.

UNIT - I
Breakdown in Gases
Ionization processes and de-ionization processes, Types of Discharge, Gases as insulating materials,
Breakdown in Uniform gap, non-uniform gaps, Townsend’s theory, Streamer mechanism, Corona
discharge
Breakdown in Liquid and Solid Insulating Materials
Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids, Solid dielectrics and composite dielectrics, intrinsic
breakdown, electromechanical breakdown and thermal breakdown, Partial discharge, applications of
insulating materials.

UNIT - II
Generation of High Voltages
Generation of high voltages, generation of high D. C. and A.C. voltages, generation of impulse voltages,
generation of impulse currents, tripping and control of impulse generators.

UNIT- III
Measurements of High Voltages and Currents
Peak voltage, impulse voltage and high direct current measurement method, cathode ray oscillographs
for impulse voltage and current measurement, measurement of dielectric constant and loss factor,
partial discharge measurements.

UNIT - IV
LIGHTNING AND SWITCHING OVER-VOLTAGES
Charge formation in clouds, Stepped leader, Dart leader, Lightning Surges. Switching overvoltages,
Protection against over-voltages, Surge diverters, Surge modifiers.

UNIT - V
High Voltage Testing of Electrical Apparatus and High Voltage Laboratories Various standards
for HV Testing of electrical apparatus, IS, IEC standards, Testing of insulators and bushings, testing of
isolators and circuit breakers, testing of cables, power transformers and some high voltage equipment,
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

High voltage laboratory layout, indoor and outdoor laboratories, testing facility requirements, safety
precautions in H. V. Labs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju, “High Voltage Engineering”, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
2. C. L. Wadhwa, “High Voltage Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. D. V. Razevig (Translated by Dr. M. P. Chourasia), “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals”,
Khanna Publishers, 1993.
2. E. Kuffel, W. S. Zaengl and J. Kuffel, “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals”, Newnes
Publication, 2000.
3. R. Arora and W. Mosch “High Voltage and Electrical Insulation Engineering”, John Wiley &
Sons, 2011.
4. Various IS standards for HV Laboratory Techniques and Testing
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE513PE: ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Electrical Machines-I, Electrical Machines-II

Course Objectives:
 To know the major considerations in electrical machine design, electrical engineering materials,
space factor, choice of specific electrical and magnetic loadings,
 To analyze the thermal considerations, heat flow, temperature rise, rating of machines.
 To understand the design of transformers
 To study the design of induction motors
 To know the design of synchronous machines
 To understand the CAD design concepts

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the construction and performance characteristics of electrical machines.
 Understand the various factors which influence the design: electrical, magnetic and thermal
loading of electrical machines
 Understand the principles of electrical machine design and carry out a basic design of an ac
machine.
 Use software tools to do design calculations.

UNIT - I
Introduction
Major considerations in electrical machine design, electrical engineering materials, space factor, choice
of specific electrical and magnetic loadings, thermal considerations, heat flow, temperature rise, rating
of machines.

UNIT - II
Transformers
Sizing of a transformer, main dimensions, kVA output for single- and three-phase transformers, window
space factor, overall dimensions, operating characteristics, regulation, no load current, temperature rise
in transformers, design of cooling tank, methods for cooling of transformers.

UNIT - III
Induction Motors
Sizing of an induction motor, main dimensions, length of air gap, rules for selecting rotor slots of squirrel
cage machines, design of rotor bars & slots, design of end rings, design of wound rotor, magnetic
leakage calculations, leakage reactance of poly-phase machines, magnetizing current, short circuit
current, circle diagram, operating characteristics.

UNIT - IV
Synchronous Machines
Sizing of a synchronous machine, main dimensions, design of salient pole machines, short circuit ratio,
shape of pole face, armature design, armature parameters, estimation of airgap length, design of rotor,
design of damper winding, determination of full load field mmf, design of field winding, design of turbo
alternators, rotor design.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Computer Aided Design (CAD)
Limitations (assumptions) of traditional designs need for CAD analysis, synthesis and hybrid methods,
design optimization methods, variables, constraints and objective function, problem formulation.
Introduction to FEM based machine design. Introduction to complex structures of modern machines-
PMSMs, BLDCs, SRM and claw-pole machines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. K. Sawhney, “A Course in Electrical Machine Design”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1970.
2. M.G. Say, “Theory & Performance & Design of A.C. Machines”, ELBS London.

REFERENCES:
1. S. K. Sen, “Principles of Electrical Machine Design with computer programmes”, Oxford and IBH
Publishing, 2006.
2. K. L. Narang, “A Text Book of Electrical Engineering Drawings”, Satya Prakashan, 1969.
3. A. Shanmugasundaram, G. Gangadharan and R. Palani, “Electrical Machine Design Data Book”,
New Age International, 1979.
4. M. V. Murthy, “Computer Aided Design of Electrical Machines”, B.S. Publications, 2008.
5. Electrical machines and equipment design exercise examples using Ansoft’s Maxwell 2D
machine design package.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

SM504MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic business types, impact of the economy on Business and Firms
specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the impact of
economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost, Market Structure, Pricing
aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial position by analysing the Financial
Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Business and Economics

Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited Liability
Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts and
Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply and Inflation, Business Cycle, Features and
Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of Business Economist,
Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT - II: Demand and Supply Analysis

Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and Significance
of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of Demand in decision making,
Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting,
Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function and Law of Supply.

UNIT- III: Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing

Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with one
variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,
Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, Cost Volume Profit
Analysis.

UNIT - IV: Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to
Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT - V: Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Importance, Liquidity Ratios,
Turnover Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios – Analysis and
Interpretation (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata Mc –Graw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e, Tata Mc
Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial Accounting, 5e, Vikas
Publications, 2013.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE505PC: POWER SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisites: Power System-I, Power System-II

Course Objectives:
 To perform voltage distributions across insulator strings
 To understand the high frequency transients
 To perform parameter estimation and fault analysis on Transmission lines
 To calculate Time constant calculations
 To perform Tariff Estimation
 To perform resonance circuit simulation

Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab, the student will be able to
 Perform various transmission line calculations
 Understand Different circuits time constants
 Analyze the experimental data and draw the conclusions.

List of Experiments:
1. Generation of high frequency transients through RLC circuit
2. Voltage distribution across insulator string
3. Comparison of lumped and distributed transmission lines
4. Calculation of fault currents of transmission line
5. Time constant calculation of RL circuit
6. Time constant calculation of RC circuit
7. Time constant calculation of RLC circuit
8. Simulation of Resonance circuit
9. Calculation of R, L, C, Zs of 3-phase Transmission Line
10. Estimation of TARIFF based on load curve

NOTE: The above experiments shall be conducted using any software tool
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE506PC: POWER ELECTRONICS LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisite: Power Electronics

Course Objectives:
 Apply the concepts of power electronic converters for efficient conversion/control of power from
source to load.
 Design the power converter with suitable switches meeting a specific load requirement.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student is able to

 Understand the operating principles of various power electronic converters.
 Use power electronic simulation packages& hardware to develop the power converters.
 Analyze and choose the appropriate converters for various applications

Any eight experiments should be conducted

1. Study of Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT,
2. Gate firing circuits for SCR’s
3. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads
4. Single Phase half controlled &fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads
5. Forced Commutation circuits (Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D & Class E)
6. Single Phase Cyclo-converter with R and RL loads
7. Single Phase series& parallel inverter with R and RL loads
8. Single Phase Bridge inverter with R and RL loads

Any two experiments should be conducted

1. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads
2. Three Phase half-controlled bridge converter with R-load
3. Single Phase dual converter with RL loads
4. (a)Simulation of single-phase Half wave converter using R and RL loads
(b)Simulation of single-phase full converter using R, RL and RLE loads
(c)Simulation of single-phase Semi converter using R, RL and RLE loads
5. (a)Simulation of Single-phase AC voltage controller using R and RL loads
(b)Simulation of Single phase Cyclo-converter with R and RL-loads
6. Simulation of Buck chopper
7. Simulation of single-phase Inverter with PWM control
8. Simulation of three phase fully controlled converter with R and RL loads, with and without
freewheeling diode. Observation of waveforms for Continuous and Discontinuous modes of
operation.
9. Study of PWM techniques

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. H. Rashid, Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M/s PHI
Publications.
2. User’s manual of related software’s

REFERENCES:
1. Reference guides of related software’s
2. Rashid, Spice for power electronics and electric power, CRC Press
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE507PC: MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Pre-requisite: Measurements and Instrumentation

Course Objectives:
 To calibrate LPF Watt Meter, energy meter, P. F Meter using electro dynamo meter type
instrument as the standard instrument
 To determine unknown inductance, resistance, capacitance by performing experiments on D.C
Bridges & A. C Bridges
 To determine three phase active & reactive powers using single wattmeter method practically
 To determine the ratio and phase angle errors of current transformer and potential transformer.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab the student is able to

 to choose instruments
 test any instrument
 find the accuracy of any instrument by performing experiment
 calibrate PMMC instrument using D.C potentiometer

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments

1. Calibration and Testing of single-phase energy Meter.
2. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter.
3. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter.
4. Kelvin’s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance.
5. Dielectric oil testing using H.T. testing Kit.
6. Schering Bridge & Anderson Bridge.
7. Measurement of 3 - Phase reactive power with single-phase wattmeter.
8. Measurement of displacement with the help of LVDT.

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted

9. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing.

10. Measurement of 3-phase power with single watt meter and two CTs.
11. C.T. testing using mutual Inductor – Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given
CT by Null method.
12. PT testing by comparison – V. G. as Null detector – Measurement of % ratio error and phase
angle of the given PT
13. Resistance strain gauge – strain measurements and Calibration.
14. Transformer turns ratio measurement using AC bridges.
15. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given CT by comparison.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “G. K. Banerjee”, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition,
2016
2. “S. C. Bhargava”, “Electrical Measuring Instruments and Measurements”, BS Publications, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. “A. K. Sawhney”, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Publications, 2005.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

2. “R. K. Rajput”, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation”, S. Chand and Company
Ltd., 2007.
3. “Buckingham and Price”, “Electrical Measurements”, Prentice – Hall, 1988.
4. “Reissland, M. U”, “Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications”, New Age
International (P) Limited Publishers, 1st Edition 2010.
5. “E.W. Golding and F. C. Widdis”, “Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments”, fifth
Edition, Wheeler Publishing, 2011.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EN508HS: ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
 To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
 Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
 To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

*MC510: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

III Year [Link]. EEE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE611PE: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Mathematics –I, Mathematics –II
Course Objectives:
 To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming, transportation
problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming
 Constrained and unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing an electrical
and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
 To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project implementation.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 explain the need of optimization of engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
 apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm, transportation
problem
 apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear programming and dynamic
programming
 Formulate optimization problems.

UNIT - I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization problem –
design vector – design constraints – constraint surface – objective function – objective function surfaces
– classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable Optimization without
constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization
with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints –
Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT - II
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear
programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear simultaneous
equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to the simplex method –
simplex algorithm.
Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule, least cost
method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced transportation problems.

UNIT - III
Unconstrained Non-linear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods, Classification,
Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Uni-variant method, Powell’s method and steepest
descent method.

UNIT - IV
Constrained Non-linear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem - classification -
Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic
approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods - Introduction to convex programming
problem.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types – concept of
sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in dynamic programming –
examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples illustrating the tabular method of
solution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and Sons, 4th
edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India), Pvt. Ltd.,
2004

REFERENCES:
1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer series in
operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H. A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE612PE: POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Power Electronics, Electrical Machines – I, Electrical Machines – II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the drive system and operating modes of drive and its characteristics
 To understand Speed – Torque characteristics of different motor drives by various power
converter topologies
 To appreciate the motoring and braking operations of drive
 To differentiate DC and AC drives

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the student is able to

 Identify the drawbacks of speed control of motor by conventional methods.
 Differentiate Phase controlled and chopper-controlled DC drives speed-torque characteristics
merits and demerits
 Understand Ac motor drive speed–torque characteristics using different control strategies its
merits and demerits
 Describe Slip power recovery schemes

UNIT - I
Control of DC Motors
Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase semi and fully controlled converters connected
to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors – continuous current operation – output voltage and
current waveforms – Speed and Torque expressions – Speed – Torque Characteristics- Problems on
Converter fed d.c motors.
Three phase semi and fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series
motors – output voltage and current waveforms – Speed and Torque expressions – Speed – Torque
characteristics – Problems.

UNIT - II
Four Quadrant Operation of DC Drives
Introduction to Four quadrant operation – Motoring operations, Electric Braking – Plugging, Dynamic,
and Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by single phase and three
phase dual converters – Closed loop operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only)
Control of DC Motors By Choppers: Single quadrant, Two quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed
dc separately excited and series motors – Continuous current operation – Output voltage and current
wave forms – Speed and torque expressions – speed-torque characteristics – Problems on Chopper
fed D.C Motors – Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only)

UNIT - III
Control of Induction Motor
Variable voltage characteristics-Control of Induction Motor by Ac Voltage Controllers – Waveforms –
speed torque characteristics.
Variable frequency characteristics-Variable frequency control of induction motor by Voltage source and
current source inverter and cyclo converters- PWM control – Comparison of VSI and CSI operations –
Speed torque characteristics – numerical problems on induction motor drives – Closed loop operation
of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only)
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT - IV
Rotor Side Control of Induction Motor
Static rotor resistance control – Slip power recovery – Static Scherbius drive – Static Kramer Drive –
their performance and speed torque characteristics – advantages, applications, problems.

UNIT - V
Control of Synchronous Motors
Separate control and self-control of synchronous motors – Operation of self-controlled synchronous
motors by VSI, CSI and cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor – Operation –
Waveforms – speed torque characteristics – Applications – Advantages and Numerical Problems –
Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only), variable frequency
control - Cyclo converter, PWM based VSI & CSI.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “G K Dubey”, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, CRC Press, 2002.
2. “Vedam Subramanyam”, Thyristor Control of Electric drives, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,
1987.

REFERENCES:
1. “S K Pillai”, A First course on Electrical Drives, New Age International (P) Ltd. 2nd Edition. 1989
2. “P. C. Sen”, Thyristor DC Drives, Wiley-Blackwell, 1981
3. “B. K. Bose”, Modern Power Electronics, and AC Drives, Pearson 2015.
4. “R. Krishnan”, Electric motor drives - modeling, Analysis and control, Prentice Hall PTR, 2001
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE613PE: WIND AND SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Renewable Energy Systems
Course Objectives:
 To study the physics of wind power and energy
 To understand the principle of operation of wind generators
 To know the solar power resources
 To analyze the solar photo-voltaic cells
 To discuss the solar thermal power generation
 To identify the network integration issues

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the energy scenario and the consequent growths of the power generate renewable
energy sources.
 Understand the basic physics of wind and solar power generation.
 Understand the power electronic interfaces for wind and solar generation.
 Understand the issues related to the grid-integration of solar and wind energy systems

UNIT - I
Physics of Wind Power
History of wind power, Indian and Global statistics, Wind physics, Betz limit ratio, stall and pitch control,
Wind speed statistics-probability distributions, and Wind power-cumulative distribution functions.

UNIT - II
Wind Generator Topologies
Review of modern wind turbine technologies, Fixed and Variable speed wind turbine, Induction
Generators, Doubly-Fed Induction Generators and their characteristics, Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Generators, Power electronics converters. Generator configurations, Converter Control.

UNIT - III
The Solar Resource
Introduction, solar radiation spectra, solar geometry, Earth Sun angles, observer Sun angles, solar day
length, Estimation of solar energy availability.
Solar Photovoltaic
Technologies-Amorphous, mono-crystalline, polycrystalline; V-I characteristics of a PV cell, PV module,
array, Power Electronic Converters for Solar Systems, Maximum Power point Tracking (MPPT)
algorithms. Converter Control.

UNIT - IV
Network Integration Issues
Overview of grid code technical requirements. Fault ride-through for wind farms - real and reactive
power regulation, voltage and frequency operating limits, solar PV and wind farm behavior during grid
disturbances. Power quality issues. Power system interconnection experiences in the world. Hybrid and
isolated operations of solar PV and wind systems.

UNIT - V
Solar Thermal Power Generation
Technologies, Parabolic trough, central receivers, parabolic dish, Fresnel, solar pond, elementary
analysis.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2005.
2. G. M. Masters, “Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage”, McGraw Hill, 1984.
2. H. Siegfried and R. Waddington, “Grid integration of wind energy conversion systems” John Wiley
and Sons Ltd., 2006.
3. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Applications”, Narosa Publications, 2004.
4. J. A. Duffie and W. A. Beckman, “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, John Wiley & Sons,
1991.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE601PC: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

2 1 0 3

Course Objectives:
 This gives the basics of Signals and Systems required for all Electrical Engineering related
courses.
 To understand the behavior of signal in time and frequency domain
 To understand the characteristics of LTI systems
 This gives concepts of Signals and Systems and its analysis using different transform
techniques.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
 Differentiate various signal functions.
 Represent any arbitrary signal in time and frequency domain.
 Understand the characteristics of linear time invariant systems.
 Analyze the signals with different transform technique

UNIT - I
Signal Analysis: Analogy between Vectors and Signals, Orthogonal Signal Space, Signal
approximation using Orthogonal functions, Mean Square Error, Closed or complete set of Orthogonal
functions, Orthogonality in Complex functions, Classification of Signals and systems, Exponential and
Sinusoidal signals, Concepts of Impulse function, Unit Step function, Signum function.

UNIT – II
Fourier series: Representation of Fourier series, Continuous time periodic signals, Properties of
Fourier Series, Dirichlet’s conditions, Trigonometric Fourier Series and Exponential Fourier Series,
Complex Fourier spectrum.
Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier series, Fourier Transform of arbitrary
signal, Fourier Transform of standard signals, Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals, Properties of
Fourier Transform, Fourier Transforms involving Impulse function and Signum function, Introduction to
Hilbert Transform.

UNIT - III
Signal Transmission through Linear Systems: Linear System, Impulse response, Response of a
Linear System, Linear Time Invariant(LTI) System, Linear Time Variant (LTV) System, Transfer function
of a LTI System, Filter characteristic of Linear System, Distortion less transmission through a system,
Signal bandwidth, System Bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF, and BPF characteristics, Causality and Paley-
Wiener criterion for physical realization, Relationship between Bandwidth and rise time, Convolution
and Correlation of Signals, Concept of convolution in Time domain and Frequency domain, Graphical
representation of Convolution.

UNIT – IV
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms (L.T), Inverse Laplace Transform, Concept of Region of
Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms, Properties of L.T, Relation between L.T and F.T of a
signal, Laplace Transform of certain signals using waveform synthesis.
Z–Transforms: Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence, Distinction between Laplace, Fourier
and Z Transforms, Region of Convergence in Z-Transform, Constraints on ROC for various classes of
signals, Inverse Z-transform, Properties of Z-transforms.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Sampling theorem: Graphical and analytical proof for Band Limited Signals, Impulse Sampling, Natural
and Flat top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal from its samples, Effect of under sampling – Aliasing,
Introduction to Band Pass Sampling.
Correlation: Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions, Properties of Correlation Functions,
Energy Density Spectrum, Parsevals Theorem, Power Density Spectrum, Relation between
Autocorrelation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function, Relation between Convolution
and Correlation, Detection of Periodic Signals in the presence of Noise by Correlation, Extraction of
Signal from Noise by Filtering.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, 2013, BSP.
2. Signals and Systems - A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawabi, 2 Ed.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Signals and Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley 2 Ed.,
2. Signals and Systems – A. Rama Krishna Rao, 2008, TMH
3. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems - Michel J. Robert, 2008, MGH International Edition.
4. Signals, Systems and Transforms - C. L. Philips, J. M. Parr and Eve A. Riskin, 3 Ed., 2004, PE.
5. Signals and Systems – K. Deergha Rao, Birkhauser, 2018.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE602PC: MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the architecture of microprocessors and micro controllers
2. To provide the knowledge about interfacing techniques of bus & memory.
3. To understand the concepts of ARM architecture
4. To study the basic concepts of Advanced ARM processors

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language programming of
8086 processors.
2. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language programming of
8051/controllers
3. Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 based systems.
4. Understands the internal architecture of ARM processors and basic concepts of advanced ARM
processors.

UNIT - I:
8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register Organization, Memory
Segmentation, Programming Model, Memory addresses, Physical Memory Organization, Architecture
of 8086, Signal descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats, Addressing
modes, Instruction Set, Assembler Directives, Macros, and Simple Programs involving Logical, Branch
and Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.

UNIT - II:
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture, I/O Ports, Memory
Organization, Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External Hardware Interrupts,
Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts, Programming 8051 Timers and Counters

UNIT – III:
I/O and Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM, ROM Interface, ADC, DAC
Interface to 8051.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards, Serial Data Transfer
Scheme, On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART; External Communication
Interfaces-RS232, USB.

UNIT – IV:
ARM Architecture: ARM Processor fundamentals, ARM Architecture – Register, CPSR, Pipeline,
exceptions and interrupts interrupt vector table, ARM instruction set – Data processing, Branch
instructions, load store instructions, Software interrupt instructions, Program status register instructions,
loading constants, Conditional execution, Introduction to Thumb instructions.

UNIT – V:
Advanced ARM Processors: Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture, OMAP
Processor and its Architecture.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd
Edition 2006.
2. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris WRIGHT, Elsevier,
2012

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller, Kenneth. J. Ayala, Cengage Learning, 3rd Ed, 2004.
2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D. V. Hall, TMGH, 2nd Edition 2006.
3. The 8051 Microcontrollers, Architecture and Programming and Applications -K. Uma Rao,
Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.
4. Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the OMAP- L138 Experimenter, Donald Reay,
WILEY 2012.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE603PC: POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisites: Power Systems-I, Power Systems-II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce all kinds of circuit breakers and relays for protection of Generators, Transformers
and feeder bus bars from Over voltages and other hazards.
 To describe neutral grounding for overall protection.
 To understand the phenomenon of Over Voltages and it’s classification.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Compare and contrast electromagnetic, static and microprocessor-based relays
 Apply technology to protect power system components.
 Select relay settings of over current and distance relays.
 Analyze quenching mechanisms used in air, oil and vacuum circuit breakers

UNIT - I
Protective Relays
Introduction, Need for power system protection, effects of faults, evolution of protective relays, zones
of protection, primary and backup protection, essential qualities of protection, classification of protective
relays and schemes, current transformers, potential transformers, basic relay terminology.
Operating Principles and Relay Construction: Electromagnetic relays, thermal relays, static relays,
microprocessor based protective relays.

UNIT - II
Over-Current Protection
Time-current characteristics, current setting, over current protective schemes, directional relay,
protection of parallel feeders, protection of ring mains, Phase fault and earth fault protection, Combined
earth fault and phase fault protective scheme, Directional earth fault relay.
Distance Protection: Impedance relay, reactance relay, MHO relay, input quantities for various types
of distance relays, Effect of arc resistance, Effect of power swings, effect of line length and source
impedance on the performance of distance relays, selection of distance relays, MHO relay with blinders,
Reduction of measuring units, switched distance schemes, auto re-closing.

UNIT- III
Pilot Relaying Schemes - Wire Pilot protection, Carrier current protection.
AC Machines and Bus Zone Protection: Protection of Generators, Protection of transformers, Bus-
zone protection, frame leakage protection.

UNIT - IV:
Static Relays
Amplitude and Phase comparators, Duality between AC and PC, Static amplitude comparator,
integrating and instantaneous comparators, static phase comparators, coincidence type of phase
comparator, static over current relays, static directional relay, static differential relay, static distance
relays, Multi input comparators, concept of Quadrilateral and Elliptical relay characteristics.
Microprocessor Based Relays: Advantages, over current relays, directional relays, distance relays.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

UNTI-V:
Circuit Breakers
Introduction, arcing in circuit breakers, arc interruption theories, re-striking and recovery voltage,
resistance switching, current chopping, interruption of capacitive current, oil circuit breaker, air blast
circuit breakers, SF6 circuit breaker, operating mechanism, selection of circuit breakers, high voltage
d.c. breakers, ratings of circuit breakers, testing of circuit breakers.
FUSES: Introduction, fuse characteristics, types of fuses, application of HRC fuses, discrimination.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Badriram and D.N. Vishwakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, TMH 2001.
2. [Link], [Link]: Switchgear and Protection, Technical Publications, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. [Link] Mason – “The art and science of protective relaying, Wiley Eastern, 1995
2. [Link] “Protective relaying from Electromechanical to Microprocessors”, New Age
International
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE604PC: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Power System-I, Power System-II
Course Objectives:
 To understand real power control and operation
 To know the importance of frequency control
 To analyze different methods to control reactive power
 To understand unit commitment problem and importance of economic load dispatch
 To understand real time control of power systems
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand operation and control of power systems.
 Analyze various functions of Energy Management System (EMS) functions.
 Analyze whether the machine is in stable or unstable position.
 Understand power system deregulation and restructuring

UNIT - I
Load Flow Studies
Introduction, Bus classification -Nodal admittance matrix - Load flow equations - Iterative methods -
Gauss and Gauss Seidel Methods, Newton-Raphson Method-Fast Decoupled method-Merits and
demerits of the above methods-System data for load flow study

UNIT - II
Economic Operation of Power Systems
Distribution of load between units within a plant-Transmission loss as a function of plant generation,
Calculation of loss coefficients-Distribution of load between plants.

UNIT - III
Load Frequency Control
Introduction, load frequency problem-Megawatt frequency (or P-f) control channel, MVAR voltages (or
Q-V) control channel-Dynamic interaction between P-f and Q-V loops. Mathematical model of speed-
governing system-Turbine models, division of power system into control areas, P-f control of single
control area (the uncontrolled and controlled cases)-P-f control of two area systems (the uncontrolled
cases and controlled cases)

UNIT - IV
Power System Stability
The stability problem-Steady state stability, transient stability and Dynamic stability-Swing equation.
Equal area criterion of stability-Applications of Equal area criterion, Step by step solution of swing
equation-Factors affecting transient stability, Methods to improve steady state and Transient stability,
Introduction to voltage stability

UNIT - V
Computer Control of Power Systems
Need of computer control of power systems. Concept of energy control centre (or) load dispatch centre
and the functions - system monitoring - data acquisition and control. System hardware configuration –
SCADA and EMS functions. Network topology – Importance of Load Forecasting and simple techniques
of forecasting.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS
1. C. L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, 3rd Edn, New Age International Publishing Co., 2001.
2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, 4th Edn, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. D. P. Kothari: Modern Power System Analysis-Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2003.
2. Hadi Sadat: Power System Analysis –Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2002.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE605PC: POWER SYSTEM LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisite: Power System-I, Power System-II, Power System Protection, Power System Operation
and Control, Electrical Machines

Course Objectives:
 perform testing of CT, PT's and Insulator strings
 To find sequence impedances of 3-Φ synchronous machine and Transformer
 To perform fault analysis on Transmission line models and Generators.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this lab, the student will be able to
 Perform various load flow techniques
 Understand Different protection methods
 Analyze the experimental data and draw the conclusions.

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments:

Part - A
1. Characteristics of IDMT Over-Current Relay.
2. Differential protection of 1-Φ transformer.
3. Characteristics of Micro Processor based Over Voltage/Under Voltage relay.
4. A,B,C,D constants of a Long Transmission line
5. Finding the sequence impedances of 3-Φ synchronous machine.
6. Finding the sequence impedances of 3-Φ Transformer.

In addition to the above six experiments, at least any four of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted.
Part - B
1. Formation of YBUS.
2. Load Flow Analysis using Gauss Seidal (GS) Method.
3. Load Flow Analysis using Fast Decoupled (FD) Method.
4. Formation of ZBUS.
5. Simulation of Compensated Line

TEXT BOOKS:
1. C.L. Wadhwa: Electrical Power Systems –Third Edition, New Age International Pub. Co., 2001.
2. Hadi Sadat: Power System Analysis –Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2002.

REFERENCES:
1. D. P. Kothari: Modern Power System Analysis-Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2003.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE606PC: MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Cycle 1: Using 8086 Processor Kits and/or Assembler (5 Weeks)

 Assembly Language Programs to 8086 to Perform
1. Arithmetic, Logical, String Operations on 16 Bit and 32-Bit Data.
2. Bit level Logical Operations, Rotate, Shift, Swap and Branch Operations.

Cycle 2: Using 8051 Microcontroller Kit (6 weeks)

 Introduction to IDE
1. Assembly Language Programs to Perform Arithmetic (Both Signed and Unsigned) 16 Bit
Data Operations, Logical Operations (Byte and Bit Level Operations), Rotate, Shift, Swap
and Branch Instructions
2. Time delay Generation Using Timers of 8051.
3. Serial Communication from / to 8051 to / from I/O devices.
4. Program Using Interrupts to Generate Square Wave 10 KHZ Frequency on P2.1 Using
Timer 0 8051 in 8 bit Auto reload Mode and Connect a 1 HZ Pulse to INT1 pin and Display
on Port 0. Assume Crystal Frequency as 11.0592 MHZ

Cycle 3: Interfacing I/O Devices to 8051(5 Weeks)

1. 7 Segment Display to 8051.
2. Matrix Keypad to 8051.
3. Sequence Generator Using Serial Interface in 8051.
4. 8 bit ADC Interface to 8051.
5. Triangular Wave Generator through DAC interfaces to 8051.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals by A K Ray, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006
2. The 8051 Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming & Applications by Dr. K. Uma Rao,
Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

EE607PC: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LAB

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisites: Signals and Systems

Course Objectives:
 To develop ability to analyze linear systems and signals
 To develop critical understanding of mathematical methods to analyze linear systems and
signals
 To know the various transform techniques
 To analyse sampling principles

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the concepts of continuous time and discrete time systems.
 Analyse systems in complex frequency domain.
 Understand sampling theorem and its implications.

List of Experiments:
1. Frequency Spectrum of continuous signal
2. Frequency Spectrum of impulse signals (Time Bounded signals)
3. Frequency Response Analysis using any Software
4. Frequency Response Analysis for any Transfer Function (Preferably Transformer)
5. Write a program to generate the discrete sequences
(i) U n i t step(ii) Unit impulse(iii) Ramp(iv)Periodic sinusoidal sequences.
(Plot all the sequences).
6. Find the Fourier transform of a square pulse.
(Plot its amplitude and phase spectrum).
7. Write a program to convolve two discrete time sequences. (Plot all the sequences).Verify the
result by analytical calculation.
8. WriteaprogramtofindthetrigonometricFourierseriescoefficientsofarectangular periodic signal.
Reconstruct the signal by combining the Fourier series coefficients with appropriate
weightings.
9. Write a program to find the trigonometric and exponential Fourier series coefficients of a
periodic rectangular signal. Plot the discrete spectrum of the signal.
10. [Link] with sampling
rates less than Nyquist rate, aliasing occurs while reconstructing the signal.
11. Write a program to find the magnitude and phase response of first order low pass and high
pass filter. Plot the responses in logarithmic scale.
12. Write a program to find the response of a low pass filter and high pass filter, when a speech
signal is passed through these filters.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky and S. H. Nawab, “Signals and systems”, Prentice Hall India,
1997.
2. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and
Applications”, Pearson, 2006.

REFERENCES:
1. H. P. Hsu, “Signals and systems”, Schaum’s series, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
2. S. Haykin and B. V. Veen, “Signals and Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

3. A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, “Discrete-Time Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, 2009.

4. M. J. Robert “Fundamentals of Signals and Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2007.
5. B. P. Lathi, “Linear Systems and Signals”, Oxford University Press, 2009.
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the
basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable
development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
 R18 [Link] EEE III YEAR

structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 ME501PC Dynamics of Machinery 3 1 0 4
2 ME502PC Design of Machine Members-I 3 0 0 3
3 ME503PC Metrology & Machine Tools 3 0 0 3
4 SM504MS Business Economics & Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
5 ME505PC Thermal Engineering-II 3 0 0 3
6 ME506PC Operations Research 3 0 0 3
7 ME507PC Thermal Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1
8 ME508PC Metrology & Machine Tools Lab 0 0 2 1
9 ME509PC Kinematics & Dynamics Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC510 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 6 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

S. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 ME601PC Design of Machine Members-II 3 0 0 3
2 ME602PC Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4
3 ME603PC CAD & CAM 3 0 0 3
4 Professional Elective - I 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3
6 ME604PC Finite Element Methods 3 0 0 3
7 ME605PC Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 2 1
8 ME606PC CAD & CAM Lab 0 0 2 1
9 EN608HS Advanced Communication Skills lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 6 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

Note: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective - I
ME611PE Unconventional Machining Processes
ME612PE Machine Tool Design
ME613PE Production Planning & Control
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME501PC: DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite: Kinematics of Machinery

Course Objectives: The objective is to introduce some of the components mainly used in IC Engines
and make analysis of various forces involved. Subjects deals with topics like inertia forces in slider crank
mechanism; IC Engine components & the analysis like governors is introduced. It also deals with
balancing of rotating & reciprocating parts. Studies are made about balancing of multi cylinder engines,
Radial engines etc. study of primary & secondary forces are considered while balancing. Finally they
are introduced to the topic of vibrations. The study deals with linear, longitudinal, & torsional vibrations.
The idea is to introduce the concept of natural frequency and the importance of resonance and critical
speeds.

Course Outcome: the study of KOM & DOM are necessary to have an idea while designing the various
machine members like shafts, bearings, gears, belts & chains and various I.C. Engine Components &
Machine tool parts.

UNIT – I
Precession: Gyroscopes – effect of precession – motion on the stability of moving vehicles such as
motorcycle – motorcar – aeroplanes and ships.
Static and Dynamic Force Analysis: Static force analysis of planar mechanisms – Analytical
Method – Dynamic Force Analysis – D’Alembert’s principle, Dynamic Analysis of 4-link mechanism,
Slider Crank Mechanism.

UNIT – II
Turning Moment Diagram and Flywheels: Engine Force Analysis – Piston Effort, Crank Effort, etc.,
Inertia Force in Reciprocating Engine – Graphical Method - Turning moment diagram –fluctuation of
energy – flywheels and their design - Inertia of connecting rod- inertia force in reciprocating engines –
crank effort and torque diagrams.-.

UNIT – III
Friction: pivots and collars – uniform pressure, uniform wear – friction circle and friction axis: lubricated
surfaces – boundary friction – film lubrication. Clutches – Types – Single plate, multi-plate and cone
clutches. Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Simple block brake, band and block brake-
internal expanding shoe brake-effect of braking of a vehicle. Dynamometers – absorption and
transmission types. General description and methods of operation.

UNIT – IV
Governors: Types of governors - Watt, Porter and Proell governors. Spring loaded governors –
Hartnell and Hartung with auxiliary springs. Sensitiveness, isochronisms and hunting – stability – effort
and power of the governors.
Balancing: Balancing of rotating masses- Primary, Secondary, and higher balancing of reciprocating
masses. Analytical and graphical methods. Unbalanced forces and couples. Examination of “V” and
multi cylinder in-line and radial engines for primary and secondary balancing- locomotive balancing –
Hammer blow – Swaying couple – variation of tractive effort.

UNIT – V
Vibrations: Free Vibration of mass attached to vertical spring – Transverse loads – vibrations of beams
with concentrated and distributed loads. Dunkerly’s method – Raleigh’s method. Whirling of shafts –
critical speed – torsional vibrations – one, two and three rotor systems.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines /[Link] / Mc Graw Hill.
2. Theory of Machines /Sadhu Singh/ Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms/Joseph E. Shigley / Oxford
2. Theory of Machines / Rao,J.S & R.V. Duggipati/ New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME502PC: DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS - I

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Note: Design Data books are not permitted in the Examinations. The design must not only satisfy
strength criteria but also rigidity criteria.

Pre-requisites: Engineering mechanics, mechanics of solids, manufacturing processes, metallurgy

and material science.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the general design procedures and principles in the design of machine elements.
 To study different materials of construction and their properties and factors determining the
selection of material for various applications.
 To determine stresses under different loading conditions.
 To learn the design procedure of different fasteners, joints, shafts and couplings.

Course Outcomes:
 The student acquires the knowledge about the principles of design, material selection,
component behavior subjected to loads, and criteria of failure.
 Understands the concepts of principal stresses, stress concentration in machine members and
fatigue loading.
 Design on the basis of strength and rigidity and analyze the stresses and strains induced in a
machine element.

UNIT – I
Introduction: General considerations in the design of Engineering Materials and their properties –
selection –Manufacturing consideration in design. Tolerances and fits –BIS codes of steels.
Design for Static Strength: Simple stresses – Combined stresses – Torsional and Bending stresses
– Impact stresses – Stress strain relation – Various theories of failure – Factor of safety – Design for
strength and rigidity – preferred numbers. The concept of stiffness in tension, bending, torsion and
combined situations.

UNIT – II
Design for Fatigue Strength: Stress concentration–Theoretical stress Concentration factor–Fatigue
stress concentration factor- Notch Sensitivity – Design for fluctuating stresses – Endurance limit –
Estimation of Endurance strength – Gerber’s curve– Goodman’s line– Soderberg’s line.

UNIT – III
Riveted, Welded and Bolted Joints: Riveted joints- methods of failure of riveted joints-strength
equations-efficiency of riveted joints-eccentrically loaded riveted joints.
Welded joints-Design of fillet welds-axial loads-circular fillet welds under bending, torsion. Welded joints
under eccentric loading.
Bolted joints – Design of bolts with pre-stresses – Design of joints under eccentric loading – locking
devices – bolts of uniform strength.

UNIT – IV
Keys, Cotters and Knuckle Joints: Design of keys-stresses in keys-cottered joints-spigot and socket,
sleeve and cotter, Gib and cotter joints-Knuckle joints.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT – V
Shafts: Design of solid and hollow shafts for strength and rigidity – Design of shafts for combined
bending and axial loads – Shaft sizes – BIS code. - Gaskets and seals (stationary & rotary)
Shaft Couplings: Rigid couplings – Muff, Split muff and Flange couplings. Flexible couplings – Flange
coupling (Modified).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / V. Bhandari / Mc Graw Hill
2. Machine Design / Jindal / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / V. M. Faires / Macmillan
2. Design of Machine Elements-I / Kannaiah, M.H / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME503PC: METROLOGY AND MACHINE TOOLS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives: The course content enables students to:

 Acquire the knowledge of Engineering metrology and its practice which is having increasing
importance in industry.
 Specifically make the student to improve applications aspect in the measurements and control
of process of manufacture
 Impart the fundamental aspects of the metal cutting principles and their application in studying
the behavior of various machining processes.
 Train in knowing the fundamental parts of various machine tools and their kinematic schemes.
 Discuss various principles of jigs and fixtures which will be used to hold and guide the work
pieces and cutting tools in various machine tools

Course Outcome: At the end of the course, the student would be able to
 Identify techniques to minimize the errors in measurement.
 Identify methods and devices for measurement of length, angle, gear & thread parameters,
surface roughness and geometric features of parts.
 Understand working of lathe, shaper, planer, drilling, milling and grinding machines.
 Comprehend speed and feed mechanisms of machine tools.
 Estimate machining times for machining operations on machine tools

UNIT – I
Metal cutting: Introduction, elements of cutting process – Geometry of single point tools. Chip formation
and types of chips. Engine lathe – Principle of working, types of lathe, specifications. Taper turning,–
Lathe attachments. Capstan and Turret lathe – Single spindle and multi-spindle automatic lathes –
tool layouts.

UNIT – II
Drilling and Boring Machines – Principles of working, specifications, types, operations performed; twist
drill. Types of Boring machines and applications. Shaping, slotting and planing machines –Principles
of working – machining time calculations.

UNIT – III
Milling machines – Principles of working – Types of milling machines – Geometry of milling cutters
methods of indexing. Grinding – theory of grinding – classification of grinding machines. Types of
abrasives, bonds. Selection of a grinding wheel. Lapping, honing and broaching machines,
comparison and Constructional features, machining time calculations

UNIT – IV
Limits, fits and tolerances- Types of Fits - Unilateral and bilateral tolerance system, hole and shaft
basis system. Interchangeability and selective assembly.
Limit Gauges: Taylor’s principle, Design of GO and NO-GO gauges, Measurement of angles using
Bevel protractor and Sine bar. Measurement of flatness using straight edges, surface plates, optical flat
and auto collimator.

UNIT – V
Surface Roughness Measurement: Roughness, Waviness. CLA, RMS, Rz Values. Methods of
measurement of surface finish, Talysurf. Screw thread measurement, Gear measurement; Machine
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Tool Alignment Tests on lathe, milling and drilling machines. Coordinate Measuring Machines: Types
and Applications of CMM.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Machine Tool Practices/ Kibbe, Johne. Neely, T. White, Rolando O. Meyer/ Pearson
2. Engineering Metrology/ R.K. Jain/ Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Machine Tools, Bhattacharyya A and Sen.G.C / New Central Book Agency.
2. Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology / Connie Dotson / Thomson
3. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools / Geoffrey Boothroyd / McGraw Hill
4. Principles of Engineering Metrology/ Rega Rajendra/ Jaico Publishers.
5. Metrology and Measurement/ Bewoor & Kulkarni/ Tata Mc Graw Hill
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

SM504MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business and Firms
specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the impact of
economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost, Market Structure, Pricing
aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial position by analysing the Financial
Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Business and Economics

Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited Liability
Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts and
Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply in Inflation, Business Cycle, Features and
Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of Business Economist,
Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT – II: Demand and Supply Analysis

Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and Significance
of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of Demand in decision making,
Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting,
Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function & Law of Supply.

UNIT – III: Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing

Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with one
variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,
Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, Cost Volume Profit
Analysis.

UNIT – IV: Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to
Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT – V: Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover
Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios (simple problems).
Introduction to Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e, Tata McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial Accounting, 5e, Vikas
Publications, 2013.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME505PC: THERMAL ENGINEERING - II

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Note: Steam Table book Permitted.
Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objective: To apply the laws of Thermodynamics to analyze steam and gas turbine cycles and
to perform analysis of the major components of steam and gas turbine plants and their applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
 Develop state – space diagrams based on the schematic diagrams of process flow of steam
and gas turbine plants
 Apply the laws of Thermodynamics to analyze thermodynamic cycles
 Differentiate between vapour power cycles and gas power cycles
 Infer from property charts and tables and to apply the data for the evaluation of performance
parameters of the steam and gas turbine plants
 Understand the functionality of major components of steam and gas turbine plants and to do
the analysis of these components

UNIT – I
Steam Power Plant: Rankine cycle - Schematic layout, Thermodynamic Analysis, Concept of Mean
Temperature of Heat addition, Methods to improve cycle performance – Regeneration & reheating.
Boilers – Classification – Working principles with sketches including [Link] – Mountings and
Accessories – Working principles- Boiler horse power, Equivalent Evaporation, Efficiency and Heat
balance – Draught- Classification – Height of chimney for given draught and discharge- Condition for
maximum discharge- Efficiency of chimney.

UNIT – II
Steam Nozzles: Stagnation Properties- Function of nozzle – Applications and Types- Flow through
nozzles- Thermodynamic analysis – Assumptions -Velocity of nozzle at exit-Ideal and actual expansion
in nozzle- Velocity coefficient- Condition for maximum discharge- Critical pressure ratio- Criteria to
decide nozzle shape- Super saturated flow, its effects, Degree of super saturation and Degree of under
cooling - Wilson line.

UNIT – III
Steam Turbines: Classification – Impulse turbine; Mechanical details – Velocity diagram – Effect of
friction – Power developed, Axial thrust, Blade or diagram efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency.
De-Laval Turbine - its features- Methods to reduce rotor speed-Velocity compounding and Pressure
compounding- Velocity and Pressure variation along the flow – Combined velocity diagram for a velocity
compounded impulse turbine.
Reaction Turbine: Mechanical details – Principle of operation, Thermodynamic analysis of a stage,
Degree of reaction –Velocity diagram – Parson’s reaction turbine – Condition for maximum efficiency.

UNIT - IV
Steam Condensers: Requirements of steam condensing plant – Classification of condensers –
Working principle of different types – Vacuum efficiency and Condenser efficiency – Air leakage,
sources and its affects, Air pump- Cooling water requirement.
Gas Turbines: Simple gas turbine plant – Ideal cycle, essential components – Parameters of
performance – Actual cycle – Regeneration, Inter cooling and Reheating –Closed and Semi-closed
cycles – Merits and Demerits- Combustion chambers and turbines of Gas Turbine Plant- Brief
Concepts.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT – V
Jet Propulsion: Principle of Operation –Classification of jet propulsive engines – Working Principles
with schematic diagrams and representation on T-S diagram - Thrust, Thrust Power and Propulsion
Efficiency – Turbo jet engines – Needs and Demands met by Turbo jet – Schematic Diagram,
Thermodynamic Cycle, Performance Evaluation Thrust Augmentation – Methods.
Rockets: Application – Working Principle – Classification – Propellant Type – Thrust, Propulsive
Efficiency – Specific Impulse – Solid and Liquid propellant Rocket Engines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thermal Engineering / Mahesh M Rathore/ Mc Graw Hill
2. Gas Turbines – V. Ganesan /Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gas Turbine Theory/ Saravanamuttoo, Cohen, Rogers/ Pearson
2. Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics / Rathakrishnan/ PHI
3. Thermal Engineering/ Rajput/ Lakshmi Publications
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME506PC: OPERATIONS RESEARCH

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: None

Course Objectives: Understanding the mathematical importance of development of model in a

particular optimization model for the issue and solving it.
Course Outcome: Understanding the problem, identifying variables & constants, Formulation of
optimization model and applying appropriate optimization technique

UNIT - I
Development-definition-characteristics and phases-Types of models-Operations Research models-
applications.
Allocation: Linear Programming Problem Formulation-Graphical solution- Simplex method-Artificial
variable techniques: Two-phase method, Big-M method.

UNIT - II
Transportation problem - Formulation-Optimal solution, unbalanced transportation problem-
Degeneracy.
Assignment problem- Formulation-Optimal solution,- Variants of Assignment problem- Travelling
salesman problem.

UNIT - III
Sequencing- Introduction-Flow-Shop sequencing- n jobs through two machines – n jobs through three
machines- Job shop sequencing-two jobs through ‘m’ machines
Replacement: Introduction- Replacement of items that deteriorate with time- when money value is not
counted and counted- Replacement of items that fail completely- Group Replacement.

UNIT - IV
Theory of Games: Introduction- Terminology- Solution of games with saddle points and without saddle
points. 2 x 2 games- dominance principle- m x 2 & 2 x n games- Graphical method.
Inventory: Introduction- Single item, Deterministic models- purchase inventory models with one price
break and multiple price breaks- Stochastic models _ Demand may be discrete variable or continuous
variable- single period model and no setup cost.

UNIT - V
Waiting lines: Introduction- Terminology- Single channel- Poisson arrivals and Exponential service
times with infinite population.
Dynamic Programming: Introduction- Terminology, Bellman’s principle of optimality- Applications of
Dynamic programming- shortest path problem- linear programming problem.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Operations Research/ J. K. Sharma4e./ MacMilan
2. Introduction to OR/ Hillier & Libemann/TMH
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to OR/Taha/PHI
2. Operations Research/NVS Raju/SMS Education/3rd Revised Edition
3. Operations Research /A. M. Natarajan, [Link], A. Tamilarasi/Pearson Education.
4. Operations Research/ Wagner/ PHI Publications.
5. Operations Research/M.V. Durga Prasad, [Link] Kumar Reddy, J. Suresh Kumar/Cengage
Learning.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME507PC: THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-Requisite: Thermodynamics & Thermal Engineering - I

Objective: To understand the working principles of IC Engines, Compressors.

List of Experiments
1. I.C. Engines Valve / Port Timing Diagrams
2. I.C. Engines Performance Test for 4 Stroke SI engines
3. I.C. Engines Performance Test for 2 Stroke SI engines
4. I.C. Engines Morse, Retardation, Motoring Tests
5. I.C. Engine Heat Balance – CI/SI Engines
6. I.C. Engines Economical speed Test on a SI engine
7. I.C. Engines effect of A/F Ratio in a SI engine
8. Performance Test on Variable Compression Ratio Engine
9. IC engine Performance Test on a 4S CI Engine at constant speed
10. Volumetric efficiency of Air – Compressor Unit
11. Dis-assembly / Assembly of Engines
12. Study of Boilers

Note: Perform any 10 out of the 12 Exercises.

 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME508PC: METROLOGY AND MACHINE TOOLS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objectives:
1. To import practical exposure to the metrology equipment & Machine Tools
2. To conduct experiments and understand the working of the same.

Prerequisites: Theoretical exposure to Metrology and machine tools.

List of Experiments:
1. Step turning on lathe machine
2. Taper turning on lathe machine
3. Thread cutting and knurling on lathe machine (2 exercises)
4. Measurement of cutting forces on lathe
5. Machining of holes using Drilling and boring machines.
6. Gear cutting on the Milling machine
7. Grinding of Tool angles using Cylindrical / Surface Grinding
8. Measurement of lengths, heights, diameters by vernier calipers, micrometers.
9. Measurement of Diameter of bores by internal micrometers and dial bore indicators.
10. Use of gear teeth vernier calipers for checking the chordal addendum and chordal height of
the spur gear.
11. Angle and taper measurements by bevel protractor and sine bars.
12. Thread measurement by 2-wire and 3-wire methods.
13. Surface roughness measurement by Tally Surf.
14. Use of mechanical comparator
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME509PC: KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites:
Prerequisites for the graduate-level course are Kinematics, Dynamics, differential equations, motion
simulation, displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, torque, power, Newton’s motion laws, vibration,
Gyroscopic Effect, Cams, Bearings.

Course Objectives: The objective of the lab is to understand the kinematics and dynamics of
mechanical elements such as linkages, gears, cams and learn to design such elements to accomplish
desired motions or tasks.

Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this lab, students should be able to:
 Understand types of motion
 Analyze forces and torques of components in linkages
 Understand static and dynamic balance
 Understand forward and inverse kinematics of open-loop mechanisms

Experiments: (A Minimum of 10 experiments are to be conducted)

1. To determine the state of balance of machines for primary and secondary forces
2. To determine the frequency of torsional vibration of a given rod
3. Determine the effect of varying mass on the centre of sleeve in porter and proell governor
4. Find the motion of the follower if the given profile of the cam
5. The balance masses statically and dynamically for single rotating mass systems
6. Determine the critical speed of a given shaft for different n-conditions
7. For a simple pendulum determine time period and its natural frequency
8. For a compound pendulum determine time period and its natural frequency
9. Determine the effect of gyroscope for different motions
10. Determine time period, amplitude and frequency of undamped free longitudinal vibration of
single degree spring mass systems.
11. Determine the pressure distribution of lubricating oil at various load and speed of a Journal
bearing.
12. Determine time period, amplitude and frequency of damped free longitudinal vibration of single
degree spring mass systems
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC510: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

[Link]. III Year I Sem.` L T P C

3 0 0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME601PC: DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS - II

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Note: Design Data Book is permitted. Design of all components should include design for strength and
rigidity apart from engineering performance requirements.

Pre-requisites: Study of engineering mechanics, design of machine members-I and theory of

machines.

Course objectives:
 To gain knowledge about designing the commonly used important machine members such as
bearings, engine parts, springs, belts, gears etc.
 To design the components using the data available in design data books.

Course Outcomes:
 Knowledge about journal bearing design using different empirical relations.
 Estimation of life of rolling element bearings and their selection for given service conditions.
 Acquaintance with design of the components as per the standard, recommended procedures
which is essential in design and development of machinery in industry.

UNIT – I
Sliding contact bearings: Types of Journal bearings – Lubrication – Bearing Modulus – Full and
partial bearings – Clearance ratio – Heat dissipation of bearings, bearing materials – journal bearing
design.

UNIT – II
Rolling contact bearings: Ball and roller bearings – Static load – dynamic load – equivalent radial load
– design and selection of ball & roller bearings.

UNIT – III
Engine Parts: Connecting Rod: Thrust in connecting rod – stress due to whipping action on connecting
rod ends –Pistons, Forces acting on piston – Construction, Design and proportions of piston.

UNIT – IV
Mechanical Springs: Stresses and deflections of helical springs – Extension and compression springs
– Design of springs for fatigue loading – natural frequency of helical springs – Energy storage capacity
– helical torsion springs – Design of co-axial springs, Design of leaf springs.
Belts & Pulleys: Transmission of power by Belt and Rope Drives, Transmission efficiencies, Belts –
Flat and V types – Ropes - pulleys for belt and rope drives.

UNIT – V
Gears: Spur gears& Helical gears- Brief introduction involving important concepts – Design of gears
using AGMA procedure involving Lewis and Buckingham equations. Check for wear.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / Spotts/ Pearson
2. Machine Design / Pandya & Shah / Charothar

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements-II / Kannaiah / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

2. Design of Machine Elements / Sharma and Purohit/PHI

3. Design Data Book/ P.V. Ramana Murti & M. Vidyasagar/ B.S. Publications
4. Design Data Handbook/ S. Md. Jalaludeen/ Anuradha Publishers
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME602PC: HEAT TRANSFER

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Note: Heat Transfer Data Book is permitted.

Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objectives: To provide knowledge about application of conduction, convection and radiation
heat transfer concepts to different practical applications

Course Outcome: At the end of this course, student will be able to

 Understand the basic modes of heat transfer
 Compute one dimensional steady state heat transfer with and without heat generation
 Understand and analyze heat transfer through extended surfaces
 Understand one dimensional transient conduction heat transfer
 Understand concepts of continuity, momentum and energy equations
 Interpret and analyze forced and free convective heat transfer
 Understand the principles of boiling, condensation and radiation heat transfer
 Design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods

UNIT – I
Introduction: Modes and mechanisms of heat transfer – Basic laws of heat transfer –General
discussion about applications of heat transfer.
Conduction Heat Transfer: Fourier rate equation – General heat conduction equation in Cartesian,
Cylindrical and Spherical coordinates – simplification and forms of the field equation – steady, unsteady,
and periodic heat transfer – Initial and boundary conditions
One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Homogeneous slabs, hollow cylinders,
and spheres- Composite systems– overall heat transfer coefficient – Electrical analogy – Critical radius
of insulation

UNIT – II
One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Variable Thermal conductivity – systems
with heat sources or Heat Generation-Extended surface (fins) Heat Transfer – Long Fin, Fin with
insulated tip and Short Fin, Application to error measurement of Temperature
One Dimensional Transient Conduction Heat Transfer: Systems with negligible internal resistance
– Significance of Biot and Fourier Numbers –Infinite bodies- Chart solutions of transient conduction
systems- Concept of Semi-infinite body.

UNIT – III
Convective Heat Transfer: Classification of systems based on causation of flow, condition of flow,
configuration of flow and medium of flow – Dimensional analysis as a tool for experimental investigation
– Buckingham  Theorem and method, application for developing semi – empirical non- dimensional
correlation for convection heat transfer – Significance of non-dimensional numbers – Concepts of
Continuity, Momentum and Energy Equations – Integral Method as approximate method -Application of
Von Karman Integral Momentum Equation for flat plate with different velocity profiles.
Forced convection: External Flows: Concepts about hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer and
use of empirical correlations for convective heat transfer -Flat plates and Cylinders.

UNIT – IV
Internal Flows: Concepts about Hydrodynamic and Thermal Entry Lengths – Division of internal flow
based on this –Use of empirical relations for Horizontal Pipe Flow and annulus flow.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Free Convection: Development of Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate -
Use of empirical relations for Vertical plates and pipes.
Heat Exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers – overall heat transfer Coefficient and fouling
factor – Concepts of LMTD and NTU methods - Problems using LMTD and NTU methods.

UNIT - V
Heat Transfer with Phase Change:
Boiling: – Pool boiling – Regimes – Calculations on Nucleate boiling, Critical Heat flux and Film boiling.
Condensation: Film wise and drop wise condensation –Nusselt’s Theory of Condensation on a vertical
plate - Film condensation on vertical and horizontal cylinders using empirical correlations.
Radiation Heat Transfer: Emission characteristics and laws of black-body radiation – Irradiation – total
and monochromatic quantities – laws of Planck, Wien, Kirchoff, Lambert, Stefan and Boltzmann– heat
exchange between two black bodies – concepts of shape factor – Emissivity – heat exchange between
grey bodies – radiation shields – electrical analogy for radiation networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heat and Mass Transfer – Dixit /Mc Graw Hill
2. Heat and Mass Transfer / Altamush Siddiqui/ Cengage

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Essential Heat Transfer - Christopher A Long / Pearson
2. Heat Transfer –Ghoshdastidar / Oxford
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME603PC: CAD & CAM

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: To learn the importance and use of computer in design and manufacture

Course objectives: To provide an overview of how computers are being used in design, development
of manufacturing plans and manufacture. To understand the need for integration of CAD and CAM

Course Outcomes: Understand geometric transformation techniques in CAD. Develop mathematical

models to represent curves and surfaces. Model engineering components using solid modeling
techniques. Develop programs for CNC to manufacture industrial components. To understand the
application of computers in various aspects of Manufacturing viz., Design, Proper planning,
Manufacturing cost, Layout & Material Handling system.

UNIT – I
Fundamentals of CAD/ CAM, Application of computers for Design and Manufacturing, Benefits of CAD/
CAM - Computer peripherals for CAD/ CAM, Design workstation, Graphic terminal, CAD/ CAM
software- definition of system software and application software, CAD/ CAM database and structure.
Geometric Modeling: Wire frame modeling, wire frame entities, Interpolation and approximation of
curves, Concept of parametric and non-parametric representation of curves, Curve fitting techniques,
definitions of cubic spline, Bezier, and B-spline.

UNIT - II
Surface modeling: Algebraic and geometric form, Parametric space of surface, Blending functions,
parametrization of surface patch, Subdividing, Cylindrical surface, Ruled surface, Surface of revolution
Spherical surface, Composite surface, Bezier surface. B-spline surface, Regenerative surface and
pathological conditions.
Solid Modelling: Definition of cell composition and spatial occupancy enumeration, Sweep
representation, Constructive solid geometry, Boundary representations.

UNIT – III
NC Control Production Systems: Numerical control, Elements of NC system, NC part programming:
Methods of NC part programming, manual part programming, Computer assisted part programming,
Post Processor, Computerized part program, SPPL (A Simple Programming Language). CNC, DNC
and Adaptive Control Systems.

UNIT – IV
Group Technology: Part families, Parts classification and coding. Production flow analysis, Machine
cell design.
Computer aided process planning: Difficulties in traditional process planning, Computer aided
process planning: retrieval type and generative type, Machinability data systems.
Computer aided manufacturing resource planning: Material resource planning, inputs to MRP, MRP
output records, Benefits of MRP, Enterprise resource planning, Capacity requirements planning

UNIT – V
Flexible manufacturing system: F.M.S equipment, FMS layouts, Analysis methods for FMS benefits
of FMS.
Computer aided quality control: Automated inspection- Off-line, On-line, contact, Non-contact;
Coordinate measuring machines, Machine vision.
Computer Integrated Manufacturing: CIM system, Benefits of CIM
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. CAD/CAM Concepts and Applications / Alavala / PHI
2. CAD/CAM Principles and Applications / P. N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. CAD/CAM/ Groover M.P/ Pearson
2. CAD/CAM/CIM/ Radhakrishnan and Subramanian / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME611PE: UNCONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES (Professional Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Overview: The objective of this course is to introduce the student to more advanced topics in
the machining processes. To bring out the need for Unconventional Machining Processes which will
overcome the difficulties associated with Traditional Machining.

Course Objectives:
 To teach the modeling technique for machining processes
 To teach interpretation of data for process selection
 To teach the mechanics and thermal issues associated with chip formation
 To teach the effects of tool geometry on machining force components and surface finish
 To teach the machining surface finish and material removal rate

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basic techniques of Unconventional Machining processes modeling
 Estimate the material removal rate and cutting force, in an industrially useful manner, for
Unconventional Machining processes.

UNIT – I
Introduction – Need for non-traditional machining methods-Classification of modern machining
processes – considerations in process selection. Materials. Applications.
Ultrasonic machining – Elements of the process, mechanics of metal removal process, parameters,
economic considerations, applications and limitations, recent development.

UNIT - II
Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining And Abrasive Water Jet Machining: Basic principles,
equipment, process variable, and mechanics of metal removal, MRR, application and limitations.
Electro – Chemical Processes: Fundamentals of electro chemical machining, electrochemical
grinding, electro chemical honing and deburring processes, metal removal rate in ECM, Tool design,
Surface finish and accuracy, economic aspects of ECM – Simple problems for estimation of metal
removal rate.

UNIT – III
Thermal Metal Removal Processes: General Principle and applications of Electric Discharge
Machining, Electric Discharge Grinding and electric discharge wire cutting processes – Power circuits
for EDM, Mechanics of metal removal in EDM, Process parameters, selection of tool electrode and
dielectric fluids, methods surface finish and machining accuracy, characteristics of spark eroded surface
and machine tool selection. Wire EDM, principle, applications.

UNIT – IV
Generation and control of electron beam for machining, theory of electron beam machining, comparison
of thermal and non-thermal processes –General Principle and application of laser beam machining –
thermal features, cutting speed and accuracy of cut.

UNIT - V
Application of plasma for machining, metal removing mechanism, process parameters, accuracy and
surface finish and other applications of plasma in manufacturing industries. Chemical machining –
principle - maskants - applications.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Magnetic abrasive finishing, Abrasive flow finishing, Electro stream drilling, shaped tube electrolyte
machining.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Machining Processes / VK Jain / Allied publishers
2. Modern Machining Processes - P. C. Pandey, H. S. Shan/ Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Unconventional Manufacturing Processes/ Singh M.K/ New Age Publishers
2. Advanced Methods of Machining/ J.A. McGeough/ Springer International
3. Non-Traditional Manufacturing Processes/ Benedict G.F./ CRC Press
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME612PE: MACHINE TOOL DESIGN (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Machine Design, Machine Tools and Metrology, Machining Science

Course Objectives: This course is designed to:

 Implement the tool design process when designing tooling for the manufacturing of a product.
 Apply Geometric Tolerancing principles in the designs of tooling.
 Evaluate and select appropriate materials for tooling applications.
 Design, develop and evaluate cutting tools and work holders for a manufactured product.
 Design, develop and evaluate appropriate Gauging systems to define limits and specifications
of a work piece during the manufacturing process.
 Design, develop, and evaluate tooling for various joining processes.
 Apply ANSI standards to tool design drawings and layouts.
 Use CAD and conventional techniques in creating tooling drawings.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, understand basic motions
involved in a machine tool, design machine tool structures, design and analyze systems for specified
speeds and feeds, select subsystems for achieving high accuracy in machining, understand control
strategies for machine tool operations and apply appropriate quality tests for quality assurance.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms: Introduction to the course, Working and Auxiliary
Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of Machine Tools, Motion Transmission.

UNIT - II
Regulation of Speeds and Feeds: Aim of Speed and Feed Regulation, Stepped Regulation of Speeds,
Multiple Speed Motors, Ray Diagrams and Design Considerations, Design of Speed Gear Boxes, Feed
Drives, Feed Box Design.

UNIT - III
Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and their Requirements,
Design for Strength, Design for Rigidity, Materials for Machine Tool Structures, Machine Tool
Constructional Features, Beds and Housings, Columns and Tables, Saddles and Carriages.

UNIT - IV
Design of Guideways, Power Screws and Spindles: Functions and Types of Guideways, Design of
Guideways, Design of Aerostatic Slideways, Design of Anti-Friction Guideways, Combination
Guideways, Design of Power Screws.
Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of Spindles and Requirements, Effect of Machine
Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy, Design of Spindles, Antifriction Bearings.

UNIT - V
Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic Stiffness Acceptance
Tests

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tool Design/ Donaldson/ Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill
2. Principles of Machine Tools/ G.C. Sen and A. Bhattacharyya /New Central Book Agency
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Tools / D. K Pal, S. K. Basu / Oxford
2. Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control/ N.K. Mehta / Mc Graw Hill
3. Metal Cutting and Tool Design/ Ranganath B.J./ Vikas Publishers
4. Fundamentals of Tool Design/ ASTME, PHI
5. Tooling Data/ Joshi P.H./ Wheeler Publishing
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME613PE: PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Management Science & Productivity.

Course Objectives: Understand the importance of Production planning & control. Learning way of
carrying out various functions so as to produce right product, right quantity at right time with minimum
cost.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand production systems
and their characteristics. Evaluate MRP and JIT systems against traditional inventory control systems.
Understand basics of variability and its role in the performance of a production system. Analyze
aggregate planning strategies. Apply forecasting and scheduling techniques to production systems.
Understand theory of constraints for effective management of production systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Objectives of Production Planning and Control – Functions of production
planning and control - Types of production systems - Organization of production planning and control
department.
Forecasting – Definition- uses of forecast- factors affecting the forecast- types of forecasting- their
uses - general principle of forecasting. Forecasting techniques- quantitative and qualitative techniques.
Measures of forecasting errors.

UNIT – II
Inventory management – Functions of inventories – relevant inventory costs – ABC analysis – VED
analysis – Basic EOQ model- Inventory control systems –continuous review systems and periodic
review systems, MRP I, MRP II, ERP, JIT Systems - Basic Treatment only. Aggregate planning –
Definition – aggregate-planning strategies – aggregate planning methods – transportation model.

UNIT – III
Line Balancing: Terminology, Methods of Line Balancing, RPW method, Largest Candidate method
and Heuristic method.
Routing – Definition – Routing procedure – Factors affecting routing procedure, Route Sheet.

UNIT – IV
Scheduling –Definition – Scheduling Policies – types of scheduling methods – differences with loading
– flow shop scheduling – job shop scheduling, line of balance (LOB) – objectives - steps involved.

UNIT – V
Dispatching: Definition – activities of dispatcher – dispatching procedures – various forms used in
dispatching.
Follow up: definition – types of follow up – expediting – definition – expediting procedures-Applications
of computers in planning and control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operations management – Heizer- Pearson.
2. Production and Operations Management / Ajay K Garg / Mc Graw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Production Planning and Control- Text & cases/ SK Mukhopadhyaya /PHI.
2. Production Planning and Control- Jain & Jain – Khanna publications
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME604PC: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Mechanics of Solids

Course Objective: The aim of the course is to provide the participants an overview on Finite Element
Method, Material models, and Applications in Civil Engineering. At the end of the course, the
participants are expected to have fair understanding of:
 Basics of Finite Element Analysis.
 Available material models for structural materials, soils and interfaces/joints.
 Modeling of engineering systems and Soil–Structure Interaction (SSI).
 Importance of interfaces and joints on the behavior of engineering systems.
 Implementation of material model in finite element method and applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Apply finite element method
to solve problems in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Formulate and solve
problems in one dimensional structures including trusses, beams and frames. Formulate FE
characteristic equations for two dimensional elements and analyze plain stress, plain strain, axi-
symmetric and plate bending problems. ANSYS, ABAQUS, NASTRAN, etc.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Finite Element Methods: General Procedure – Engineering Applications – Stress and
Equilibrium, Strain – Displacement relations. Stress – strain relations: Finite Elements: 1- Dimensional,
2 – Dimensional, 3-Dimensional & Interpolation Elements
One Dimensional Problems: 1-D Linear and 1-D Quadratic Elements - Finite element modeling,
Coordinates and shape functions. Assembly of Global stiffness matrix and load vector. Finite element
equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

UNIT – II
Analysis of Trusses: Derivation of Stiffness Matrix for Plane Truss, Displacement of Stress
Calculations.
Analysis of Beams: Element stiffness matrix for two noded, two degrees of freedom per node beam
element, Load Vector, Deflection.

UNIT – III
Finite element modeling of two-dimensional stress analysis with constant strain triangles and treatment
of boundary conditions, Estimation of Load Vector, Stresses
Finite element modeling of Axi-symmetric solids subjected to Axi-symmetric loading with triangular
elements. Two dimensional four noded Isoparametric elements and numerical integration.

UNIT – IV
Steady State Heat Transfer Analysis: one dimensional analysis of Slab, fin and two-dimensional
analysis of thin plate.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element - Mass matrices, evaluation of Eigen
values and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar, truss and beam.
Finite element – formulation to 3 D problems in stress analysis, convergence requirements, Mesh
generation. techniques such as semi-automatic and fully Automatic use of softwares such as ANSYS,
ABAQUS, NASTRAN using Hexahedral and Tetrahedral Elements.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Finite Element Methods: Basic Concepts and applications/Alavala/PHI
2. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Chandrupatla, Ashok and Belegundu /Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to the Finite Element Method / J. N. Reddy/ Mc Graw Hill
2. Finite Element Analysis / SS Bhavikatti / New Age
3. Finite Element Method/ Dixit/Cengage
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME605PC: HEAT TRANSFER LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objectives: To enable the student to apply conduction, convection and radiation heat
transfer concepts to practical applications

Course Outcome: At the end of the lab sessions, the student will be able to
 Perform steady state conduction experiments to estimate thermal conductivity of different
materials
 Perform transient heat conduction experiment
 Estimate heat transfer coefficients in forced convection, free convection, condensation and
correlate with theoretical values
 Obtain variation of temperature along the length of the pin fin under forced and free
convection
 Perform radiation experiments: Determine surface emissivity of a test plate and Stefan-
Boltzmann’s constant and compare with theoretical value

Minimum twelve experiments from the following:

1. Composite Slab Apparatus – Overall heat transfer co-efficient.
2. Heat transfer through lagged pipe.
3. Heat Transfer through a Concentric Sphere
4. Thermal Conductivity of given metal rod.
5. Heat transfer in pin-fin
6. Experiment on Transient Heat Conduction
7. Heat transfer in forced convection apparatus.
8. Heat transfer in natural convection
9. Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger.
10. Emissivity apparatus.
11. Stefan Boltzman Apparatus.
12. Critical Heat flux apparatus.
13. Study of heat pipe and its demonstration.
14. Film and Drop wise condensation apparatus
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME606PC: CAD & CAM LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites: To give the exposure to usage of software tools for design and manufacturing. To
acquire the skills needed to analyze and simulate engineering systems.

Course Objectives: To be able to understand and handle design problems in a systematic manner.
To be able to apply CAD in real life applications. To be understand the basic principles of different types
of analysis.

Course Outcomes: To understand the analysis of various aspects in of manufacturing design

Note: conduct any TEN excercises from the list gien below:
1. Drafting: Development of part drawings for various components in the form of orthographic and
isometric. Representation of dimensioning and tolerances.
2. Part Modeling: Generation of various 3D Models through Protrusion, revolve, sweep. Creation of
various features. Study of parent child relation. Feature based and Boolean based modeling and
Assembly Modeling. Study of various standard Translators. Design of simple components.
3. Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D and 3D trusses and beams.
4. Determination of deflections, principal and Von-mises stresses in plane stress, plane strain and
Axi-symmetric components.
5. Determination of stresses in 3D and shell structures (at least one example in each case)
6. Estimation of natural frequencies and mode shapes, Harmonic response of 2D beam.
7. Study state heat transfer analysis of plane and axi-symmetric components.
8. Development of process sheets for various components based on Tooling and Machines.
9. Development of manufacturing defects and tool management systems.
10. Study of various post processors used in NC Machines.
11. Development of NC code for free form and sculptured surfaces using CAM software.
12. Machining of simple components on NC lathe and Mill by transferring NC Code / from CAM
software.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

EN608HS: ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1
1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
 To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
 Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
 To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the
basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable
development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 ME501PC Dynamics of Machinery 3 1 0 4
2 ME502PC Design of Machine Members-I 3 0 0 3
3 ME503PC Metrology & Machine Tools 3 0 0 3
4 SM504MS Business Economics & Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
5 ME505PC Thermal Engineering-II 3 0 0 3
6 ME506PC Operations Research 3 0 0 3
7 ME507PC Thermal Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1
8 ME508PC Metrology & Machine Tools Lab 0 0 2 1
9 ME509PC Kinematics & Dynamics Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC510 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 6 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

S. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 ME601PC Design of Machine Members-II 3 0 0 3
2 ME602PC Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4
3 ME603PC CAD & CAM 3 0 0 3
4 Professional Elective - I 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3
6 ME604PC Finite Element Methods 3 0 0 3
7 ME605PC Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 2 1
8 ME606PC CAD & CAM Lab 0 0 2 1
9 EN608HS Advanced Communication Skills lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 6 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

Note: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective - I
ME611PE Unconventional Machining Processes
ME612PE Machine Tool Design
ME613PE Production Planning & Control
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME501PC: DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite: Kinematics of Machinery

Course Objectives: The objective is to introduce some of the components mainly used in IC Engines
and make analysis of various forces involved. Subjects deals with topics like inertia forces in slider crank
mechanism; IC Engine components & the analysis like governors is introduced. It also deals with
balancing of rotating & reciprocating parts. Studies are made about balancing of multi cylinder engines,
Radial engines etc. study of primary & secondary forces are considered while balancing. Finally they
are introduced to the topic of vibrations. The study deals with linear, longitudinal, & torsional vibrations.
The idea is to introduce the concept of natural frequency and the importance of resonance and critical
speeds.

Course Outcome: the study of KOM & DOM are necessary to have an idea while designing the various
machine members like shafts, bearings, gears, belts & chains and various I.C. Engine Components &
Machine tool parts.

UNIT – I
Precession: Gyroscopes – effect of precession – motion on the stability of moving vehicles such as
motorcycle – motorcar – aeroplanes and ships.
Static and Dynamic Force Analysis: Static force analysis of planar mechanisms – Analytical
Method – Dynamic Force Analysis – D’Alembert’s principle, Dynamic Analysis of 4-link mechanism,
Slider Crank Mechanism.

UNIT – II
Turning Moment Diagram and Flywheels: Engine Force Analysis – Piston Effort, Crank Effort, etc.,
Inertia Force in Reciprocating Engine – Graphical Method - Turning moment diagram –fluctuation of
energy – flywheels and their design - Inertia of connecting rod- inertia force in reciprocating engines –
crank effort and torque diagrams.-.

UNIT – III
Friction: pivots and collars – uniform pressure, uniform wear – friction circle and friction axis: lubricated
surfaces – boundary friction – film lubrication. Clutches – Types – Single plate, multi-plate and cone
clutches. Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Simple block brake, band and block brake-
internal expanding shoe brake-effect of braking of a vehicle. Dynamometers – absorption and
transmission types. General description and methods of operation.

UNIT – IV
Governors: Types of governors - Watt, Porter and Proell governors. Spring loaded governors –
Hartnell and Hartung with auxiliary springs. Sensitiveness, isochronisms and hunting – stability – effort
and power of the governors.
Balancing: Balancing of rotating masses- Primary, Secondary, and higher balancing of reciprocating
masses. Analytical and graphical methods. Unbalanced forces and couples. Examination of “V” and
multi cylinder in-line and radial engines for primary and secondary balancing- locomotive balancing –
Hammer blow – Swaying couple – variation of tractive effort.

UNIT – V
Vibrations: Free Vibration of mass attached to vertical spring – Transverse loads – vibrations of beams
with concentrated and distributed loads. Dunkerly’s method – Raleigh’s method. Whirling of shafts –
critical speed – torsional vibrations – one, two and three rotor systems.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines /[Link] / Mc Graw Hill.
2. Theory of Machines /Sadhu Singh/ Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms/Joseph E. Shigley / Oxford
2. Theory of Machines / Rao,J.S & R.V. Duggipati/ New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME502PC: DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS - I

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Note: Design Data books are not permitted in the Examinations. The design must not only satisfy
strength criteria but also rigidity criteria.

Pre-requisites: Engineering mechanics, mechanics of solids, manufacturing processes, metallurgy

and material science.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the general design procedures and principles in the design of machine elements.
 To study different materials of construction and their properties and factors determining the
selection of material for various applications.
 To determine stresses under different loading conditions.
 To learn the design procedure of different fasteners, joints, shafts and couplings.

Course Outcomes:
 The student acquires the knowledge about the principles of design, material selection,
component behavior subjected to loads, and criteria of failure.
 Understands the concepts of principal stresses, stress concentration in machine members and
fatigue loading.
 Design on the basis of strength and rigidity and analyze the stresses and strains induced in a
machine element.

UNIT – I
Introduction: General considerations in the design of Engineering Materials and their properties –
selection –Manufacturing consideration in design. Tolerances and fits –BIS codes of steels.
Design for Static Strength: Simple stresses – Combined stresses – Torsional and Bending stresses
– Impact stresses – Stress strain relation – Various theories of failure – Factor of safety – Design for
strength and rigidity – preferred numbers. The concept of stiffness in tension, bending, torsion and
combined situations.

UNIT – II
Design for Fatigue Strength: Stress concentration–Theoretical stress Concentration factor–Fatigue
stress concentration factor- Notch Sensitivity – Design for fluctuating stresses – Endurance limit –
Estimation of Endurance strength – Gerber’s curve– Goodman’s line– Soderberg’s line.

UNIT – III
Riveted, Welded and Bolted Joints: Riveted joints- methods of failure of riveted joints-strength
equations-efficiency of riveted joints-eccentrically loaded riveted joints.
Welded joints-Design of fillet welds-axial loads-circular fillet welds under bending, torsion. Welded joints
under eccentric loading.
Bolted joints – Design of bolts with pre-stresses – Design of joints under eccentric loading – locking
devices – bolts of uniform strength.

UNIT – IV
Keys, Cotters and Knuckle Joints: Design of keys-stresses in keys-cottered joints-spigot and socket,
sleeve and cotter, Gib and cotter joints-Knuckle joints.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT – V
Shafts: Design of solid and hollow shafts for strength and rigidity – Design of shafts for combined
bending and axial loads – Shaft sizes – BIS code. - Gaskets and seals (stationary & rotary)
Shaft Couplings: Rigid couplings – Muff, Split muff and Flange couplings. Flexible couplings – Flange
coupling (Modified).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / V. Bhandari / Mc Graw Hill
2. Machine Design / Jindal / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / V. M. Faires / Macmillan
2. Design of Machine Elements-I / Kannaiah, M.H / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME503PC: METROLOGY AND MACHINE TOOLS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives: The course content enables students to:

 Acquire the knowledge of Engineering metrology and its practice which is having increasing
importance in industry.
 Specifically make the student to improve applications aspect in the measurements and control
of process of manufacture
 Impart the fundamental aspects of the metal cutting principles and their application in studying
the behavior of various machining processes.
 Train in knowing the fundamental parts of various machine tools and their kinematic schemes.
 Discuss various principles of jigs and fixtures which will be used to hold and guide the work
pieces and cutting tools in various machine tools

Course Outcome: At the end of the course, the student would be able to
 Identify techniques to minimize the errors in measurement.
 Identify methods and devices for measurement of length, angle, gear & thread parameters,
surface roughness and geometric features of parts.
 Understand working of lathe, shaper, planer, drilling, milling and grinding machines.
 Comprehend speed and feed mechanisms of machine tools.
 Estimate machining times for machining operations on machine tools

UNIT – I
Metal cutting: Introduction, elements of cutting process – Geometry of single point tools. Chip formation
and types of chips. Engine lathe – Principle of working, types of lathe, specifications. Taper turning,–
Lathe attachments. Capstan and Turret lathe – Single spindle and multi-spindle automatic lathes –
tool layouts.

UNIT – II
Drilling and Boring Machines – Principles of working, specifications, types, operations performed; twist
drill. Types of Boring machines and applications. Shaping, slotting and planing machines –Principles
of working – machining time calculations.

UNIT – III
Milling machines – Principles of working – Types of milling machines – Geometry of milling cutters
methods of indexing. Grinding – theory of grinding – classification of grinding machines. Types of
abrasives, bonds. Selection of a grinding wheel. Lapping, honing and broaching machines,
comparison and Constructional features, machining time calculations

UNIT – IV
Limits, fits and tolerances- Types of Fits - Unilateral and bilateral tolerance system, hole and shaft
basis system. Interchangeability and selective assembly.
Limit Gauges: Taylor’s principle, Design of GO and NO-GO gauges, Measurement of angles using
Bevel protractor and Sine bar. Measurement of flatness using straight edges, surface plates, optical flat
and auto collimator.

UNIT – V
Surface Roughness Measurement: Roughness, Waviness. CLA, RMS, Rz Values. Methods of
measurement of surface finish, Talysurf. Screw thread measurement, Gear measurement; Machine
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Tool Alignment Tests on lathe, milling and drilling machines. Coordinate Measuring Machines: Types
and Applications of CMM.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Machine Tool Practices/ Kibbe, Johne. Neely, T. White, Rolando O. Meyer/ Pearson
2. Engineering Metrology/ R.K. Jain/ Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Machine Tools, Bhattacharyya A and Sen.G.C / New Central Book Agency.
2. Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology / Connie Dotson / Thomson
3. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools / Geoffrey Boothroyd / McGraw Hill
4. Principles of Engineering Metrology/ Rega Rajendra/ Jaico Publishers.
5. Metrology and Measurement/ Bewoor & Kulkarni/ Tata Mc Graw Hill
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

SM504MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business and Firms
specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the impact of
economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost, Market Structure, Pricing
aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial position by analysing the Financial
Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Business and Economics

Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited Liability
Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts and
Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply in Inflation, Business Cycle, Features and
Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of Business Economist,
Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT – II: Demand and Supply Analysis

Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and Significance
of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of Demand in decision making,
Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting,
Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function & Law of Supply.

UNIT – III: Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing

Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with one
variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,
Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, Cost Volume Profit
Analysis.

UNIT – IV: Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to
Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT – V: Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover
Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios (simple problems).
Introduction to Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e, Tata McGraw
Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial Accounting, 5e, Vikas
Publications, 2013.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME505PC: THERMAL ENGINEERING - II

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Note: Steam Table book Permitted.
Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objective: To apply the laws of Thermodynamics to analyze steam and gas turbine cycles and
to perform analysis of the major components of steam and gas turbine plants and their applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to
 Develop state – space diagrams based on the schematic diagrams of process flow of steam
and gas turbine plants
 Apply the laws of Thermodynamics to analyze thermodynamic cycles
 Differentiate between vapour power cycles and gas power cycles
 Infer from property charts and tables and to apply the data for the evaluation of performance
parameters of the steam and gas turbine plants
 Understand the functionality of major components of steam and gas turbine plants and to do
the analysis of these components

UNIT – I
Steam Power Plant: Rankine cycle - Schematic layout, Thermodynamic Analysis, Concept of Mean
Temperature of Heat addition, Methods to improve cycle performance – Regeneration & reheating.
Boilers – Classification – Working principles with sketches including [Link] – Mountings and
Accessories – Working principles- Boiler horse power, Equivalent Evaporation, Efficiency and Heat
balance – Draught- Classification – Height of chimney for given draught and discharge- Condition for
maximum discharge- Efficiency of chimney.

UNIT – II
Steam Nozzles: Stagnation Properties- Function of nozzle – Applications and Types- Flow through
nozzles- Thermodynamic analysis – Assumptions -Velocity of nozzle at exit-Ideal and actual expansion
in nozzle- Velocity coefficient- Condition for maximum discharge- Critical pressure ratio- Criteria to
decide nozzle shape- Super saturated flow, its effects, Degree of super saturation and Degree of under
cooling - Wilson line.

UNIT – III
Steam Turbines: Classification – Impulse turbine; Mechanical details – Velocity diagram – Effect of
friction – Power developed, Axial thrust, Blade or diagram efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency.
De-Laval Turbine - its features- Methods to reduce rotor speed-Velocity compounding and Pressure
compounding- Velocity and Pressure variation along the flow – Combined velocity diagram for a velocity
compounded impulse turbine.
Reaction Turbine: Mechanical details – Principle of operation, Thermodynamic analysis of a stage,
Degree of reaction –Velocity diagram – Parson’s reaction turbine – Condition for maximum efficiency.

UNIT - IV
Steam Condensers: Requirements of steam condensing plant – Classification of condensers –
Working principle of different types – Vacuum efficiency and Condenser efficiency – Air leakage,
sources and its affects, Air pump- Cooling water requirement.
Gas Turbines: Simple gas turbine plant – Ideal cycle, essential components – Parameters of
performance – Actual cycle – Regeneration, Inter cooling and Reheating –Closed and Semi-closed
cycles – Merits and Demerits- Combustion chambers and turbines of Gas Turbine Plant- Brief
Concepts.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

UNIT – V
Jet Propulsion: Principle of Operation –Classification of jet propulsive engines – Working Principles
with schematic diagrams and representation on T-S diagram - Thrust, Thrust Power and Propulsion
Efficiency – Turbo jet engines – Needs and Demands met by Turbo jet – Schematic Diagram,
Thermodynamic Cycle, Performance Evaluation Thrust Augmentation – Methods.
Rockets: Application – Working Principle – Classification – Propellant Type – Thrust, Propulsive
Efficiency – Specific Impulse – Solid and Liquid propellant Rocket Engines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thermal Engineering / Mahesh M Rathore/ Mc Graw Hill
2. Gas Turbines – V. Ganesan /Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gas Turbine Theory/ Saravanamuttoo, Cohen, Rogers/ Pearson
2. Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics / Rathakrishnan/ PHI
3. Thermal Engineering/ Rajput/ Lakshmi Publications
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME506PC: OPERATIONS RESEARCH

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: None

Course Objectives: Understanding the mathematical importance of development of model in a

particular optimization model for the issue and solving it.
Course Outcome: Understanding the problem, identifying variables & constants, Formulation of
optimization model and applying appropriate optimization technique

UNIT - I
Development-definition-characteristics and phases-Types of models-Operations Research models-
applications.
Allocation: Linear Programming Problem Formulation-Graphical solution- Simplex method-Artificial
variable techniques: Two-phase method, Big-M method.

UNIT - II
Transportation problem - Formulation-Optimal solution, unbalanced transportation problem-
Degeneracy.
Assignment problem- Formulation-Optimal solution,- Variants of Assignment problem- Travelling
salesman problem.

UNIT - III
Sequencing- Introduction-Flow-Shop sequencing- n jobs through two machines – n jobs through three
machines- Job shop sequencing-two jobs through ‘m’ machines
Replacement: Introduction- Replacement of items that deteriorate with time- when money value is not
counted and counted- Replacement of items that fail completely- Group Replacement.

UNIT - IV
Theory of Games: Introduction- Terminology- Solution of games with saddle points and without saddle
points. 2 x 2 games- dominance principle- m x 2 & 2 x n games- Graphical method.
Inventory: Introduction- Single item, Deterministic models- purchase inventory models with one price
break and multiple price breaks- Stochastic models _ Demand may be discrete variable or continuous
variable- single period model and no setup cost.

UNIT - V
Waiting lines: Introduction- Terminology- Single channel- Poisson arrivals and Exponential service
times with infinite population.
Dynamic Programming: Introduction- Terminology, Bellman’s principle of optimality- Applications of
Dynamic programming- shortest path problem- linear programming problem.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Operations Research/ J. K. Sharma4e./ MacMilan
2. Introduction to OR/ Hillier & Libemann/TMH
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to OR/Taha/PHI
2. Operations Research/NVS Raju/SMS Education/3rd Revised Edition
3. Operations Research /A. M. Natarajan, [Link], A. Tamilarasi/Pearson Education.
4. Operations Research/ Wagner/ PHI Publications.
5. Operations Research/M.V. Durga Prasad, [Link] Kumar Reddy, J. Suresh Kumar/Cengage
Learning.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME507PC: THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-Requisite: Thermodynamics & Thermal Engineering - I

Objective: To understand the working principles of IC Engines, Compressors.

List of Experiments
1. I.C. Engines Valve / Port Timing Diagrams
2. I.C. Engines Performance Test for 4 Stroke SI engines
3. I.C. Engines Performance Test for 2 Stroke SI engines
4. I.C. Engines Morse, Retardation, Motoring Tests
5. I.C. Engine Heat Balance – CI/SI Engines
6. I.C. Engines Economical speed Test on a SI engine
7. I.C. Engines effect of A/F Ratio in a SI engine
8. Performance Test on Variable Compression Ratio Engine
9. IC engine Performance Test on a 4S CI Engine at constant speed
10. Volumetric efficiency of Air – Compressor Unit
11. Dis-assembly / Assembly of Engines
12. Study of Boilers

Note: Perform any 10 out of the 12 Exercises.

 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME508PC: METROLOGY AND MACHINE TOOLS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Course Objectives:
1. To import practical exposure to the metrology equipment & Machine Tools
2. To conduct experiments and understand the working of the same.

Prerequisites: Theoretical exposure to Metrology and machine tools.

List of Experiments:
1. Step turning on lathe machine
2. Taper turning on lathe machine
3. Thread cutting and knurling on lathe machine (2 exercises)
4. Measurement of cutting forces on lathe
5. Machining of holes using Drilling and boring machines.
6. Gear cutting on the Milling machine
7. Grinding of Tool angles using Cylindrical / Surface Grinding
8. Measurement of lengths, heights, diameters by vernier calipers, micrometers.
9. Measurement of Diameter of bores by internal micrometers and dial bore indicators.
10. Use of gear teeth vernier calipers for checking the chordal addendum and chordal height of
the spur gear.
11. Angle and taper measurements by bevel protractor and sine bars.
12. Thread measurement by 2-wire and 3-wire methods.
13. Surface roughness measurement by Tally Surf.
14. Use of mechanical comparator
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME509PC: KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites:
Prerequisites for the graduate-level course are Kinematics, Dynamics, differential equations, motion
simulation, displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, torque, power, Newton’s motion laws, vibration,
Gyroscopic Effect, Cams, Bearings.

Course Objectives: The objective of the lab is to understand the kinematics and dynamics of
mechanical elements such as linkages, gears, cams and learn to design such elements to accomplish
desired motions or tasks.

Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this lab, students should be able to:
 Understand types of motion
 Analyze forces and torques of components in linkages
 Understand static and dynamic balance
 Understand forward and inverse kinematics of open-loop mechanisms

Experiments: (A Minimum of 10 experiments are to be conducted)

1. To determine the state of balance of machines for primary and secondary forces
2. To determine the frequency of torsional vibration of a given rod
3. Determine the effect of varying mass on the centre of sleeve in porter and proell governor
4. Find the motion of the follower if the given profile of the cam
5. The balance masses statically and dynamically for single rotating mass systems
6. Determine the critical speed of a given shaft for different n-conditions
7. For a simple pendulum determine time period and its natural frequency
8. For a compound pendulum determine time period and its natural frequency
9. Determine the effect of gyroscope for different motions
10. Determine time period, amplitude and frequency of undamped free longitudinal vibration of
single degree spring mass systems.
11. Determine the pressure distribution of lubricating oil at various load and speed of a Journal
bearing.
12. Determine time period, amplitude and frequency of damped free longitudinal vibration of single
degree spring mass systems
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC510: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

[Link]. III Year I Sem.` L T P C

3 0 0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME601PC: DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS - II

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Note: Design Data Book is permitted. Design of all components should include design for strength and
rigidity apart from engineering performance requirements.

Pre-requisites: Study of engineering mechanics, design of machine members-I and theory of

machines.

Course objectives:
 To gain knowledge about designing the commonly used important machine members such as
bearings, engine parts, springs, belts, gears etc.
 To design the components using the data available in design data books.

Course Outcomes:
 Knowledge about journal bearing design using different empirical relations.
 Estimation of life of rolling element bearings and their selection for given service conditions.
 Acquaintance with design of the components as per the standard, recommended procedures
which is essential in design and development of machinery in industry.

UNIT – I
Sliding contact bearings: Types of Journal bearings – Lubrication – Bearing Modulus – Full and
partial bearings – Clearance ratio – Heat dissipation of bearings, bearing materials – journal bearing
design.

UNIT – II
Rolling contact bearings: Ball and roller bearings – Static load – dynamic load – equivalent radial load
– design and selection of ball & roller bearings.

UNIT – III
Engine Parts: Connecting Rod: Thrust in connecting rod – stress due to whipping action on connecting
rod ends –Pistons, Forces acting on piston – Construction, Design and proportions of piston.

UNIT – IV
Mechanical Springs: Stresses and deflections of helical springs – Extension and compression springs
– Design of springs for fatigue loading – natural frequency of helical springs – Energy storage capacity
– helical torsion springs – Design of co-axial springs, Design of leaf springs.
Belts & Pulleys: Transmission of power by Belt and Rope Drives, Transmission efficiencies, Belts –
Flat and V types – Ropes - pulleys for belt and rope drives.

UNIT – V
Gears: Spur gears& Helical gears- Brief introduction involving important concepts – Design of gears
using AGMA procedure involving Lewis and Buckingham equations. Check for wear.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements / Spotts/ Pearson
2. Machine Design / Pandya & Shah / Charothar

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Elements-II / Kannaiah / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

2. Design of Machine Elements / Sharma and Purohit/PHI

3. Design Data Book/ P.V. Ramana Murti & M. Vidyasagar/ B.S. Publications
4. Design Data Handbook/ S. Md. Jalaludeen/ Anuradha Publishers
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME602PC: HEAT TRANSFER

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 1 0 4
Note: Heat Transfer Data Book is permitted.

Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objectives: To provide knowledge about application of conduction, convection and radiation
heat transfer concepts to different practical applications

Course Outcome: At the end of this course, student will be able to

 Understand the basic modes of heat transfer
 Compute one dimensional steady state heat transfer with and without heat generation
 Understand and analyze heat transfer through extended surfaces
 Understand one dimensional transient conduction heat transfer
 Understand concepts of continuity, momentum and energy equations
 Interpret and analyze forced and free convective heat transfer
 Understand the principles of boiling, condensation and radiation heat transfer
 Design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods

UNIT – I
Introduction: Modes and mechanisms of heat transfer – Basic laws of heat transfer –General
discussion about applications of heat transfer.
Conduction Heat Transfer: Fourier rate equation – General heat conduction equation in Cartesian,
Cylindrical and Spherical coordinates – simplification and forms of the field equation – steady, unsteady,
and periodic heat transfer – Initial and boundary conditions
One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Homogeneous slabs, hollow cylinders,
and spheres- Composite systems– overall heat transfer coefficient – Electrical analogy – Critical radius
of insulation

UNIT – II
One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Variable Thermal conductivity – systems
with heat sources or Heat Generation-Extended surface (fins) Heat Transfer – Long Fin, Fin with
insulated tip and Short Fin, Application to error measurement of Temperature
One Dimensional Transient Conduction Heat Transfer: Systems with negligible internal resistance
– Significance of Biot and Fourier Numbers –Infinite bodies- Chart solutions of transient conduction
systems- Concept of Semi-infinite body.

UNIT – III
Convective Heat Transfer: Classification of systems based on causation of flow, condition of flow,
configuration of flow and medium of flow – Dimensional analysis as a tool for experimental investigation
– Buckingham  Theorem and method, application for developing semi – empirical non- dimensional
correlation for convection heat transfer – Significance of non-dimensional numbers – Concepts of
Continuity, Momentum and Energy Equations – Integral Method as approximate method -Application of
Von Karman Integral Momentum Equation for flat plate with different velocity profiles.
Forced convection: External Flows: Concepts about hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer and
use of empirical correlations for convective heat transfer -Flat plates and Cylinders.

UNIT – IV
Internal Flows: Concepts about Hydrodynamic and Thermal Entry Lengths – Division of internal flow
based on this –Use of empirical relations for Horizontal Pipe Flow and annulus flow.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Free Convection: Development of Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate -
Use of empirical relations for Vertical plates and pipes.
Heat Exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers – overall heat transfer Coefficient and fouling
factor – Concepts of LMTD and NTU methods - Problems using LMTD and NTU methods.

UNIT - V
Heat Transfer with Phase Change:
Boiling: – Pool boiling – Regimes – Calculations on Nucleate boiling, Critical Heat flux and Film boiling.
Condensation: Film wise and drop wise condensation –Nusselt’s Theory of Condensation on a vertical
plate - Film condensation on vertical and horizontal cylinders using empirical correlations.
Radiation Heat Transfer: Emission characteristics and laws of black-body radiation – Irradiation – total
and monochromatic quantities – laws of Planck, Wien, Kirchoff, Lambert, Stefan and Boltzmann– heat
exchange between two black bodies – concepts of shape factor – Emissivity – heat exchange between
grey bodies – radiation shields – electrical analogy for radiation networks.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Heat and Mass Transfer – Dixit /Mc Graw Hill
2. Heat and Mass Transfer / Altamush Siddiqui/ Cengage

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Essential Heat Transfer - Christopher A Long / Pearson
2. Heat Transfer –Ghoshdastidar / Oxford
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME603PC: CAD & CAM

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: To learn the importance and use of computer in design and manufacture

Course objectives: To provide an overview of how computers are being used in design, development
of manufacturing plans and manufacture. To understand the need for integration of CAD and CAM

Course Outcomes: Understand geometric transformation techniques in CAD. Develop mathematical

models to represent curves and surfaces. Model engineering components using solid modeling
techniques. Develop programs for CNC to manufacture industrial components. To understand the
application of computers in various aspects of Manufacturing viz., Design, Proper planning,
Manufacturing cost, Layout & Material Handling system.

UNIT – I
Fundamentals of CAD/ CAM, Application of computers for Design and Manufacturing, Benefits of CAD/
CAM - Computer peripherals for CAD/ CAM, Design workstation, Graphic terminal, CAD/ CAM
software- definition of system software and application software, CAD/ CAM database and structure.
Geometric Modeling: Wire frame modeling, wire frame entities, Interpolation and approximation of
curves, Concept of parametric and non-parametric representation of curves, Curve fitting techniques,
definitions of cubic spline, Bezier, and B-spline.

UNIT - II
Surface modeling: Algebraic and geometric form, Parametric space of surface, Blending functions,
parametrization of surface patch, Subdividing, Cylindrical surface, Ruled surface, Surface of revolution
Spherical surface, Composite surface, Bezier surface. B-spline surface, Regenerative surface and
pathological conditions.
Solid Modelling: Definition of cell composition and spatial occupancy enumeration, Sweep
representation, Constructive solid geometry, Boundary representations.

UNIT – III
NC Control Production Systems: Numerical control, Elements of NC system, NC part programming:
Methods of NC part programming, manual part programming, Computer assisted part programming,
Post Processor, Computerized part program, SPPL (A Simple Programming Language). CNC, DNC
and Adaptive Control Systems.

UNIT – IV
Group Technology: Part families, Parts classification and coding. Production flow analysis, Machine
cell design.
Computer aided process planning: Difficulties in traditional process planning, Computer aided
process planning: retrieval type and generative type, Machinability data systems.
Computer aided manufacturing resource planning: Material resource planning, inputs to MRP, MRP
output records, Benefits of MRP, Enterprise resource planning, Capacity requirements planning

UNIT – V
Flexible manufacturing system: F.M.S equipment, FMS layouts, Analysis methods for FMS benefits
of FMS.
Computer aided quality control: Automated inspection- Off-line, On-line, contact, Non-contact;
Coordinate measuring machines, Machine vision.
Computer Integrated Manufacturing: CIM system, Benefits of CIM
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. CAD/CAM Concepts and Applications / Alavala / PHI
2. CAD/CAM Principles and Applications / P. N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. CAD/CAM/ Groover M.P/ Pearson
2. CAD/CAM/CIM/ Radhakrishnan and Subramanian / New Age
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME611PE: UNCONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES (Professional Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Overview: The objective of this course is to introduce the student to more advanced topics in
the machining processes. To bring out the need for Unconventional Machining Processes which will
overcome the difficulties associated with Traditional Machining.

Course Objectives:
 To teach the modeling technique for machining processes
 To teach interpretation of data for process selection
 To teach the mechanics and thermal issues associated with chip formation
 To teach the effects of tool geometry on machining force components and surface finish
 To teach the machining surface finish and material removal rate

Course Outcomes:
 Understand the basic techniques of Unconventional Machining processes modeling
 Estimate the material removal rate and cutting force, in an industrially useful manner, for
Unconventional Machining processes.

UNIT – I
Introduction – Need for non-traditional machining methods-Classification of modern machining
processes – considerations in process selection. Materials. Applications.
Ultrasonic machining – Elements of the process, mechanics of metal removal process, parameters,
economic considerations, applications and limitations, recent development.

UNIT - II
Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining And Abrasive Water Jet Machining: Basic principles,
equipment, process variable, and mechanics of metal removal, MRR, application and limitations.
Electro – Chemical Processes: Fundamentals of electro chemical machining, electrochemical
grinding, electro chemical honing and deburring processes, metal removal rate in ECM, Tool design,
Surface finish and accuracy, economic aspects of ECM – Simple problems for estimation of metal
removal rate.

UNIT – III
Thermal Metal Removal Processes: General Principle and applications of Electric Discharge
Machining, Electric Discharge Grinding and electric discharge wire cutting processes – Power circuits
for EDM, Mechanics of metal removal in EDM, Process parameters, selection of tool electrode and
dielectric fluids, methods surface finish and machining accuracy, characteristics of spark eroded surface
and machine tool selection. Wire EDM, principle, applications.

UNIT – IV
Generation and control of electron beam for machining, theory of electron beam machining, comparison
of thermal and non-thermal processes –General Principle and application of laser beam machining –
thermal features, cutting speed and accuracy of cut.

UNIT - V
Application of plasma for machining, metal removing mechanism, process parameters, accuracy and
surface finish and other applications of plasma in manufacturing industries. Chemical machining –
principle - maskants - applications.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

Magnetic abrasive finishing, Abrasive flow finishing, Electro stream drilling, shaped tube electrolyte
machining.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Machining Processes / VK Jain / Allied publishers
2. Modern Machining Processes - P. C. Pandey, H. S. Shan/ Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Unconventional Manufacturing Processes/ Singh M.K/ New Age Publishers
2. Advanced Methods of Machining/ J.A. McGeough/ Springer International
3. Non-Traditional Manufacturing Processes/ Benedict G.F./ CRC Press
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME612PE: MACHINE TOOL DESIGN (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Machine Design, Machine Tools and Metrology, Machining Science

Course Objectives: This course is designed to:

 Implement the tool design process when designing tooling for the manufacturing of a product.
 Apply Geometric Tolerancing principles in the designs of tooling.
 Evaluate and select appropriate materials for tooling applications.
 Design, develop and evaluate cutting tools and work holders for a manufactured product.
 Design, develop and evaluate appropriate Gauging systems to define limits and specifications
of a work piece during the manufacturing process.
 Design, develop, and evaluate tooling for various joining processes.
 Apply ANSI standards to tool design drawings and layouts.
 Use CAD and conventional techniques in creating tooling drawings.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, understand basic motions
involved in a machine tool, design machine tool structures, design and analyze systems for specified
speeds and feeds, select subsystems for achieving high accuracy in machining, understand control
strategies for machine tool operations and apply appropriate quality tests for quality assurance.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms: Introduction to the course, Working and Auxiliary
Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of Machine Tools, Motion Transmission.

UNIT - II
Regulation of Speeds and Feeds: Aim of Speed and Feed Regulation, Stepped Regulation of Speeds,
Multiple Speed Motors, Ray Diagrams and Design Considerations, Design of Speed Gear Boxes, Feed
Drives, Feed Box Design.

UNIT - III
Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and their Requirements,
Design for Strength, Design for Rigidity, Materials for Machine Tool Structures, Machine Tool
Constructional Features, Beds and Housings, Columns and Tables, Saddles and Carriages.

UNIT - IV
Design of Guideways, Power Screws and Spindles: Functions and Types of Guideways, Design of
Guideways, Design of Aerostatic Slideways, Design of Anti-Friction Guideways, Combination
Guideways, Design of Power Screws.
Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of Spindles and Requirements, Effect of Machine
Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy, Design of Spindles, Antifriction Bearings.

UNIT - V
Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic Stiffness Acceptance
Tests

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tool Design/ Donaldson/ Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill
2. Principles of Machine Tools/ G.C. Sen and A. Bhattacharyya /New Central Book Agency
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Design of Machine Tools / D. K Pal, S. K. Basu / Oxford
2. Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control/ N.K. Mehta / Mc Graw Hill
3. Metal Cutting and Tool Design/ Ranganath B.J./ Vikas Publishers
4. Fundamentals of Tool Design/ ASTME, PHI
5. Tooling Data/ Joshi P.H./ Wheeler Publishing
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME613PE: PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (Professional Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Management Science & Productivity.

Course Objectives: Understand the importance of Production planning & control. Learning way of
carrying out various functions so as to produce right product, right quantity at right time with minimum
cost.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand production systems
and their characteristics. Evaluate MRP and JIT systems against traditional inventory control systems.
Understand basics of variability and its role in the performance of a production system. Analyze
aggregate planning strategies. Apply forecasting and scheduling techniques to production systems.
Understand theory of constraints for effective management of production systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Objectives of Production Planning and Control – Functions of production
planning and control - Types of production systems - Organization of production planning and control
department.
Forecasting – Definition- uses of forecast- factors affecting the forecast- types of forecasting- their
uses - general principle of forecasting. Forecasting techniques- quantitative and qualitative techniques.
Measures of forecasting errors.

UNIT – II
Inventory management – Functions of inventories – relevant inventory costs – ABC analysis – VED
analysis – Basic EOQ model- Inventory control systems –continuous review systems and periodic
review systems, MRP I, MRP II, ERP, JIT Systems - Basic Treatment only. Aggregate planning –
Definition – aggregate-planning strategies – aggregate planning methods – transportation model.

UNIT – III
Line Balancing: Terminology, Methods of Line Balancing, RPW method, Largest Candidate method
and Heuristic method.
Routing – Definition – Routing procedure – Factors affecting routing procedure, Route Sheet.

UNIT – IV
Scheduling –Definition – Scheduling Policies – types of scheduling methods – differences with loading
– flow shop scheduling – job shop scheduling, line of balance (LOB) – objectives - steps involved.

UNIT – V
Dispatching: Definition – activities of dispatcher – dispatching procedures – various forms used in
dispatching.
Follow up: definition – types of follow up – expediting – definition – expediting procedures-Applications
of computers in planning and control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operations management – Heizer- Pearson.
2. Production and Operations Management / Ajay K Garg / Mc Graw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Production Planning and Control- Text & cases/ SK Mukhopadhyaya /PHI.
2. Production Planning and Control- Jain & Jain – Khanna publications
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME604PC: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Mechanics of Solids

Course Objective: The aim of the course is to provide the participants an overview on Finite Element
Method, Material models, and Applications in Civil Engineering. At the end of the course, the
participants are expected to have fair understanding of:
 Basics of Finite Element Analysis.
 Available material models for structural materials, soils and interfaces/joints.
 Modeling of engineering systems and Soil–Structure Interaction (SSI).
 Importance of interfaces and joints on the behavior of engineering systems.
 Implementation of material model in finite element method and applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Apply finite element method
to solve problems in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Formulate and solve
problems in one dimensional structures including trusses, beams and frames. Formulate FE
characteristic equations for two dimensional elements and analyze plain stress, plain strain, axi-
symmetric and plate bending problems. ANSYS, ABAQUS, NASTRAN, etc.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Finite Element Methods: General Procedure – Engineering Applications – Stress and
Equilibrium, Strain – Displacement relations. Stress – strain relations: Finite Elements: 1- Dimensional,
2 – Dimensional, 3-Dimensional & Interpolation Elements
One Dimensional Problems: 1-D Linear and 1-D Quadratic Elements - Finite element modeling,
Coordinates and shape functions. Assembly of Global stiffness matrix and load vector. Finite element
equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

UNIT – II
Analysis of Trusses: Derivation of Stiffness Matrix for Plane Truss, Displacement of Stress
Calculations.
Analysis of Beams: Element stiffness matrix for two noded, two degrees of freedom per node beam
element, Load Vector, Deflection.

UNIT – III
Finite element modeling of two-dimensional stress analysis with constant strain triangles and treatment
of boundary conditions, Estimation of Load Vector, Stresses
Finite element modeling of Axi-symmetric solids subjected to Axi-symmetric loading with triangular
elements. Two dimensional four noded Isoparametric elements and numerical integration.

UNIT – IV
Steady State Heat Transfer Analysis: one dimensional analysis of Slab, fin and two-dimensional
analysis of thin plate.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element - Mass matrices, evaluation of Eigen
values and Eigen vectors for a stepped bar, truss and beam.
Finite element – formulation to 3 D problems in stress analysis, convergence requirements, Mesh
generation. techniques such as semi-automatic and fully Automatic use of softwares such as ANSYS,
ABAQUS, NASTRAN using Hexahedral and Tetrahedral Elements.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Finite Element Methods: Basic Concepts and applications/Alavala/PHI
2. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Chandrupatla, Ashok and Belegundu /Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to the Finite Element Method / J. N. Reddy/ Mc Graw Hill
2. Finite Element Analysis / SS Bhavikatti / New Age
3. Finite Element Method/ Dixit/Cengage
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME605PC: HEAT TRANSFER LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite: Thermodynamics

Course Objectives: To enable the student to apply conduction, convection and radiation heat
transfer concepts to practical applications

Course Outcome: At the end of the lab sessions, the student will be able to
 Perform steady state conduction experiments to estimate thermal conductivity of different
materials
 Perform transient heat conduction experiment
 Estimate heat transfer coefficients in forced convection, free convection, condensation and
correlate with theoretical values
 Obtain variation of temperature along the length of the pin fin under forced and free
convection
 Perform radiation experiments: Determine surface emissivity of a test plate and Stefan-
Boltzmann’s constant and compare with theoretical value

Minimum twelve experiments from the following:

1. Composite Slab Apparatus – Overall heat transfer co-efficient.
2. Heat transfer through lagged pipe.
3. Heat Transfer through a Concentric Sphere
4. Thermal Conductivity of given metal rod.
5. Heat transfer in pin-fin
6. Experiment on Transient Heat Conduction
7. Heat transfer in forced convection apparatus.
8. Heat transfer in natural convection
9. Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger.
10. Emissivity apparatus.
11. Stefan Boltzman Apparatus.
12. Critical Heat flux apparatus.
13. Study of heat pipe and its demonstration.
14. Film and Drop wise condensation apparatus
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

ME606PC: CAD & CAM LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1

Pre-requisites: To give the exposure to usage of software tools for design and manufacturing. To
acquire the skills needed to analyze and simulate engineering systems.

Course Objectives: To be able to understand and handle design problems in a systematic manner.
To be able to apply CAD in real life applications. To be understand the basic principles of different types
of analysis.

Course Outcomes: To understand the analysis of various aspects in of manufacturing design

Note: conduct any TEN excercises from the list gien below:
1. Drafting: Development of part drawings for various components in the form of orthographic and
isometric. Representation of dimensioning and tolerances.
2. Part Modeling: Generation of various 3D Models through Protrusion, revolve, sweep. Creation of
various features. Study of parent child relation. Feature based and Boolean based modeling and
Assembly Modeling. Study of various standard Translators. Design of simple components.
3. Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D and 3D trusses and beams.
4. Determination of deflections, principal and Von-mises stresses in plane stress, plane strain and
Axi-symmetric components.
5. Determination of stresses in 3D and shell structures (at least one example in each case)
6. Estimation of natural frequencies and mode shapes, Harmonic response of 2D beam.
7. Study state heat transfer analysis of plane and axi-symmetric components.
8. Development of process sheets for various components based on Tooling and Machines.
9. Development of manufacturing defects and tool management systems.
10. Study of various post processors used in NC Machines.
11. Development of NC code for free form and sculptured surfaces using CAM software.
12. Machining of simple components on NC lathe and Mill by transferring NC Code / from CAM
software.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

EN608HS: ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS SKILLS LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 2 1
1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
 To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
 Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
 To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the
basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable
development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
 R18 [Link] MECHANICAL ENGG. III YEAR

economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EC501PC Microprocessors & Microcontrollers 3 1 0 4
2 EC502PC Data Communications and Networks 3 1 0 4
3 EC503PC Control Systems 3 1 0 4
4 SM504MS Business Economics & Financial 3 0 0 3
Analysis
5 Professional Elective - I 3 0 0 3
6 EC505PC Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 EC506PC Data Communications and Networks Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 EN508HS Advanced Communication Skills Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC510 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 8 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 EC601PC Antennas and Propagation 3 1 0 4
2 EC602PC Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4
3 EC603PC VLSI Design 3 1 0 4
4 Professional Elective - II 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3
6 EC604PC Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 EC605PC e – CAD Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 EC606PC Scripting Languages Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 8 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

Note: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective – I
EC511PE Computer Organization & Operating Systems
EC512PE Error Correcting Codes
EC513PE Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation

Professional Elective – II
EC611PE Object Oriented Programming through Java
EC612PE Mobile Communications and Networks
EC613PE Embedded System Design
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC501PC: MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the architecture of microprocessors and micro controllers
2. To provide the knowledge about interfacing techniques of bus & memory.
3. To understand the concepts of ARM architecture
4. To study the basic concepts of Advanced ARM processors

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language programming of
8086 processors.
2. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language programming of
8051/controllers
3. Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 based systems.
4. Understands the internal architecture of ARM processors and basic concepts of advanced ARM
processors.

UNIT -I:
8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register Organization, Memory
Segmentation, Programming Model, Memory addresses, Physical Memory Organization, Architecture
of 8086, Signal descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats, Addressing
modes, Instruction Set, Assembler Directives, Macros, and Simple Programs involving Logical, Branch
and Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.

UNIT -II:
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture, I/O Ports, Memory
Organization, Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External Hardware Interrupts,
Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts, Programming 8051 Timers and Counters

UNIT –III:
I/O And Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM, ROM Interface, ADC, DAC
Interface to 8051.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards, Serial Data Transfer
Scheme, On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART; External Communication
Interfaces-RS232,USB.

UNIT –IV:
ARM Architecture: ARM Processor fundamentals, ARM Architecture – Register, CPSR, Pipeline,
exceptions and interrupts interrupt vector table, ARM instruction set – Data processing, Branch
instructions, load store instructions, Software interrupt instructions, Program status register instructions,
loading constants, Conditional execution, Introduction to Thumb instructions.

UNIT – V:
Advanced ARM Processors: Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture, OMAP
Processor and its Architecture.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd
Edition 2006.
2. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris WRIGHT, Elsevier,
2012

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The 8051 Microcontroller, Kenneth. J. Ayala, Cengage Learning, 3rd Ed, 2004.
2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D. V. Hall, TMGH, 2nd Edition 2006.
3. The 8051 Microcontrollers, Architecture and Programming and Applications -K. Uma Rao,
Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.
4. Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the OMAP- L138 Experimenter, Donald Reay,
WILEY 2012.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC502PC: DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite: Digital Communications

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the Fundamentals of data communication networks
2. To demonstrate the Functions of various protocols of Data link layer.
3. To demonstrate Functioning of various Routing protocols.
4. To introduce the Functions of various Transport layer protocols.
5. To understand the significance of application layer protocols

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Know the Categories and functions of various Data communication Networks
2. Design and analyze various error detection techniques.
3. Demonstrate the mechanism of routing the data in network layer
4. Know the significance of various Flow control and Congestion control Mechanisms
5. Know the Functioning of various Application layer Protocols.

UNIT - I:
Introduction to Data Communications: Components, Data Representation, Data Flow, Networks-
Distributed Processing, Network Criteria, Physical Structures, Network Models, Categories of Networks
Interconnection of Networks, The Internet - A Brief History, The Internet Today, Protocol and Standards
- Protocols, Standards, Standards Organizations, Internet Standards. Network Models, Layered Tasks,
OSI model, Layers in OSI model, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Addressing Introduction, Wireless Links and
Network Characteristics, WiFi: 802.11 Wireless LANs -The 802.11 Architecture,

UNIT - II:
Data Link Layer: Links, Access Networks, and LANs- Introduction to the Link Layer, The Services
Provided by the Link Layer, Types of errors, Redundancy, Detection vs Correction, Forward error
correction Versus Retransmission Error-Detection and Correction Techniques, Parity Checks, Check
summing Methods, Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) , Framing, Flow Control and Error Control
protocols , Noisy less Channels and Noisy Channels, HDLC, Multiple Access Protocols, Random
Access ,ALOHA, Controlled access, Channelization Protocols. 802.11 MAC Protocol, IEEE 802.11
Frame

UNIT - III:
The Network Layer: Introduction, Forwarding and Routing, Network Service Models, Virtual Circuit and
Datagram Networks-Virtual-Circuit Networks, Datagram Networks, Origins of VC and Datagram
Networks, Inside a Router-Input Processing, Switching, Output Processing, Queuing, The Routing
Control Plane, The Internet Protocol(IP):Forwarding and Addressing in the Internet- Datagram format,
Ipv4 Addressing, Internet Control Message Protocol(ICMP), IPv6

UNIT - IV:
Transport Layer: Introduction and Transport Layer Services : Relationship Between Transport and
Network Layers, Overview of the Transport Layer in the Internet, Multiplexing and Demultiplexing,
Connectionless Transport: UDP -UDP Segment Structure, UDP Checksum, Principles of Reliable Data
Transfer-Building a Reliable Data Transfer Protocol, Pipelined Reliable Data Transfer Protocols, Go-
Back-N(GBN), Selective Repeat(SR), Connection Oriented Transport: TCP - The TCP Connection,
TCP Segment Structure, Round-Trip Time Estimation and Timeout, Reliable Data Transfer, Flow
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

Control, TCP Connection Management, Principles of Congestion Control - The Cause and the Costs of
Congestion, Approaches to Congestion Control

UNIT - V:
Application Layer:
Principles of Networking Applications – Network Application Architectures, Processes Communicating,
Transport Services Available to Applications, Transport Services Provided by the File Transfer: FTP,-
FTP Commands and Replies, Electronic Mail in the Internet- STMP, Comparison with HTTP, DNS-The
Internet’s Directory Service – Service Provided by DNS, Overview of How DNS Works, DNS Records
and messages.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Computer Networking A Top-Down Approach – Kurose James F, Keith W, 6th Edition, Pearson.
2. Data Communications and Networking Behrouz A. Forouzan 4th Edition McGraw-Hill Education

REFERENCES:
1. Data communication and Networks - Bhusan Trivedi, Oxford university press, 2016
2. Computer Networks -- Andrew S Tanenbaum, 4th Edition, Pearson Education
3. Understanding Communications and Networks, 3rd Edition, W. A. Shay, Cengage Learning.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC503PC: CONTROL SYSTEMS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4

Prerequisite: Linear Algebra and Calculus, Ordinary Differential Equations and Multivariable Calculus
Laplace Transforms, Numerical Methods and Complex variables

Course objectives:
 To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer function
representation and state space representations and to assess the system dynamic response
 To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it
 To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
 To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
 Understand the modeling of linear-time-invariant systems using transfer function and state-
space representations.
 Understand the concept of stability and its assessment for linear-time invariant systems.
 Design simple feedback controllers.

UNT - I
Introduction to Control Problem: Industrial Control examples. Mathematical models of physical
systems. Control hardware and their models. Transfer function models of linear time-invariant systems.
Feedback Control: Open-Loop and Closed-loop systems. Benefits of Feedback. Block diagram algebra.

UNT - II
Time Response Analysis of Standard Test Signals: Time response of first and second order systems
for standard test inputs. Application of initial and final value theorem. Design specifications for second-
order systems based on the time-response. Concept of Stability. Routh-Hurwitz Criteria. Relative
Stability analysis. Root-Locus technique. Construction of Root-loci.

UNT - III
Frequency-Response Analysis: Relationship between time and frequency response, Polar plots,
Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion. Relative stability using Nyquist criterion – gain and phase margin.
Closed-loop frequency response.

UNT - IV
Introduction to Controller Design: Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient accuracy, disturbance
rejection, insensitivity and robustness of control systems. Root-loci method of feedback controller
design. Design specifications in frequency-domain. Frequency-domain methods of design. Application
of Proportional, Integral and Derivative Controllers, Lead and Lag compensation in designs. Analog and
Digital implementation of controllers.

UNT - V
State Variable Analysis and Concepts of State Variables: State space model. Diagonalization of
State Matrix. Solution of state equations. Eigen values and Stability Analysis. Concept of controllability
and observability. Pole-placement by state feedback. Discrete-time systems. Difference Equations.
State-space models of linear discrete-time systems. Stability of linear discrete-time systems.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
1. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

SM504MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic business types, impact of the economy on Business and Firms
specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the impact of
economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost, Market Structure, Pricing
aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial position by analysing the Financial
Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Business and Economics

Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited Liability
Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts and
Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply and Inflation, Business Cycle, Features and
Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of Business Economist,
Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT - II: Demand and Supply Analysis

Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and Significance
of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of Demand in decision making,
Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting,
Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function and Law of Supply.

UNIT- III: Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing

Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with one
variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly,
Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, Cost Volume Profit
Analysis.

UNIT - IV: Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to
Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT - V: Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Importance, Liquidity Ratios,
Turnover Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios – Analysis and
Interpretation (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications, International
Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata Mc –Graw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e, Tata Mc
Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial Accounting, 5e, Vikas
Publications, 2013.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC511PE: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & OPERATING SYSTEMS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the structure of a computer and its operations.
2. To understand the RTL and Micro-level operations and control in a computer.
3. Understanding the concepts of I/O and memory organization and operating systems.

Course Outcomes:
1. Able to visualize the organization of different blocks in a computer.
2. Able to use micro-level operations to control different units in a computer.
3. Able to use Operating systems in a computer.

UNIT - I:
Basic Structure of Computers: Computer Types, Functional Unit, Basic OPERATIONAL Concepts,
Bus Structures, Software, Performance, Multiprocessors and Multi Computers, Data Representation,
Fixed Point Representation, Floating – Point Representation.
Register Transfer Language and Micro Operations: Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer
Bus and Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro Operations, Logic Micro Operations, Shift Micro
Operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit, Instruction Codes, Computer Registers Computer Instructions
– Instruction Cycle, Memory – Reference Instructions, Input – Output and Interrupt, STACK
Organization, Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, DATA Transfer and Manipulation, Program
Control, Reduced Instruction Set Computer.

UNIT - II:
Micro Programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Microprogram Examples, Design
of Control Unit, Hard Wired Control, Microprogrammed Control
The Memory System: Basic Concepts of Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read-Only Memories,
Cache Memories Performance Considerations, Virtual Memories Secondary Storage, Introduction to
RAID.

UNIT - III:
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer
Modes, Priority Interrupt, Direct Memory Access, Input –Output Processor (IOP), Serial
Communication; Introduction to Peripheral Components, Interconnect (PCI) Bus, Introduction to
Standard Serial Communication Protocols like RS232, USB, IEEE 1394.

UNIT - IV:
Operating Systems Overview: Overview of Computer Operating Systems Functions, Protection and
Security, Distributed Systems, Special Purpose Systems, Operating Systems Structures-Operating
System Services and Systems Calls, System Programs, Operating Systems Generation
Memory Management: Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging, Structure of The Page
Table, Segmentation, Virtual Memory, Demand Paging, Page-Replacement Algorithms, Allocation of
Frames, Thrashing Case Studies - UNIX, Linux, Windows
Principles of Deadlock: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Deadlock Prevention, Detection
and Avoidance, Recovery from Deadlock.

UNIT - V:
File System Interface: The Concept of a File, Access Methods, Directory Structure, File System
Mounting, File Sharing, Protection.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

File System Implementation: File System Structure, File System Implementation, Directory
Implementation, Allocation Methods, Free-Space Management.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Organization – Carl Hamacher, Zvonks Vranesic, Safea Zaky, Vth Edition, McGraw
Hill.
2. Computer Systems Architecture – M. Moris Mano, IIIrd Edition, Pearson
3. Operating System Concepts- Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, 8th Edition,
John Wiley.

REFERENCES:
1. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Sixth Edition, Pearson
2. Structured Computer Organization – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th Edition PHI
3. Fundamentals of Computer Organization and Design - Sivaraama Dandamudi Springer Int.
Edition.
4. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles, Stallings, sixth Edition–2009, Pearson
Education.
5. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum 2nd Edition, PHI.
6. Principles of Operating Systems, B.L. Stuart, Cengage Learning, India Edition.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC512PE: ERROR CORRECTING CODES

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Digital Communications

Course Objectives:
1. To acquire the knowledge in measurement of information and errors.
2. To study the generation of various code methods used in communications.
3. To study the various application of codes.

Course Outcomes:
1. Able to transmit and store reliable data and detect errors in data through coding.
2. Able to understand the designing of various codes like block codes, cyclic codes, convolution
codes, turbo codes and space codes.

UNIT – I:
Coding for Reliable Digital Transmission and storage: Mathematical model of Information, A
Logarithmic Measure of Information, Average and Mutual Information and Entropy, Types of Errors,
Error Control Strategies.
Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Linear Block Codes, Syndrome and Error Detection, Minimum
Distance of a Block code, Error-Detecting and Error-correcting Capabilities of a Block code, Standard
array and Syndrome Decoding, Probability of an undetected error for Linear Codes over a BSC,
Hamming Codes. Applications of Block codes for Error control in data storage system

UNIT - II:
Cyclic Codes: Description, Generator and Parity-check Matrices, Encoding, Syndrome Computation
and Error Detection, Decoding, Cyclic Hamming Codes, Shortened cyclic codes, Error-trapping
decoding for cyclic codes, Majority logic decoding for cyclic codes.

UNIT – III:
Convolutional Codes: Encoding of Convolutional Codes, Structural and Distance Properties,
maximum likelihood decoding, Sequential decoding, Majority- logic decoding of Convolution codes.
Application of Viterbi Decoding and Sequential Decoding, Applications of Convolutional codes in ARQ
system.

UNIT – IV:
Turbo Codes: LDPC Codes- Codes based on sparse graphs, Decoding for binary erasure channel,
Log-likelihood algebra, Brief propagation, Product codes, Iterative decoding of product codes,
Concatenated convolutional codes- Parallel concatenation, The UMTS Turbo code, Serial
concatenation, Parallel concatenation, Turbo decoding

UNIT - V:
Space-Time Codes: Introduction, Digital modulation schemes, Diversity, Orthogonal space- Time
Block codes, Alamouti’s schemes, Extension to more than Two Transmit Antennas, Simulation Results,
Spatial Multiplexing: General Concept, Iterative APP Preprocessing and Per-layer Decoding, Linear
Multilayer Detection, Original BLAST Detection, QL Decomposition and Interface Cancellation,
Performance of Multi – Layer Detection Schemes, Unified Description by Linear Dispersion Codes.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Error Control Coding- Fundamentals and Applications –Shu Lin, Daniel J. Costello, Jr, Prentice
Hall, Inc.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

2. Error Correcting Coding Theory-Man Young Rhee- 1989, McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Error Correcting Coding Theory-Man Young Rhee-1989, McGraw – Hill Publishing, 19
2. Digital Communications-Fundamental and Application - Bernard Sklar, PE.
3. Digital Communications- John G. Proakis, 5th ed., 2008, TMH.
4. Introduction to Error Control Codes-Salvatore Gravano-oxford
5. Error Correction Coding – Mathematical Methods and Algorithms – Todd K. Moon, 2006, Wiley
India.
6. Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography – Ranjan Bose, 2nd Edition, 2009, TMH.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC513PE: ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
1. It provides an understanding of various measuring system functioning and metrics for
performance analysis.
2. Provides understanding of principle of operation, working of different electronic instruments viz.
signal generators, signal analyzers, recorders and measuring equipment.
3. Understanding the concepts of various measuring bridges and their balancing conditions.
4. Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of different
physical parameters using different classes of transducers.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Measure electrical parameters with different meters and understand the basic definition of
measuring parameters.
2. Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating and analyzing various
real-time signals.
3. Operate an Oscilloscope to measure various signals.
4. Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers.

UNIT - I:
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems: Performance Characteristics, Static Characteristics,
Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors, Gaussian Error, Root Sum Squares formula, Dynamic
Characteristics, Repeatability, Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag; Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters, D’
Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC Voltmeters and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters,
Meter Protection, Extension of Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of
Instruments.

UNIT - II:
Signal Analyzers: AF, HF Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion, Heterodyne wave Analyzers,
Spectrum Analyzers, Power Analyzers, Capacitance-Voltage Meters, Oscillators. Signal Generators:
AF, RF Signal Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and Square wave Generators,
Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, Video Signal Generators, and Specifications

UNIT III:
Oscilloscopes: CRT, Block Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits, Lissajous Figures, CRO Probes,
High Frequency CRO Considerations, Delay lines, Applications: Measurement of Time, Period and
Frequency Specifications.
Special Purpose Oscilloscopes: Dual Trace, Dual Beam CROs, Sampling Oscilloscopes, Storage
Oscilloscopes, Digital Storage CROs.

UNIT IV:
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force and Displacement
Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples, Synchros,
Special Resistance Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system, Piezoelectric Transducers,
Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magneto Strictive Transducers, gyroscopes, accelerometers.

UNIT V:
Bridges: Wheat Stone Bridge, Kelvin Bridge, and Maxwell Bridge.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

Measurement of Physical Parameters: Flow Measurement, Displacement Meters, Liquid level

Measurement, Measurement of Humidity and Moisture, Velocity, Force, Pressure – High Pressure,
Vacuum level, Temperature -Measurements, Data Acquisition Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A.D. Helbincs, W. D.
Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.
2. Electronic Instrumentation: H. S. Kalsi – TMH, 2nd Edition 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Measuring Instruments – A K Sawhney, Dhanpat
Rai & Sons, 2013.
2. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell, Oxford Univ. Press, 1997.
3. Industrial Instrumentation: T.R. Padmanabham Springer 2009.
4. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. Lal Kishore, Pearson Education 2010.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC505PC: MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Cycle 1: Using 8086 Processor Kits and/or Assembler (5 Weeks)

 Assembly Language Programs to 8086 to Perform
1. Arithmetic, Logical, String Operations on 16 Bit and 32-Bit Data.
2. Bit level Logical Operations, Rotate, Shift, Swap and Branch Operations.

Cycle 2: Using 8051 Microcontroller Kit (6 weeks)

 Introduction to IDE
1. Assembly Language Programs to Perform Arithmetic (Both Signed and Unsigned) 16 Bit
Data Operations, Logical Operations (Byte and Bit Level Operations), Rotate, Shift, Swap
and Branch Instructions
2. Time delay Generation Using Timers of 8051.
3. Serial Communication from / to 8051 to / from I/O devices.
4. Program Using Interrupts to Generate Square Wave 10 KHZ Frequency on P2.1 Using
Timer 0 8051 in 8 bit Auto reload Mode and Connect a 1 HZ Pulse to INT1 pin and Display
on Port 0. Assume Crystal Frequency as 11.0592 MHZ

Cycle 3: Interfacing I/O Devices to 8051(5 Weeks)

1. 7 Segment Display to 8051.
2. Matrix Keypad to 8051.
3. Sequence Generator Using Serial Interface in 8051.
4. 8 bit ADC Interface to 8051.
5. Triangular Wave Generator through DAC interfaces to 8051.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals by A K Ray, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006
2. The 8051 Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming & Applications by Dr. K. Uma Rao,
Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC506PC: DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Note:
A. Minimum of 12 Experiments have to be conducted
B. All the Experiments may be Conducted using Network Simulation software like NS-2,
NSG-2.1 and Wire SHARK/equivalent software.
Note: For Experiments 2 to 10 Performance may be evaluated through simulation by using the
parameters Throughput, Packet Delivery Ratio, Delay etc.

1. Writing a TCL Script to create two nodes and links between nodes
2. Writing a TCL Script to transmit data between nodes
3. Evaluate the performance of various LAN Topologies
4. Evaluate the performance of Drop Tail and RED queue management schemes
5. Evaluate the performance of CBQ and FQ Scheduling Mechanisms
6. Evaluate the performance of TCP and UDP Protocols
7. Evaluate the performance of TCP, New Reno and Vegas
8. Evaluate the performance of AODV and DSR routing protocols
9. Evaluate the performance of AODV and DSDV routing protocols
10. Evaluate the performance of IEEE 802.11 and IEEE 802.15.4
11. Evaluate the performance of IEEE 802.11 and SMAC
12. Capturing and Analysis of TCP and IP Packets
13. Simulation and Analysis of ICMP and IGMP Packets
14. Analyze the Protocols SCTP, ARP, NetBIOS, IPX VINES
15. Analysis of HTTP, DNS and DHCP Protocols

Major Equipment Required:

Required software (Open Source) like NS-2, NSG-2.1 and Wire SHARK
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EN508HS: ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

0 0 2 1

1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
 To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
 Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
 To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

*MC510: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

[Link]. III Year I Semester L T P C

3 0 0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC601PC: ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Pre-requisite: Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines

Course Objectives: The course objectives are:

1. To understand the concept of radiation, antenna definitions and significance of antenna
parameters, to derive and analyze the radiation characteristics of thin wire dipole antennas
and solve numerical problems.
2. To analyze the characteristics and design relations of UHF, VHF and Microwave Antennas.
3. To identify the antenna array requirements, to determine the characteristics of ULAs and
estimate the patterns of BSA, EFA, and Binomial Arrays.
4. To understand the concepts and set-up requirements for microwave measurements, and
familiarize with the procedure to enable antenna measurements.
5. To define and distinguish between different phenomenon of wave propagation (ground wave,
space wave and sky wave), their frequency dependence, and estimate their characteristics,
identifying their profiles and parameters involved.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to explain the mechanism
of radiation, definitions of different antenna characteristic parameters and establish their mathematical
relations.
1. Characterize the antennas based on frequency, configure the geometry and establish the
radiation patterns of VHF, UHF and Microwave antennas and also antenna arrays.
2. Specify the requirements for microwave measurements and arrange a setup to carry out the
antenna far zone pattern and gain measurements in the laboratory.
3. Classify the different wave propagation mechanisms, determine the characteristic features of
different wave propagations, and estimate the parameters involved.

UNIT - I
Antenna Basics: Basic Antenna Parameters – Patterns, Beam Area, Radiation Intensity, Beam
Efficiency, Directivity-Gain-Resolution, Antenna Apertures, Effective Height.
Fields from Oscillating Dipole, Field Zones, Front - to-back Ratio, Antenna Theorems, Radiation,
Retarded Potentials – Helmholtz Theorem
Thin Linear Wire Antennas – Radiation from Small Electric Dipole, Quarter Wave Monopole and Half
Wave Dipole – Current Distributions, Field Components, Radiated Power, Radiation Resistance, Beam
Width, Directivity, Effective Area and Effective Height, Natural Current Distributions, Far Fields and
Patterns of Thin Linear Centre-fed Antennas of Different Lengths. Loop Antennas - Small Loop,
Comparison of Far Fields of Small Loop and Short Dipole, Radiation Resistances and Directivities of
Small Loops (Qualitative Treatment).

UNIT - II
Antenna Arrays: Point Sources – Definition, Patterns, arrays of 2 Isotropic Sources - Different Cases,
Principle of Pattern Multiplication, Uniform Linear Arrays – Broadside Arrays, Endfire Arrays, EFA with
Increased Directivity, Derivation of their Characteristics and Comparison, BSAs with Non-uniform
Amplitude Distributions – General Considerations and Binomial Arrays.
Antenna Measurements: Introduction, Concepts - Reciprocity, Near and Far Fields, Coordinate
System, Sources of Errors. Patterns to be Measured, Directivity Measurement, Gain Measurements
(by Comparison, Absolute and 3-Antenna Methods)
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

UNIT - III:
VHF, UHF and Microwave Antennas - I: Arrays with Parasitic Elements, Yagi-Uda Array, Folded
Dipoles and their Characteristics, Helical Antennas – Helical Geometry, Helix Modes, Practical Design
Considerations for Monofilar Helical Antenna in Axial and Normal Modes, Horn Antennas – Types,
Fermat’s Principle, Optimum Horns, Design Considerations of Pyramidal Horns.

UNIT - IV
VHF, UHF and Microwave Antennas - II: Microstrip Antennas – Introduction, Features, Advantages
and Limitations, Rectangular Patch Antennas – Geometry and Parameters, Characteristics of Microstrip
Antennas. Reflector Antennas – Introduction, Flat Sheet and Corner Reflectors, Paraboloidal
Reflectors – Geometry, Pattern Characteristics, Feed Methods, Reflector Types – Related Features.

UNIT - V:
Wave Propagation - Definitions, Categorizations and General Classifications, Different Modes of Wave
Propagation, Ray/Mode Concepts,
Ground Wave Propagation –Plane Earth Reflections, Space and Surface Waves, Wave Tilt, Curved
Earth Reflections.
Space Wave Propagation –Field Strength Variation with Distance and Height, Effect of Earth’s
Curvature, Absorption, Super Refraction, M-Curves and Duct Propagation, Scattering Phenomena,
Troposphere Propagation.
Sky Wave Propagation –Structure of Ionosphere, Refraction and Reflection of Sky Waves by
Ionosphere, Ray Path, Critical Frequency, MUF, LUF, OF, Virtual Height and Skip Distance, Relation
between MUF and Skip Distance, Multi-hop Propagation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Antennas and Wave Propagation – J.D. Kraus, R.J. Marhefka and Ahmad S. Khan, TMH, New
Delhi, 4th ed., (Special Indian Edition), 2010.
2. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems – E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, PHI, 2nd ed.,
2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Antenna Theory - C.A. Balanis, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Ed., 2005.
2. Antennas and Wave Propagation – K.D. Prasad, Satya Prakashan, Tech India Publications,
New Delhi, 2001.
3. Radio Engineering Handbook- Keith henney, 3rd edition TMH.
4. Antenna Engineering Handbook –John Leonidas Volakis, 3rd edition, 2007
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC602PC: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Signals and Systems

Course Objectives:
1. To provide background and fundamental material for the analysis and processing of digital
signals.
2. To understand the fast computation of DFT and appreciate the FFT processing.
3. To study the designs and structures of digital (IIR and FIR) filters and analyze and synthesize
for a given specifications.
4. To acquaint in Multi-rate signal processing techniques and finite word length effects.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Understand the LTI system characteristics and Multirate signal processing.
2. Understand the inter-relationship between DFT and various transforms.
3. Design a digital filter for a given specification.
4. Understand the significance of various filter structures and effects of round off errors.

UNIT - I:
Introduction: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete Time Signals & Sequences,
conversion of continuous to discrete signal, Normalized Frequency, Linear Shift Invariant Systems,
Stability, and Causality, linear differential equation to difference equation, Linear Constant Coefficient
Difference Equations, Frequency Domain Representation of Discrete Time Signals and Systems
Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Introduction, Down Sampling, Decimation, Up sampling,
Interpolation, Sampling Rate Conversion.

UNIT - II:
Discrete Fourier series: Fourier Series, Fourier Transform, Laplace Transform and Z-Transform
relation, DFS Representation of Periodic Sequences, Properties of Discrete Fourier Series, Discrete
Fourier Transforms: Properties of DFT, Linear Convolution of Sequences using DFT, Computation of
DFT: Over-Lap Add Method, Over-Lap Save Method, Relation between DTFT, DFS, DFT and Z-
Transform.
Fast Fourier Transforms: Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 Decimation-in-Time and
Decimation-in-Frequency FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT.

UNIT - III
IIR Digital Filters: Analog filter approximations – Butterworth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital
Filters from Analog Filters, Step and Impulse Invariant Techniques, Bilinear Transformation Method,
Spectral Transformations.

UNIT - IV
FIR Digital Filters: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Frequency Response. Design of FIR Filters:
Fourier Method, Digital Filters using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling Technique, Comparison
of IIR & FIR filters.

UNIT - V
Realization of Digital Filters: Applications of Z – Transforms, Solution of Difference Equations of
Digital Filters, System Function, Stability Criterion, Frequency Response of Stable Systems, Realization
of Digital Filters – Direct, Canonic, Cascade and Parallel Forms.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

Finite Word Length Effects: Limit cycles, Overflow Oscillations, Round-off Noise in IIR Digital Filters,
Computational Output Round Off Noise, Methods to Prevent Overflow, Trade Off Between Round Off
and Overflow Noise, Measurement of Coefficient Quantization Effects through Pole-Zero Movement,
Dead Band Effects.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Discrete Time Signal Processing – A. V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, PHI, 2009
2. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris G.
Manolakis, Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Digital Signal Processing – Fundamentals and Applications – Li Tan, Elsevier, 2008
2. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB – Robert J. Schilling, Sandra L.
Harris, Thomson, 2007
3. Digital Signal Processing – S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj and C. Gnanapriya, TMH, 2009
4. Digital Signal Processing - A Practical approach, Emmanuel C. Ifeachor and Barrie W. Jervis,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC603PC: VLSI DESIGN

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisite: Electronic Circuit Analysis; Switching Theory and Logic Design

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to:

1. Give exposure to different steps involved in the fabrication of ICs.
2. Explain electrical properties of MOS and BiCMOS devices to analyze the behavior of inverters
designed with various loads.
3. Give exposure to the design rules to be followed to draw the layout of any logic circuit.
4. Provide design concepts to design building blocks of data path of any system using gates.
5. Understand basic programmable logic devices and testing of CMOS circuits.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Acquire qualitative knowledge about the fabrication process of integrated circuits using MOS
transistors.
2. Draw the layout of any logic circuit which helps to understand and estimate parasitic effect of
any logic circuit
3. Design building blocks of data path systems, memories and simple logic circuits using PLA,
PAL, FPGA and CPLD.
4. Understand different types of faults that can occur in a system and learn the concept of testing
and adding extra hardware to improve testability of system.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Introduction to IC Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS
Basic Electrical Properties: Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: Ids-Vds
relationships, MOS transistor threshold Voltage, gm, gds, Figure of merit; Pass transistor, NMOS Inverter,
Various pull ups, CMOS Inverter analysis and design, Bi-CMOS Inverters.

UNIT - II
VLSI Circuit Design Processes: VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design Rules and
Layout, Transistors Layout Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS
circuits.

UNIT – III
Gate Level Design: Logic Gates and Other complex gates, Switch logic, Alternate gate circuits, Time
delays, Driving large capacitive loads, Wiring capacitance, Fan – in, Fan – out.

UNIT - IV
Data Path Subsystems: Subsystem Design, Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers, Parity generators,
Comparators, Zero/One Detectors, Counters.
Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial Access Memories.

UNIT - V
Programmable Logic Devices: Design Approach – PLA, PAL, Standard Cells FPGAs, CPLDs.
CMOS Testing: CMOS Testing, Test Principles, Design Strategies for test, Chip level Test Techniques.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems – Kamran Eshraghian, Eshraghian Dougles and A.
Pucknell, PHI, 2005 Edition
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

2. CMOS VLSI Design – A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Neil H. E Weste, David Harris, Ayan
Banerjee, 3rd Ed, Pearson, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to VLSI Systems: A Logic, Circuit and System Perspective – Ming-BO Lin, CRC
Press, 2011
2. CMOS logic circuit Design - John. P. Uyemura, Springer, 2007.
3. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1997.
4. VLSI Design- K. Lal Kishore, V. S. V. Prabhakar, I.K International, 2009.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EI603PC/EC611PE: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Programming for Problem Solving.

Course Objectives:
1. Introduces Object Oriented Programming Concepts Using The Java Language
2. Introduces The Principles Of Inheritance And Polymorphism; And Demonstrates How They
Relate To The Design Of Abstract Classes.
3. Introduces The Implementation Of Packages And Interfaces.
4. Introduces Exception Handling, Event Handling and Multithreading.
5. Introduces The Design Of Graphical User Interface Using Applets And Swings.

Course Outcomes:
1. Develop Applications for Range of Problems Using Object-Oriented Programming Techniques
2. Design Simple Graphical User Interface Applications.

UNIT - I:
Object Oriented Thinking and Java Basics: Need for OOP Paradigm, Summary of OOP Concepts,
Coping with Complexity, Abstraction Mechanisms, A Way of Viewing World – Agents, Responsibility,
Messages, Methods, History of Java, Java Buzzwords, Data Types, Variables, Scope and Life Time of
Variables, Arrays, Operators, Expressions, Control Statements, Type Conversion and Casting, Simple
Java Program, Concepts of Classes, Objects, Constructors, Methods, Access Control, This Keyword,
Garbage Collection, Overloading Methods and Constructors, Method Binding, Inheritance, Overriding
and Exceptions, Parameter Passing, Recursion, Nested and Inner Classes, Exploring String Class.

UNIT - II:
Inheritance, Packages and Interfaces: Hierarchical Abstractions, Base Class Object, Subclass,
Subtype, Substitutability, Forms of Inheritance- Specialization, Specification, Construction, Extension,
Limitation, Combination, Benefits of Inheritance, Costs of Inheritance. Member Access Rules, Super
Uses, Using Final with Inheritance, Polymorphism- Method Overriding, Abstract Classes, The Object
Class.
Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding Classpath, Importing Packages,
Differences between Classes and Interfaces, Defining an Interface, Implementing Interface, Applying
Interfaces, Variables in Interface and Extending Interfaces, Exploring [Link].

UNIT - III:
Exception Handling and Multithreading: Concepts of Exception Handling, Benefits of Exception
Handling, Termination or Resumptive Models, Exception Hierarchy, Usage of Try, Catch, Throw,
Throws and Finally, Built in Exceptions, Creating Own Exception Sub Classes.
String Handling, Exploring [Link], Differences between Multi-Threading and Multitasking, Thread Life
Cycle, Creating Threads, Thread Priorities, Synchronizing Threads, Interthread Communication,
Thread Groups, Daemon Threads.
Enumerations, Autoboxing, Annotations, Generics.

UNIT - IV:
Event Handling: Events, Event Sources, Event Classes, Event Listeners, Delegation Event Model,
Handling Mouse and Keyboard Events, Adapter Classes.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

The AWT Class Hierarchy, User Interface Components- Labels, Button, Canvas, Scrollbars, Text
Components, Check Box, Check Box Groups, Choices, Lists Panels – Scrollpane, Dialogs, Menubar,
Graphics, Layout Manager – Layout Manager Types – Border, Grid, Flow, Card and Grid Bag.

UNIT - V:
Applets: Concepts f Applets, Differences between Applets and Applications, Life Cycle of an Applet,
Types of Applets, Creating Applets, Passing Parameters to Applets.
Swing: Introduction, Limitations of AWT, MVC Architecture, Components, Containers, Exploring
Swing- Japplet, Jframe and Jcomponent, Icons and Labels, Text Fields, Buttons – The Jbutton Class,
Check Boxes, Radio Buttons, Combo Boxes, Tabbed Panes, Scroll Panes, Trees, and Tables.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Java the Complete Reference, 7th Edition, Herbert Schildt, TMH.
2. Understanding OOP with Java Updated Edition, T. Budd, Pearson Education.

REFERENCES:
1. An Introduction to Programming and OO Design using Java, J. Nino and F.A. Hosch, John
Wiley & Sons.
2. An Introduction to OOP, Third Edition, T. Budd, Pearson Education.
3. Introduction to Java Programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education.
4. An Introduction to Java Programming and Object-Oriented Application Development, R.A.
Johnson- Thomson.
5. Core Java 2, Vol 1, Fundamentals, Cay. S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, Eighth Edition,
Pearson Education.
6. Core Java 2, Vol 2, Advanced Features, Cay. S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, eighth Edition,
Pearson Education
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC612PE: MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Analog and Digital Communications

Course Objectives:
1. To provide the student with an understanding of the cellular concept, frequency reuse, hand-
off strategies.
2. To provide the student with an understanding of Co-channel and Non-Co-Channel
interferences.
3. To give the student an understanding of cell coverage for signal and traffic, diversity techniques
and channel assignment
4. To give the student an understanding types of handoff.
5. To understand challenges and application of Adhoc wireless Networks.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to:
1. Known the evolution of cellular and mobile communication system.
2. The student will be able to understand Co-Channel and Non-Co-Channel interferences.
3. Understand impairments due to multipath fading channel and how to overcome the different
fading effects.
4. Familiar with cell coverage for signal and traffic, diversity, techniques, frequency management,
Channel assignment and types of handoff.
5. Know the difference between cellular and Adhoc Networks and design goals of MAC Layer
protocol.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Cellular Mobile Radio Systems: Limitations of Conventional Mobile Telephone
Systems. Basic Cellular Mobile System, First, Second, Third and Fourth Generation Cellular Wireless
Systems. Uniqueness of Mobile Radio Environment-Fading-Tie Dispersion Parameters, Coherence
Bandwidth, Doppler Spread and Coherence Time.
Fundamentals of Cellular Radio System Design: Concept of Frequency Reuse, Co-Channel
Interference, Co-Channel Interference Reduction Factor, Desired C/I from a Normal Case in a Omni
Directional Antenna System, System Capacity Improving Coverage and Capacity in Cellular Systems-
Cell Splitting, Sectoring, Microcell Zone Concept.

UNIT – II
Co-Channel Interference: Measurement of Real Time Co-Channel Interference, Design of Antenna
System, Antenna Parameters and their effects, diversity techniques-space diversity, polarization
diversity, frequency diversity, time diversity.
Non Co-Channel Interference: Adjacent Channel Interference, Near end far end interference, cross
talk, effects on coverage and interference by power decrease, antenna height decrease, effects of cell
site components.

UNIT – III
Cell Coverage for Signal and Traffic: Signal Reflections in flat and Hilly Terrain, effects of Human
Made Structures, phase difference between direct and reflected paths, constant standard deviation,
straight line path loss slope, general formula for mobile propagation over water and flat open area, near
and long-distance propagation, path loss from a point to point prediction model in different conditions,
merits of lee model.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

Frequency Management and Channel Assignment: Numbering and Grouping, Setup Access and
Paging Channels, Channel Assignments to Cell Sites and Mobile Units.

UNIT - IV
Handoffs and Dropped Calls: Handoff Initiation, types of Handoff, Delaying Handoff, advantages of
Handoff, Power Difference Handoff, Forced Handoff, Mobile Assisted and Soft Handoff, Intersystem
handoff, Introduction to Dropped Call Rates and their Evaluation.

UNIT - V
Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Introduction, Cellular and Ad Hoc wireless Networks, Applications and
Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Issues in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Ad Hoc Wireless Internet, MAC
Protocols for Ad Hoc Wireless, Introduction, issues in designing AMAC Protocol for Ad Hoc wireless
Networks, Design Goals of AMAC protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Classification of MAC
Protocols.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mobile Cellular Telecommunications-W.C.Y. Lee, Mc Graw Hill, 2nd Edn., 1989.
2. Wireless Communications-Theodore. S. Rapport, Pearson Education, 2nd Edn., 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols-C. Siva ram Murthy and B.S. Manoj,
2004, PHI.
2. Modern Wireless Communications-Simon Haykin, Michael Moher, Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Wireless Communications and Networking, Vijay Garg, Elsevier Publications, 2007.
4. Wireless Communications-Andrea Goldsmith, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC613PE: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers; Computer Organization and Operating Systems

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an overview of Design Principles of Embedded System.
2. To provide clear understanding about the role of firmware.
3. To understand the necessity of operating systems in correlation with hardware systems.
4. To learn the methods of interfacing and synchronization for tasking.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. To understand the selection procedure of Processors in the embedded domain.
2. Design Procedure for Embedded Firmware.
3. To visualize the role of Real time Operating Systems in Embedded Systems.
4. To evaluate the Correlation between task synchronization and latency issues

UNIT - I:
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition of Embedded System, Embedded Systems Vs
General Computing Systems, History of Embedded Systems, Classification, Major Application Areas,
Purpose of Embedded Systems, Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded Systems.

UNIT - II:
Typical Embedded System: Core of the Embedded System: General Purpose and Domain Specific
Processors, ASICs, PLDs, Commercial Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS), Memory: ROM, RAM,
Memory according to the type of Interface, Memory Shadowing, Memory selection for Embedded
Systems, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface: Onboard and External Communication
Interfaces.

UNIT - III:
Embedded Firmware: Reset Circuit, Brown-out Protection Circuit, Oscillator Unit, Real Time Clock,
Watchdog Timer, Embedded Firmware Design Approaches and Development Languages.

UNIT - IV:
RTOS Based Embedded System Design: Operating System Basics, Types of Operating Systems,
Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling.

UNIT - V:
Task Communication: Shared Memory, Message Passing, Remote Procedure Call and Sockets,
Task Synchronization: Task Communication/Synchronization Issues, Task Synchronization
Techniques, Device Drivers, Methods to Choose an RTOS.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Embedded Systems - Shibu K.V, Mc Graw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
2. Embedded Systems - Raj Kamal, TMH.
3. Embedded System Design - Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, John Wiley.
4. Embedded Systems – Lyla, Pearson, 2013
5. An Embedded Software Primer - David E. Simon, Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC604PC: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

The Programs shall be implemented in Software (Using MATLAB / Lab View / C Programming/
Equivalent) and Hardware (Using TI / Analog Devices / Motorola / Equivalent DSP processors).

Note: - Minimum of 12 experiments has to be conducted.

List of Experiments:
1. Generation of Sinusoidal Waveform / Signal based on Recursive Difference Equations
2. Histogram of White Gaussian Noise and Uniformly Distributed Noise.
3. To find DFT / IDFT of given DT Signal
4. To find Frequency Response of a given System given in Transfer Function/ Differential equation
form.
5. Obtain Fourier series coefficients by formula and using FET and compare for half sine wave.
6. Implementation of FFT of given Sequence
7. Determination of Power Spectrum of a given Signal(s).
8. Implementation of LP FIR Filter for a given Sequence/Signal.
9. Implementation of HP IIR Filter for a given Sequence/Signal
10. Generation of Narrow Band Signal through Filtering
11. Generation of DTMF Signals
12. Implementation of Decimation Process
13. Implementation of Interpolation Process
14. Implementation of I/D Sampling Rate Converters
15. Impulse Response of First order and Second Order Systems.
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC605PC: e - CAD LAB

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Note: Any SIX of the following experiments from each part are to be conducted (Total 12)

Part - I
All the following experiments have to be implemented using HDL
1. Realize all the logic gates
2. Design of 8-to-3 encoder (without and with priority) and 2-to-4 decoder
3. Design of 8-to-1 multiplexer and 1-to-8 demultiplexer
4. Design of 4 bit binary to gray code converter
5. Design of 4 bit comparator
6. Design of Full adder using 3 modeling styles
7. Design of flip flops: SR, D, JK, T
8. Design of 4-bit binary, BCD counters (synchronous/ asynchronous reset) or any sequence
counter
9. Finite State Machine Design

Part-II
Layout, physical verification, placement & route for complex design, static timing analysis, IR
drop analysis and crosstalk analysis for the following:
1. Basic logic gates
2. CMOS inverter
3. CMOS NOR/ NAND gates
4. CMOS XOR and MUX gates
5. Static / Dynamic logic circuit (register cell)
6. Latch
7. Pass transistor
8. Layout of any combinational circuit (complex CMOS logic gate).
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

EC606PC: SCRIPTING LANGUAGES LAB

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

0 0 2 1

Prerequisites: Any High-level programming language (C, C++)

Course Objectives:
 To Understand the concepts of scripting languages for developing web-based projects
 To understand the applications the of Ruby, TCL, Perl scripting languages

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand the differences between Scripting languages and programming languages
 Able to gain some fluency programming in Ruby, Perl, TCL

List of Experiments
1. Write a Ruby script to create a new string which is n copies of a given string where n is a non-
negative integer
2. Write a Ruby script which accept the radius of a circle from the user and compute the parameter
and area.
3. Write a Ruby script which accept the user's first and last name and print them in reverse order
with a space between them
4. Write a Ruby script to accept a filename from the user print the extension of that
5. Write a Ruby script to find the greatest of three numbers
6. Write a Ruby script to print odd numbers from 10 to 1
7. Write a Ruby scirpt to check two integers and return true if one of them is 20 otherwise return
their sum
8. Write a Ruby script to check two temperatures and return true if one is less than 0 and the other
is greater than 100
9. Write a Ruby script to print the elements of a given array
10. Write a Ruby program to retrieve the total marks where subject name and marks of a student
stored in a hash
11. Write a TCL script to find the factorial of a number
12. Write a TCL script that multiplies the numbers from 1 to 10
13. Write a TCL script for Sorting a list using a comparison function
14. Write a TCL script to (i)create a list (ii )append elements to the list (iii)Traverse the list
(iv)Concatenate the list
15. Write a TCL script to comparing the file modified times.
16. Write a TCL script to Copy a file and translate to native format.
17. a) Write a Perl script to find the largest number among three numbers.
b) Write a Perl script to print the multiplication tables from 1-10 using subroutines.
18. Write a Perl program to implement the following list of manipulating functions
a)Shift
b)Unshift
c) Push
19. a) Write a Perl script to substitute a word, with another word in a string.
b) Write a Perl script to validate IP address and email address.
20. Write a Perl script to print the file in reverse order using command line arguments
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

[Link]. III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the
basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable
development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
 R18 [Link] ECE III YEAR

economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. in COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

III YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R18)

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS501PC Formal Languages & Automata Theory 3 0 0 3
2 CS502PC Software Engineering 3 0 0 3
3 CS503PC Computer Networks 3 0 0 3
4 CS504PC Web Technologies 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 Professional Elective -II 3 0 0 3
7 CS505PC Software Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 CS506PC Computer Networks & Web Technologies Lab 0 0 3 1.5
9 EN508HS Advanced Communication Skills Lab 0 0 2 1
10 *MC510 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 0 8 22

III YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No. Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS601PC Machine Learning 3 1 0 4
2 CS602PC Compiler Design 3 1 0 4
3 CS603PC Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 1 0 4
4 Professional Elective – III 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 CS604PC Machine Learning Lab 0 0 3 1.5
7 CS605PC Compiler Design Lab 0 0 3 1.5
8 Professional Elective-III Lab 0 0 2 1
9 *MC609 Environmental Science 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 3 8 22

*MC - Environmental Science – Should be Registered by Lateral Entry Students Only.

Note: Industrial Oriented Mini Project/ Summer Internship is to be carried out during the summer
vacation between 6th and 7th semesters. Students should submit report of Industrial Oriented Mini
Project/ Summer Internship for evaluation.

Professional Elective-I
CS511PE Information Theory & Coding
CS512PE Advanced Computer Architecture
CS513PE Data Analytics
CS514PE Image Processing
CS515PE Principles of Programming Languages

Professional Elective - II
CS521PE Computer Graphics
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS522PE Advanced Operating Systems

CS523PE Informational Retrieval Systems
CS524PE Distributed Databases
CS525PE Natural Language Processing

Professional Elective - III

CS611PE Concurrent Programming
CS612PE Network Programming
CS613PE Scripting Languages
CS614PE Mobile Application Development
CS615PE Software Testing Methodologies

#
Courses in PE - III and PE - III Lab must be in 1-1 correspondence.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS501PC: FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To provide introduction to some of the central ideas of theoretical computer science from the
perspective of formal languages.
2. To introduce the fundamental concepts of formal languages, grammars and automata theory.
3. Classify machines by their power to recognize languages.
4. Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing.
5. To understand deterministic and non-deterministic machines.
6. To understand the differences between decidability and undecidability.

Course Outcomes
1. Able to understand the concept of abstract machines and their power to recognize the
languages.
2. Able to employ finite state machines for modeling and solving computing problems.
3. Able to design context free grammars for formal languages.
4. Able to distinguish between decidability and undecidability.
5. Able to gain proficiency with mathematical tools and formal methods.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Finite Automata: Structural Representations, Automata and Complexity, the Central
Concepts of Automata Theory – Alphabets, Strings, Languages, Problems.
Nondeterministic Finite Automata: Formal Definition, an application, Text Search, Finite Automata
with Epsilon-Transitions.
Deterministic Finite Automata: Definition of DFA, How A DFA Process Strings, The language of DFA,
Conversion of NFA with €-transitions to NFA without €-transitions. Conversion of NFA to DFA, Moore
and Melay machines

UNIT - II
Regular Expressions: Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Applications of Regular Expressions,
Algebraic Laws for Regular Expressions, Conversion of Finite Automata to Regular Expressions.
Pumping Lemma for Regular Languages, Statement of the pumping lemma, Applications of the
Pumping Lemma.
Closure Properties of Regular Languages: Closure properties of Regular languages, Decision
Properties of Regular Languages, Equivalence and Minimization of Automata.

UNIT - III
Context-Free Grammars: Definition of Context-Free Grammars, Derivations Using a Grammar,
Leftmost and Rightmost Derivations, the Language of a Grammar, Sentential Forms, Parse Tress,
Applications of Context-Free Grammars, Ambiguity in Grammars and Languages.
Push Down Automata: Definition of the Pushdown Automaton, the Languages of a PDA, Equivalence
of PDA's and CFG's, Acceptance by final state, Acceptance by empty stack, Deterministic Pushdown
Automata. From CFG to PDA, From PDA to CFG.

UNIT - IV
Normal Forms for Context- Free Grammars: Eliminating useless symbols, Eliminating €-Productions.
Chomsky Normal form Griebech Normal form.
Pumping Lemma for Context-Free Languages: Statement of pumping lemma, Applications
Closure Properties of Context-Free Languages: Closure properties of CFL’s, Decision Properties of
CFL's
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

Turing Machines: Introduction to Turing Machine, Formal Description, Instantaneous description, The
language of a Turing machine

UNIT - V
Types of Turing machine: Turing machines and halting
Undecidability: Undecidability, A Language that is Not Recursively Enumerable, An Undecidable
Problem That is RE, Undecidable Problems about Turing Machines, Recursive languages, Properties
of recursive languages, Post's Correspondence Problem, Modified Post Correspondence problem,
Other Undecidable Problems, Counter machines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation, 3nd Edition, John E. Hopcroft,
Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Pearson Education.
2. Theory of Computer Science – Automata languages and computation, Mishra and
Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Languages and The Theory of Computation, John C Martin, TMH.
2. Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Cohen, John Wiley.
3. A Text book on Automata Theory, P. K. Srimani, Nasir S. F. B, Cambridge University Press.
4. Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Michael Sipser, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning.
5. Introduction to Formal languages Automata Theory and Computation Kamala Krithivasan,
Rama R, Pearson.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS502PC: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. The aim of the course is to provide an understanding of the working knowledge of the
techniques for estimation, design, testing and quality management of large software
development projects.
2. Topics include process models, software requirements, software design, software testing,
software process/product metrics, risk management, quality management and UML diagrams

Course Outcomes
1. Ability to translate end-user requirements into system and software requirements, using e.g.
UML, and structure the requirements in a Software Requirements Document (SRD).
2. Identify and apply appropriate software architectures and patterns to carry out high level design
of a system and be able to critically compare alternative choices.
3. Will have experience and/or awareness of testing problems and will be able to develop a simple
testing report

UNIT - I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The evolving role of software, changing nature of software,
software myths.
A Generic view of process: Software engineering- a layered technology, a process framework, the
capability maturity model integration (CMMI), process patterns, process assessment, personal and
team process models.
Process models: The waterfall model, incremental process models, evolutionary process models, the
unified process.

UNIT - II
Software Requirements: Functional and non-functional requirements, user requirements, system
requirements, interface specification, the software requirements document.
Requirements engineering process: Feasibility studies, requirements elicitation and analysis,
requirements validation, requirements management.
System models: Context models, behavioral models, data models, object models, structured methods.

UNIT - III
Design Engineering: Design process and design quality, design concepts, the design model.
Creating an architectural design: software architecture, data design, architectural styles and patterns,
architectural design, conceptual model of UML, basic structural modeling, class diagrams, sequence
diagrams, collaboration diagrams, use case diagrams, component diagrams.

UNIT - IV
Testing Strategies: A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for conventional software,
black-box and white-box testing, validation testing, system testing, the art of debugging.
Product metrics: Software quality, metrics for analysis model, metrics for design model, metrics for
source code, metrics for testing, metrics for maintenance.

UNIT - V
Metrics for Process and Products: Software measurement, metrics for software quality.
Risk management: Reactive Vs proactive risk strategies, software risks, risk identification, risk
projection, risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM plan.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

Quality Management: Quality concepts, software quality assurance, software reviews, formal technical
reviews, statistical software quality assurance, software reliability, the ISO 9000 quality standards.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th edition, Mc Graw Hill
International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson Education.
3. The unified modeling language user guide Grady Booch, James Rambaugh, Ivar Jacobson,
Pearson Education.

REFERENCES:
1. Software Engineering, an Engineering approach- James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz, John Wiley.
2. Software Engineering principles and practice- Waman S Jawadekar, The Mc Graw-Hill
Companies.
3. Fundamentals of object-oriented design using UML Meiler page-Jones: Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS503PC: COMPUTER NETWORKS

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Programming for problem solving”
2. A course on “Data Structures”

Course Objectives
1. The objective of the course is to equip the students with a general overview of the concepts
and fundamentals of computer networks.
2. Familiarize the students with the standard models for the layered approach to communication
between machines in a network and the protocols of the various layers.

Course Outcomes
1. Gain the knowledge of the basic computer network technology.
2. Gain the knowledge of the functions of each layer in the OSI and TCP/IP reference model.
3. Obtain the skills of subnetting and routing mechanisms.
4. Familiarity with the essential protocols of computer networks, and how they can be applied in
network design and implementation.

UNIT - I
Network hardware, Network software, OSI, TCP/IP Reference models, Example Networks: ARPANET,
Internet.
Physical Layer: Guided Transmission media: twisted pairs, coaxial cable, fiber optics, Wireless
transmission.

UNIT - II
Data link layer: Design issues, framing, Error detection and correction.
Elementary data link protocols: simplex protocol, A simplex stop and wait protocol for an error-free
channel, A simplex stop and wait protocol for noisy channel.
Sliding Window protocols: A one-bit sliding window protocol, A protocol using Go-Back-N, A protocol
using Selective Repeat, Example data link protocols.
Medium Access sub layer: The channel allocation problem, Multiple access protocols: ALOHA, Carrier
sense multiple access protocols, collision free protocols. Wireless LANs, Data link layer switching.

UNIT - III
Network Layer: Design issues, Routing algorithms: shortest path routing, Flooding, Hierarchical routing,
Broadcast, Multicast, distance vector routing, Congestion Control Algorithms, Quality of Service,
Internetworking, The Network layer in the internet.

UNIT - IV
Transport Layer: Transport Services, Elements of Transport protocols, Connection management, TCP
and UDP protocols.

UNIT - V
Application Layer –Domain name system, SNMP, Electronic Mail; the World WEB, HTTP, Streaming
audio and video.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Computer Networks -- Andrew S Tanenbaum, David. j. Wetherall, 5th Edition. Pearson
Education/PHI
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks-S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education
2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A. Forouzan. Third Edition TMH.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS504PC: WEB TECHNOLOGIES

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce PHP language for server-side scripting
2. To introduce XML and processing of XML Data with Java
3. To introduce Server-side programming with Java Servlets and JSP
4. To introduce Client-side scripting with Javascript and AJAX.

Course Outcomes
1. gain knowledge of client-side scripting, validation of forms and AJAX programming
2. understand server-side scripting with PHP language
3. understand what is XML and how to parse and use XML Data with Java
4. To introduce Server-side programming with Java Servlets and JSP

UNIT- I
Introduction to PHP: Declaring variables, data types, arrays, strings, operators, expressions, control
structures, functions, Reading data from web form controls like text boxes, radio buttons, lists etc.,
Handling File Uploads. Connecting to database (MySQL as reference), executing simple queries,
handling results, Handling sessions and cookies
File Handling in PHP: File operations like opening, closing, reading, writing, appending, deleting etc.
on text and binary files, listing directories.

UNIT- II
HTML Common tags- List, Tables, images, forms, Frames; Cascading Style sheets;
XML: Introduction to XML, Defining XML tags, their attributes and values, Document Type Definition,
XML Schemes, Document Object Model, XHTML Parsing XML Data – DOM and SAX Parsers in java.

UNIT - III
Introduction to Servlets: Common Gateway Interface (CGt), Life cycle of a Servlet, deploying a
servlet, The Servlet API, Reading Servlet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters, Handling Http
Request & Responses, Using Cookies and Sessions, connecting to a database using JDBC.

UNIT - IV
Introduction to JSP: The Anatomy of a JSP Page, JSP Processing, Declarations, Directives,
Expressions, Code Snippets, implicit objects, Using Beans in JSP Pages, Using Cookies and session
for session tracking, connecting to database in JSP.

UNIT - V
Client-side Scripting: Introduction to Javascript, Javascript language – declaring variables, scope of
variables, functions. event handlers (onclick, onsubmit etc.), Document Object Model, Form validation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Technologies, Uttam K Roy, Oxford University Press
2. The Complete Reference PHP — Steven Holzner, Tata McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2″ edition, Wiley Dreamtech
2. Java Server Pages —Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly,
3. Java Script, [Link]
4. Beginning Web Programming-Jon Duckett WROX.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

5. Programming world wide web, [Link], Fourth Edition, Pearson.

6. Internet and World Wide Web — How to program. Dietel and Nieto, Pearson.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS511PE: INFORMATION THEORY & CODING (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisite
1. Digital Communications

Course Objectives:
1. To acquire the knowledge in measurement of information and errors.
2. Understand the importance of various codes for communication systems
3. To design encoder and decoder of various codes.
4. To known the applicability of source and channel codes

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Learn measurement of information and errors.
2. Obtain knowledge in designing various source codes and channel codes
3. Design encoders and decoders for block and cyclic codes
4. Understand the significance of codes in various applications

UNIT - I
Coding for Reliable Digital Transmission and storage
Mathematical model of Information, A Logarithmic Measure of Information, Average and Mutual
Information and Entropy, Types of Errors, Error Control Strategies.
Source Codes: Shannon-fano coding, Huffman coding

UNIT - II
Linear Block Codes: Introduction to Linear Block Codes, Syndrome and Error Detection, Minimum
Distance of a Block code, Error-Detecting and Error-correcting Capabilities of a Block code, Standard
array and Syndrome Decoding, Probability of an undetected error for Linear Codes over a BSC,
Hamming Codes. Applications of Block codes for Error control in data storage system

UNIT - III
Cyclic Codes: Description, Generator and Parity-check Matrices, Encoding, Syndrome Computation
and Error Detection, Decoding, Cyclic Hamming Codes, shortened cyclic codes, Error-trapping
decoding for cyclic codes, Majority logic decoding for cyclic codes.

UNIT - IV
Convolutional Codes: Encoding of Convolutional Codes- Structural and Distance Properties, state,
tree, trellis diagrams, maximum likelihood decoding, Sequential decoding, Majority- logic decoding of
Convolution codes. Application of Viterbi Decoding and Sequential Decoding, Applications of
Convolutional codes in ARQ system.

UNIT - V
BCH Codes: Minimum distance and BCH bounds, Decoding procedure for BCH codes, Syndrome
computation and iterative algorithms, Error locations polynomials for single and double error correction.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Error Control Coding- Fundamentals and Applications –Shu Lin, Daniel [Link],Jr, Prentice
Hall, Inc 2014.
2. Error Correcting Coding Theory-Man Young Rhee, McGraw – Hill Publishing 1989
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Digital Communications- John G. Proakis, 5th ed., , TMH 2008.
2. Introduction to Error Control Codes-Salvatore Gravano-oxford
3. Error Correction Coding – Mathematical Methods and Algorithms – Todd [Link], 2006, Wiley
India.
4. Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography – Ranjan Bose, 2nd Edition, 2009, TMH.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS512PE: ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Computer Organization

Course Objectives
1. To impart the concepts and principles of parallel and advanced computer architectures.
2. To develop the design techniques of Scalable and multithreaded Architectures.
3. To Apply the concepts and techniques of parallel and advanced computer architectures to
design modern computer systems

Course Outcomes: Gain knowledge of

1. Computational models and Computer Architectures.
2. Concepts of parallel computer models.
3. Scalable Architectures, Pipelining, Superscalar processors, multiprocessors

UNIT - I
Theory of Parallelism, Parallel computer models, The State of Computing, Multiprocessors and
Multicomputers, Multivector and SIMD Computers, PRAM and VLSI models, Architectural development
tracks, Program and network properties, Conditions of parallelism, Program partitioning and
Scheduling, Program flow Mechanisms, System interconnect Architectures.

UNIT - II
Principals of Scalable performance, Performance metrics and measures, Parallel Processing
applications, Speed up performance laws, Scalability Analysis and Approaches, Hardware
Technologies, Processes and Memory Hierarchy, Advanced Processor Technology, Superscalar and
Vector Processors, Memory Hierarchy Technology, Virtual Memory Technology.

UNIT - III
Bus Cache and Shared memory, Backplane bus systems, Cache Memory organizations, Shared-
Memory Organizations, Sequential and weak consistency models, Pipelining and superscalar
techniques, Linear Pipeline Processors, Non-Linear Pipeline Processors, Instruction Pipeline design,
Arithmetic pipeline design, superscalar pipeline design.

UNIT - IV
Parallel and Scalable Architectures, Multiprocessors and Multicomputers, Multiprocessor system
interconnects, cache coherence and synchronization mechanism, Three Generations of
Multicomputers, Message-passing Mechanisms, Multivetor and SIMD computers, Vector Processing
Principals, Multivector Multiprocessors, Compound Vector processing, SIMD computer Organizations,
The connection machine CM-5,

UNIT - V
Scalable, Multithreaded and Dataflow Architectures, Latency-hiding techniques, Principals of
Multithreading, Fine-Grain Multicomputers, Scalable and multithreaded Architectures, Dataflow and
hybrid Architectures.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Advanced Computer Architecture Second Edition, Kai Hwang, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Computer Architecture, Fourth edition, J. L. Hennessy and D.A. Patterson. ELSEVIER.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

2. Advanced Computer Architectures, S.G. Shiva, Special Indian edition, CRC, Taylor &Francis.
3. Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, G. Hager and G.
Wellein, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group.
4. Advanced Computer Architecture, D. Sima, T. Fountain, P. Kacsuk, Pearson education.
5. Computer Architecture, B. Parhami, Oxford Univ. Press.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS513PE: DATA ANALYTICS (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Database Management Systems”.
2. Knowledge of probability and statistics.

Course Objectives:
1. To explore the fundamental concepts of data analytics.
2. To learn the principles and methods of statistical analysis
3. Discover interesting patterns, analyze supervised and unsupervised models and estimate the
accuracy of the algorithms.
4. To understand the various search methods and visualization techniques.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course students will be able to

1. Understand the impact of data analytics for business decisions and strategy
2. Carry out data analysis/statistical analysis
3. To carry out standard data visualization and formal inference procedures
4. Design Data Architecture
5. Understand various Data Sources

UNIT - I
Data Management: Design Data Architecture and manage the data for analysis, understand various
sources of Data like Sensors/Signals/GPS etc. Data Management, Data Quality(noise, outliers, missing
values, duplicate data) and Data Processing & Processing.

UNIT - II
Data Analytics: Introduction to Analytics, Introduction to Tools and Environment, Application of Modeling
in Business, Databases & Types of Data and variables, Data Modeling Techniques, Missing Imputations
etc. Need for Business Modeling.

UNIT - III
Regression – Concepts, Blue property assumptions, Least Square Estimation, Variable Rationalization,
and Model Building etc.
Logistic Regression: Model Theory, Model fit Statistics, Model Construction, Analytics applications to
various Business Domains etc.

UNIT - IV
Object Segmentation: Regression Vs Segmentation – Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Tree
Building – Regression, Classification, Overfitting, Pruning and Complexity, Multiple Decision Trees etc.
Time Series Methods: Arima, Measures of Forecast Accuracy, STL approach, Extract features from
generated model as Height, Average Energy etc and Analyze for prediction

UNIT - V
Data Visualization: Pixel-Oriented Visualization Techniques, Geometric Projection Visualization
Techniques, Icon-Based Visualization Techniques, Hierarchical Visualization Techniques, Visualizing
Complex Data and Relations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Student’s Handbook for Associate Analytics – II, III.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

2. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Han, Kamber, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, Tan, Steinbach and Kumar, Addision Wisley, 2006.
2. Data Mining Analysis and Concepts, M. Zaki and W. Meira
3. Mining of Massive Datasets, Jure Leskovec Stanford Univ. Anand Rajaraman Milliway Labs
Jeffrey D Ullman Stanford Univ.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS514PE: IMAGE PROCESSING (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. Students are expected to have knowledge in linear signals and systems, Fourier Transform,
basic linear algebra, basic probability theory and basic programming techniques; knowledge of
Digital Signal Processing is desirable.
2. A course on “Computational Mathematics”
3. A course on “Computer Oriented Statistical Methods”

Course Objectives
1. Provide a theoretical and mathematical foundation of fundamental Digital Image Processing
concepts.
2. The topics include image acquisition; sampling and quantization; preprocessing; enhancement;
restoration; segmentation; and compression.

Course Outcomes
1. Demonstrate the knowledge of the basic concepts of two-dimensional signal acquisition,
sampling, and quantization.
2. Demonstrate the knowledge of filtering techniques.
3. Demonstrate the knowledge of 2D transformation techniques.
4. Demonstrate the knowledge of image enhancement, segmentation, restoration and
compression techniques.
UNIT - I
Digital Image Fundamentals: Digital Image through Scanner, Digital Camera. Concept of Gray Levels.
Gray Level to Binary Image Conversion. Sampling and Quantization. Relationship between Pixels.
Imaging Geometry. 2D Transformations-DFT, DCT, KLT and SVD.

UNIT - II
Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain Point Processing, Histogram Processing, Spatial Filtering,
Enhancement in Frequency Domain, Image Smoothing, Image Sharpening.

UNIT - III
Image Restoration Degradation Model, Algebraic Approach to Restoration, Inverse Filtering, Least
Mean Square Filters, Constrained Least Squares Restoration, Interactive Restoration.

UNIT - IV
Image Segmentation Detection of Discontinuities, Edge Linking and Boundary Detection, Thresholding,
Region Oriented Segmentation.

UNIT - V
Image Compression Redundancies and their Removal Methods, Fidelity Criteria, Image Compression
Models, Source Encoder and Decoder, Error Free Compression, Lossy Compression.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Digital Image Processing: R.C. Gonzalez & R. E. Woods, Addison Wesley/ Pearson
Education, 2nd Ed, 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing: A. K. Jain , PHI.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

2. Digital Image Processing using MAT LAB: Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L.
Eddins: Pearson Education India, 2004.
3. Digital Image Processing: William K. Pratt, John Wilely, 3rd Edition, 2004.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS515PE: PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES (Professional Elective - I)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science”
2. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”

Course Objectives
1. Introduce important paradigms of programming languages
2. To provide conceptual understanding of high-level language design and implementation
3. Topics include programming paradigms; syntax and semantics; data types, expressions and
statements; subprograms and blocks; abstract data types; concurrency; functional and logic
programming languages; and scripting languages

Course Outcomes
1. Acquire the skills for expressing syntax and semantics in formal notation
2. Identify and apply a suitable programming paradigm for a given computing application
3. Gain knowledge of and able to compare the features of various programming languages

UNIT - I
Preliminary Concepts: Reasons for Studying Concepts of Programming Languages, Programming
Domains, Language Evaluation Criteria, Influences on Language Design, Language Categories,
Language Design Trade-Offs, Implementation Methods, Programming Environments
Syntax and Semantics: General Problem of Describing Syntax and Semantics, Formal Methods of
Describing Syntax, Attribute Grammars, Describing the Meanings of Programs

UNIT - II
Names, Bindings, and Scopes: Introduction, Names, Variables, Concept of Binding, Scope, Scope
and Lifetime, Referencing Environments, Named Constants
Data Types: Introduction, Primitive Data Types, Character String Types, User Defined Ordinal Types,
Array, Associative Arrays, Record, Union, Tuple Types, List Types, Pointer and Reference Types, Type
Checking, Strong Typing, Type Equivalence
Expressions and Statements: Arithmetic Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions,
Relational and Boolean Expressions, Short Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed-Mode
Assignment
Control Structures – Introduction, Selection Statements, Iterative Statements, Unconditional
Branching, Guarded Commands.

UNIT - III
Subprograms and Blocks: Fundamentals of Sub-Programs, Design Issues for Subprograms, Local
Referencing Environments, Parameter Passing Methods, Parameters that Are Subprograms, Calling
Subprograms Indirectly, Overloaded Subprograms, Generic Subprograms, Design Issues for
Functions, User Defined Overloaded Operators, Closures, Coroutines
Implementing Subprograms: General Semantics of Calls and Returns, Implementing Simple
Subprograms, Implementing Subprograms with Stack-Dynamic Local Variables, Nested Subprograms,
Blocks, Implementing Dynamic Scoping
Abstract Data Types: The Concept of Abstraction, Introductions to Data Abstraction, Design Issues,
Language Examples, Parameterized ADT, Encapsulation Constructs, Naming Encapsulations
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

UNIT - IV
Concurrency: Introduction, Introduction to Subprogram Level Concurrency, Semaphores, Monitors,
Message Passing, Java Threads, Concurrency in Function Languages, Statement Level Concurrency.
Exception Handling and Event Handling: Introduction, Exception Handling in Ada, C++, Java,
Introduction to Event Handling, Event Handling with Java and C#.

UNIT - V
Functional Programming Languages: Introduction, Mathematical Functions, Fundamentals of
Functional Programming Language, LISP, Support for Functional Programming in Primarily Imperative
Languages, Comparison of Functional and Imperative Languages
Logic Programming Language: Introduction, an Overview of Logic Programming, Basic Elements of
Prolog, Applications of Logic Programming.
Scripting Language: Pragmatics, Key Concepts, Case Study: Python – Values and Types, Variables,
Storage and Control, Bindings and Scope, Procedural Abstraction, Data Abstraction, Separate
Compilation, Module Library. (Text Book 2)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Concepts of Programming Languages Robert. W. Sebesta 10/E, Pearson Education.
2. Programming Language Design Concepts, D. A. Watt, Wiley Dreamtech, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Programming Languages, 2nd Edition, A.B. Tucker, R. E. Noonan, TMH.
2. Programming Languages, K. C. Louden, 2nd Edition, Thomson, 2003
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS521PE/IT525PE: COMPUTER GRAPHICS (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. Familiarity with the theory and use of coordinate geometry and of linear algebra such as
matrix multiplication.
2. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”

Course Objectives
1. The aim of this course is to provide an introduction of fundamental concepts and theory of
computer graphics.
2. Topics covered include graphics systems and input devices; geometric representations and
2D/3D transformations; viewing and projections; illumination and color models; animation;
rendering and implementation; visible surface detection;

Course Outcomes
1. Acquire familiarity with the relevant mathematics of computer graphics.
2. Be able to design basic graphics application programs, including animation
3. Be able to design applications that display graphic images to given specifications

UNIT - I
Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics systems, video-display
devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and work stations and input
devices
Output primitives: Points and lines, line drawing algorithms (Bresenham’s and DDA Algorithm), mid-
point circle and ellipse algorithms
Polygon Filling: Scan-line algorithm, boundary-fill and flood-fill algorithms

UNIT - II
2-D geometrical transforms: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear transformations,
matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite transforms, transformations between
coordinate systems
2-D viewing: The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to view-port
coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman
polygon clipping algorithm.

UNIT - III
3-D object representation: Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation, Hermite curve,
Bezier curve and B-Spline curves, Bezier and B-Spline surfaces. Basic illumination models, polygon
rendering methods.

UNIT - IV
3-D Geometric transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear transformations,
composite transformations.
3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline, viewing coordinates, view volume and general projection transforms
and clipping.

UNIT - V
Computer animation: Design of animation sequence, general computer animation functions, raster
animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems, motion specifications
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer, BSP-tree

methods and area sub-division methods

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics C version”, Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Pearson Education
2. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, Van Dam, Feiner and
Hughes, Pearson Education.
3. Computer Graphics, Steven Harrington, TMH

REFERENCES:
1. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill, 2nd edition.
2. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
3. Principles of Computer Graphics, Shalini Govil, Pai, 2005, Springer.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS522PE: ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To study, learn, and understand the main concepts of advanced operating systems (parallel
processing systems, distributed systems, real time systems, network operating systems, and
open source operating systems)
2. Hardware and software features that support these systems.

Course Outcomes
1. Understand the design approaches of advanced operating systems
2. Analyze the design issues of distributed operating systems.
3. Evaluate design issues of multi processor operating systems.
4. Identify the requirements Distributed File System and Distributed Shared Memory.
5. Formulate the solutions to schedule the real time applications.

UNIT - I
Architectures of Distributed Systems: System Architecture Types, Distributed Operating Systems,
Issues in Distributed Operating Systems, Communication Primitives. Theoretical Foundations:
Inherent Limitations of a Distributed System, Lamport’s Logical Clocks, Vector Clocks, Causal Ordering
of Messages, Termination Detection.

UNIT - II
Distributed Mutual Exclusion: The Classification of Mutual Exclusion Algorithms, Non-Token –
Based Algorithms: Lamport’s Algorithm, The Ricart-Agrawala Algorithm, Maekawa’s Algorithm,
Token-Based Algorithms: Suzuki-Kasami’s Broadcast Algorithm, Singhal’s Heurisric Algorithm,
Raymond’s Heuristic Algorithm.

UNIT - III
Distributed Deadlock Detection: Preliminaries, Deadlock Handling Strategies in Distributed Systems,
Issues in Deadlock Detection and Resolution, Control Organizations for Distributed Deadlock Detection,
Centralized- Deadlock – Detection Algorithms, Distributed Deadlock Detection Algorithms, Hierarchical
Deadlock Detection Algorithms

UNIT - IV
Multiprocessor System Architectures: Introduction, Motivation for multiprocessor Systems, Basic
Multiprocessor System Architectures Multi Processor Operating Systems: Introduction, Structures of
Multiprocessor Operating Systems, Operating Design Issues, Threads, Process Synchronization,
Processor Scheduling.
Distributed File Systems: Architecture, Mechanisms for Building Distributed File Systems, Design
Issues

UNIT - V
Distributed Scheduling: Issues in Load Distributing, Components of a Load Distributed Algorithm,
Stability, Load Distributing Algorithms, Requirements for Load Distributing, Task Migration, Issues in
task Migration
Distributed Shared Memory: Architecture and Motivation, Algorithms for Implementing DSM, Memory
Coherence, Coherence Protocols, Design Issues
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

TEXT BOOK:
1. Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems, Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G. Shivaratri, Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition 2001

REFERENCES:
1. Distributed Systems: Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Maarten Van Steen, Pearson Prentice Hall,
Edition – 2, 2007
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS523PE: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
1. Data Structures

Course Objectives
1. To learn the important concepts and algorithms in IRS
2. To understand the data/file structures that are necessary to design, and implement information
retrieval (IR) systems.

Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to apply IR principles to locate relevant information large collections of data
2. Ability to design different document clustering algorithms
3. Implement retrieval systems for web search tasks.
4. Design an Information Retrieval System for web search tasks.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Information Retrieval Systems: Definition of Information Retrieval System, Objectives of
Information Retrieval Systems, Functional Overview, Relationship to Database Management Systems,
Digital Libraries and Data Warehouses
Information Retrieval System Capabilities: Search Capabilities, Browse Capabilities, Miscellaneous
Capabilities

UNIT - II
Cataloging and Indexing: History and Objectives of Indexing, Indexing Process, Automatic Indexing,
Information Extraction
Data Structure: Introduction to Data Structure, Stemming Algorithms, Inverted File Structure, N-Gram
Data Structures, PAT Data Structure, Signature File Structure, Hypertext and XML Data Structures,
Hidden Markov Models

UNIT - III
Automatic Indexing: Classes of Automatic Indexing, Statistical Indexing, Natural Language, Concept
Indexing, Hypertext Linkages
Document and Term Clustering: Introduction to Clustering, Thesaurus Generation, Item Clustering,
Hierarchy of Clusters

UNIT - IV
User Search Techniques: Search Statements and Binding, Similarity Measures and Ranking,
Relevance Feedback, Selective Dissemination of Information Search, Weighted Searches of Boolean
Systems, Searching the INTERNET and Hypertext
Information Visualization: Introduction to Information Visualization, Cognition and Perception,
Information Visualization Technologies

UNIT - V
Text Search Algorithms: Introduction to Text Search Techniques, Software Text Search Algorithms,
Hardware Text Search Systems
Multimedia Information Retrieval: Spoken Language Audio Retrieval, Non-Speech Audio Retrieval,
Graph Retrieval, Imagery Retrieval, Video Retrieval
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

TEXT BOOK
1. Information Storage and Retrieval Systems – Theory and Implementation, Second Edition,
Gerald J. Kowalski, Mark T. Maybury, Springer

REFERENCES
1. Frakes, W.B., Ricardo Baeza-Yates: Information Retrieval Data Structures and Algorithms,
Prentice Hall, 1992.
2. Information Storage & Retrieval By Robert Korfhage – John Wiley & Sons.
3. Modern Information Retrieval By Yates and Neto Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS524PE: DISTRIBUTED DATABASES (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Database Management Systems”

Course Objectives:
1. The purpose of the course is to enrich the previous knowledge of database systems and
exposing the need for distributed database technology to confront with the deficiencies of the
centralized database systems.
2. Introduce basic principles and implementation techniques of distributed database systems.
3. Equip students with principles and knowledge of parallel and object-oriented databases.
4. Topics include distributed DBMS architecture and design; query processing and optimization;
distributed transaction management and reliability; parallel and object database management
systems.

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand theoretical and practical aspects of distributed database systems.
2. Study and identify various issues related to the development of distributed database system.
3. Understand the design aspects of object-oriented database system and related development.

UNIT - I
Introduction; Distributed Data Processing, Distributed Database System, Promises of DDBSs,
Problem areas.
Distributed DBMS Architecture: Architectural Models for Distributed DBMS, DDMBS Architecture.
Distributed Database Design: Alternative Design Strategies, Distribution Design issues,
Fragmentation, Allocation.

UNIT - II
Query processing and decomposition: Query processing objectives, characterization of query
processors, layers of query processing, query decomposition, localization of distributed data.
Distributed query Optimization: Query optimization, centralized query optimization, distributed query
optimization algorithms.

UNIT - III
Transaction Management: Definition, properties of transaction, types of transactions, distributed
concurrency control: serializability, concurrency control mechanisms & algorithms, time - stamped &
optimistic concurrency control Algorithms, deadlock Management.

UNIT - IV
Distributed DBMS Reliability: Reliability concepts and measures, fault-tolerance in distributed
systems, failures in Distributed DBMS, local & distributed reliability protocols, site failures and network
partitioning.
Parallel Database Systems: Parallel database system architectures, parallel data placement, parallel
query processing, load balancing, database clusters.

UNIT - V
Distributed object Database Management Systems: Fundamental object concepts and models,
object distributed design, architectural issues, object management, distributed object storage, object
query Processing.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

Object Oriented Data Model: Inheritance, object identity, persistent programming languages,
persistence of objects, comparison OODBMS and ORDBMS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Tamer OZSU and Patuck Valduriez: Principles of Distributed Database Systems, Pearson
Edn. Asia, 2001.
2. Stefano Ceri and Giuseppe Pelagatti: Distributed Databases, McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hector Garcia-Molina, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Jennifer Widom: “Database Systems: The Complete
Book”, Second Edition, Pearson International Edition
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS525PE: NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING (Professional Elective - II)

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites: Data structures, finite automata and probability theory

Course Objectives
1. Introduce to some of the problems and solutions of NLP and their relation to linguistics and
statistics.

Course Outcomes
1. Show sensitivity to linguistic phenomena and an ability to model them with formal grammars.
2. Understand and carry out proper experimental methodology for training and evaluating
empirical NLP systems
3. Able to manipulate probabilities, construct statistical models over strings and trees, and
estimate parameters using supervised and unsupervised training methods.
4. Able to design, implement, and analyze NLP algorithms
5. Able to design different language modeling Techniques.

UNIT - I
Finding the Structure of Words: Words and Their Components, Issues and Challenges,
Morphological Models
Finding the Structure of Documents: Introduction, Methods, Complexity of the Approaches,
Performances of the Approaches

UNIT - II
Syntax Analysis: Parsing Natural Language, Treebanks: A Data-Driven Approach to Syntax,
Representation of Syntactic Structure, Parsing Algorithms, Models for Ambiguity Resolution in Parsing,
Multilingual Issues

UNIT - III
Semantic Parsing: Introduction, Semantic Interpretation, System Paradigms, Word Sense
Systems, Software.

UNIT - IV
Predicate-Argument Structure, Meaning Representation Systems, Software.

UNIT - V
Discourse Processing: Cohension, Reference Resolution, Discourse Cohension and Structure
Language Modeling: Introduction, N-Gram Models, Language Model Evaluation, Parameter
Estimation, Language Model Adaptation, Types of Language Models, Language-Specific Modeling
Problems, Multilingual and Crosslingual Language Modeling

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Multilingual natural Language Processing Applications: From Theory to Practice – Daniel M.
Bikel and Imed Zitouni, Pearson Publication
2. Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval: Tanvier Siddiqui, U.S. Tiwary

REFERENCE:
1. Speech and Natural Language Processing - Daniel Jurafsky & James H Martin, Pearson
Publications
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS505PC: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LAB

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Programming for Problem Solving”
Co-requisite
1. A Course on “Software Engineering”

Course Objectives
1. To have hands on experience in developing a software project by using various software
engineering principles and methods in each of the phases of software development.

Course Outcomes
1. Ability to translate end-user requirements into system and software requirements
2. Ability to generate a high-level design of the system from the software requirements
3. Will have experience and/or awareness of testing problems and will be able to develop a simple
testing report

List of Experiments
Do the following 8 exercises for any two projects given in the list of sample projects or any other
projects:
1) Development of problem statement.
2) Preparation of Software Requirement Specification Document, Design Documents and Testing
Phase related documents.
3) Preparation of Software Configuration Management and Risk Management related documents.
4) Study and usage of any Design phase CASE tool
5) Performing the Design by using any Design phase CASE tools.
6) Develop test cases for unit testing and integration testing
7) Develop test cases for various white box and black box testing techniques.

Sample Projects:
1. Passport automation System
2. Book Bank
3. Online Exam Registration
4. Stock Maintenance System
5. Online course reservation system
6. E-ticketing
7. Software Personnel Management System
8. Credit Card Processing
9. E-book management System.
10. Recruitment system

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Engineering, A practitioner’s Approach- Roger S. Pressman, 6th edition, Mc Graw Hill
International Edition.
2. Software Engineering- Sommerville, 7th edition, Pearson Education.
3. The unified modeling language user guide Grady Booch, James Rambaugh, Ivar Jacobson,
Pearson Education.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS506PC: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To understand the working principle of various communication protocols.
2. To understand the network simulator environment and visualize a network topology and
observe its performance
3. To analyze the traffic flow and the contents of protocol frames

Course Outcomes
1. Implement data link layer farming methods
2. Analyze error detection and error correction codes.
3. Implement and analyze routing and congestion issues in network design.
4. Implement Encoding and Decoding techniques used in presentation layer
5. To be able to work with different network tools

List of Experiments
1. Implement the data link layer framing methods such as character, character-stuffing and bit
stuffing.
2. Write a program to compute CRC code for the polynomials CRC-12, CRC-16 and CRC CCIP
3. Develop a simple data link layer that performs the flow control using the sliding window protocol,
and loss recovery using the Go-Back-N mechanism.
4. Implement Dijsktra’s algorithm to compute the shortest path through a network
5. Take an example subnet of hosts and obtain a broadcast tree for the subnet.
6. Implement distance vector routing algorithm for obtaining routing tables at each node.
7. Implement data encryption and data decryption
8. Write a program for congestion control using Leaky bucket algorithm.
9. Write a program for frame sorting technique used in buffers.
10. Wireshark
i. Packet Capture Using Wire shark
ii. Starting Wire shark
iii. Viewing Captured Traffic
iv. Analysis and Statistics & Filters.
11. How to run Nmap scan
12. Operating System Detection using Nmap
13. Do the following using NS2 Simulator
i. NS2 Simulator-Introduction
ii. Simulate to Find the Number of Packets Dropped
iii. Simulate to Find the Number of Packets Dropped by TCP/UDP
iv. Simulate to Find the Number of Packets Dropped due to Congestion
v. Simulate to Compare Data Rate& Throughput.
vi. Simulate to Plot Congestion for Different Source/Destination
vii. Simulate to Determine the Performance with respect to Transmission of Packets

Web Technologies Experiments

1. Write a PHP script to print prime numbers between 1-50.
2. PHP script to
a. Find the length of a string.
b. Count no of words in a string.
c. Reverse a string.
d. Search for a specific string.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

3. Write a PHP script to merge two arrays and sort them as numbers, in descending order.
4. Write a PHP script that reads data from one file and write into another file.
5. Develop static pages (using Only HTML) of an online book store. The pages should resemble:
[Link]. The website should consist the following pages.
a) Home page
b) Registration and user Login
c) User Profile Page
d) Books catalog
e) Shopping Cart
f) Payment By credit card
g) Order Conformation
6. Validate the Registration, user login, user profile and payment by credit card pages using
JavaScript.
7. Create and save an XML document on the server, which contains 10 users information. Write
a program, which takes User Id as an input and returns the user details by taking the user
information from the XML document.
8. Install TOMCAT web server. Convert the static web pages of assignments 2 into dynamic web
pages using servlets and cookies. Hint: Users information (user id, password, credit card
number) would be stored in [Link]. Each user should have a separate Shopping Cart.
9. Redo the previous task using JSP by converting the static web pages of assignments 2 into
dynamic web pages. Create a database with user information and books information. The
books catalogue should be dynamically loaded from the database. Follow the MVC architecture
while doing the website.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. WEB TECHNOLOGIES: A Computer Science Perspective, Jeffrey C. Jackson, Pearson
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Deitel H.M. and Deitel P.J., “Internet and World Wide Web How to program”, Pearson
International, 2012, 4th Edition.
2. J2EE: The complete Reference By James Keogh, McGraw-Hill
3. Bai and Ekedhi, The Web Warrior Guide to Web Programming, Thomson
4. Paul Dietel and Harvey Deitel,” Java How to Program”, Prentice Hall of India, 8th Edition
5. Web technologies, Black Book, Dreamtech press.
6. Gopalan N.P. and Akilandeswari J., “Web Technology”, Prentice Hall of India
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

EN508HS: ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

1. INTRODUCTION:
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd year level. At
this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may require them to listen
to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in the
globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English and
perform the following:
 Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
 Engaging in debates.
 Participating in group discussions.
 Facing interviews.
 Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
 Making oral presentations.
 Writing formal letters.
 Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
 Taking part in social and professional communication.

2. OBJECTIVES:
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the following
targets:
1. To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary and enable
them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated English speakers
and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.
2. Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing.
3. To prepare all the students for their placements.

3. SYLLABUS:
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language
– Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/ e-
mails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

4. MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following infrastructural
facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
 Round Tables with movable chairs
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
 T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
 Headphones of High quality

5. SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
 Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
 TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2nd Edition
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th
Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Learn Correct English – A Book of Grammar, Usage and Composition by Shiv K. Kumar and
Hemalatha Nagarajan. Pearson 2007
2. Professional Communication by Aruna Koneru, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2016.
3. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University Press
2009.
4. Technical Communication by Paul V. Anderson. 2007. Cengage Learning pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. English Vocabulary in Use series, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Handbook for Technical Communication by David A. McMurrey & Joanne Buckley. 2012. Cengage
Learning.
7. Communication Skills by Leena Sen, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
8. Job Hunting by Colm Downes, Cambridge University Press 2008.
9. English for Technical Communication for Engineering Students, Aysha Vishwamohan, Tata Mc
Graw-Hill 2009.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

*MC510: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

III Year [Link]. CSE I-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 0

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, international
organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter,
selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights: Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right,
international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations
of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent
law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.

2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS601PC: MACHINE LEARNING

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites
1. Data Structures
2. Knowledge on statistical methods

Course Objectives
1. This course explains machine learning techniques such as decision tree learning, Bayesian
learning etc.
2. To understand computational learning theory.
3. To study the pattern comparison techniques.

Course Outcomes
1. Understand the concepts of computational intelligence like machine learning
2. Ability to get the skill to apply machine learning techniques to address the real time problems
in different areas
3. Understand the Neural Networks and its usage in machine learning application.

UNIT - I
Introduction - Well-posed learning problems, designing a learning system, Perspectives and issues in
machine learning
Concept learning and the general to specific ordering – introduction, a concept learning task, concept
learning as search, find-S: finding a maximally specific hypothesis, version spaces and the candidate
elimination algorithm, remarks on version spaces and candidate elimination, inductive bias.
Decision Tree Learning – Introduction, decision tree representation, appropriate problems for decision
tree learning, the basic decision tree learning algorithm, hypothesis space search in decision tree
learning, inductive bias in decision tree learning, issues in decision tree learning.

UNIT - II
Artificial Neural Networks-1– Introduction, neural network representation, appropriate problems for
neural network learning, perceptions, multilayer networks and the back-propagation algorithm.
Artificial Neural Networks-2- Remarks on the Back-Propagation algorithm, An illustrative example:
face recognition, advanced topics in artificial neural networks.
Evaluation Hypotheses – Motivation, estimation hypothesis accuracy, basics of sampling theory, a
general approach for deriving confidence intervals, difference in error of two hypotheses, comparing
learning algorithms.

UNIT - III
Bayesian learning – Introduction, Bayes theorem, Bayes theorem and concept learning, Maximum
Likelihood and least squared error hypotheses, maximum likelihood hypotheses for predicting
probabilities, minimum description length principle, Bayes optimal classifier, Gibs algorithm, Naïve
Bayes classifier, an example: learning to classify text, Bayesian belief networks, the EM algorithm.
Computational learning theory – Introduction, probably learning an approximately correct hypothesis,
sample complexity for finite hypothesis space, sample complexity for infinite hypothesis spaces, the
mistake bound model of learning.
Instance-Based Learning- Introduction, k-nearest neighbour algorithm, locally weighted regression,
radial basis functions, case-based reasoning, remarks on lazy and eager learning.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

UNIT- IV
Genetic Algorithms – Motivation, Genetic algorithms, an illustrative example, hypothesis space
search, genetic programming, models of evolution and learning, parallelizing genetic algorithms.
Learning Sets of Rules – Introduction, sequential covering algorithms, learning rule sets: summary,
learning First-Order rules, learning sets of First-Order rules: FOIL, Induction as inverted deduction,
inverting resolution.
Reinforcement Learning – Introduction, the learning task, Q–learning, non-deterministic, rewards and
actions, temporal difference learning, generalizing from examples, relationship to dynamic
programming.

UNIT - V
Analytical Learning-1- Introduction, learning with perfect domain theories: PROLOG-EBG, remarks
on explanation-based learning, explanation-based learning of search control knowledge.
Analytical Learning-2-Using prior knowledge to alter the search objective, using prior knowledge to
augment search operators.
Combining Inductive and Analytical Learning – Motivation, inductive-analytical approaches to
learning, using prior knowledge to initialize the hypothesis.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Machine Learning – Tom M. Mitchell, - MGH

REFERENCES:
1. Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective, Stephen Marshland, Taylor & Francis
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS602PC: COMPILER DESIGN

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Formal Languages and Automata Theory”
2. A course on “Computer Organization and architecture”
3. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”

Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the major concepts of language translation and compiler design and impart the
knowledge of practical skills necessary for constructing a compiler.
2. Topics include phases of compiler, parsing, syntax directd translation, type checking use of
symbol tables, code optimization techniques, intermediate code generation, code generation
and data flow analysis.

Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to design a compiler given a set of language features.
2. Demonstrate the the knowledge of patterns, tokens & regular expressions for lexical analysis.
3. Acquire skills in using lex tool & yacc tool for devleoping a scanner and parser.
4. Design and implement LL and LR parsers
5. Design algorithms to do code optimization in order to improve the performance of a program in
terms of space and time complexity.
6. Design algorithms to generate machine code.

UNIT - I
Introduction: The structure of a compiler, the science of building a compiler, programming language
basics
Lexical Analysis: The Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Recognition of Tokens, The
Lexical-Analyzer Generator Lex, Finite Automata, From Regular Expressions to Automata, Design of a
Lexical-Analyzer Generator, Optimization of DFA-Based Pattern Matchers.

UNIT - II
Syntax Analysis: Introduction, Context-Free Grammars, Writing a Grammar, Top-Down Parsing,
Bottom-Up Parsing, Introduction to LR Parsing: Simple LR, More Powerful LR Parsers, Using
Ambiguous Grammars and Parser Generators.

UNIT - III
Syntax-Directed Translation: Syntax-Directed Definitions, Evaluation Orders for SDD's, Applications
of Syntax-Directed Translation, Syntax-Directed Translation Schemes, Implementing L-Attributed
SDD's.
Intermediate-Code Generation: Variants of Syntax Trees, Three-Address Code, Types and
Declarations, Type Checking, Control Flow, Switch-Statements, Intermediate Code for Procedures.

UNIT - IV
Run-Time Environments: Stack Allocation of Space, Access to Nonlocal Data on the Stack, Heap
Management, Introduction to Garbage Collection, Introduction to Trace-Based Collection.
Code Generation: Issues in the Design of a Code Generator, The Target Language, Addresses in the
Target Code, Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs, Optimization of Basic Blocks, A Simple Code Generator,
Peephole Optimization, Register Allocation and Assignment, Dynamic Programming Code-Generation.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Machine-Independent Optimization: The Principal Sources of Optimization, Introduction to Data-Flow
Analysis, Foundations of Data-Flow Analysis, Constant Propagation, Partial-Redundancy Elimination,
Loops in Flow Graphs.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, Second Edition, Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam,
Ravi Sethi, Jeffry D. Ullman.

REFERENCES:
1. Lex & Yacc – John R. Levine, Tony Mason, Doug Brown, O’reilly
2. Compiler Construction, Louden, Thomson.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS603PC: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 1 0 4
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”
2. A course on “Advanced Data Structures”

Course Objectives
1. Introduces the notations for analysis of the performance of algorithms.
2. Introduces the data structure disjoint sets.
3. Describes major algorithmic techniques (divide-and-conquer, backtracking, dynamic
programming, greedy, branch and bound methods) and mention problems for which each
technique is appropriate;
4. Describes how to evaluate and compare different algorithms using worst-, average-, and best-
case analysis.
5. Explains the difference between tractable and intractable problems, and introduces the
problems that are P, NP and NP complete.

Course Outcomes
1. Ability to analyze the performance of algorithms
2. Ability to choose appropriate data structures and algorithm design methods for a specified
application
3. Ability to understand how the choice of data structures and the algorithm design methods
impact the performance of programs

UNIT - I
Introduction: Algorithm, Performance Analysis-Space complexity, Time complexity, Asymptotic
Notations- Big oh notation, Omega notation, Theta notation and Little oh notation.
Divide and conquer: General method, applications-Binary search, Quick sort, Merge sort, Strassen’s
matrix multiplication.

UNIT - II
Disjoint Sets: Disjoint set operations, union and find algorithms
Backtracking: General method, applications, n-queen’s problem, sum of subsets problem, graph
coloring

UNIT - III
Dynamic Programming: General method, applications- Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack
problem, All pairs shortest path problem, Traveling sales person problem, Reliability design.

UNIT - IV
Greedy method: General method, applications-Job sequencing with deadlines, knapsack problem,
Minimum cost spanning trees, Single source shortest path problem.

UNIT - V
Branch and Bound: General method, applications - Travelling sales person problem, 0/1 knapsack
problem - LC Branch and Bound solution, FIFO Branch and Bound solution.
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems: Basic concepts, non deterministic algorithms, NP - Hard and
NP-Complete classes, Cook’s theorem.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms, Ellis Horowitz, Satraj Sahni and Rajasekharan,
University Press.

REFERENCES:
1. Design and Analysis of algorithms, Aho, Ullman and Hopcroft, Pearson education.
2. Introduction to Algorithms, second edition, T. H. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, and C.
Stein, PHI Pvt. Ltd./ Pearson Education.
3. Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and Internet Examples, M.T. Goodrich and R.
Tamassia, John Wiley and sons.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS611PE: CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Operating Systems”
2. A course on “Java Programming”

Course Objectives: To explore the abstractions used in concurrent programming

Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to implement the mechanisms for communication and co-ordination among concurrent
processes.
2. Ability to understand and reason about concurrency and concurrent objects
3. Ability to implement the locking and non-blocking mechanisms
4. Ability to understand concurrent objects

UNIT - I
Introduction - Shared Objects and Synchronization, A Fable, Properties of Mutual Exclusion, The Moral,
The Producer–Consumer Problem, The Harsh Realities of Parallelization.
Mutual Exclusion - Time, Critical Sections, 2-Thread Solutions, The Peterson Lock, The Filter Lock,
Lamport’s Bakery Algorithm.

UNIT - II
Concurrent Objects - Concurrency and Correctness, Sequential Objects, Quiescent consistency,
Sequential Consistency, Linearizability, Linearization Points, Formal Definitions
Linearizability, Compositional Linearizability, The Nonblocking Property, Progress conditions,
Dependent Progress Conditions, The Java Memory Model, Locks and synchronized Blocks, Volatile
Fields, Final Fields.

UNIT - III
Synchronization Operations, Consensus Numbers, Consensus Protocols, The compareAndSet()
Operation, Introduction Universality, A Lock-Free Universal, Construction Wait-
Free Universal Construction, Spin Locks , Test-And-Set Locks

UNIT - IV
Linked Lists: The Role of Locking, Introduction, List-Based Sets, Concurrent Reasoning, Coarse-
Grained Synchronization, Fine-Grained Synchronization, Optimistic Synchronization, Lazy
Synchronization, Non-Blocking Synchronization

UNIT - V
Concurrent Queues and the ABA Problem, Concurrent Stacks and Elimination, Transactional Memories

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Art of Multiprocessor Programming, by Maurice Herlihy and Nir Shavit, Morgan Kaufmman
Publishers, 1st Edition, Indian Reprint 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Java Concurrency in Practice by Brian Goetz, Tim Peierls, Joshua Block, Joseph Bowbeer,
David Holmes and Doug Lea, Addison Wesley, 1st Edition, 2006.
2. Concurrent Programming in Java™: Design Principles and Patterns, Second Edition by Doug
Lea, Publisher: Addison Wesley, Pub Date: October 01, 1999.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS612PE: NETWORK PROGRAMMING (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand inter process and inter-system communication
2. To understand socket programming in its entirety
3. To understand usage of TCP/UDP / Raw sockets
4. To understand how to build network applications

Course Outcomes:
1. To write socket API based programs
2. To design and implement client-server applications using TCP and UDP sockets
3. To analyze network programs

UNIT - I
Introduction to Network Programming: OSI model, Unix standards, TCP and UDP & TCP connection
establishment and Format, Buffer sizes and limitation, standard internet services, Protocol usage by
common internet application.
Sockets : Address structures, value – result arguments, Byte ordering and manipulation function and
related functions Elementary TCP sockets – Socket, connect, bind, listen, accept, fork and exec
function, concurrent servers. Close function and related function.

UNIT - II
TCP client server : Introduction, TCP Echo server functions, Normal startup, terminate and signal
handling server process termination, Crashing and Rebooting of server host shutdown of server host.
Elementary UDP sockets: Introduction UDP Echo server function, lost datagram, summary of UDP
example, Lack of flow control with UDP, determining outgoing interface with UDP.
I/O Multiplexing: I/O Models, select function, Batch input, shutdown function, poll function, TCP Echo
server,

UNIT - III
Socket options: getsockopt and setsockopt functions. Socket states, Generic socket option IPV6
socket option ICMPV6 socket option IPV6 socket option and TCP socket options.
Advanced I/O Functions-Introduction, Socket Timeouts, recv and send Functions,readv and writev
Functions, recvmsg and sendmsg Functions, Ancillary Data, How Much Data Is Queued?, Sockets and
Standard I/O, T/TCP: TCP for Transactions.

UNIT - IV
Elementary name and Address conversions: DNS, gethost by Name function, Resolver option,
Function and IPV6 support, uname function, other networking information.
Daemon Processes and inetd Superserver – Introduction, syslogd Daemon, syslog Function,
daemon_init Function, inetd Daemon, daemon_inetd Function
Broadcasting- Introduction, Broadcast Addresses, Unicast versus Broadcast, dg_cli Function Using
Broadcasting, Race Conditions
Multicasting- Introduction, Multicast Addresses, Multicasting versus Broadcasting on A LAN,
Multicasting on a WAN, Multicast Socket Options, mcast_join and Related Functions, dg_cli Function
Using Multicasting, Receiving MBone Session Announcements, Sending and Receiving, SNTP: Simple
Network Time Protocol, SNTP (Continued)
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Raw Sockets-Introduction, Raw Socket Creation, Raw Socket Output, Raw Socket Input, Ping Program,
Traceroute Program, An ICMP Message Daemon,
Datalink Access- Introduction, BPF: BSD Packet Filter, DLPI: Data Link Provider Interface, Linux:
SOCK_PACKET, libpcap: Packet Capture Library, Examining the UDP Checksum Field.
Remote Login: Terminal line disciplines, Pseudo-Terminals, Terminal modes, Control Terminals, rlogin
Overview, RPC Transparency Issues.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. UNIX Network Programming, by W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, Pearson
Education
2. UNIX Network Programming, 1st Edition, - W. Richard Stevens. PHI.

REFERENCES:
1. UNIX Systems Programming using C++ T CHAN, PHI.
2. UNIX for Programmers and Users, 3rd Edition Graham GLASS, King abls,
Pearson Education
3. Advanced UNIX Programming 2nd Edition M. J. ROCHKIND, Pearson Education
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS613PE: SCRIPTING LANGUAGES (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites:
1. A course on “Computer Programming and Data Structures”
2. A course on “Object Oriented Programming Concepts”

Course Objectives:
1. This course introduces the script programming paradigm
2. Introduces scripting languages such as Perl, Ruby and TCL.
3. Learning TCL

Course Outcomes:
1. Comprehend the differences between typical scripting languages and typical system and
application programming languages.
2. Gain knowledge of the strengths and weakness of Perl, TCL and Ruby; and select an
appropriate language for solving a given problem.
3. Acquire programming skills in scripting language

UNIT - I
Introduction: Ruby, Rails, The structure and Excution of Ruby Programs, Package Management with
RUBYGEMS, Ruby and web: Writing CGI scripts, cookies, Choice of Webservers, SOAP and
webservices
RubyTk – Simple Tk Application, widgets, Binding events, Canvas, scrolling

UNIT - II
Extending Ruby: Ruby Objects in C, the Jukebox extension, Memory allocation, Ruby Type System,
Embedding Ruby to Other Languages, Embedding a Ruby Interperter

UNIT - III
Introduction to PERL and Scripting
Scripts and Programs, Origin of Scripting, Scripting Today, Characteristics of Scripting Languages,
Uses for Scripting Languages, Web Scripting, and the universe of Scripting Languages. PERL- Names
and Values, Variables, Scalar Expressions, Control Structures, arrays, list, hashes, strings, pattern and
regular expressions, subroutines.

UNIT - IV
Advanced perl
Finer points of looping, pack and unpack, filesystem, eval, data structures, packages, modules, objects,
interfacing to the operating system, Creating Internet ware applications, Dirty Hands Internet
Programming, security Isses.

UNIT - V
TCL
TCL Structure, syntax, Variables and Data in TCL, Control Flow, Data Structures, input/output,
procedures, strings, patterns, files, Advance TCL- eval, source, exec and uplevel commands, Name
spaces, trapping errors, event driven programs, making applications internet aware, Nuts and Bolts
Internet Programming, Security Issues, C Interface.
Tk
Tk-Visual Tool Kits, Fundamental Concepts of Tk, Tk by example, Events and Binding, Perl-Tk.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The World of Scripting Languages, David Barron,Wiley Publications.
2. Ruby Progamming language by David Flanagan and Yukihiro Matsumoto O’Reilly
3. “Programming Ruby” The Pramatic Progammers guide by Dabve Thomas Second edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Open Source Web Development with LAMP using Linux Apache, MySQL, Perl and PHP, J.
Lee and B. Ware (Addison Wesley) Pearson Education.
2. Perl by Example, E. Quigley, Pearson Education.
3. Programming Perl, Larry Wall, T. Christiansen and J. Orwant, O’Reilly, SPD.
4. Tcl and the Tk Tool kit, Ousterhout, Pearson Education.
5. Perl Power, J. P. Flynt, Cengage Learning.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS614PE: MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT (Professional Elective - III)

III III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. Acquaintance with JAVA programming
2. A Course on DBMS

Course Objectives
1. To demonstrate their understanding of the fundamentals of Android operating systems
2. To improves their skills of using Android software development tools
3. To demonstrate their ability to develop software with reasonable complexity on mobile platform
4. To demonstrate their ability to deploy software to mobile devices
5. To demonstrate their ability to debug programs running on mobile devices

Course Outcomes
1. Student understands the working of Android OS Practically.
2. Student will be able to develop Android user interfaces
3. Student will be able to develop, deploy and maintain the Android Applications.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Android Operating System: Android OS design and Features – Android development
framework, SDK features, Installing and running applications on Android Studio, Creating AVDs, Types
of Android applications, Best practices in Android programming, Android tools
Android application components – Android Manifest file, Externalizing resources like values, themes,
layouts, Menus etc, Resources for different devices and languages, Runtime Configuration Changes
Android Application Lifecycle – Activities, Activity lifecycle, activity states, monitoring state changes

UNIT - II
Android User Interface: Measurements – Device and pixel density independent measuring UNIT - s
Layouts – Linear, Relative, Grid and Table Layouts
User Interface (UI) Components – Editable and non-editable TextViews, Buttons, Radio and Toggle
Buttons, Checkboxes, Spinners, Dialog and pickers
Event Handling – Handling clicks or changes of various UI components
Fragments – Creating fragments, Lifecycle of fragments, Fragment states, Adding fragments to Activity,
adding, removing and replacing fragments with fragment transactions, interfacing between fragments
and Activities, Multi-screen Activities

UNIT - III
Intents and Broadcasts: Intent – Using intents to launch Activities, Explicitly starting new Activity, Implicit
Intents, Passing data to Intents, Getting results from Activities, Native Actions, using Intent to dial a
number or to send SMS
Broadcast Receivers – Using Intent filters to service implicit Intents, Resolving Intent filters, finding and
using Intents received within an Activity
Notifications – Creating and Displaying notifications, Displaying Toasts

UNIT - IV
Persistent Storage: Files – Using application specific folders and files, creating files, reading data from
files, listing contents of a directory Shared Preferences – Creating shared preferences, saving and
retrieving data using Shared Preference
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

UNIT - V
Database – Introduction to SQLite database, creating and opening a database, creating tables, inserting
retrieving and etindelg data, Registering Content Providers, Using content Providers (insert, delete,
retrieve and update)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Professional Android 4 Application Development, Reto Meier, Wiley India, (Wrox), 2012
2. Android Application Development for Java Programmers, James C Sheusi, Cengage Learning,
2013

REFERENCE:
1. Beginning Android 4 Application Development, Wei-Meng Lee, Wiley India (Wrox), 2013
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS615PE: SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Prerequisites
1. A course on “Software Engineering”

Course Objectives
1. To provide knowledge of the concepts in software testing such as testing process, criteria,
strategies, and methodologies.
2. To develop skills in software test automation and management using latest tools.

Course Outcomes: Design and develop the best test strategies in accordance to the development
model.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs, taxonomy of
bugs
Flow graphs and Path testing: Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and
achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.

UNIT - II
Transaction Flow Testing: transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques. Dataflow testing:
Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of dataflow testing. Domain Testing:
domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain
testing, domains and interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability.

UNIT - III
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: path products & path expression, reduction procedure,
applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection.
Logic Based Testing: overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.

UNIT - IV
State, State Graphs and Transition testing: state graphs, good & bad state graphs, state testing,
Testability tips.

UNIT - V
Graph Matrices and Application: Motivational overview, matrix of graph, relations, power of a matrix,
node reduction algorithm, building tools. (Student should be given an exposure to a tool like JMeter or
Win-runner).

Text Books:
1. Software Testing techniques - Baris Beizer, Dreamtech, second edition.
2. Software Testing Tools – Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, Dreamtech.

References:
1. The craft of software testing - Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing Techniques – SPD(Oreille)
3. Software Testing in the Real World – Edward Kit, Pearson.
4. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley.
5. Art of Software Testing – Meyers, John Wiley.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS604PC: MACHINE LEARNING LAB

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Course Objective: The objective of this lab is to get an overview of the various machine learning
techniques and can able to demonstrate them using python.

Course Outcomes: After the completion of the course the student can able to:
1. understand complexity of Machine Learning algorithms and their limitations;
2. understand modern notions in data analysis-oriented computing;
3. be capable of confidently applying common Machine Learning algorithms in practice and
implementing their own;
4. Be capable of performing experiments in Machine Learning using real-world data.

List of Experiments
1. The probability that it is Friday and that a student is absent is 3 %. Since there are 5 school
days in a week, the probability that it is Friday is 20 %. What is theprobability that a student is
absent given that today is Friday? Apply Baye’s rule in python to get the result. (Ans: 15%)

2. Extract the data from database using python

3. Implement k-nearest neighbours classification using python

4. Given the following data, which specify classifications for nine combinations of VAR1 and VAR2
predict a classification for a case where VAR1=0.906 and VAR2=0.606, using the result of k-
means clustering with 3 means (i.e., 3 centroids)

VAR1 VAR2 CLASS

1.713 1.586 0
0.180 1.786 1
0.353 1.240 1
0.940 1.566 0
1.486 0.759 1
1.266 1.106 0
1.540 0.419 1
0.459 1.799 1
0.773 0.186 1

5. The following training examples map descriptions of individuals onto high, medium and low
credit-worthiness.
medium skiing design single twenties no -> highRisk
high golf trading married forties yes -> lowRisk
low speedway transport married thirties yes -> medRisk
medium football banking single thirties yes -> lowRisk
high flying media married fifties yes -> highRisk
low football security single twenties no -> medRisk
medium golf media single thirties yes -> medRisk
medium golf transport married forties yes -> lowRisk
high skiing banking single thirties yes -> highRisk
low golf unemployed married forties yes -> highRisk
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

Input attributes are (from left to right) income, recreation, job, status, age-group, home-owner. Find the
unconditional probability of `golf' and the conditional probability of `single' given `medRisk' in the
dataset?
6. Implement linear regression using python.
7. Implement Naïve Bayes theorem to classify the English text
8. Implement an algorithm to demonstrate the significance of genetic algorithm
9. Implement the finite words classification system using Back-propagation algorithm
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS605PC: COMPILER DESIGN LAB

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
Prerequisites
1. A Course on “Objected Oriented Programming through Java”

Co-requisites
1. A course on “Web Technologies”

Course Objectives
1. To provide hands-on experience on web technologies
2. To develop client-server application using web technologies
3. To introduce server-side programming with Java servlets and JSP
4. To understand the various phases in the design of a compiler.
5. To understand the design of top-down and bottom-up parsers.
6. To understand syntax directed translation schemes.
7. To introduce lex and yacc tools.

Course Outcomes
1. Design and develop interactive and dynamic web applications using HTML, CSS, JavaScript
and XML
2. Apply client-server principles to develop scalable and enterprise web applications.
3. Ability to design, develop, and implement a compiler for any language.
4. Able to use lex and yacc tools for developing a scanner and a parser.
5. Able to design and implement LL and LR parsers.

List of Experiments
Compiler Design Experiments
1. Write a LEX Program to scan reserved word & Identifiers of C Language
2. Implement Predictive Parsing algorithm
3. Write a C program to generate three address code.
4. Implement SLR(1) Parsing algorithm
5. Design LALR bottom up parser for the given language
<program> ::= <block>
<block> ::= { <variabledefinition> <slist> }
| { <slist> }
<variabledefinition> ::= int <vardeflist> ;
<vardeflist> ::= <vardec> | <vardec> , <vardeflist>
<vardec> ::= <identifier> | <identifier> [ <constant> ]
<slist> ::= <statement> | <statement> ; <slist>
<statement> ::= <assignment> | <ifstatement> | <whilestatement>
| <block> | <printstatement> | <empty>
<assignment> ::= <identifier> = <expression>
| <identifier> [ <expression> ] = <expression>
<ifstatement> ::= if <bexpression> then <slist> else <slist> endif
| if <bexpression> then <slist> endif
<whilestatement> ::= while <bexpression> do <slist> enddo
<printstatement> ::= print ( <expression> )
<expression> ::= <expression> <addingop> <term> | <term> | <addingop> <term>
<bexpression> ::= <expression> <relop> <expression>
<relop> ::= < | <= | == | >= | > | !=
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

<addingop> ::= + | -
<term> ::= <term> <multop> <factor> | <factor>
<multop> ::= * | /
<factor> ::= <constant> | <identifier> | <identifier> [ <expression>]
| ( <expression> )
<constant> ::= <digit> | <digit> <constant>
<identifier> ::= <identifier> <letterordigit> | <letter>
<letterordigit> ::= <letter> | <digit>
<letter> ::= a|b|c|d|e|f|g|h|i|j|k|l|m|n|o|p|q|r|s|t|u|v|w|x|y|z
<digit> ::= 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9
<empty> has the obvious meaning
Comments (zero or more characters enclosed between the standard C/Java-style comment brackets
/*...*/) can be inserted. The language has rudimentary support for 1-dimensional arrays. The
declaration int a[3] declares an array of three elements, referenced as a[0], a[1] and a[2]. Note
also that you should worry about the scoping of names.
A simple program written in this language is:
{ int a[3],t1,t2;
t1=2;
a[0]=1; a[1]=2; a[t1]=3;
t2=-(a[2]+t1*6)/(a[2]-t1);
if t2>5 then
print(t2);
else {
int t3;
t3=99;
t2=-25;
print(-t1+t2*t3); /* this is a comment
on 2 lines */
}
endif
}
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS621PE: CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING LAB (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1

List of Experiments:
1. Design and implement Two-thread mutual exclusion algorithm (Peterson’s Algorithm) using
multithreaded programming.
2. Design and implement Filter Lock algorithm and check for deadlock-free and starvation-free
conditions using multithreaded programming.
3. Design and implement Lamport’s Bakery Algorithm and check for deadlock-free and starvation-
free conditions using multithreaded programming.
4. Design and implement Lock-based concurrent FIFO queue data structure using multithreaded
programming.
5. Design a consensus object using read–write registers by implementing a deadlock-free or
starvation-free mutual exclusion lock. (Use CompareAndSet( ) Primitive).
6. Design and implement concurrent List queue data structure using multithreaded programming.
(Use Atomic Primitives)
7. Design and implement concurrent Stack queue data structure using multithreaded
programming. (Use Atomic Primitives)
8. Design and implement concurrent FIFO queue data structure using multithreaded
programming. (Use Atomic Primitives)
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS622PE: NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
1. To understand inter process and inter-system communication
2. To understand socket programming in its entirety
3. To understand usage of TCP/UDP / Raw sockets
4. To understand how to build network applications

Course Outcomes:
1. To write socket API based programs
2. To design and implement client-server applications using TCP and UDP sockets
3. To analyze network programs

List of Experiments
1. Implement programs for Inter Process Communication using PIPE, Message Queue and
Shared Memory.
2. Write a programme to create an integer variable using shared memory concept and increment
the variable simultaneously by two processes. Use semaphores to avoid race conditions.
3. Design TCP iterative Client and server application to reverse the given input sentence
4. Design TCP iterative Client and server application to reverse the given input sentence
5. Design TCP client and server application to transfer file
6. Design a TCP concurrent server to convert a given text into upper case using multiplexing
system call “select”
7. Design a TCP concurrent server to echo given set of sentences using poll functions
8. Design UDP Client and server application to reverse the given input sentence
9. Design UDP Client server to transfer a file
10. Design using poll client server application to multiplex TCP and UDP requests for converting a
given text into upper case.
11. Design a RPC application to add and subtract a given pair of integers

TEXT BOOKS:
1. UNIX Network Programming, by W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, Pearson
Education.
2. UNIX Network Programming, 1st Edition, - W. Richard Stevens. PHI.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS623PE: SCRIPTING LANGUAGES LAB (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisites: Any High-level programming language (C, C++)

Course Objectives:
 To Understand the concepts of scripting languages for developing web based projects
 To understand the applications the of Ruby, TCL, Perl scripting languages

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand the differences between Scripting languages and programming languages
 Able to gain some fluency programming in Ruby, Perl, TCL

List of Experiments
1. Write a Ruby script to create a new string which is n copies of a given string where n is a non-
negative integer
2. Write a Ruby script which accept the radius of a circle from the user and compute the parameter
and area.
3. Write a Ruby script which accept the user's first and last name and print them in reverse order
with a space between them
4. Write a Ruby script to accept a filename from the user print the extension of that
5. Write a Ruby script to find the greatest of three numbers
6. Write a Ruby script to print odd numbers from 10 to 1
7. Write a Ruby scirpt to check two integers and return true if one of them is 20 otherwise return
their sum
8. Write a Ruby script to check two temperatures and return true if one is less than 0 and the other
is greater than 100
9. Write a Ruby script to print the elements of a given array
10. Write a Ruby program to retrieve the total marks where subject name and marks of a student
stored in a hash
11. Write a TCL script to find the factorial of a number
12. Write a TCL script that multiplies the numbers from 1 to 10
13. Write a TCL script for Sorting a list using a comparison function
14. Write a TCL script to (i)create a list (ii )append elements to the list (iii)Traverse the list
(iv)Concatenate the list
15. Write a TCL script to comparing the file modified times.
16. Write a TCL script to Copy a file and translate to native format.
17. a) Write a Perl script to find the largest number among three numbers.
b) Write a Perl script to print the multiplication tables from 1-10 using subroutines.
18. Write a Perl program to implement the following list of manipulating functions
a)Shift
b)Unshift
c) Push
19. a) Write a Perl script to substitute a word, with another word in a string.
b) Write a Perl script to validate IP address and email address.
20. Write a Perl script to print the file in reverse order using command line arguments
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS624PE: MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisites: --- NIL---

Course Objectives:
1. To learn how to develop Applications in android environment.
2. To learn how to develop user interface applications.
3. To learn how to develop URL related applications.

Course Outcomes:
1. Student understands the working of Android OS Practically.
2. Student will be able to develop user interfaces.
3. Student will be able to develop, deploy and maintain the Android Applications.

List of Experiments
1. Create an Android application that shows Hello + name of the user and run it on an emulator.
(b) Create an application that takes the name from a text box and shows hello message along
with the name entered in text box, when the user clicks the OK button.
2. Create a screen that has input boxes for User Name, Password, Address, Gender (radio
buttons for male and female), Age (numeric), Date of Birth (Date Picket), State (Spinner) and a
Submit button. On clicking the submit button, print all the data below the Submit Button. Use
(a) Linear Layout (b) Relative Layout and (c) Grid Layout or Table Layout.
3. Develop an application that shows names as a list and on selecting a name it should show the
details of the candidate on the next screen with a “Back” button. If the screen is rotated to
landscape mode (width greater than height), then the screen should show list on left fragment
and details on right fragment instead of second screen with back button. Use Fragment
transactions and Rotation event listener.
4. Develop an application that uses a menu with 3 options for dialing a number, opening a website
and to send an SMS. On selecting an option, the appropriate action should be invoked using
intents.
5. Develop an application that inserts some notifications into Notification area and whenever a
notification is inserted, it should show a toast with details of the notification.
6. Create an application that uses a text file to store user names and passwords (tab separated
fields and one record per line). When the user submits a login name and password through a
screen, the details should be verified with the text file data and if they match, show a dialog
saying that login is successful. Otherwise, show the dialog with Login Failed message.
7. Create a user registration application that stores the user details in a database table.
8. Create a database and a user table where the details of login names and passwords are stored.
Insert some names and passwords initially. Now the login details entered by the user should
be verified with the database and an appropriate dialog should be shown to the user.
9. Create an admin application for the user table, which shows all records as a list and the admin
can select any record for edit or modify. The results should be reflected in the table.
10. Develop an application that shows all contacts of the phone along with details like name, phone
number, mobile number etc.
11. Create an application that saves user information like name, age, gender etc. in shared
preference and retrieves them when the program restarts.
12. Create an alarm that rings every Sunday at 8:00 AM. Modify it to use a time picker to set alarm
time.
13. Create an application that shows the given URL (from a text field) in a browser.
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

CS625PE: SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES LAB (Professional Elective - III)

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

0 0 2 1
Prerequisites: A basic knowledge of programming.

Course Objectives
1. To provide knowledge of Software Testing Methods.
2. To develop skills in software test automation and management using latest tools.

Course Outcome
1. Design and develop the best test strategies in accordance to the development model.

List of Experiments:
1. Recording in context sensitive mode and analog mode
2. GUI checkpoint for single property
3. GUI checkpoint for single object/window
4. GUI checkpoint for multiple objects
5. a) Bitmap checkpoint for object/window
a) Bitmap checkpoint for screen area
6. Database checkpoint for Default check
7. Database checkpoint for custom check
8. Database checkpoint for runtime record check
9. a) Data driven test for dynamic test data submission
b) Data driven test through flat files
c) Data driven test through front grids
d) Data driven test through excel test
10. a) Batch testing without parameter passing
b) Batch testing with parameter passing
11. Data driven batch
12. Silent mode test execution without any interruption
13. Test case for calculator in windows application
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

*MC609: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

III Year [Link]. CSE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes: Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop
technologies on the basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in
sustainable development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of
an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity, Field
visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits
and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy resources: growing energy needs,
renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional
values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity:
habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of
pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and Industrial pollution, Ambient
air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution, drinking water quality standards.
Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution:
Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management,
composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies:
Wastewater Treatment methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global Environmental
Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human environment. Ozone depletion
and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and desertification. International conventions /
Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981,
Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and handling rules, biomedical
waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling rules. EIA: EIA
structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-
economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan
 R18 [Link] CSE III YEAR

(EMP). Towards Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its
explosion, Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle assessment (LCA),
Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning
Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.
 JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD
R18 [Link] LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES FOR III YEAR

Applicable From 2018-19 Admitted Batch

Branch Open Elective Offered (OE – I)

Civil Engineering Disaster Preparedness & Planning Management

Computer Science & Engineering / 1. Entrepreneurship
Information Technology 2. Fundamentals of Management for Engineers
3. Cyber Law & Ethics
Election and Instrumentation Engineering Basics of Sensors Technology
Election and Communication Engineering Fundamentals of Internet of Things
Electrical and Electronics Engineering 1. Reliability Engineering
2. Renewable Energy Sources
Mechanical Engineering/ Aeronautical Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions
Engineering
Mechatronics 1. Industrial Management
2. Non-Conventional Energy Sources
Petroleum Engineering General Geology
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering 1. Testing of Materials
2. Alloy Steels
Mining Engineering 1. Introduction to Mining Technology
2. Coal Gasification, CBM & Shale Gas

*Note: Students should take Open Electives from the List of Open Electives Offered by Other
Departments/Branches Only.
 CE600OE: DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & PLANNING MANAGEMENT

[Link]. Civil Engg. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are
 To Understand basic concepts in Disaster Management
 To Understand Definitions and Terminologies used in Disaster Management
 To Understand Types and Categories of Disasters
 To Understand the Challenges posed by Disasters
 To understand Impacts of Disasters Key Skills

Course Outcomes: The student will develop competencies in

 the application of Disaster Concepts to Management
 Analyzing Relationship between Development and Disasters.
 Ability to understand Categories of Disasters and
 realization of the responsibilities to society

UNIT - I:
Introduction - Concepts and definitions: disaster, hazard, vulnerability, resilience, risks severity,
frequency and details, capacity, impact, prevention, mitigation.

UNIT - II
Disasters - Disasters classification; natural disasters (floods, draught, cyclones, volcanoes,
earthquakes, tsunami, landslides, coastal erosion, soil erosion, forest fires etc.); manmade disasters
(industrial pollution, artificial flooding in urban areas, nuclear radiation, chemical spills, transportation
accidents, terrorist strikes, etc.); hazard and vulnerability profile of India, mountain and coastal areas,
ecological fragility.

UNIT - III
Disaster Impacts - Disaster impacts (environmental, physical, social, ecological, economic, political,
etc.); health, psycho-social issues; demographic aspects (gender, age, special needs); hazard
locations; global and national disaster trends; climate change and urban disasters.

UNIT - IV
Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) - Disaster management cycle – its phases; prevention, mitigation,
preparedness, relief and recovery; structural and non-structural measures; risk analysis, vulnerability
and capacity assessment; early warning systems, Post disaster environmental response (water,
sanitation, food safety, waste management, disease control, security, communications); Roles and
responsibilities of government, community, local institutions, NGOs and other stakeholders; Policies
and legislation for disaster risk reduction, DRR programmes in India and the activities of National
Disaster Management Authority.

UNIT - V
Disasters, Environment and Development - Factors affecting vulnerability such as impact of
developmental projects and environmental modifications (including of dams, landuse changes,
urbanization etc.), sustainable and environmental friendly recovery; reconstruction and development
methods.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pradeep Sahni, 2004, Disaster Risk Reduction in South Asia, Prentice Hall.
2. Singh B.K., 2008, Handbook of Disaster Management: Techniques & Guidelines, Rajat
Publication.
 3. Ghosh G.K., 2006, Disaster Management, APH Publishing Corporation

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. [Link] (Home page of National Disaster Management Authority)
2. [Link] (National Disaster management in India, Ministry of Home Affairs).
3. Disaster Medical Systems Guidelines. Emergency Medical Services Authority, State of
California, EMSA no.214, June 2003
4. Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC) (Feb. 2007). IASC Guidelines on Mental Health and
Psychosocial Support in Emergency Settings. Geneva: IASC
 CS600OE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP

III Year [Link]. CSE/IT II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of inclusive learning,
ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial
development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

UNIT – I
Entrepreneurial Perspectives
Introduction to Entrepreneurship – Evolution - Concept of Entrepreneurship - Types of Entrepreneurs -
Entrepreneurial Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurial Training Methods
- Entrepreneurial Motivations - Models for Entrepreneurial Development - The process of
Entrepreneurial Development.

UNIT - II
New Venture Creation
Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans – Purpose,
Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central level - Startup and
State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

UNIT – III
Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises
Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems; Industrial
Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of Sick Units.

UNIT – IV
Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises
Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and Pricing,
Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

UNIT – V
Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship
Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The Final Harvest
of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way – Entrepreneurship; Women
Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs, Institutions supporting Women
Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M. Charantimath,
2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, a South – Asian Perspective, D.F. Kuratko and T. V. Rao, 3e, Cengage,
2012.
3. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
4. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2015.
 CS601OE: FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS

III Year [Link]. CSE/IT II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To understand the Management Concepts, applications of Concepts in Practical

aspects of business and development of Managerial Skills for Engineers.

Course Outcome: The students understand the significance of Management in their Profession. The
various Management Functions like Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading, Motivation and Control
aspects are learnt in this course. The students can explore the Management Practices in their domain
area.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Management: Evolution of Management, Nature & Scope-Functions of Management-
Role of Manager-levels of Management-Managerial Skills - Challenges-Planning-Planning Process-
Types of Plans-MBO

UNIT - II
Organization Structure & HRM: Organization Design-Organizational Structure-Departmentation–
Delegation-Centralization - Decentralization-Recentralization-Organizational Culture- Organizational
climate- Organizational change
Human Resource Management-HR Planning - Recruitment & Selection - Training & Development-
Performance appraisal - Job satisfaction-Stress Management Practices

UNIT - III
Operation Management: Introduction to Operations Management-Principles and Types of Plant
Layout-Methods of production (Job Batch and Mass production) - Method study and Work
Measurement-Quality Management - TQM-Six sigma - Deming’s Contribution to Quality - Inventory
Management – EOQ - ABC Analysis - JIT System-Business Process Re-engineering (BPR)

UNIT - IV
Marketing Management: Introduction to Marketing-Functions of Marketing-Marketing vs. Selling-
Marketing Mix - Marketing Strategies - Product Life Cycle - Market Segmentation -Types of Marketing
- Direct Marketing-Network Marketing - Digital Marketing-Channels of Distribution - Supply Chain
Management (SCM)

UNIT - V
Project Management: Introduction to Project Management-steps in Project Management - Project
Planning - Project Life Cycle-Network Analysis-Program Evaluation & Review Technique (PERT)-
Critical Path Method (CPM) - Project Cost Analysis - Project Crashing - Project Information Systems

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Management Essentials, Andrew DuBrin, 9e, Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. Fundamentals of Management, Stephen [Link], Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Essentials of Management, Koontz Kleihrich, Tata Mc - Graw Hill.
4. Management Fundamentals, Robert N Lussier, 5e, Cengage Learning, 2013.
5. Industrial Engineering and Management: Including Production Management, [Link], S.C
Sharma , Khanna Publishers.
 CS602OE: CYBER LAWS AND ETHICS

III Year [Link]. CSE/IT II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To make the students understand the types of roles they are expected to play in the society
as practitioners of the civil engineering profession
2. To develop some ideas of the legal and practical aspects of their profession.

Course Outcomes
1. The students will understand the importance of professional practice, Law and Ethics in their
personal lives and professional careers.
2. The students will learn the rights and responsibilities as an employee, team member and a
global citizen

UNIT-I
Introduction to Computer Security: Definition, Threats to security, Government requirements,
Information Protection and Access Controls, Computer security efforts, Standards, Computer Security
mandates and legislation, Privacy considerations, International security activity.

UNIT-II
Secure System Planning and administration, Introduction to the orange book, Security policy
requirements, accountability, assurance and documentation requirements, Network Security, The Red
book and Government network evaluations.

UNIT-III
Information security policies and procedures: Corporate policies- Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier3 policies -
process management-planning and preparation-developing policies-asset classification policy-
developing standards.

UNIT- IV
Information security: fundamentals-Employee responsibilities- information classification-
Information handling- Tools of information security- Information processing-secure program
administration.

UNIT-V
Organizational and Human Security: Adoption of Information Security Management Standards, Human
Factors in Security- Role of information security professionals.

REFERENCES:
1. Debby Russell and Sr. G. T Gangemi, "Computer Security Basics (Paperback)”, 2nd Edition, O’
Reilly Media, 2006.
2. Thomas R. Peltier, “Information Security policies and procedures: A Practitioner’s Reference”,
2nd Edition Prentice Hall, 2004.
3. Kenneth J. Knapp, “Cyber Security and Global Information Assurance: Threat Analysis and
Response Solutions”, IGI Global, 2009.
4. Thomas R Peltier, Justin Peltier and John blackley,” Information Security Fundamentals”, 2nd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996
5. Jonathan Rosenoer, “Cyber law: the Law of the Internet”, Springer-verlag, 1997
6. James Graham, “Cyber Security Essentials” Averbach Publication T & F Group.
 EC600OE: FUNDAMENTALS OF INTERNET OF THINGS

[Link]. ECE III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives: The objectives of the course are to:
1. understand the concepts of Internet of Things and able to build IoT applications
2. Learn the programming and use of Arduino and Raspberry Pi boards.
3. Known about data handling and analytics in SDN.

Course Outcomes: Upon completing this course, the student will be able to
1. Known basic protocols in sensor networks.
2. Program and configure Arduino boards for various designs.
3. Python programming and interfacing for Raspberry Pi.
4. Design IoT applications in different domains.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Internet of Things, Characteristics of IoT, Physical design of IoT, Functional blocks of
IoT, Sensing, Actuation, Basics of Networking, Communication Protocols, Sensor Networks.

UNIT - II
Machine-to-Machine Communications, Difference between IoT and M2M, Interoperability in
IoT, Introduction to Arduino Programming, Integration of Sensors and Actuators with Arduino,

UNIT – III
Introduction to Python programming, Introduction to Raspberry Pi, Interfacing Raspberry Pi with basic
peripherals, Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi

UNIT - IV
Implementation of IoT with Raspberry Pi, Introduction to Software defined Network (SDN), SDN for
IoT, Data Handling and Analytics,

UNIT - V
Cloud Computing, Sensor-Cloud, Smart Cities and Smart Homes, Connected Vehicles, Smart Grid,
Industrial IoT, Case Study: Agriculture, Healthcare, Activity Monitoring

TEXT BOOKS:
1. "The Internet 'of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases", by Pethuru Raj
and Anupama C. Raman (CRC Press)
2. “Make sensors”: Terokarvinen, kemo, karvinen and villey valtokari, 1st edition, maker media,
2014.
3. "Internet of Things: A Hands-on Approach", by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach”
2. Waltenegus Dargie,Christian Poellabauer, "Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks:
Theory and Practice"
3. Beginning Sensor networks with Arduino and Raspberry Pi – Charles Bell, Apress, 2013
 EI600OE: BASICS OF SENSORS TECHNOLOGY

[Link]. EIE III Year II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: Physics, Mathematics

Course Objectives:
1. To provide basic knowledge in transduction principles, sensors and transducer technology
and measurement systems.
2. To provide better familiarity with the Theoretical and Practical concepts of Transducers.
3. To provide familiarity with different sensors and their application in real life.
4. To provide the knowledge of various measurement methods of physical and electrical
parameters

Course Outcomes:
1. After completion of the course the student is able to:
2. Identify suitable sensors and transducers for real time applications.
3. Translate theoretical concepts into working models.
4. Design the experimental applications to engineering modules and practices.
5. Design engineering solution to the Industry/Society needs and develop products.

UNIT - I
Introduction to measurement systems
General concepts and terminology, measurement systems, sensor classifications: Analog Input and
Output, Digital Input and Output, general input-output configuration, methods of correction.
Passive Sensors
Resistive Sensors: Potentiometers, Strain Gages, Resistive Temperature Detectors (RTDs),
Thermistors, Light-dependent Resistors (LDRs), Resistive Hygrometers.
Capacitive Sensors: Variable capacitor and Differential capacitor.
Inductive Sensors: Reluctance variation sensors, Eddy current sensors, Linear variable differential
transformers (LVDTs), Magneto elastic sensors, Electromagnetic sensors - Sensors based on
Faraday’s law of Electromagnetic induction, Touch Sensors: Capacitive, Resistive, Proximity Sensors.

UNIT II
Self-generating Sensors or active sensors
Thermoelectric Sensors: Thermocouples, Thermo electric effects, Common thermocouples, Practical
thermocouple laws, Cold junction compensation in thermocouples circuits.
Piezoelectric Sensors: Piezoelectric effect, piezoelectric materials, applications.

UNIT III
VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION MEASUREMENT
Relative velocity – Translational and Rotational velocity measurements – Revolution counters and
Timers - Magnetic and Photoelectric pulse counting stroboscopic methods. Accelerometers-different
types, Gyroscopes-applications.
Density measurements – Strain Gauge load cell method – Buoyancy method - Air pressure balance
method – Gamma ray method – Vibrating probe method.

UNIT IV
DENSITY, VISCOSITY AND OTHER MEASUREMENTS
Units of Viscosity, specific gravity scales used in Petroleum Industries, Different Methods of measuring
consistency and Viscosity –Two float viscorator –Industrial consistency meter. Sound-Level Meters,
Microphones, Humidity Measurement
UNIT V
CALIBRATION AND INTERFACING
Calibration using Master Sensors, Interfacing of Force, Pressure, Velocity, Acceleration, Flow, Density
and Viscosity Sensors, Variable Frequency Drive

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Measurement Systems – Applications and Design – by Doeblin E.O., 4/e, McGraw Hill
International, 1990.
2. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation – Patranabis D. TMH. End edition 1997

REFERENCES:
1. Sensors and Transducers: D. Patranabis, TMH 2003
2. Wiley & Sons Ltd. (2006).
3. Sensor Technology Hand Book – Jon Wilson, Newne 2004.
4. Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and design – by Herman K.P.
Neubrat, Oxford University Press.
5. Measurement system: Applications and Design – by E. O. Doeblin, McGraw Hill Publications.
6. Electronic Instrumentation by H. S. Kalsi.
 EE600OE: RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics-III (Laplace Transforms, Numerical Methods and Complex variables)

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability
 To analyze reliability of various systems
 To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of repairable
systems

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 model various systems applying reliability networks
 evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems
 estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems
 apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irreparable systems

UNIT - I
Basic Probability Theory: Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random variables, Density
and Distribution functions- Mathematical expected – variance and standard deviation
Binomial Distribution: Concepts, properties, engineering applications.

UNIT- II
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Simple Systems: Basic concepts- Evaluation of network
Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems - Series-Parallel systems- Partially
redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex Systems
Conditional probability method- tie set, Cut-set approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods-
Relationships between tie and cut-sets- Examples.

UNIT - III
Probability Distributions In Reliability Evaluation: Distribution concepts, Terminology of
distributions, General reliability functions, Evaluation of the reliability functions, shape of reliability
functions –Poisson distribution – normal distribution, exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of Series
systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability measure- MTTF
for series and parallel systems – Examples.

UNIT - IV
Discrete Markov Chains: Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time dependent
probability evaluation- Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states – Application.
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability evaluation of
single and two component repairable systems

UNIT - V
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concepts, application to multi state
problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network reduction
techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation techniques- Examples.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems, Plenum Press.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited

REFERENCES:
1. Reliability Engineering: Theory and Practice by Alessandro Birolini, Springer Publications.
2. An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering by Charles Ebeling, TMH
Publications.
3. Reliability Engineering by Elsayed A. Elsayed, Prentice Hall Publications.
 EE601OE: RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

III Year [Link]. EEE II-Sem L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-requisites: None
Course Objectives:
 To recognize the awareness of energy conservation in students
 To identify the use of renewable energy sources for electrical power generation
 To collect different energy storage methods
 To detect about environmental effects of energy conversion

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Understand the principles of wind power and solar photovoltaic power generation, fuel cells.
 Assess the cost of generation for conventional and renewable energy plants
 Design suitable power controller for wind and solar applications
 Analyze the issues involved in the integration of renewable energy sources to the grid

UNIT - I
Introduction
Renewable Sources of Energy-Grid-Supplied Electricity-Distributed Generation-Renewable Energy
Economics-Calculation of Electricity Generation Costs –Demand side Management Options –Supply
side Management Options-Modern Electronic Controls of Power Systems.
Wind Power Plants
Appropriate Location -Evaluation of Wind Intensity -Topography -Purpose of the Energy Generated -
General Classification of Wind Turbines-Rotor Turbines-Multiple-Blade Turbines Drag Turbines -Lifting
Turbines-Generators and Speed Control used in Wind Power Energy Analysis of Small Generating
Systems.

UNIT - II
Photovoltaic Power Plants
Solar Energy-Generation of Electricity by Photovoltaic Effect -Dependence of a PV Cell Characteristic
on Temperature-Solar cell Output Characteristics-Equivalent Models and Parameters for Photovoltaic
Panels-Photovoltaic Systems-Applications of Photovoltaic Solar Energy-Economical Analysis of Solar
Energy.
Fuel Cells: The Fuel Cell-Low and High Temperature Fuel Cells-Commercial and Manufacturing Issues
Constructional Features of Proton Exchange-Membrane Fuel Cells –Reformers-Electro-lyzer Systems
and Related Precautions-Advantages and Disadvantages of Fuel Cells-Fuel Cell Equivalent Circuit-
Practical Determination of the Equivalent Model Parameters -Aspects of Hydrogen as Fuel.

UNIT - III
Induction Generators
Principles of Operation-Representation of Steady-State Operation-Power and Losses Generated-Self-
Excited Induction Generator-Magnetizing Curves and Self-Excitation Mathematical Description of the
Self-Excitation Process-Interconnected and Stand-alone operation -Speed and Voltage Control -
Economical Aspects.

UNIT - IV
Storage Systems
Energy Storage Parameters-Lead–Acid Batteries-Ultra Capacitors-Flywheels –Superconducting
Magnetic Storage System-Pumped Hydroelectric Energy Storage - Compressed Air Energy Storage -
Storage Heat -Energy Storage as an Economic Resource.
UNIT - V
Integration of Alternative Sources of Energy
Principles of Power Injection-Instantaneous Active and Reactive Power Control Approach Integration
of Multiple Renewable Energy Sources-Islanding and Interconnection Control-DG Control and Power
Injection.
Interconnection of Alternative Energy Sources with the Grid:
Interconnection Technologies - Standards and Codes for Interconnection - Interconnection
Considerations - Interconnection Examples for Alternative Energy Sources.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Felix A. Farret, M. Godoy Simoes, “Integration of Alternative Sources of Energy”, John Wiley&
Sons, 2006.
2. Solanki: Renewable Energy Technologies: Practical Guide for Beginners, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. D. Mukherjee: Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Systems, New Age International
publishers, 2007.
2. Remus Teodorescu, Marco Liserre, Pedro Rodríguez: Grid Converters for Photovoltaic and
Wind Power Systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Gilbert M. Masters: Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
 ME600OE: QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS

[Link]. Mech. Engg. /Aero. Engg. III Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
 Understand the problem, identifying decision variables, objective and constraints
 Formulation of Optimization Problem by constructing Objective Function and Constraints
functions
 Learn to select appropriate Optimization Technique for the formulated Optimization Problem
 Understood the procedure involved in the selected Optimization Technique
 Solve the Optimization Model with the selected Optimization Technique

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be :

 Familiar with issues that would crop up in business
 Able to formulate Mathematical Model to resolve the issue
 Able to select technique for solving the formulated Mathematical Model
 Able to analyze the results obtained through the selected technique for implementation.

UNIT – I:
Introduction and Linear Programming: Nature and Scope of O.R.–Analyzing and Defining the
Problem, Developing A Model, Types of models, Typical Applications of Operations Research; Linear
Programming: Graphical Method, Simplex Method; Solution methodology of Simplex algorithm,
Artificial variables; Duality Principle, Definition of the Dual Problem, Primal - Dual Relationships.

UNIT – II:
Transportation and Assignment Models: Definition and Application of the Transportation Model,
Solution of the Transportation Problem, the Assignment Model, & Variants of assignment problems.
Traveling Salesman Problem.

UNIT – III:
Replacement Model: Replacement of Capital Cost items when money’s worth is not considered,
Replacement of Capital Cost items when money’s worth is considered, Group replacement of low-cost
items.

UNIT – IV:
Game Theory and Decision Analysis: Introduction – Two Person Zero-Sum Games, Pure Strategies,
Games with Saddle Point, Mixed strategies, Rules of Dominance, Solution Methods of Games without
Saddle point – Algebraic, arithmetic methods. Decision Analysis: Introduction to Decision Theory,
Steps In the Decision Making, the Different environments In Which Decisions Are Made, Criteria
For Decision Making Under Risk and Uncertainty, The Expected Value Criterion With Continuously
Distributed Random Variables, Decision Trees, Graphic Displays of the Decision Making Process.

UNIT – V:
Queuing Theory and Simulation: Basic Elements of the Queuing Model, Poisson Arrivals and
Exponential Service times; Different Queing models with FCFS Queue disciplne: Single service station
and infinite population, Single service station and finite population, Multi service station models with
infinite population. Simulation: Nature and Scope, Applications, Types of simulation, Role of Random
Numbers, Inventory Example, Queuing Examples, Simulation Languages.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Operations Research: Theory and Applications/ J. K. Sharma: / Macmillan, 2008.
2. Operations Research/ Er. Prem Kumar Gupta & Dr. D. S. Hira / S. Chana, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction To Operations Research; Hillier/Lieberman/ TMH, 2008.
2. Render: Quantitative Analysis for Management, Pearson, 2009
3. Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions / Sridharabhat/ HPH, 2009.
4. Operations Research / R. Panneerselvam/ PHI, 2008.
5. Operations Research: An Introduction / Hamdy, A. Taha/ PHI, 2007.
6. Quantitative Techniques/ Selvaraj/ Excel, 2009
7. Quantitative Techniques for Decision Making / Gupta and Khanna/ PHI, 2009.
8. Operations Research/ Ravindran, Phillips, Solberg/ Wiley, 2009.
9. Quantitative Methods for Business/ Anderson, Sweeney, Williams/ 10/e, Cengage, 2008
 MT600OE: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT

[Link]. III Year Mechatronics II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
UNIT- I
Introduction to Management: Entrepreneurship and organization – Nature and Importance of
Management, Functions of Management, Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory, Fayol’s Principles
of Management, Maslow’s Theory of Human Needs, Douglas McGregor’s Theory X and Theory Y,
Herzberg’s Two-Factor Theory of Motivation, Systems Approach to Management, Leadership Styles,
Social responsibilities of Management

UNIT - II
Designing Organizational Structures: Departmentalization and Decentralization, Types of
Organization structures – Line organization, Line and staff organization, functional organization,
Committee organization, matrix organization, Virtual Organization, Cellular Organization, team
structure, boundary less organization, inverted pyramid structure, lean and flat organization structure
and their merits, demerits and suitability.

UNIT - III
Operations Management: Objectives- product design process- Process selection-Types of
production system(Job, batch and Mass Production),Plant location-factors- Urban-Rural sites
comparison- Types of Plant Layouts- Design of product layout- Line balancing(RPW method) Value
analysis-Definition-types of values- Objectives- Phases of value analysis- Fast diagram

UNIT - IV:
Work Study: Introduction — definition — objectives — steps in work study — Method study —
definition, objectives — steps of method study. Work Measurement — purpose — types of study —
stop watch methods — steps — key rating — allowances — standard time calculations — work
sampling.
Statistical Quality Control: variables-attributes, Shewart control charts for variables- chart, R chart, –
Attributes- Defective-Defect- Charts for attributes-p-chart -c chart (simple Problems), Acceptance
Sampling- Single sampling- Double sampling plans-OC curves.

UNIT - V
Job Evaluation: Methods of job evaluation — simple routing objective systems — classification method
factor comparison method, point method, benefits of job evaluation and limitations. Project
Management (PERT/CPM): Network Analysis, Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT),
Critical Path Method (CPM), Identifying critical path, Probability of Completing the project within given
time, Project Cost Analysis, Project Crashing. (simple problems)

TEXT BOOKS
1. Industrial Engineering and Management/O.P. Khanna/Khanna Publishers.
2. Industrial Engineering and Management Science/T.R. Banga and S.C. Sarma /Khanna
Publishers.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Motion and Time Study by Ralph M Barnes! John Willey & Sons Work Study by lLO.
2. Human factors in Engineering & Design/Ernest J McCormick /TMH.
3. Production & Operation Management /Paneer Selvam/PHI.
4. Industrial Engineering Management/NVS Raju/Cengage Learning.
5. Industrial Engineering Hand Book/Maynard.
6. Industrial Engineering Management I Ravi Shankar/ Galgotia.
 MT601OE: NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES

[Link]. III Year Mechatronics II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
UNIT – I
Principles Of Solar Radiation: Role and potential of new and renewable source, the solar energy
option, Environmental impact of solar power, physics of the sun, the solar constant, extraterrestrial
and terrestrial solar radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring solar
radiation and sun shine, solar radiation data.

UNIT-II
Solar Energy Collection: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating
collectors, orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors.
Direct Energy Conversion: Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, limitations, principles of DEC.
Thermoelectric generators, seebeck, peltier and joul Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials,
applications, MHD generators, principles, dissociation and ionization, hall effect, magnetic flux, MHD
accelerator, MHD Engine, power generation systems, electron gas dynamic conversion, economic
aspects. Fuel cells, principles, faraday’s law’s, thermodynamic aspects, selection of fuels and
operating conditions.

UNIT-III
Solar Energy Storage And Applications: Different methods, Sensible, latent heat and stratified
storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying,
photovoltaic energy conversion.
Ocean Energy: OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and
wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.

UNIT-IV
Wind Energy: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics, Betz criteria.

UNIT-V
Bio-Mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Bio-gas digesters, gas
yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine operation and
economic aspects.
Geothermal Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in
India.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources /G.D. Rai
2. Renewable Energy Technologies /Ramesh & Kumar/Narosa

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Renewable energy resources/ Tiwari and Ghosal/Narosa.
2. Non-Conventional Energy / Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern.
3. Non-Conventional Energy Systems / K Mittal/Wheeler
4. Solar Energy/Sukhame
 PE600OE: GENERAL GEOLOGY

[Link]. Petroleum Engg. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Prerequisites: None

Course Objective: To expose the students to different geological environments, which relate to
petroleum industry
Course Outcome: The student would understand the basics of geology, viz: formation of earth, layers
of earth, different types of rocks, formation of sedimentary basins and the micro fossils and their
relationship to oil and gas.

UNIT - I
Dimensions of earth, structure, composition and origin of earth-envelops of the Earth- crust, mantle,
core. Internal dynamic process- Plate tectonics- continental drift, Earthquake and volcanoes. External
dynamic process- weathering, erosion and deposition.

UNIT - II
Fundamental concepts in Geomorphology-geomorphic processes distribution of landforms-drainage
patterns –development, Landforms in relation to rocks types, paleochannels, buried channels.

UNIT - III
Geological work of rivers, wind, Ocean and glaciers and the landforms created by them.
.
UNIT - IV
Origin of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. Sedimentary structures-petrographic character
of conglomerate, sandstone, shale, limestones.
Introduction to sedimentary basins and deltaic systems. Topographic maps, thematic maps,
Topographic and thematic profiles.

UNIT - V
Palaeontology: Introduction to Palaeontology, Fossils and Fossilization.
Micropaleontology - Palynology: Distribution of microfossils-Foraminifera, Radiolaria, Conodonts,
Ostracodes, Diatoms. Importance of micro fossils in oil exploration.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Engineering Geology, F. G. Bell, 2nd Edition, Butterworth Heimann, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Text book of Geology, P. K Mukharjee, The World Press Pvt Ltd., Calcutta, 2005.
2. Rutleys Elements of Mineralogy, 27 Ed., N. H. Read, Allen & Unwin Australia 1988.
 MM600OE: TESTING OF MATERIALS

III [Link].(MME) II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To gain and understanding of the response of various metals under the application of stress
and/or temperature.
2. To build necessary theoretical back ground of the role of lattice defects in governing both elastic
and plastic properties of metals will be discussed.
3. Obtain a working knowledge of various hardness testing machines BHN, VHN, RHN
4. Obtain a working knowledge of creep and fatigue and analysis of data.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Classify mechanical testing of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys.
2. Recognize the importance of crystal defects including dislocations in plastic deformation.
3. Identify the testing methods for obtaining strength and hardness.
4. Examine the mechanisms of materials failure through fatigue and creep

UNIT I
Introduction, Importance of testing Hardness Test: Methods of hardness testing – Brinell, Vickers,
Rockwell hardness tests. The Impact Test: Notched bar impact test and its significance, Charpy and
Izod Tests, fracture toughness testing - COD and CTOD tests, significance of transition temperature
curve.

UNIT II
The Tension Test: Engineering stress-strain and True stress-strain curves. Tensile properties,
conditions for necking. Stress-Strain diagrams for steel, Aluminum and cast iron.

UNIT III
Fatigue Test: Introduction, Stress cycles, S-N Curve, Effect of mean stress, Mechanism of fatigue
failure, Effect of stress concentration, size, surface condition and environments on fatigue.

UNIT IV
Creep and Stress Rupture: Introduction, The creep curve, Stress-rupture test, Structural changes during
creep, Mechanism of creep deformation, theories of creep. Fracture at elevated temperature.

UNIT V
NDT: Principle, Operation, Advantages and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant, Magnetic Particle,
Radiography and Ultrasonic tests.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechanical Metallurgy – G. E. Dieter, Third edition, published by New York Mc GrawHill,1986.
2. Mechanical behavior - Ed. Wulf.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechanical Metallurgy – White & Lemay.
2. Testing of Metallic Materials - A.V.K. Suryanarayana
 MM601OE: ALLOY STEELS

III [Link].(MME) II Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course objectives:
1. Low carbon, Medium carbon and High carbon steels with respect to structure property
correlations and strengthening mechanisms with alloy additions
2. Ultra-high strength steels, Stainless steels and Tool steels with respect to heat treatment,
properties and applications.

Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to understand different types of alloys used in alloy steels.
2. Ability to solve different metallurgical problems in alloy steels.
3. It has a lot of scope in R&D and in automobile engineering.

UNIT I
Low-carbon Mild steels: Introduction; cold forming steels, High strength packing steels; HSLA steels;
Low-carbon Ferrite pearlite steels – structure property relation-ships, strengthening mechanisms,
Formability of HSLA steels.

UNIT II
Medium- High carbon ferrite-pearlite steels – structure property relationships, Bainitic steels; Low-
Carbon bainitic steels-requirements, development and choice of alloying elements, Mechanical
properties, microstructure and impact properties; High-Carbon bainitic steels.

UNIT III
Ultra-high strength steels: Introduction, steels tempered at low temperatures, secondary hardening,
thermo- mechanical treatments, rapid austenitizing treatments, structure-property relationships in
tempered martensite, cold-drawn pearlite steels, maraging steels.

UNIT IV
Stainless steels: Classification, Composition, Microstructures, Heat treatment an application.

UNIT V
Tool steels and Heat resistant steels: Classification, Composition, Micro structure an Heat treatment
and application.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Physical Metallurgy and the Design of steels: F. B. Pickering, Applied Science publisher,
London, 1978.
2. The physical Metallurgy of steels: W. C. Leslie by Hempisphere Publishers Corporation, 1981.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Alloys Steels – Wilson.
2. Heat Treatment of steels – Rajan & Sharma
 MN600OE: INTRODUCTION TO MINING TECHNOLOGY

III [Link]. Mining. Engg. II-Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-Requisites: NIL

Course Objectives:
The student is expected to learn the fundamentals of mining engineering so as to encourage multi-
disciplinary research and application of other branches of engineering to mining technology

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the student shall be able to understand various
stages in the life of the mine, drilling, blasting and shaft sinking.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Distribution of mineral deposits in India and other countries, mining contributions to
civilization, mining terminology,

UNIT-II
Stages in the life of the mine - prospecting, exploration, development, exploitation and reclamation.
Access to mineral deposit- selection, location, size and shape (incline, shaft and adit), brief overview of
underground and surface mining methods.

UNIT-III
Drilling: Types of drills, drilling methods, electric, pneumatic and hydraulic drills, drill steels and bits,
drilling rigs, and jumbos.

UNIT-IV
Explosives: Classification, composition, properties and tests, fuses, detonators, blasting devices and
accessories, substitutes for explosives, handling and storage, transportation of explosives.; Rock
blasting: Mechanism of rock blasting, blasting procedure, and pattern of shot holes.

UNIT-V
Shaft sinking: Ordinary and special methods, problems, and precautions, shaft supports and lining.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. P. Pal, Rock blasting effect and operation, A. A. Balkema, 1st Ed, 2005.
2. D. J. Deshmukh, Elements of mining technology, Vol. 1, Central techno, 7th Ed, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. P. Chugh, Drilling technology handbook, Oxford and IBH, 1st Ed, 1977.
2. R. D. Singh, Principles and practices of modern coal mining, New age international, 1st Ed,
1997.
 MN601OE: COAL GASIFICATION, CBM & SHALE GAS

III [Link]. Mining. Engg. II-Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3
Pre-Requisites: NIL

Course Objectives: To specialize the students with additional knowledge on geological and
technological factors of coal gasification industry mining methods of underground coal gasification,
linkage techniques etc.

Course Outcomes: Student can get specialized in the underground coal gasification concepts,
application and future scope in various geomining conditions.

UNIT - I
Underground Coal Gasification (UCG) Concept; Chemistry, conditions suitable for UCG, Principles of
UCG., Merits and Demerits.

UNIT - II
UCG Process Component factors: Technology of UCG, opening up of coal seam for UCG.

UNIT - III
Mining methods of UCG: Chamber method, Stream method, Borehole procedure method, Blind bore
hole method.

UNIT - IV
Non-Mining methods of UCG: Level seams, Inclined seams.

UNIT - V
Linkage Techniques: Pekcolation linkage, Electro linkage, Boring linkage, compressed-air-linkage,
Hydraulic fracture linkage. Future Scope and Development: Innovations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Underground Coal Mining Methods – J.G. SINGH
2. Winning and Working Coal in India [Link]- R.T. Deshmukh and D.J. Deshmukh.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Principles and Practices of Modern Coal Mining – R.D. SINGH